remove xymtex (again), it is nonfree

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@3102 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

41 files changed, 0 insertions, 52274 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index bd9e118e02b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `aliphat.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% aliphat.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: aliphat.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{aliphat.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{aliphat.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Aliphatic compounds by {\sffamily aliphat.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{aliphat.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `aliphat.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f1367d15ce..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3193 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-%% File: aliphat.dtx
-%
-%  Copyright 1993,1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.
-%  -------------------------------------
-%
-% This file is a successor to:
-%
-% aliphat.sty
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}
-% \typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}
-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%
-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 
-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.
-%
-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 
-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 
-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 
-% are based on LaTeX commands. 
-%
-% For the review of XyMTeX, see
-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text
-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    
-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 
-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:
-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 
-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  
-%
-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 
-%     directory name; or
-%  (2) if you do make changes, 
-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 
-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 
-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.
-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%
-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:
-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 
-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 
-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{aliphat}
-% \def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF}% Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{aliphat}
-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{aliphat}
-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \fi
-%
-% \CheckSum{3929}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \iffalse
-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/06/26}{first edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{aliphat.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-% \iffalse
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{aliphat.dtx}
-%
-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\title{Aliphatic compounds by {\sffamily aliphat.sty} 
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-% % (old address)
-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 
-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 
-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-%
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{aliphat.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \section{Introduction}\label{aliphat:intro}
-%
-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}
-%
-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
-% \hline
-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline
-% aliphat & aliphat.sty \\
-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\
-% \hline
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \subsection{Version Information}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*aliphat>
-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}
-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\j@urnalname{aliphat}
-\def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}
-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00}
-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%
-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{List of commands for aliphat.sty}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *********************************
-% * aliphat.sty: list of commands *
-% *********************************
-%
-% <Conventions for bond-setting>
-%
-%     \Northbond
-%     \Eastbond
-%     \Southbond
-%     \Westbond
-%     \NEBond
-%     \NEbond
-%     \SEBond
-%     \SEbond
-%     \NWBond
-%     \NWbond
-%     \SWBond
-%     \SWbond
-%
-%     \NEBOND
-%     \NWBOND
-%     \SEBOND
-%     \SWBOND
-%  
-%  <Macros for position adjustment>
-%     \ylrtrigonalposition 
-%     \ylRtrigonalposition 
-%     \ylltrigonalposition 
-%     \ylLtrigonalposition 
-%     \ylutrigonalposition 
-%     \ylUtrigonalposition 
-%     \yldtrigonalposition 
-%     \ylDtrigonalposition 
-%
-%     \yltethedralposition
-%     \ylsquareposition
-%
-%     \ylethylenepositiona
-%     \ylethylenepositionb
-%     \ylethylenevpositiona
-%     \ylethylenevpositionb
-%
-%  <Macros for tetravalent atoms>
-%
-%     \tetrahedral                       \@tetrahedral
-%     \square                            \@square
-%
-%  <Macros for trivalent atoms>
-%
-%     \rtrigonal                         \@rtrigonal
-%     \Rtrigonal                         \@Rtrigonal
-%     \ltrigonal                         \@ltrigonal
-%     \Ltrigonal                         \@Ltrigonal
-%     \utrigonal                         \@utrigonal
-%     \Utrigonal                         \@Utrigonal
-%     \dtrigonal                         \@dtrigonal
-%     \Dtrigonal                         \@Dtrigonal
-%
-%  <Macros for two-carbon compounds>
-%
-%     \ethylene                          \@ethylene
-%     \Ethylene                          \@Ethylene
-%     \ethylenev                         \@ethylenev
-%     \Ethylenev                         \@Ethylenev
-%
-%  <Macros for stereo-projection>
-%
-%     \tetrastereo                       \@tetrastereo
-%     \dtetrastereo                      \@dtetrastereo
-%     \ethanestereo                      \@ethanestereo
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \section{Input of basic macros}
-%
-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 
-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 
-% files ({\sf aliphat.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 
-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 
-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} for the present case) in place of the 
-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *************************
-% * input of basic macros *
-% *************************
-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}
-\unitlength=0.1pt
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Macros for bond-setting}
-%
-% Single, double and triple bonds of aliphatic compounds are represented 
-% by horizontal, vertical or sloped lines, 
-% which can be drawn by such commands as |\Eastbond|, 
-% |\Northbond| and |\SEbond|. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{NEBOND}, \cs{SEBOND}, \cs{NWBOND}, 
-% and \cs{SWBOND}}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Northbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ********************************
-% * Conventions for bond-setting *
-% ********************************
-\def\Northbond{%
-\yl@xdiff=40
-\yl@ydiff=-15
-\begin{picture}(100,200)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \multiput(-13,52)(26,0){2}{\line(0,1){100}}% double bond up
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \multiput(-20,52)(20,0){3}{\line(0,1){100}}% triple bond up
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-8,52){\line(0,1){100}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(0,52){\line(0,1){100}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(0,52)(0,152)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(0,52){\line(0,1){100}}%
-  \else \put(0,52){\line(0,1){100}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putlratom{-40}{167}{\@memberb}%==1 upper substituent
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Eastbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Eastbond{%
-\yl@xdiff=-10
-\yl@ydiff=33
-\begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-     \multiput(50,-13)(0,26){2}{\line(1,0){140}}% double bond right
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-     \multiput(50,-20)(0,20){3}{\line(1,0){140}}% double bond right
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(50,0){\line(1,0){140}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(50,0){\line(1,0){140}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(50,0)(203,0)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(50,0){\line(1,0){140}}%
-    \else \put(50,0){\line(1,0){140}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putratom{200}{-33}{\@memberb}%==2 right substituent
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Southbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Southbond{%
-\yl@xdiff=40
-\yl@ydiff=95
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-     \multiput(-13,-48)(26,0){2}{\line(0,-1){100}}% double bond down
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-     \multiput(-20,-48)(20,0){3}{\line(0,-1){100}}% double bond down
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-8,-48){\line(0,-1){100}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(0,-48){\line(0,-1){100}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(0,-48)(0,-148)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(0,-48){\line(0,-1){100}}%
-    \else \put(0,-48){\line(0,-1){100}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putlratom{-40}{-243}{\@memberb}%==3 down substituent
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Westbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Westbond{%
-\yl@xdiff=10
-\yl@ydiff=33
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-     \multiput(-190,-13)(0,26){2}{\line(1,0){140}}% double bond left
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-     \multiput(-190,-20)(0,20){3}{\line(1,0){140}}% double bond left
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-190,0){\line(1,0){140}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(-190,0){\line(1,0){140}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(-190,0)(-40,0)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(-190,0){\line(1,0){140}}%
-  \else \put(-190,0){\line(1,0){140}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putlatom{-200}{-33}{\@memberb}%==4 left substituent
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NEBond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NEBond{%degree 120
-\yl@xdiff=-9
-\yl@ydiff=13
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \put(33,48){\line(5,3){121}}%
-    \put(47,26){\line(5,3){121}}%northeast double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \put(31,52){\line(5,3){121}}%
-    \put(40,37){\line(5,3){121}}%
-    \put(49,22){\line(5,3){121}}%northeast triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(40,47){\line(5,3){121}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(40,47){\line(5,3){121}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(40,47)(161,120)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(40,47){\line(5,3){121}}%
-  \else \put(40,47){\line(5,3){121}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putratom{170}{107}{\@memberb}%==2 (northeast substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NEbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NEbond{%degree 90
-\yl@xdiff=-5
-\yl@ydiff=10
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-     \put(31,46){\line(1,1){100}}%
-     \put(49,28){\line(1,1){100}}%northeast double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-     \put(27,50){\line(1,1){100}}%
-     \put(40,37){\line(1,1){100}}%
-     \put(53,24){\line(1,1){100}}%northeast triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(40,47){\line(1,1){100}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(40,47){\line(1,1){100}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(40,47)(140,147)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(40,47){\line(1,1){100}}%
-  \else \put(40,47){\line(1,1){100}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putratom{145}{137}{\@memberb}%==2 (northeast substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SEBond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SEBond{%degree 120
-\yl@xdiff=-9
-\yl@ydiff=67
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \put(33,-48){\line(5,-3){121}}%
-    \put(47,-26){\line(5,-3){121}}%southeast double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \put(31,-52){\line(5,-3){121}}%
-    \put(40,-37){\line(5,-3){121}}%
-    \put(49,-22){\line(5,-3){121}}%southeast triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(40,-47){\line(5,-3){121}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(40,-47){\line(5,-3){121}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(40,-47)(161,-120)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(40,-47){\line(5,-3){121}}%
-  \else \put(40,-47){\line(5,-3){121}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putratom{170}{-187}{\@memberb}%==2 (southeast substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SEbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SEbond{%degree 90
-\yl@xdiff=-5
-\yl@ydiff=56
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-     \put(31,-46){\line(1,-1){100}}%
-     \put(49,-28){\line(1,-1){100}}%southeast double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-     \put(27,-50){\line(1,-1){100}}%
-     \put(40,-37){\line(1,-1){100}}%
-     \put(53,-24){\line(1,-1){100}}%southeast triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(53,-47){\line(1,-1){100}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(40,-47){\line(1,-1){100}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(40,-47)(140,-147)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(40,-47){\line(1,-1){100}}%
-  \else \put(40,-47){\line(1,-1){100}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
- \putratom{145}{-203}{\@memberb}%==3 (southeast substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NWBbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NWBond{%
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-\yl@xdiff=9
-\yl@ydiff=13
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \put(-59,48){\line(-5,3){121}}%
-    \put(-73,26){\line(-5,3){121}}%northwest double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \put(-57,52){\line(-5,3){121}}%
-    \put(-66,37){\line(-5,3){121}}%
-    \put(-75,22){\line(-5,3){121}}%northwest triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-66,47){\line(-5,3){121}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(-66,47){\line(-5,3){121}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(-66,47)(-187,120)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(-66,47){\line(-5,3){121}}%
-  \else \put(-66,47){\line(-5,3){121}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putlatom{-196}{107}{\@memberb}%==2 (northwest substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NWbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NWbond{%
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-\yl@xdiff=13
-\yl@ydiff=10
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-     \put(-41,46){\line(-1,1){100}}%
-     \put(-59,28){\line(-1,1){100}}%northwest double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-     \put(-37,50){\line(-1,1){100}}%
-     \put(-50,37){\line(-1,1){100}}%
-     \put(-63,24){\line(-1,1){100}}%northwest triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-50,47){\line(-1,1){100}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(-50,47){\line(-1,1){100}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(-50,47)(-137,147)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(-50,47){\line(-1,1){100}}%
-  \else \put(-50,47){\line(-1,1){100}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putlatom{-163}{137}{\@memberb}%==2 (northwest substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SWBond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SWBond{%
-\yl@xdiff=9
-\yl@ydiff=67
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \put(-59,-48){\line(-5,-3){121}}%
-    \put(-73,-26){\line(-5,-3){121}}%southwest double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \put(-57,-52){\line(-5,-3){121}}%
-    \put(-66,-37){\line(-5,-3){121}}%
-    \put(-75,-22){\line(-5,-3){121}}%southwest triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-66,-47){\line(-5,-3){121}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(-66,-47){\line(-5,-3){121}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(-66,-47)(-187,-120)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(-66,-47){\line(-5,-3){121}}%
-  \else \put(-66,-47){\line(-5,-3){121}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putlatom{-196}{-187}{\@memberb}%==2 (southwest substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SWbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SWbond{%
-\yl@xdiff=13
-\yl@ydiff=56
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-     \put(-41,-46){\line(-1,-1){100}}%
-     \put(-59,-28){\line(-1,-1){100}}%southwest double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-     \put(-37,-50){\line(-1,-1){100}}%
-     \put(-50,-37){\line(-1,-1){100}}%
-     \put(-63,-24){\line(-1,-1){100}}%southwest triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-50,-47){\line(-1,-1){100}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(-50,-47){\line(-1,-1){100}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(-50,-47)(-137,-147)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(-50,-47){\line(-1,-1){100}}%
-  \else \put(-50,-47){\line(-1,-1){100}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
- \putlatom{-163}{-203}{\@memberb}%==3 (southwest substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{New command: \cs{NEBOND}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NEBOND}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NEBOND{%degree 120
-\yl@xdiff=-1
-\yl@ydiff=-10
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \put(48,33){\line(3,5){72}}%
-    \put(26,47){\line(3,5){72}}%northeast double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \put(52,31){\line(3,5){72}}%
-    \put(37,40){\line(3,5){72}}%
-    \put(22,49){\line(3,5){72}}%northeast triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(40,47){\line(3,5){72}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(47,40){\line(3,5){72}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(47,40)(120,161)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(47,40){\line(3,5){72}}%
-  \else \put(47,40){\line(3,5){72}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putratom{120}{170}{\@memberb}%==2 (northeast substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{New command: \cs{SEBOND}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SEBOND}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SEBOND{%degree 120
-\yl@xdiff=-1
-\yl@ydiff=70
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \put(48,-33){\line(3,-5){72}}%
-    \put(26,-47){\line(3,-5){72}}%southeast double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \put(52,-31){\line(3,-5){72}}%
-    \put(37,-40){\line(3,-5){72}}%
-    \put(22,-49){\line(3,-5){72}}%southeast triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(47,-40){\line(3,-5){72}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(47,-40){\line(3,-5){72}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(47,-40)(120,-161)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(47,-40){\line(3,-5){72}}%
-  \else \put(47,-40){\line(3,-5){72}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putratom{120}{-230}{\@memberb}%==2 (southeast substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{New command: \cs{NWBOND}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\NWBOND}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\NWBOND{%
-\yl@xdiff=1
-\yl@ydiff=-10
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \put(-48,33){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-    \put(-26,47){\line(-3,5){72}}%northwest double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \put(-52,31){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-    \put(-37,40){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-    \put(-22,49){\line(-3,5){72}}%northwest triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-40,47){\line(-3,5){72}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(-47,40){\line(-3,5){72}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(-47,40)(-120,161)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(-47,40){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-  \else \put(-47,40){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putlatom{-120}{170}{\@memberb}%==2 (northwest substituent)
-%\yl@xdiff=11
-%\yl@ydiff=-14
-%  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-%    \put(-48,59){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-%    \put(-26,73){\line(-3,5){72}}%northwest double bond
-%  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-%    \put(-52,57){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-%    \put(-37,66){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-%    \put(-22,75){\line(-3,5){72}}%northwest triple bond
-%  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-%    {\thicklines\put(-47,66){\line(-3,5){72}}}% single bond (alpha)
-%  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-%       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(-47,66){\line(-3,5){72}}}%
-%         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(-47,66)(-120,187)}}%
-%  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-%       \put(-47,66){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-%  \else \put(-47,66){\line(-3,5){72}}%
-%  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-%  \putlatom{-130}{200}{\@memberb}%==2 (northwest substituent)
-%%  \putlatom{-120}{170}{\@memberb}%==2 (northwest substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{New command: \cs{SWBOND}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\SWBOND}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\SWBOND{%
-\yl@xdiff=1
-\yl@ydiff=70
-\begin{picture}(100,300)(0,0)
-  \if\@tmpb D\relax%
-    \put(-48,-33){\line(-3,-5){72}}%
-    \put(-26,-47){\line(-3,-5){72}}%southwest double bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb T\relax%
-    \put(-52,-31){\line(-3,-5){72}}%
-    \put(-37,-40){\line(-3,-5){72}}%
-    \put(-22,-49){\line(-3,-5){72}}%southwest triple bond
-  \else\if\@tmpb A%(A) alpha
-    {\thicklines\put(-47,-40){\line(-3,-5){72}}}% single bond (alpha)
-  \else\if\@tmpb B%(B) beta
-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{\put(-47,-40){\line(-3,-5){72}}}%
-         {{\thicklines \dottedline{20}(-47,-40)(-120,-161)}}%
-  \else\if\@tmpb S%
-       \put(-47,-40){\line(-3,-5){72}}%
-  \else \put(-47,-40){\line(-3,-5){72}}%
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-  \putlatom{-120}{-230}{\@memberb}%==2 (southwest substituent)
-\end{picture}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Tetrahedral unit}
-%
-% The macro |\tetrahedral| typesets a compound of tetravalency. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ********************
-% * tetrahedral unit *
-% ********************
-%
-%                1
-%
-%                |
-%          2  -- 0 --  4       0 <== the original point
-%                |
-%
-%                3
-% \end{verbatim}
-% 
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \tetrahedral[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%        {0+} :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \tetrahedral{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \tetrahedral{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yltetrahedralposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tetrahedral}
-% \begin{macro}{\@tetrahedral}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tetrahedral{\@ifnextchar[{\@tetrahedral[r}{\@tetrahedral[r]}}
-\def\@tetrahedral#1]#2{%
-%\def\tetrahedral{\@ifnextchar[{\@tetrahedral}{\@tetrahedral[]}}
-%\def\@tetrahedral[#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\yltetrahedralposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `tetrahedral' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{47}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa
-{\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\hbox to.72em{\hss\@memberb\hss}}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Northbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\Westbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\Southbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\Eastbond}\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro tetrahedral
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\yltetrahedralposition| is used in 
-% |\tetrahedral| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{yltetrahedralposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\yltetrahedralposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\yltetrahedralposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-52}\global\@ylswtrue%N subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{52}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%W subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{52}\global\@ylswtrue%S subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-52}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%E subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-
-% \section{Divalenth unit}
-%
-% The command |\divalenth| produces a length-variable divalent unit.
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/14}{New command: \cs{divalenth}} 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ******************
-% * Divalenth unit *
-% ******************
-%
-%               
-%
-%          1  -- (group) --  2       0 <== the original point
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-% 
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |GROUP|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \divalenth{GROUP}{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |GROUP| designates a character strings representing 
-% a divalent group.  The locant number is fixed to be zero. 
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\divalenth}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\divalenth#1#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\yldivalenthposition{#1}{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,400)(-300,-200)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-200){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `tetrahedral' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,200)}\fi%
-\fi
-{\expandafter\@m@mb@r#1;\relax
-   \putratom{-30}{-33}{\@memberb}}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa
-\or\put(0,0){\Westbond}%
-\or\put(\the\@tempcnta,0){\Eastbond}\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro tetrahedral
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\yldivalenthposition| is used in 
-% |\tetrahedral| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/14}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{yldivalenthposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\yldivalenthposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\yldivalenthposition#1#2{%
-{\expandafter\@m@mb@r#1;\relax
-   \setbox0=\hbox{\@memberb}%
-   \@tempcnta=\wd0
-   \@tempcntb=\unitlength
-   \divide\@tempcnta by\@tempcntb
-   \global\advance\@tempcnta by-62%
-   \@tempcntb=\@tempcnta \global\advance\@tempcntb by50\relax
-   }%
-\@@ylswfalse%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%W subst. on 1
- \or \edef\@ylii{-\the\@tempcntb}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%E subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Trigonal unit}
-% \subsection{Right-hand trigonal unit (narrow type)}
-%
-% The macro |\rtrigonal| typesets a compound of trivalency. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% The two right-hand bonds form an angle of 90$^{\circ}$ (narrow type), 
-% while the left-hand bond is typeset horizontally.  
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *************************
-% * trigonal unit (right) *
-% *************************
-%
-%                      3
-%                    /
-%                  /
-%         1  --- 0  90      0 <== the original point
-%                 `
-%                   `
-%                     2
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \rtrigonal[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%       {0+}:  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \rtrigonal{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \rtrigonal{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylrtrigonalposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rtrigonal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@rtrigonal}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rtrigonal{\@ifnextchar[{\@rtrigonal[r}{\@rtrigonal[r]}}
-\def\@rtrigonal#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylrtrigonalposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `rtrigonal' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{-27}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa {\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Westbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SEbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NEbond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro rtrigonal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\ylrtrigonalposition| is used in 
-% |\rtrigonal| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylrtrigonalposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylrtrigonalposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylrtrigonalposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{52}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% W subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SE subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NE subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Right-hand trigonal unit (broad type)}
-%
-% The macro |\Rtrigonal| typesets a compound of trivalency. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% The two right-hand bonds form an angle of 120$^{\circ}$ (broad type), 
-% while the left-hand bond is typeset horizontally.  
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{New command: \cs{Rtrigonal}}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *************************
-% * trigonal unit (right) *
-% *************************
-%
-%                      3
-%                    /
-%                  /
-%         1  --- 0  120      0 <== the original point
-%                 `
-%                   `
-%                     2
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \rtrigonal[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%       {0+}:  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \rtrigonal{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \rtrigonal{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylRtrigonalposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Rtrigonal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@Rtrigonal}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Rtrigonal{\@ifnextchar[{\@Rtrigonal[r}{\@Rtrigonal[r]}}
-\def\@Rtrigonal#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylRtrigonalposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `Rtrigonal' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{-27}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa {\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Westbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SEBOND}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NEBOND}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro Rtrigonal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\ylRtrigonalposition| is used in 
-% |\Rtrigonal| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylRtrigonalposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylRtrigonalposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylRtrigonalposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{52}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% W subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-47}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% SE subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-47}\gdef\@yli{-40}\global\@ylswtrue% NE subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Left-hand trigonal unit (narrow type)}
-%
-% The macro |\ltrigonal| typesets a compound of trivalency. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% The two left-hand bonds form an angle of 90$^{\circ}$ (narrow type), 
-% while the right-hand bond is typeset horizontally.  
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ************************
-% * trigonal unit (left) *
-% ************************
-%
-%         2
-%           ` 
-%             `
-%          90   0 --- 1       0 <== the original point
-%             /
-%           /
-%         3
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \ltrigonal[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}          
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%      {0+} :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \ltrigonal{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \ltrigonal{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylltrigonalposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ltrigonal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@ltrigonal}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ltrigonal{\@ifnextchar[{\@ltrigonal[r}{\@ltrigonal[r]}}
-\def\@ltrigonal#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylltrigonalposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `ltrigonal' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{-27}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa 
-{\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Eastbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NWbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWbond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro ltrigonal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\ylltrigonalposition| is used in 
-% |\ltrigonal| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylltrigonalposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylltrigonalposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylltrigonalposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-52}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% W subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NW subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SW subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Left-hand trigonal unit (broad type)}
-%
-% The macro |\Ltrigonal| typesets a compound of trivalency. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% The two left-hand bonds form an angle of 120$^{\circ}$ (broad type), 
-% while the right-hand bond is typeset horizontally.  
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{New command: \cs{Ltrigonal}}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ************************
-% * trigonal unit (left) *
-% ************************
-%
-%         2
-%           ` 
-%             `
-%         120   0 --- 1       0 <== the original point
-%             /
-%           /
-%         3
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \ltrigonal[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}          
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%      {0+} :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \Ltrigonal{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \Ltrigonal{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylLtrigonalposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Ltrigonal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@Ltrigonal}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Ltrigonal{\@ifnextchar[{\@Ltrigonal[r}{\@Ltrigonal[r]}}
-\def\@Ltrigonal#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylLtrigonalposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `Ltrigonal' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{-27}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa 
-{\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Eastbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NWBOND}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWBOND}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro Ltrigonal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\ylLtrigonalposition| is used in 
-% |\Ltrigonal| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylLtrigonalposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylLtrigonalposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylLtrigonalposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-52}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% W subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{47}\gdef\@yli{-40}\global\@ylswtrue% NWB subst. on 1
-% \or \gdef\@ylii{47}\gdef\@yli{-66}\global\@ylswtrue% NWB subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{47}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% SWB subst. on 1
-% \or \gdef\@ylii{47}\gdef\@yli{66}\global\@ylswtrue% SWB subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Upward trigonal unit (narrow type)}
-%
-% The macro |\utrigonal| typesets a compound of trivalency. 
-% The two upward bonds form an angle of 90$^{\circ}$ (narrow type), 
-% while the downward bond is typeset vertically.  
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **********************
-% * trigonal unit (up) *
-% **********************
-%
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%         3       .   2
-%           `   90  /
-%             `   /
-%               0        0 <== the original point
-%               |
-%               |
-%               1
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \utrigonal[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}          
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%      {0+}:  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \utrigonal{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \utrigonal{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylutrigonalposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\utrigonal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@utrigonal}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\utrigonal{\@ifnextchar[{\@utrigonal[r}{\@utrigonal[r]}}
-\def\@utrigonal#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylutrigonalposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `utrigonal' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{-27}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa
-{\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Southbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NEbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NWbond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro utrigonal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\ylutrigonalposition| is used in 
-% |\utrigonal| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylutrigonalposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylutrigonalposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylutrigonalposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{52}\global\@ylswtrue%S subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NE subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NW subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Upward trigonal unit (broad type)}
-%
-% The macro |\Utrigonal| typesets a compound of trivalency. 
-% The two upward bonds form an angle of 120$^{\circ}$ (broad type), 
-% while the downward bond is typeset vertically.  
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **********************
-% * trigonal unit (up) *
-% **********************
-%
-%         3           2
-%           `  120  /
-%             `   /
-%               0        0 <== the original point
-%               |
-%               |
-%               1
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \Utrigonal[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}          
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%     {0+}:  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \Utrigonal{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \Utrigonal{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylutrigonalposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Utrigonal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@Utrigonal}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Utrigonal{\@ifnextchar[{\@Utrigonal[r}{\@Utrigonal[r]}}
-\def\@Utrigonal#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylUtrigonalposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `Utrigonal' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{-27}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa
-{\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Southbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NEBond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NWBond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro Utrigonal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\ylUtrigonalposition| is used in 
-% |\Utrigonal| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylUtrigonalposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylUtrigonalposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylUtrigonalposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{52}\global\@ylswtrue%S subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NEB subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{66}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NWB subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Downward trigonal unit (narrow type)}
-%
-% The macro |\dtrigonal| typesets a compound of trivalency. 
-% The upward bond is typeset vertically.  
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ************************
-% * trigonal unit (down) *
-% ************************
-%
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%                1
-%                |
-%                |
-%                0       0 <== the original point
-%              /  `
-%            /  90  `
-%          2          3
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \dtrigonal[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%     {0+} :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \dtrigonal{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \dtrigonal{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yldtrigonalposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dtrigonal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@dtrigonal}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dtrigonal{\@ifnextchar[{\@dtrigonal[r}{\@dtrigonal[r]}}
-\def\@dtrigonal#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\yldtrigonalposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `dtrigonal' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{37}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa
-{\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Northbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SEbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWbond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro dtrigonal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\yldtrigonalposition| is used in 
-% |\dtrigonal| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{yldtrigonalposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\yldtrigonalposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\yldtrigonalposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-52}\global\@ylswtrue%N subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SE subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SW subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Downward trigonal unit (broad type)}
-%
-% The macro |\Dtrigonal| typesets a compound of trivalency. 
-% The upward bond is typeset vertically.  
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ************************
-% * trigonal unit (down) *
-% ************************
-%
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%                1
-%                |
-%                |
-%                0       0 <== the original point
-%              /  `
-%            /  120 `
-%          2          3
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \Dtrigonal[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}          
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%     {0+}:  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \Dtrigonal{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \Dtrigonal{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylDtrigonalposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Dtrigonal}
-% \begin{macro}{\@Dtrigonal}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Dtrigonal{\@ifnextchar[{\@Dtrigonal[r}{\@Dtrigonal[r]}}
-\def\@Dtrigonal#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylDtrigonalposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `Dtrigonal' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{37}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa
-{\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\Northbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SEBond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWBond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro Dtrigonal
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\ylDtrigonalposition| is used in 
-% |\Dtrigonal| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylDtrigonalposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylDtrigonalposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylDtrigonalposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-52}\global\@ylswtrue%N subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SEB subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{66}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SWB subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Ethylene derivative}
-% \subsection{Horizontal ethylene unit (narrow type)}
-%
-% The macro |\ethylene| typesets ethylene derivatives. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *****************
-% * ethylene unit *
-% *****************
-%
-%         1                4
-%           `            /
-%             `        /
-%          90  (1)===(2) 90     (1) <== the original point
-%             /        `
-%           /            `
-%         2                3
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \ethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |BONDLIST| designates the bond between atom (1) and 
-% atom (2) as well as charges on these centeral atoms.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner bonds and charges
-%
-%           {n+}       :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on n-atom
-%             d        :  inner double bond (between (1) and (2))
-%             t        :  inner triple bond (between (1) and (2))
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |ATOMLIST| designates the list of central atoms. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of central atoms
-%           n          :  atom for n-position (e.g. 1==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \ethylene{}{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \ethylene{}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylethylenepositiona}, 
-% \cs{ylethylenepositionb}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ethylene}
-% \begin{macro}{\@ethylene}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ethylene{\@ifnextchar[{\@ethylene}{\@ethylene[]}}
-\def\@ethylene[#1]#2#3{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylethylenepositiona{#3}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\else
-\ylethylenepositionb{#3}%
-\fi
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{-230}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(800,600)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `ethylene' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-{\def\aaa{#1}\ifx\aaa\empty%
- \multiput(42,-13)(0,25){2}{\line(1,0){140}}\fi% double bond
-}%
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
- \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 1\relax {\putratom{-27}{60}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}%
-   \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax {\putratom{203}{60}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}%
-   \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%
-       {\multiput(42,-13)(0,25){2}{\line(1,0){140}}}% double bond
-   \else\if\@@tmpa t\relax%
-     {\multiput(42,-20)(0,20){3}{\line(1,0){140}}}% triple bond right
-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-{\def\aaa{#2}%
-\ifx\aaa\empty%
-\putratom{-40}{-33}{C}%central atom
-\putratom{190}{-33}{C}%central atom
-\else%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\putratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\or\putratom{190}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-\fi%
-}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#3\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\put(0,0){\NWbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWbond}%
-\or\put(230,0){\SEbond}%
-\or\put(230,0){\NEbond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro ethylene
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ethyleneh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\ethyleneh=\ethylene
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The commands |\ylethylenepositiona| and |\ylethylenepositiona| 
-% are  used in |\ethylene| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylethylenepositiona} and \cs{ylethylenepositionb}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylethylenepositiona}
-% \begin{macro}{\ylethylenepositionb}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylethylenepositiona#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NW subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SW subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-\def\ylethylenepositionb#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or%omit 
- \or%omit
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SE subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NE subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Horizontal ethylene unit (broad type)}
-%
-% The macro |\Ethylene| typesets ethylene derivatives. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{New command: \cs{Ethylene}}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *****************
-% * ethylene unit *
-% *****************
-%
-%         1                4
-%           `            /
-%             `        /
-%         120  (1)===(2) 120     (1) <== the original point
-%             /        `
-%           /            `
-%         2                3
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \Ethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |BONDLIST| designates the bond between atom (1) and 
-% atom (2) as well as charges on these centeral atoms.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner bonds and charges
-%
-%           {n+}       :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on n-atom
-%             d        :  inner double bond (between (1) and (2))
-%             t        :  inner triple bond (between (1) and (2))
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |SUBLIST| designates a set of substitutients. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |ATOMLIST| designates the list of central atoms. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of central atoms
-%           n          :  atom for n-position (e.g. 1==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \Ethylene{}{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \Ethylene{}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylethylenepositiona}, 
-% \cs{ylethylenepositionb}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Ethylene}
-% \begin{macro}{\@Ethylene}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Ethylene{\@ifnextchar[{\@ethylene}{\@ethylene[]}}
-\def\@ethylene[#1]#2#3{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylethylenepositiona{#3}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\else
-\ylethylenepositionb{#3}%
-\fi
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{-230}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(800,600)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `ethylene' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-{\def\aaa{#1}\ifx\aaa\empty%
- \multiput(42,-13)(0,25){2}{\line(1,0){140}}\fi% double bond
-}%
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
- \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 1\relax {\putratom{-27}{60}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}%
-   \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax {\putratom{203}{60}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}%
-   \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%
-       {\multiput(42,-13)(0,25){2}{\line(1,0){140}}}% double bond
-   \else\if\@@tmpa t\relax%
-     {\multiput(42,-20)(0,20){3}{\line(1,0){140}}}% triple bond right
-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-{\def\aaa{#2}%
-\ifx\aaa\empty%
-\putratom{-40}{-33}{C}%central atom
-\putratom{190}{-33}{C}%central atom
-\else%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\putratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\or\putratom{190}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-\fi%
-}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#3\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\put(0,0){\NWBOND}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWBOND}%
-\or\put(230,0){\SEBOND}%
-\or\put(230,0){\NEBOND}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro Ethylene
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Ethyleneh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\Ethyleneh=\Ethylene
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Vertical ethylene unit (narrow type)}
-%
-% The macro |\ethylenev| typesets ethylene derivatives in a 
-% vatical manner. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ****************************
-% * ethylene unit (vertical) *
-% ****************************
-%
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%         4          3
-%           `  90  /
-%             `  /
-%              (2)
-%               ||
-%               ||
-%              (1)  <== the original point
-%             /  `
-%           /  90 `
-%         1         2
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \ethylenev[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner bonds and charges
-%
-%           {n+}  :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on n-atom
-%             d   :  inner double bond (between (1) and (2))
-%             t   :  inner triple bond (between (1) and (2))
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of central atoms
-%           n          :  atom for n-position (e.g. 1==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \ethylenev{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \ethylenev{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylethylenevpositiona}, 
-% \cs{ylethylenevpositionb}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ethylenev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@ethylenev}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ethylenev{\@ifnextchar[{\@ethylenev}{\@ethylenev[]}}
-\def\@ethylenev[#1]#2#3{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylethylenevpositiona{#3}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\else
-\ylethylenevpositionb{#3}%
-\fi
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{-230}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(600,800)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `ethylenev' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\def\aaa{#1}\ifx\aaa\empty%
-    \put(-20,47){\line(0,1){140}}% vertical
-    \put(6,47){\line(0,1){140}}\fi%  double bond
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
- \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 1\relax \putratom{37}{0}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}
-   \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax \putratom{37}{216}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}
-   \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%
-      \put(-13,47){\line(0,1){140}}% vertical
-      \put(13,47){\line(0,1){140}}%  double bond
-   \else\if\@@tmpa t\relax%
-      \put(-20,47){\line(0,1){140}}% vertical
-      \put(-0,47){\line(0,1){140}}%   triple bond
-      \put(20,47){\line(0,1){140}}%
-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-\def\aaa{#2}%
-\ifx\aaa\empty%
-\putratom{-40}{-33}{C}%central atom
-\putratom{-40}{197}{C}%central atom
-\else%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\putratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\or\putratom{-40}{197}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-\fi% 
-\@forsemicol\member:=#3\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SEbond}%
-\or\put(0,230){\NEbond}%
-\or\put(0,230){\NWbond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro ethylenev
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The commands |\ylethylenevpositiona| and |\ylethylenevpositiona| 
-% are  used in |\ethylenev| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: 
-% \cs{ylethylenevpositiona} and \cs{ylethylenevpositionb}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylethylenepositiona}
-% \begin{macro}{\ylethylenepositionb}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylethylenevpositiona#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SW subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SE subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-\def\ylethylenevpositionb#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or%omit 
- \or%omit
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NE subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NW subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Vertical ethylene unit (broad type)}
-%
-% The macro |\Ethylenev| typesets ethylene derivatives in a 
-% vatical manner. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ****************************
-% * ethylene unit (vertical) *
-% ****************************
-%
-%         4          3
-%           `  120 /
-%             `  /
-%              (2)
-%               ||
-%               ||
-%              (1)  <== the original point
-%             /  `
-%           /  120 `
-%         1          2
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \Ethylenev[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner bonds and charges
-%
-%           {n+} :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on n-atom
-%             d  :  inner double bond (between (1) and (2))
-%             t  :  inner triple bond (between (1) and (2))
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of central atoms
-%           n          :  atom for n-position (e.g. 1==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \Ethylenev{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \Ethylenev{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylethylenevpositiona}, 
-% \cs{ylethylenevpositionb}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Ethylenev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@Ethylenev}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Ethylenev{\@ifnextchar[{\@Ethylenev}{\@Ethylenev[]}}
-\def\@Ethylenev[#1]#2#3{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylethylenevpositiona{#3}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\else
-\ylethylenevpositionb{#3}%
-\fi
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{-230}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(600,800)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `Ethylenev' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\def\aaa{#1}\ifx\aaa\empty%
-    \put(-20,47){\line(0,1){140}}% vertical
-    \put(6,47){\line(0,1){140}}\fi%  double bond
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
- \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 1\relax \putratom{37}{0}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}
-   \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax \putratom{37}{216}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}
-   \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%
-      \put(-13,47){\line(0,1){140}}% vertical
-      \put(13,47){\line(0,1){140}}%   double bond
-   \else\if\@@tmpa t\relax%
-      \put(-20,47){\line(0,1){140}}% vertical
-      \put(-0,47){\line(0,1){140}}%   triple bond
-      \put(20,47){\line(0,1){140}}%
-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-\def\aaa{#2}%
-\ifx\aaa\empty%
-\putratom{-40}{-33}{C}%central atom
-\putratom{-40}{197}{C}%central atom
-\else%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\putratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\or\putratom{-40}{197}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-\fi% 
-\@forsemicol\member:=#3\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWBond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SEBond}%
-\or\put(0,230){\NEBond}%
-\or\put(0,230){\NWBond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro Ethylenev
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Square unit}
-%
-% The macro |\square| typesets a compound of tetravalency. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ***************
-% * square unit *
-% ***************
-%
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%         4          1
-%           `      /
-%             `  /
-%              (0)  <== the original point
-%             /  `
-%           /     `
-%         3         2
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \square[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%     {0+}:  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \square{0==C;1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \square{0==C;1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylsquareposition}, 
-% \cs{if@ylsw}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\square}
-% \begin{macro}{\@square}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\square{\@ifnextchar[{\@square[r}{\@square[r]}}
-\def\@square#1]#2{%
-\@reset@ylsw%
-\ylsquareposition{#2}%
-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty
-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi
-\fi
-\if@ylsw
- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii
- \yl@shifti=\@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii
- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `square' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\fi
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax {\putratom{37}{0}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else
-\ifcase\@tmpa {\putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}}%central atom
-\or\put(0,0){\NEbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SEbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\SWbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\NWbond}%
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi}%
-\end{picture}}%end of macro square
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The commands |\ylsquarepositiona| and |\ylsquarepositiona| 
-% are  used in |\square| to adjust a substitution position. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command: \cs{ylsquareposition}}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ylsquareposition}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ylsquareposition#1{%
-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\if@@ylsw\else
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax
-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi
-\if@@ylsw
-\ifcase\@tmpa
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NE subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SE subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{47}\global\@ylswtrue% SW subst. on 1
- \or \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% NW subst. on 1
-\fi%end of ifcase
-\fi\fi\fi}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Ball-stick models}
-% \subsection{Tetrahedral unit of stereo type}
-%
-% The macro |\tetrastereo| typesets a tetrahedral unit in a 
-% ball-stick fashion. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *****************************
-% * tetrahedral unit (stereo) *
-% *****************************
-%
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%                1
-%
-%                |
-%          2  -- 0 --  4       0 <== the original point
-%                |
-%
-%                3
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \tetrastereo[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%     {0+} :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           n          :  single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \tetrastereo{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \tetrastereo{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\tetrastereo}
-% \begin{macro}{\@tetrastero}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tetrastereo{\@ifnextchar[{\@tetrastereo[r}{\@tetrastereo[r]}}
-\def\@tetrastereo#1]#2{%
-\begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `tetrastero' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\put(0,0){\circle{200}}%
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax \putratom{87}{90}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa \putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\or%
-   \put(0,100){\line(0,1){70}}% behind 
-   \putlratom{-30}{180}{\@memberb}%   and up
-\or%
-  {\thicklines%
-   \put(-60,10){\line(-5,2){140}}%   in front
-   \putlatom{-205}{30}{\@memberb}}%  and left
-\or%
-   \put(0,-100){\line(0,-1){90}}%     behind and
-   \putlratom{-30}{-260}{\@memberb}% down
-\or%
-  {\thicklines%
-   \put(60,10){\line(5,2){140}}%     in front
-   \putratom{210}{30}{\@memberb}}%   and right
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-\end{picture}}%end of macro tetrastereo
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Tetrahedral unit of inverse stereo type}
-%
-% The macro |\dtetrastereo| typesets another tetrahedral unit in a 
-% ball-stick fashion. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *****************************
-% * tetrahedral unit (stereo) *
-% *****************************
-%
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%                1
-%
-%                |
-%          2  -- 0 --  4       0 <== the original point
-%                |
-%
-%                3
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \dtetrastereo[AUXLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The arugument |AUXLIST| designates an character on the central 
-% atom of the formula drawn by this macro.  It can be used a plus 
-% or minus charge on the center.
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%     {0+} :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           n          :  single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 0          :  cetral atom (e.g. 0==C)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \dtetrastereo{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \dtetrastereo{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dtetrastereo}
-% \begin{macro}{\@dtetrastereo}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\dtetrastereo{\@ifnextchar[{\@dtetrastereo[r}{\@dtetrastereo[r]}}
-\def\@dtetrastereo#1]#2{%
-\begin{picture}(600,600)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `dtetrastero' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\put(0,0){\circle{200}}%
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 0\relax \putratom{87}{90}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}\fi}%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa \putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\or%
-   \put(0,100){\line(0,1){70}}% behind 
-   \putlratom{-30}{180}{\@memberb}%   and up
-\or%
-   \put(-94,-10){\line(-5,-2){108}}%   in back
-   \putlatom{-205}{-110}{\@memberb}%  and left
-\or%
-  {\thicklines%
-   \put(0,-50){\line(0,-1){150}}%     behind and
-   \putlratom{-30}{-260}{\@memberb}}% down
-\or%
-   \put(94,-10){\line(5,-2){108}}%     in back
-   \putratom{210}{-110}{\@memberb}%   and right
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-\end{picture}}%end of macro dtetrastereo
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Ethane unit of stereo type}
-%
-% The macro |\ethanestereo| typesets an ethane molecule in a 
-% ball-stick fashion. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **************************
-% * ethane unit (vertical) *
-% **************************
-%
-%               5
-%               |
-%        6 --  (2) -- 4
-%               |
-%               |
-%        1 --  (1) -- 3 <== the original point
-%               |
-%               2
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%  This macro has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 
-% argument |AUXLIST|. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \ethanestereo[AUXLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}          
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST: list of charges
-%
-%     {n+}   :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6
-%
-%           n          :  single bond at n-atom
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of central atoms
-%
-%           n          :  atom for n-position (e.g. 1==C)
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \ethanestereo{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \ethanestereo{1==C;2==C}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ethanestereo}
-% \begin{macro}{\@ethanestereo}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ethanestereo{\@ifnextchar[{\@ethanestereo}{\@ethanestereo[]}}
-\def\@ethanestereo[#1]#2#3{%
-\begin{picture}(600,800)(-300,-300)
-  \iforigpt \put(-300,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `ethanestereo' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (300,300)}\fi%
-\put(0,0){\circle{200}}%
-\put(0,270){\circle{200}}%
-\put(0,100){\line(0,1){70}}% central bond
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
- \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \if\@@tmpa 1\relax \putratom{87}{90}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}
-   \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax \putratom{87}{360}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}
-   \fi\fi}%
-\def\aaa{#2}%
-\ifx\aaa\empty\else%
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa%
-\or\putratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\or\putratom{-40}{237}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-\fi% 
-\@forsemicol\member:=#3\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa \putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%central atom
-\or%
-   \put(-94,-10){\line(-5,-2){108}}%   in back
-   \putlatom{-205}{-110}{\@memberb}%  and left
-\or%
-  {\thicklines%
-   \put(0,-50){\line(0,-1){150}}%     behind and
-   \putlratom{-30}{-260}{\@memberb}}% down
-\or%
-   \put(94,-10){\line(5,-2){108}}%     in back
-   \putratom{210}{-110}{\@memberb}%   and right
-% %%%%%%%%
-\or%
-  {\thicklines%
-   \put(60,280){\line(5,2){140}}%     in front
-   \putratom{210}{300}{\@memberb}}%   and right
-\or%
-   \put(0,370){\line(0,1){70}}% behind 
-   \putlratom{-30}{450}{\@memberb}%   and up
-\or%
-  {\thicklines%
-   \put(-60,280){\line(-5,2){140}}%   in front
-   \putlatom{-205}{300}{\@memberb}}%  and left
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-\end{picture}}%end of macro ethanestereo
-%</aliphat>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \Finale
-%
-\endinput
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 3339089e203..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/aliphat.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{aliphat.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-

-Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{aliphat.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{aliphat.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{aliphat.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{aliphat.dtx}{aliphat}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 447472204cd..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `carom.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% carom.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996, 1988, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1998
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% Version 2.00a Released on June 14, 2000
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: carom.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{carom.dtx}[2000/06/14 v2.00a XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{carom.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Drawing carbocyclic compounds by {\sffamily carom.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606-8585 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{carom.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `carom.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 096112e2511..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4615 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment

-%% File: carom.dtx

-%

-%  Copyright 1993,1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita

-%

-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.

-%  -------------------------------------

-%

-% This file is a successor to:

-%

-% carom.sty

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}

-% \typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-%

-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 

-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.

-%

-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 

-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 

-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 

-% are based on LaTeX commands. 

-%

-% For the review of XyMTeX, see

-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text

-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    

-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 

-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:

-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 

-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  

-%

-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-%     directory name; or

-%  (2) if you do make changes, 

-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.

-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-%

-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology,

-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology,

-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606, Japan

-%

-% New address:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 

-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{carom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 

-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{carom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{carom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{carom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{carom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver2.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% \fi

-%

-% \CheckSum{3134}

-%% \CharacterTable

-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z

-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z

-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9

-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#

-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&

-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)

-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,

-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/

-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<

-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?

-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\

-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_

-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|

-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}

-%

-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}

-%

-% \StopEventually{}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \iffalse

-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/08/16}{first edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/06/14}{bug fix}

-% \fi

-%

-% \iffalse

-%<*driver>

-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-% \ProvidesFile{carom.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]

-\ProvidesFile{carom.dtx}[2000/06/14 v2.00a XyMTeX{} package file]

-% \iffalse

-\documentclass{ltxdoc}

-\GetFileInfo{carom.dtx}

-%

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%

-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}

-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%

-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}

-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\title{Drawing carbocyclic compounds by {\sffamily carom.sty} 

-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}

-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 

-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\

-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606-8585 Japan

-% % (old address)

-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 

-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 

-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan

-}

-\date{\filedate}

-%

-\begin{document}

-   \maketitle

-   \DocInput{carom.dtx}

-\end{document}

-%</driver>

-% \fi

-%

-% \section{Introduction}\label{carom:intro}

-%

-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}

-%

-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}

-% \begin{center}

-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}

-% \hline

-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline

-% carom & carom.sty \\

-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\

-% \hline

-% \end{tabular}

-% \end{center}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \subsection{Version Information}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%<*carom>

-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}

-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\j@urnalname{carom}

-\def\versi@ndate{June 14, 2000}

-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00a}

-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%

-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{List of commands for carom.sty}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *******************************

-% * carom.sty: list of commands *

-% *******************************

-%

-%   <VERTICAL TYPE>

-%

-%     \cyclohexanev               \@cyclohexanev

-%     \bzdrv                      \@bzdrv

-%     \decalinev                  \@decalinev

-%     \decalinevb                 \@decalinevb

-%     \decalinevt                 \@decalinevt

-%     \naphdrv                    \@naphdrv

-%     \naphdrvb                   \@naphdrvb

-%     \naphdrvt                   \@naphdrvt

-%     \tetralinev                 \@tetralinev

-%     \tetralinevb                \@tetralinevb

-%     \tetralinevt                \@tetralinevt

-%     \hanthracenev               \@hanthracenev

-%     \anthracenev                \@anthracenev

-%     \hphenanthrenev             \@hphenanthrenev

-%     \phenanthrenev              \@phenanthrenev

-%     \steroid                    \@steroid

-%     \steroidchain               \@steroidchain

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   <HORIZONTAL TYPE>

-%

-%     \cyclohexaneh               \@cyclohexaneh

-%     \bzdrh                      \@bzdrh

-%     \decalineh                  \@decalineh

-%     \naphdrh                    \@naphdrh

-%     \tetralineh                 \@tetralineh

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Input of basic macros}

-%

-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 

-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 

-% files ({\sf carom.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 

-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 

-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} for the present case) in place of the 

-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% *************************

-% * input of basic macros *

-% *************************

-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}

-\@ifundefined{decaheterov}{\input hetarom.sty\relax}{}

-\@ifundefined{decaheteroh}{\input hetaromh.sty\relax}{}

-\unitlength=0.1pt

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{Cyclohexane derivatives}

-% \subsection{Vertical cyclohexanes}

-%

-% The macro |\cyclohexanev| is used for drawing cyclohexane derivatives 

-% of vertical type.  The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\setsixringv|. 

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***************************

-% * cyclohexane derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)        *

-% ***************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          1

-%          *  

-%     6  *   *  2

-%       |     |

-%       |     |

-%     5  *   *  3

-%          *

-%          4 <===== the original point

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\cyclohexanev| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \cyclohexanev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to f as well as A, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  cyclohexane

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specifed) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \cyclohexanev{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \cyclohexanev[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \cyclohexanev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\cyclohexanev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\cyclohexanev{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclohexanev[@}{\@cyclohexanev[@]}}

-\def\@cyclohexanev[#1]#2{\sixheterov[#1]{}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The following definition has been deleted. 

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{Adding \cs{set@fusionadd@sixv}}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old defition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\cyclohexanev}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\cyclohexanev{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclohexanev[@}{\@cyclohexanev[@]}}

-% \def\@cyclohexanev[#1]#2{%

-% \iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-% \@reset@ylsw%

-% \ylposition{#2}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-% \if@ylsw

-%  \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

-%  \yl@shifti=\@yli

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

-%  \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-%  \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-% \else

-%  \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `cyclohexanev' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-% \fi

-%   \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 1-6     8-7

-%   \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 1-2     8-8a

-%   \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 4-5     5-6

-%   \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 4-3     5-4a

-%   \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 3-2     4a-8a

-%   \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 5-6     6-7

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%no endocyclic double bonds

-% \else\if\member a%

-%   \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 1-2    8-8a 

-% \else\if\member b%

-%   \put(138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 3-2    4a-8a

-% \else\if\member c%

-%   \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}%          %double bond 4-3    5-4a

-% \else\if\member d%

-%   \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%        %double bond 4-5    5-6

-% \else\if\member e%

-%   \put(-138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 5-6    6-7

-% \else\if\member f%

-%   \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 1-6    8-7

-% \else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(0,203){\circle{240}}            %circle

-% \else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-%       \set@fusionadd@sixv

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting substituents %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \setsixringv{#2}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-% \end{picture}}%end of \cyclohexanev macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \subsection{Horizontal cyclohexanes}

-%

-% The macro |cyclohexaneh| is used for drawing cyclohexane derivatives 

-% of vertical type.  The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\setsixringh|. 

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***************************

-% * cyclohexane derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)      *

-% ***************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                                2      3

-%                                 -----

-%                               *       *

-%   the original point ===> 1 *           * 4

-%          (0,0)                *       *

-%                                 -----

-%                                6      5

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\cyclohexaneh| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \cyclohexaneh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to f as well as A, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  cyclohexane

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specifed) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \cyclohexaneh{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \cyclohexaneh[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \cyclohexaneh[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/06/14}{bug fix: changed letter [r] to [@] 

-% in \cs{cycohexaneh} for horizontal cyclohexanes}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\cyclohexaneh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\cyclohexaneh{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclohexaneh[@}{\@cyclohexaneh[@]}}

-\def\@cyclohexaneh[#1]#2{\sixheteroh[#1]{}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The following definition has been deleted. 

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/29}{Adding \cs{set@fusionadd@sixv} for 

-% fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old defition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\cyclohexaneh}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\cyclohexaneh{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclohexaneh[@}{\@cyclohexaneh[r]}}

-% \def\@cyclohexaneh[#1]#2{%

-% \iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-% \@reset@ylsw%

-% \ylpositionh{#2}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-% \if@ylsw

-%  \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

-%  \yl@shifti=\@yli

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

-%  \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-%  \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-% \else

-%  \begin{picture}(880,800)(-\shifti,-\shiftii)

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `cyclohexaneh' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-% \fi

-%   \put(0,0){\line(3,5){103}}%           %bond 1-2

-%   \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){103}}%          %bond 1-6

-%   \put(406,0){\line(-3,5){103}}%        %bond 4-3

-%   \put(406,0){\line(-3,-5){103}}%       %bond 4-3

-%   \put(103,171){\line(1,0){200}}%       %bond 2-3

-%   \put(103,-171){\line(1,0){200}}%      %bond 6-5

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-% \else\if\member a%

-%   \put(42,6){\line(3,5){78}}%           %double bond 1-2

-% \else\if\member b%

-%   \put(129,138){\line(1,0){148}}%       %double bond 2-3

-% \else\if\member c%

-%   \put(364,6){\line(-3,5){78}}%         %double bond 4-3

-% \else\if\member d%

-%   \put(364,-6){\line(-3,-5){78}}%       %double bond 4-5

-% \else\if\member e%

-%   \put(129,-138){\line(1,0){148}}%      %double bond 6-5

-% \else\if\member f%

-%   \put(42,-6){\line(3,-5){78}}%         %double bond 1-6

-% \else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%            %circle

-% \else

-%    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-%    \set@fusionadd@sixh

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %%

-% \setsixringh{#2}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-% \end{picture}}%               %end of \cyclohexaneh macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Benzene and benzoquinone derivatives}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\bzdrv| is used for drawing benzene derivatives 

-% of vertical type as well as benzoquinone derivatives of 

-% vertical type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\cyclohexanev| defined above. 

-% 

-% The macro |\bzdrv| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************************

-% * benzene and benzoquinone derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)                     *

-% ****************************************

-%

-%   \bzdrv[OPT]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one character (r, l or c) for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or two characters (p? or o?) for quinone 

-% bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     OPT: (bond pattern)

-%

-%           none  or r :  right-handed set of double bonds 

-%           l          :  left-handed set of double bonds 

-%           c          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           p or pa    :  p-quinone (A)

-%           pb         :  p-quinone (B)

-%           pc         :  p-quinone (C)

-%

-%           o or oa    :  o-quinone (A)

-%           ob         :  o-quinone (B)

-%           oc         :  o-quinone (C)

-%           od         :  o-quinone (D)

-%           oe         :  o-quinone (E)

-%           of         :  o-quinone (F)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        \bzdrv{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \bzdrv[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \bzdrv[pa]{1D==O;4D==O;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bzdrv}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\bzdrv{\@ifnextchar[{\@bzdrv}{\@bzdrv[r]}}

-\def\@bzdrv[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `bzdrv' is based on `cyclohexanev'.}\fi%

-%\expandafter\twoch@r#1{}%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R#1//%

-\if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

- \ifx\@tmpb\empty

-  \cyclohexanev[bdf]{#2}%

- \fi

-\else\if\@tmpa l%left-handed set of double bonds

- \ifx\@tmpb\empty

-  \cyclohexanev[ace]{#2}%

- \fi

-\else\if\@tmpa c%aromatic circle

- \ifx\@tmpb\empty

-  \cyclohexanev[A]{#2}%

- \fi

-\else\if\@tmpa p%p-quinone

- \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-  \cyclohexanev[be]{#2}%

- \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-  \cyclohexanev[be]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-  \cyclohexanev[cf]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)

-  \cyclohexanev[ad]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa o%o-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-   \cyclohexanev[ce]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-   \cyclohexanev[ce]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%o-quinone (B)

-   \cyclohexanev[df]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%o-quinone (C)

-   \cyclohexanev[ae]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%o-quinone (D)

-   \cyclohexanev[bf]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%o-quinone (E)

-   \cyclohexanev[ac]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%o-quinone (F)

-   \cyclohexanev[bd]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% added 1998/11/15 by S. Fujita

-   \cyclohexanev[@#1]{#2}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \bzdrv macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\bzdrh| is used for drawing benzene derivatives 

-% of vertical type as well as benzoquinone derivatives of 

-% vertical type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\cyclohexanev| defined above. 

-% 

-% The macro |\bzdrh| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************************

-% * benzene and benzoquinone derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)                   *

-% ****************************************

-%

-%   \bzdrh[OPT]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one character (r, l or c) for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or two characters (p? or o?) for quinone 

-% bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     OPT: (bond pattern)

-%

-%           none  or r :  right-handed set of double bonds 

-%           l          :  left-handed set of double bonds 

-%           c          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           p or pa    :  p-quinone (A)

-%           pb         :  p-quinone (B)

-%           pc         :  p-quinone (C)

-%

-%           o or oa    :  o-quinone (A)

-%           ob         :  o-quinone (B)

-%           oc         :  o-quinone (C)

-%           od         :  o-quinone (D)

-%           oe         :  o-quinone (E)

-%           of         :  o-quinone (F)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       e.g. 

-%        \bzdrh{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \bzdrh[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \bzdrh[pa]{1D==O;4D==O;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bzdrh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\bzdrh{\@ifnextchar[{\@bzdrh}{\@bzdrh[r]}}

-\def\@bzdrh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `bzdrh' is based on `cyclohexaneh'.}\fi%

-%\expandafter\twoch@r#1{}%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R#1//%

-%\begin{picture}(800,880)(-\noshift,-\noshift)

-\if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-  \cyclohexaneh[bdf]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa l%left-handed set of double bonds

-  \cyclohexaneh[ace]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa c%aromatic circle

-  \cyclohexaneh[A]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa p%p-quinone

- \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-  \cyclohexaneh[be]{#2}%

- \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-  \cyclohexaneh[be]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-  \cyclohexaneh[cf]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)

-  \cyclohexaneh[ad]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa o%o-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-   \cyclohexaneh[ce]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-   \cyclohexaneh[ce]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%o-quinone (B)

-   \cyclohexaneh[df]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%o-quinone (C)

-   \cyclohexaneh[ae]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%o-quinone (D)

-   \cyclohexaneh[bf]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%o-quinone (E)

-   \cyclohexaneh[ac]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%o-quinone (F)

-   \cyclohexaneh[bd]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% added 1998/11/15 by S. Fujita

-   \cyclohexaneh[@#1]{#2}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-%\end{picture}

-}%               %end of \bzdrh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Decaline derivatives}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinev| is used for drawing decaline derivatives 

-% of vertical type.  The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\setdecaringv|. 

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************

-% * decaline derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)     *

-% ************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          8 (0G)1

-%          *  8a *

-%     7  *   * *   *  2

-%       |     |     |

-%       |     |     |

-%     6  *   * *   *  3

-%          *  4a *

-%          5 (0F)4

-%          ^

-%          |

-%          the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinev| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decalinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to k, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. The character A or B indicates aromatic bond patterns (circles). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{BONDLIST: k and K at the fused bond}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  decaline

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond

-%           d          :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e          :  5,4a-double bond

-%           f          :  5,6-double bond

-%           g          :  6,7-double bond

-%           h          :  8,7-double bond

-%           i          :  8,8a-double bond

-%           j          :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k          :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K          :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A          :  left aromatic circle 

-%           B          :  right aromatic circle 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for 0 (fused positions)

-%

-%           0FA        :  alpha single bond at 8a 

-%           0FB        :  beta single bond at 8a

-%           0FU        :  unspecified single bond at 8a

-%           0GA        :  alpha single bond at 4a 

-%           0GB        :  beta single bond at 4a

-%           0GU        :  unspecified single bond at 4a

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decalinev{1==Cl;2==F;0FA==;0GA==}

-%        \decalinev[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decalinev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinev| has been changed into a subsidiary macro 

-% of |\decaheterov| (version 2.00). 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decalinev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decalinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@decalinev[@}{\@decalinev[@]}}

-\def\@decalinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `decalinev' is based on `decaheterov'.}\fi%

-\decaheterov[#1]{}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% 

-% The following definition has been stopped using. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw}

-% \cs{ylfusedposition}, 

-% \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{@@ylii}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@yli}, 

-% \cs{@yli}, \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old definition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\decalinev}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\decalinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@decalinev[@}{\@decalinev[r]}}

-% \def\@decalinev[#1]#2{%

-% \iniflag\iniatom

-% \@reset@ylsw\reset@@yl

-% \ylposition{#2}{-7}{0}{2}{0}% for 8

-% \if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-% \else\ylposition{#2}{-1}{3}{7}{0}% for 5 to 7

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-% \ylposition{#2}{0}{0}{5}{0}% for 1 to 4

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-% \ylfusedposition{#2}{0}{-1}{1}{0}% for 4a and 8a

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-% \if@ylsw

-%  \yl@shiftii=\@ylii 

-%  \ifx\@@ylii\empty\else

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii\fi

-%  \yl@shifti=\@yli 

-%  \ifx\@@yli\empty\else

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli\fi

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

-%  \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-%  \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-% \else

-%  \begin{picture}(1200,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `decalinev' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-% \fi

-%   \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 8-7     1-6

-%   \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 8-8a    1-2

-%   \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 5-6     4-5

-%   \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 5-4a    4-3

-%   \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 4a-8a   3-2

-%   \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 5-7     5-6

-%   \put(342,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 1-8a    1-6

-%   \put(342,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 1-2     1-2

-%   \put(342,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%        %bond 4-4a    4-5

-%   \put(342,0){\line(5,3){171}}%         %bond 4-3     4-3

-%   \put(513,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 3-2     3-2

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-% \else\if\member a%

-%   \put(348,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 1-2

-% \else\if\member b%

-%   \put(482,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 3-2

-% \else\if\member c%

-%   \put(348,42){\line(5,3){126}}%        %double bond 4-3

-% \else\if\member d%

-%   \put(348,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%       %double bond 4-4a

-% \else\if\member e%

-%   \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}%          %double bond 5-4a

-% \else\if\member f%

-%   \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%        %double bond 5-6

-% \else\if\member g%

-%   \put(-138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 6-7

-% \else\if\member h%

-%   \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 8-7

-% \else\if\member i%

-%   \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 8-8a   

-% \else\if\member j%

-%   \put(348,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 1-8a

-% \else\if\member k%

-%   \put(138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 4a-8a

-% \else\if\member K%

-%   \put(204,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 4a-8a in the other ring

-% \else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%            %circle

-% \else\if\member B%right aromatic circle 

-%   \put(342,203){\circle{240}}%          %circle

-% \else

-% % ***********************

-% % * setting fused rings *

-% % ***********************

-%    \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-%    \set@fusion@decav

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% % The command |\setdecaringv{#2}{0}{-1}{9}{0}| 

-% % has been stopped to use and replaced 

-% % by the following set of commands. 

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-7}{0}{2}{0}}% for 8

-% \put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-1}{3}{7}{0}}% for 5 to 7

-% \put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-1}{3}{7}{0}}% for 5 to 7

-% \put(342,0){\setsixringv{#2}{0}{0}{5}{0}}% for 1 to 4

-% \put(0,0){\setfusedbond{#2}{0}{-1}{1}{0}}% for 4a and 8a

-% \end{picture}}%               %end of \decalinev macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-bottom type}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinevb| is used for drawing decaline derivatives 

-% of vertical-bottom type (numbering from the bottom to the left-upper part). 

-% The word ``vertical'' means that each benzene ring is a vertical type.  

-% The word ``bottom'' means that the benzene ring with young locant numbers 

-% is located at the bottom. 

-% The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are drawn directly, 

-% while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by useing 

-% the inner macro |\setsixringv|. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/13}{Newly added command}

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***************************

-% * decaline derivatives    *

-% *  (vertical bottom type) *

-% ***************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          7 

-%          *  

-%     6  *   * 8

-%       |     |

-%       |     | 0G (4a)

-%     5  *   * *

-%  0F(4a)  *     * 1

-%          |     |

-%          |     |

-%        4  *   *  2

-%             *

-%             3

-%             ^

-%             |

-%            the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinevb| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decalinevb[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to k, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. The character A or B indicates aromatic bond patterns (circles). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{BONDLIST: k and K at the fused bond}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  decaline

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond

-%           d          :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e          :  5,4a-double bond

-%           f          :  5,6-double bond

-%           g          :  6,7-double bond

-%           h          :  8,7-double bond

-%           i          :  8,8a-double bond

-%           j          :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k          :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K          :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A          :  left aromatic circle 

-%           B          :  right aromatic circle 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for 0 (fused positions)

-%

-%           0FA        :  alpha single bond at 8a 

-%           0FB        :  beta single bond at 8a

-%           0FU        :  unspecified single bond at 8a

-%           0GA        :  alpha single bond at 4a 

-%           0GB        :  beta single bond at 4a

-%           0GU        :  unspecified single bond at 4a

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decalinevb{1==Cl;2==F;0FA==;0GA==}

-%        \decalinevb[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decalinevb[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinevb| has been changed into a subsidiary macro 

-% of |\decaheterovb| (version 2.00). 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decalinevb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decalinevb{\@ifnextchar[{\@decalinevb[@}{\@decalinevb[@]}}

-\def\@decalinevb[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `decalinevb' is based on `decaheterovb'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovb[#1]{}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The following old definition has been stopped using. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw}

-% \cs{ylfusedposition}, 

-% \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{@@ylii}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@yli}, 

-% \cs{@yli}, \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Add: Fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old definition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\decalinevb}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\decalinevb{\@ifnextchar[{\@decalinevb[@}{\@decalinevb[r]}}

-% \def\@decalinevb[#1]#2{%

-% \iniflag\iniatom

-% \@reset@ylsw\reset@@yl

-% \ylposition{#2}{1}{1}{6}{0}% for 1 to 4

-% \if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-% \else\ylposition{#2}{0}{4}{7}{0}% for 5 to 6

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-% \ylposition{#2}{-6}{0}{3}{0}% for 7 to 8

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-% \ylfusedposition{#2}{2}{1}{3}{-1}% for 4a and 8a

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-% \if@ylsw

-%  \yl@shiftii=\@ylii 

-%  \ifx\@@ylii\empty\else

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii\fi

-%  \yl@shifti=\@yli 

-%  \ifx\@@yli\empty\else

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli\fi

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

-%  \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-%  \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-% \else

-%  \begin{picture}(1000,1200)(-550,-240)

-%   \iforigpt \put(-550,-240){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `decalinevb' origin: %

-%     (0,0) ---> (550,240)}\fi%

-% \fi

-%   \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 2-3

-%   \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 4-3

-%   \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 2-1

-%   \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 4-4a

-%   \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 8a-1

-%   \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 8a-4a

-%   \put(0,406){\line(0,1){200}}%         %bond 8a-8

-%   \put(-342,406){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 5-6     3-2

-%   \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){171}}%     %bond 4a-5

-%   \put(-171,709){\line(-5,-3){171}}%    %bond 7-6

-%   \put(-171,709){\line(5,-3){171}}%     %bond 7-8

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-% \else\if\member a%

-%   \put(140,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 1-2

-% \else\if\member b%

-%   \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}%          %double bond 2-3

-% \else\if\member c%

-%   \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%        %double bond 3-4

-% \else\if\member d%

-%   \put(-140,129){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 4-4a

-% \else\if\member e%

-%   \put(-177,345){\line(-5,3){126}}%     %double bond 4a-5

-% \else\if\member f%

-%   \put(-311,432){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 5-6

-% \else\if\member g%

-%   \put(-177,667){\line(-5,-3){126}}%    %double bond 7-6  

-% \else\if\member h%

-%   \put(-165,667){\line(5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 7-8 

-% \else\if\member i%

-%   \put(-31,432){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 8a-8

-% \else\if\member j%

-%   \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 8a-1

-% \else\if\member k%

-%   \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 8a-4a

-% \else\if\member K%

-%   \put(-165,345){\line(5,3){126}}%     %double bond 8a-4a on the other ring

-% \else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(-171,506){\circle{240}}%         %circle

-% \else\if\member B%right aromatic circle 

-%   \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%            %circle

-% \else

-% % ***********************

-% % * setting fused rings *

-% % ***********************

-%    \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-%    \set@fusion@decavb

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% % ************************

-% % * setting substituents *

-% % ************************

-% \put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{1}{1}{6}{0}}% for 1 to 4

-% \put(-171,303){\setsixringv{#2}{0}{4}{7}{0}}% for 5 to 6

-% \put(-171,303){\setsixringv{#2}{-6}{0}{3}{0}}% for 7 to 8

-% \put(0,0){\setfusedbond{#2}{2}{1}{3}{-1}}% for 4a and 8a

-% \end{picture}}%               %end of \decalinevb macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-top type}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinevt| is used for drawing decaline derivatives 

-% of vertical-bottom type (numbering from the top to the left-down part). 

-% The word ``vertical'' means that each benzene ring is a vertical type.  

-% The word ``top'' means that the benzene ring with young locant numbers 

-% is located at the top. 

-% The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are drawn directly, 

-% while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by useing 

-% the inner macro |\setsixringv|. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/13}{Newly added command}

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************

-% * decaline derivatives *

-% *  (vertical-top type) *

-% ************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                     2

-%                     *  

-%                1  *   * 3

-%                  |     |

-%                  |     | 

-%         0G (8a)   *   * 4

-%             8   *   * 0F(4a)

-%                |     | 

-%                |     |

-%              7  *   *  5

-%                   *

-%                   6

-%                   ^

-%                   |

-%                   the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinevt| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decalinevt[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to k, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. The character A or B indicates aromatic bond patterns (circles). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{BONDLIST: k and K at the fused bond}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  decaline

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond

-%           d          :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e          :  5,4a-double bond

-%           f          :  5,6-double bond

-%           g          :  6,7-double bond

-%           h          :  8,7-double bond

-%           i          :  8,8a-double bond

-%           j          :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k          :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K          :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A          :  left aromatic circle 

-%           B          :  right aromatic circle 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for 0 (fused positions)

-%

-%           0FA        :  alpha single bond at 8a 

-%           0FB        :  beta single bond at 8a

-%           0FU        :  unspecified single bond at 8a

-%           0GA        :  alpha single bond at 4a 

-%           0GB        :  beta single bond at 4a

-%           0GU        :  unspecified single bond at 4a

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decalinevt{1==Cl;2==F;0FA==;0GA==}

-%        \decalinevt[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decalinevt[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decalinevt| has been changed into a subsidiary macro 

-% of |\decaheterovt| (version 2.00). 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decalinevt}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decalinevt{\@ifnextchar[{\@decalinevt[@}{\@decalinevt[@]}}

-\def\@decalinevt[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `decalinevt' is based on `decaheterovt'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovt[#1]{}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The following old definition has been stopped using. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{ylfusedposition}, 

-% \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{@@ylii}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@yli}, 

-% \cs{@yli}, \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old definition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\decalinevt}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\decalinevt{\@ifnextchar[{\@decalinevt[@}{\@decalinevt[r]}}

-% \def\@decalinevt[#1]#2{%

-% \iniflag\iniatom

-% \@reset@ylsw\reset@@yl

-% \ylposition{#2}{5}{5}{7}{0}% for 1

-% \if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-% \else\ylposition{#2}{-1}{0}{4}{0}% for 2 to 4

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-% \ylposition{#2}{-2}{2}{7}{0}% for 5 to 8

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-% \ylfusedposition{#2}{1}{0}{2}{-1}% for 4a and 8a

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-% \if@ylsw

-%  \yl@shiftii=\@ylii 

-%  \ifx\@@ylii\empty\else

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii\fi

-%  \yl@shifti=\@yli 

-%  \ifx\@@yli\empty\else

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli\fi

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

-%  \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-%  \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-% \else

-%  \begin{picture}(1000,1200)(-400,-240)

-%   \iforigpt \put(-400,-240){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `decalinevb' origin: %

-%     (0,0) ---> (400,240)}\fi%

-% \fi

-%   \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 6-5

-%   \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 6-7

-%   \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 5-4a

-%   \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 7-8

-%   \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 8a-8

-%   \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 8a-4a

-%   \put(0,406){\line(0,1){200}}%         %bond 8a-1

-%   \put(342,406){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 4-3

-%   \put(171,303){\line(5,3){171}}%       %bond 4a-4

-%   \put(171,709){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 2-1

-%   \put(171,709){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 2-3

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-% \else\if\member a%

-%   \put(165,667){\line(-5,-3){126}}%    %double bond 2-1

-% \else\if\member b%

-%   \put(177,667){\line(5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 2-3

-% \else\if\member c%

-%   \put(311,432){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 4-3

-% \else\if\member d%

-%   \put(177,345){\line(5,3){126}}%      %double bond 4a-4

-% \else\if\member e%

-%   \put(140,129){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 5-4a

-% \else\if\member f%

-%   \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}%         %double bond 6-5

-% \else\if\member g%

-%   \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%       %double bond 6-7

-% \else\if\member h%

-%   \put(-140,129){\line(0,1){148}}%     %double bond 7-8

-% \else\if\member i%

-%   \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 8a-8

-% \else\if\member j%

-%   \put(31,432){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 8a-1

-% \else\if\member k%

-%   \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%       %double bond 8a-4a

-% \else\if\member K%

-%   \put(165,345){\line(-5,3){126}}%     %double bond 8a-4a on the other ring

-% \else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(171,506){\circle{240}}%         %circle

-% \else\if\member B%right aromatic circle 

-%   \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%            %circle

-% \else 

-% % ***********************

-% % * setting fused rings *

-% % ***********************

-%   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-%    \set@fusion@decavt

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \put(171,303){\setsixringv{#2}{5}{5}{7}{0}}% for 1

-% \put(171,303){\setsixringv{#2}{-1}{0}{4}{0}}% for 2 to 4

-% \put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-2}{2}{7}{0}}% for 5 to 8

-% \put(0,0){\setfusedbond{#2}{1}{0}{2}{-1}}% for 4a and 8a

-% \end{picture}}%               %end of \decalinevt macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\decalineh| is used for drawing decaline derivatives 

-% of vertical type.  The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macros |\setsixringh| and |\setfusedbond|. 

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************

-% * decaline derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)   *

-% ************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                                2      3

-%                                 -----

-%                               *       *

-%                           1  *          * 4

-%                               *       *

-%                        8a (0G)  -----  4a (0F)

-%                               *       *

-%   the original point ===> 8 *           * 5

-%          (0,0)                *       *

-%                                 -----

-%                                7      6

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decalineh| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decalineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to k, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. The character A or B indicates aromatic bond patterns (circles). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{BONDLIST: k and K at the fused bond}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  decaline

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond

-%           d          :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e          :  5,4a-double bond

-%           f          :  5,6-double bond

-%           g          :  6,7-double bond

-%           h          :  8,7-double bond

-%           i          :  8,8a-double bond

-%           j          :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k          :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K          :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A          :  left aromatic circle 

-%           B          :  right aromatic circle 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for 0 (fused positions)

-%

-%           0FA        :  alpha single bond at 8a 

-%           0FB        :  beta single bond at 8a

-%           0FU        :  unspecified single bond at 8a

-%           0GA        :  alpha single bond at 4a 

-%           0GB        :  beta single bond at 4a

-%           0GU        :  unspecified single bond at 4a

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decalineh{1==Cl;2==F;0FA==;0GA==}

-%        \decalineh[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decalineh[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decalineh| has been changed into a subsidiary macro 

-% of |\decaheteroh| (version 2.00). 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decalineh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decalineh{\@ifnextchar[{\@decalineh[@}{\@decalineh[@]}}

-\def\@decalineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `decalineh' is based on `decaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\decaheteroh[#1]{}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The following old definition has been stopped using. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw}

-% \cs{ylfusedposition}, 

-% \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{@@ylii}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@yli}, 

-% \cs{@yli}, \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/30}{Add: fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old defintion)

-% % \begin{macro}{\decalineh}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\decalineh{\@ifnextchar[{\@decalineh[@}{\@decalineh[r]}}

-% \def\@decalineh[#1]#2{%

-% \iniflag\iniatom

-% \@reset@ylsw\reset@@yl

-% \ylpositionh{#2}{-7}{0}{2}{0}% for 8

-% \if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-% \else\ylpositionh{#2}{-1}{3}{7}{0}% for 5 to 7

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-% \ylpositionh{#2}{0}{0}{5}{0}% for 1 to 4

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{-342}\fi\else

-% \ylfusedposition{#2}{3}{2}{4}{0}% for 4a and 8a

-% \fi

-% \if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-% \def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-% \if@ylsw

-%  \yl@shiftii=\@ylii 

-%  \ifx\@@ylii\empty\else

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii\fi

-%  \yl@shifti=\@yli 

-%  \ifx\@@yli\empty\else

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli\fi

-%  \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

-%  \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

-%  \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-%  \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-% \else

-%  \begin{picture}(880,1200)(-\shifti,-\shiftii)

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(\noshift,\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `decalineh' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-% \fi

-%   \put(0,0){\line(3,5){103}}%            %bond 8-8a

-%   \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){103}}%          %bond 8-7

-%   \put(406,0){\line(-3,5){103}}%        %bond 4a-5

-%   \put(406,0){\line(-3,-5){103}}%       %bond 5-6

-%   \put(103,171){\line(1,0){200}}%       %bond 4a-8a

-%   \put(103,-171){\line(1,0){200}}%      %bond 7-8

-%   \put(0,342){\line(3,5){103}}%         %bond 1-2

-%   \put(0,342){\line(3,-5){103}}%        %bond 1-6

-%   \put(406,342){\line(-3,5){103}}%      %bond 4-3

-%   \put(406,342){\line(-3,-5){103}}%     %bond 4-4a

-%   \put(103,513){\line(1,0){200}}%       %bond 2-3

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-% \else\if\member a%

-%   \put(42,348){\line(3,5){78}}%         %double bond 1-2

-% \else\if\member b%

-%   \put(129,480){\line(1,0){148}}%       %double bond 2-3

-% \else\if\member c%

-%   \put(364,348){\line(-3,5){78}}%       %double bond 4-3

-% \else\if\member d%

-%   \put(364,348){\line(-3,-5){78}}%      %double bond 4-4a

-% \else\if\member e%

-%   \put(364,6){\line(-3,5){78}}%         %double bond 4a-5

-% \else\if\member f%

-%   \put(364,-6){\line(-3,-5){78}}%       %double bond 5-6

-% \else\if\member g%

-%   \put(129,-138){\line(1,0){148}}%      %double bond 6-7

-% \else\if\member h%

-%   \put(42,-6){\line(3,-5){78}}%         %double bond 7-8

-% \else\if\member i%

-%   \put(42,6){\line(3,5){78}}%           %double bond 8-9a

-% \else\if\member j%

-%   \put(42,348){\line(3,-5){78}}%        %double bond 1-8a

-% \else\if\member k%

-%   \put(129,138){\line(1,0){148}}%       %double bond 8a-4a

-% \else\if\member K%

-%   \put(129,204){\line(1,0){148}}%       %double bond 8a-4a

-% \else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%            %circle

-% \else\if\member B%right aromatic circle 

-%   \put(203,342){\circle{240}}%          %circle

-% % ***********************

-% % * setting fused rings *

-% % ***********************

-% \else

-%    \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-%    \put(0,342){\set@fusion@decah}%

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %%

-% \put(0,0){\setsixringh{#2}{-7}{0}{2}{0}}% for 8

-% \put(0,0){\setsixringh{#2}{-1}{3}{7}{0}}% for 5 to 7

-% \put(0,342){\setsixringh{#2}{0}{0}{5}{0}}% for 1 to 4

-% \put(0,0){\setfusedbond{#2}{3}{2}{4}{0}}% for 4a and 8a

-% \end{picture}}%               %end of \decalineh macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Naphthalene and naphtoquinone derivatives}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\naphdrv| is used for drawing naphthalene derivatives 

-% of vertical type as well as naphthoquinone derivatives of 

-% vertical type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\decalinev|. 

-% 

-% The macro |\naphdrv| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************************

-% * naphthalene and naphthoquinone derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)                           *

-% **********************************************

-%

-%   \naphdrv[OPT]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters.  

-%

-% The character `A' is used for designating an aromatic bond pattern, in 

-% which each of the six-membered rings has a central circle. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OPT (bond pattern)

-%

-%           none       :  naphthalene

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `p' or two characters (p?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate a p-quinone nucleus, which is present in the 

-% right-hand ring for the case of `p' or `pa' and in the 

-% left-hand ring for the case of `pb'.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           p or pa    :  1,4-quinone (A) left aromatic, right quinone

-%           pb         :  1,4-quinone (B) right aromatic, left quinone

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `o' or two characters (o?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate an o-quinone nucleus in either side of the fused ring. 

-% The second character of each argument indicates one of the possible 

-% type of bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           o or oa    :  o-quinone (A)

-%           ob         :  o-quinone (B)

-%           oc         :  o-quinone (C)

-%           od         :  o-quinone (D)

-%           oe         :  o-quinone (E)

-%           of         :  o-quinone (F)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `q' or two characters (q?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate an 2,6-, 1,5- or 1,7-quinone nucleus. 

-% The second character of each argument indicates one of the possible 

-% type of bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%           q or qa    :  2,6-quinone (A)

-%           qb         :  2,6-quinone (B)  3,7

-%           qc         :  1,5-quinone (C)

-%           qd         :  1,5-quinone (D)  4,8

-%           qe         :  1,7-quinone (E)

-%           qf         :  1,7-quinone (F)  2,8

-%           qg         :  1,7-quinone (G)  4,6

-%           qh         :  1,7-quinone (H)  3,5

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `P' or two characters (P?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate a 1,4,5,8- or 1,2,5,8-quinone nucleus. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%           P or Pa    :  1,4,5,8-quinone (A)

-%           Pb         :  1,2,5,8-quinone (B)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `Q' or `O' or two characters (O?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate quinone nuclei of remaining types. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           Q          :  1,2,3,4-quinone

-%

-%           O or Oa    :  1,2,5,6-quinone (A)

-%           Ob         :  1,2,7,8-quinone (B)

-%           Oc         :  1,2,3,5-quinone (C)

-%           Od         :  1,2,3,7-quinone (D)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        \naphdrv{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \naphdrv[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\naphdrv}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\naphdrv{\@ifnextchar[{\@naphdrv}{\@naphdrv[r]}}

-\def\@naphdrv[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `naphdrv' is based on `decalinev'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

-\if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-  \decalinev[acfhk]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-  \decalinev[AB]{#2}%

-%

-\else\if\@tmpa p%p-quinone

- \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-  \decalinev[bfhk]{#2}%

- \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-  \decalinev[bfhk]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-  \decalinev[acgk]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi%

-\else%

- \if\@tmpa o%o-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-   \decalinev[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-   \decalinev[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%o-quinone (B)

-   \decalinev[dfhj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%o-quinone (C)

-   \decalinev[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%o-quinone (D)

-   \decalinev[achk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%o-quinone (E)

-   \decalinev[acei]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%o-quinone (F)

-   \decalinev[acfk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi%

-%%%

-\else\if\@tmpa q%various quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)2,6-type

-   \decalinev[cehj]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)2,6-type

-   \decalinev[cehj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%2,6-quinone (B)

-   \decalinev[adfi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%1,5-quinone (C)

-   \decalinev[bdgi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%1,5-quinone (D)

-   \decalinev[begj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%1,7-quinone (E)

-   \decalinev[bdfi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%1,7-quinone (F)

-   \decalinev[cegj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb g%1,7-quinone (G)

-   \decalinev[behj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb h%1,7-quinone (H)

-   \decalinev[adgi]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa P%quinone having 4 carbonyl groups

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)1,4,5,8-type

-   \decalinev[bgk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)1,4,5,8-type

-   \decalinev[bgk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)1,2,5,8-type

-   \decalinev[cgk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa Q%1,2,3,4

-   \decalinev[fhk]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa O%quinone having 4 carbonyl groups

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)1,2,5,6-type

-   \decalinev[chk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)1,2,5,6-type

-   \decalinev[chk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)1,2,7,8-type

-   \decalinev[cfk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)1,2,3,5-type

-   \decalinev[dgi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d% (D)1,2,3,7-type

-   \decalinev[dfi]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% added 1998/11/23 by S. Fujita

-   \decalinev[@#1]{#2}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \naphdrv macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-bottom type}

-%

-% The macro |\naphdrvb| is used for drawing naphthalene derivatives 

-% of vertical-bottom type as well as naphthoquinone derivatives of 

-% vertical-bottom type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\decalinevb|. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{Newly added command}

-% 

-% The macro |\naphdrvb| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************************

-% * naphthalene and naphthoquinone derivatives *

-% *  (vertical-bottom type)                    *

-% **********************************************

-%

-%   \naphdrvb[OPT]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters.  

-%

-% The character `A' is used for designating an aromatic bond pattern, in 

-% which each of the six-membered rings has a central circle. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OPT (bond pattern)

-%

-%           none       :  naphthalene

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `p' or two characters (p?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate a p-quinone nucleus, which is present in the 

-% right-hand ring for the case of `p' or `pa' and in the 

-% left-hand ring for the case of `pb'.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           p or pa    :  1,4-quinone (A) left aromatic, right quinone

-%           pb         :  1,4-quinone (B) right aromatic, left quinone

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `o' or two characters (o?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate an o-quinone nucleus in either side of the fused ring. 

-% The second character of each argument indicates one of the possible 

-% type of bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           o or oa    :  o-quinone (A)

-%           ob         :  o-quinone (B)

-%           oc         :  o-quinone (C)

-%           od         :  o-quinone (D)

-%           oe         :  o-quinone (E)

-%           of         :  o-quinone (F)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `q' or two characters (q?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate an 2,6-, 1,5- or 1,7-quinone nucleus. 

-% The second character of each argument indicates one of the possible 

-% type of bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%           q or qa    :  2,6-quinone (A)

-%           qb         :  2,6-quinone (B)  3,7

-%           qc         :  1,5-quinone (C)

-%           qd         :  1,5-quinone (D)  4,8

-%           qe         :  1,7-quinone (E)

-%           qf         :  1,7-quinone (F)  2,8

-%           qg         :  1,7-quinone (G)  4,6

-%           qh         :  1,7-quinone (H)  3,5

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `P' or two characters (P?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate a 1,4,5,8- or 1,2,5,8-quinone nucleus. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%           P or Pa    :  1,4,5,8-quinone (A)

-%           Pb         :  1,2,5,8-quinone (B)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `Q' or `O' or two characters (O?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate quinone nuclei of remaining types. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           Q          :  1,2,3,4-quinone

-%

-%           O or Oa    :  1,2,5,6-quinone (A)

-%           Ob         :  1,2,7,8-quinone (B)

-%           Oc         :  1,2,3,5-quinone (C)

-%           Od         :  1,2,3,7-quinone (D)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        \naphdrvb{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \naphdrvb[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\naphdrvb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\naphdrvb{\@ifnextchar[{\@naphdrvb}{\@naphdrvb[r]}}

-\def\@naphdrvb[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `naphdrvb' is based on `decalinevb'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

-\if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-  \decalinevb[acfhk]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-  \decalinevb[AB]{#2}%

-%

-\else\if\@tmpa p%p-quinone

- \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-  \decalinevb[bfhk]{#2}%

- \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-  \decalinevb[bfhk]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-  \decalinevb[acgk]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi%

-\else%

- \if\@tmpa o%o-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-   \decalinevb[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-   \decalinevb[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%o-quinone (B)

-   \decalinevb[dfhj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%o-quinone (C)

-   \decalinevb[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%o-quinone (D)

-   \decalinevb[achk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%o-quinone (E)

-   \decalinevb[acei]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%o-quinone (F)

-   \decalinevb[acfk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi%

-%%%

-\else\if\@tmpa q%various quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)2,6-type

-   \decalinevb[cehj]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)2,6-type

-   \decalinevb[cehj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%2,6-quinone (B)

-   \decalinevb[adfi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%1,5-quinone (C)

-   \decalinevb[bdgi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%1,5-quinone (D)

-   \decalinevb[begj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%1,7-quinone (E)

-   \decalinevb[bdfi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%1,7-quinone (F)

-   \decalinevb[cegj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb g%1,7-quinone (G)

-   \decalinevb[behj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb h%1,7-quinone (H)

-   \decalinevb[adgi]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa P%quinone having 4 carbonyl groups

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)1,4,5,8-type

-   \decalinevb[bgk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)1,4,5,8-type

-   \decalinevb[bgk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)1,2,5,8-type

-   \decalinevb[cgk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa Q%1,2,3,4

-   \decalinevb[fhk]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa O%quinone having 4 carbonyl groups

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)1,2,5,6-type

-   \decalinevb[chk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)1,2,5,6-type

-   \decalinevb[chk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)1,2,7,8-type

-   \decalinevb[cfk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)1,2,3,5-type

-   \decalinevb[dgi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d% (D)1,2,3,7-type

-   \decalinevb[dfi]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% added 1998/11/23 by S. Fujita

-   \decalinevb[@#1]{#2}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \naphdrvb macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-top type}

-%

-% The macro |\naphdrvt| is used for drawing naphthalene derivatives 

-% of vertical-top type as well as naphthoquinone derivatives of 

-% vertical-top type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\decalinevt|. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{Newly added command}

-% 

-% The macro |\naphdrvt| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************************

-% * naphthalene and naphthoquinone derivatives *

-% *  (vertical-top type)                       *

-% **********************************************

-%

-%   \naphdrvt[OPT]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters.  

-%

-% The character `A' is used for designating an aromatic bond pattern, in 

-% which each of the six-membered rings has a central circle. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OPT (bond pattern)

-%

-%           none       :  naphthalene

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `p' or two characters (p?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate a p-quinone nucleus, which is present in the 

-% right-hand ring for the case of `p' or `pa' and in the 

-% left-hand ring for the case of `pb'.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           p or pa    :  1,4-quinone (A) left aromatic, right quinone

-%           pb         :  1,4-quinone (B) right aromatic, left quinone

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `o' or two characters (o?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate an o-quinone nucleus in either side of the fused ring. 

-% The second character of each argument indicates one of the possible 

-% type of bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           o or oa    :  o-quinone (A)

-%           ob         :  o-quinone (B)

-%           oc         :  o-quinone (C)

-%           od         :  o-quinone (D)

-%           oe         :  o-quinone (E)

-%           of         :  o-quinone (F)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `q' or two characters (q?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate an 2,6-, 1,5- or 1,7-quinone nucleus. 

-% The second character of each argument indicates one of the possible 

-% type of bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%           q or qa    :  2,6-quinone (A)

-%           qb         :  2,6-quinone (B)  3,7

-%           qc         :  1,5-quinone (C)

-%           qd         :  1,5-quinone (D)  4,8

-%           qe         :  1,7-quinone (E)

-%           qf         :  1,7-quinone (F)  2,8

-%           qg         :  1,7-quinone (G)  4,6

-%           qh         :  1,7-quinone (H)  3,5

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `P' or two characters (P?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate a 1,4,5,8- or 1,2,5,8-quinone nucleus. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%           P or Pa    :  1,4,5,8-quinone (A)

-%           Pb         :  1,2,5,8-quinone (B)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% One character `Q' or `O' or two characters (O?) in the |OPT| argument 

-% designate quinone nuclei of remaining types. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%           Q          :  1,2,3,4-quinone

-%

-%           O or Oa    :  1,2,5,6-quinone (A)

-%           Ob         :  1,2,7,8-quinone (B)

-%           Oc         :  1,2,3,5-quinone (C)

-%           Od         :  1,2,3,7-quinone (D)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        \naphdrvt{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \naphdrvt[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\naphdrvt}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\naphdrvt{\@ifnextchar[{\@naphdrvt}{\@naphdrvt[r]}}

-\def\@naphdrvt[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `naphdrvt' is based on `decalinevt'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

-\if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-  \decalinevt[acfhk]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-  \decalinevt[AB]{#2}%

-%

-\else\if\@tmpa p%p-quinone

- \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-  \decalinevt[bfhk]{#2}%

- \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-  \decalinevt[bfhk]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-  \decalinevt[acgk]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi%

-\else%

- \if\@tmpa o%o-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-   \decalinevt[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-   \decalinevt[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%o-quinone (B)

-   \decalinevt[dfhj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%o-quinone (C)

-   \decalinevt[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%o-quinone (D)

-   \decalinevt[achk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%o-quinone (E)

-   \decalinevt[acei]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%o-quinone (F)

-   \decalinevt[acfk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi%

-%%%

-\else\if\@tmpa q%various quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)2,6-type

-   \decalinevt[cehj]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)2,6-type

-   \decalinevt[cehj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%2,6-quinone (B)

-   \decalinevt[adfi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%1,5-quinone (C)

-   \decalinevt[bdgi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%1,5-quinone (D)

-   \decalinevt[begj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%1,7-quinone (E)

-   \decalinevt[bdfi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%1,7-quinone (F)

-   \decalinevt[cegj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb g%1,7-quinone (G)

-   \decalinevt[behj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb h%1,7-quinone (H)

-   \decalinevt[adgi]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa P%quinone having 4 carbonyl groups

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)1,4,5,8-type

-   \decalinevt[bgk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)1,4,5,8-type

-   \decalinevt[bgk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)1,2,5,8-type

-   \decalinevt[cgk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa Q%1,2,3,4

-   \decalinevt[fhk]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa O%quinone having 4 carbonyl groups

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)1,2,5,6-type

-   \decalinevt[chk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)1,2,5,6-type

-   \decalinevt[chk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)1,2,7,8-type

-   \decalinevt[cfk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)1,2,3,5-type

-   \decalinevt[dgi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d% (D)1,2,3,7-type

-   \decalinevt[dfi]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% added 1998/11/23 by S. Fujita

-   \decalinevt[@#1]{#2}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \naphdrvt macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\naphdrh| is used for drawing naphthalene derivatives 

-% of horizontal type as well as naphtoquinone derivatives of 

-% horizontal type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\decalineh|. 

-% 

-% The macro |\naphdrh| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************************

-% * naphthalene and naphthoquinone derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)                         *

-% **********************************************

-%

-%   \naphdrh[OPT]{SUBSLIST}          

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or for naphthoquinone bond patterns. 

-% The meaning of these characters is the same as described in 

-% the definition of the macro |\naphdrv|. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OPT (bond pattern)

-%

-%           none       :  naphthalene

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           p or pa    :  1,4-quinone (A) left aromatic, right quinone

-%           pb         :  1,4-quinone (B) right aromatic, left quinone

-%

-%           o or oa    :  o-quinone (A)

-%           ob         :  o-quinone (B)

-%           oc         :  o-quinone (C)

-%           od         :  o-quinone (D)

-%           oe         :  o-quinone (E)

-%           of         :  o-quinone (F)

-%

-%           q or qa    :  2,6-quinone (A)

-%           qb         :  2,6-quinone (B)  3,7

-%           qc         :  1,5-quinone (C)

-%           qd         :  1,5-quinone (D)  4,8

-%           qe         :  1,7-quinone (E)

-%           qf         :  1,7-quinone (F)  2,8

-%           qg         :  1,7-quinone (G)  4,6

-%           qh         :  1,7-quinone (H)  3,5

-%

-%           P or Pa    :  1,4,5,8-quinone (A)

-%           Pb         :  1,2,5,8-quinone (B)

-%

-%           Q          :  1,2,3,4-quinone

-%

-%           O or Oa    :  1,2,5,6-quinone (A)

-%           Ob         :  1,2,7,8-quinone (B)

-%           Oc         :  1,2,3,5-quinone (C)

-%           Od         :  1,2,3,7-quinone (D)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        \naphdrh{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \naphdrh[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\naphdrh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\naphdrh{\@ifnextchar[{\@naphdrh}{\@naphdrh[r]}}

-\def\@naphdrh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `nathdrh' is based on `decalineh'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

-\if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-  \decalineh[acfhk]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-  \decalineh[AB]{#2}%

-%

-\else\if\@tmpa p%p-quinone

- \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-  \decalineh[bfhk]{#2}%

- \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-  \decalineh[bfhk]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-  \decalineh[acgk]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi%

-\else%

- \if\@tmpa o%o-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)

-   \decalineh[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-   \decalineh[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%o-quinone (B)

-   \decalineh[dfhj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%o-quinone (C)

-   \decalineh[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%o-quinone (D)

-   \decalineh[achk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%o-quinone (E)

-   \decalineh[acei]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%o-quinone (F)

-   \decalineh[acfk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi%

-% %%

-\else\if\@tmpa q%various quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)2,6-type

-   \decalineh[cehj]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)2,6-type

-   \decalineh[cehj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b%2,6-quinone (B)

-   \decalineh[adfi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c%1,5-quinone (C)

-   \decalineh[bdgi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d%1,5-quinone (D)

-   \decalineh[begj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb e%1,7-quinone (E)

-   \decalineh[bdfi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb f%1,7-quinone (F)

-   \decalineh[cegj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb g%1,7-quinone (G)

-   \decalineh[behj]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb h%1,7-quinone (H)

-   \decalineh[adgi]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa P%quinone having 4 carbonyl groups

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)1,4,5,8-type

-   \decalineh[bgk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)1,4,5,8-type

-   \decalineh[bgk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)1,2,5,8-type

-   \decalineh[cgk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi%

-\else\if\@tmpa Q%1,2,3,4

-   \decalineh[fhk]{#2}%

-\else\if\@tmpa O%quinone having 4 carbonyl groups

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)1,2,5,6-type

-   \decalineh[chk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)1,2,5,6-type

-   \decalineh[chk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)1,2,7,8-type

-   \decalineh[cfk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)1,2,3,5-type

-   \decalineh[dgi]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb d% (D)1,2,3,7-type

-   \decalineh[dfi]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% added 1998/11/23 by S. Fujita

-   \decalineh[@#1]{#2}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \naphdrh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Tetraline derivatives}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\tetralinev| is used for drawing naphthalene derivatives 

-% of vertical type as well as naphthoquinone derivatives of 

-% vertical type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\decalinev|. 

-% 

-% The macro |\tetralinev| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************

-% * tetraline derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)      *

-% *************************

-%

-%   \tetralinev[OPT]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or for naphthoquinone bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     OPT = none       :  tetraline

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           e or ea    :  1,2-double bond

-%           eb         :  2,3-double bond

-%           ec         :  3,4-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for n=5 or 8 

-%

-%           nSa        :  bias bond

-%                        This option can be used to avoid over-crowding 

-%                        betweem 1 and 8 or between 4 and 5. 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \tetralinev{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \tetralinev[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \tetralinev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\tetralinev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\tetralinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@tetralinev}{\@tetralinev[r]}}

-\def\@tetralinev[#1]#2{%

- \iforigpt \typeout{command `tetralinev' is based on `decalinev'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

- \if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-    \decalinev[fhk]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-    \decalinev[A]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa e%inner double bond

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \decalinev[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \decalinev[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-    \decalinev[bfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)

-    \decalinev[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \else%1998/11/23 by Shinsaku Fujita

-    \decalinev[@#1]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \tetralinev macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-bottom type}

-%

-% The macro |\tetralinevb| is used for drawing naphthalene derivatives 

-% of vertical-bottom type as well as naphthoquinone derivatives of 

-% vertical type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\decalinevb|. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{Newly added command}

-% 

-% The macro |\tetralinevb| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ********************************

-% * tetraline derivatives        *

-% *  (vertical-bottom type)      *

-% ********************************

-%

-%   \tetralinevb[OPT]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or for naphthoquinone bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     OPT = none       :  tetraline

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           e or ea    :  1,2-double bond

-%           eb         :  2,3-double bond

-%           ec         :  3,4-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for n=5 or 8 

-%

-%           nSa        :  bias bond

-%                        This option can be used to avoid over-crowding 

-%                        betweem 1 and 8 or between 4 and 5. 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \tetralinevb{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \tetralinevb[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \tetralinevb[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\tetralinevb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\tetralinevb{\@ifnextchar[{\@tetralinevb}{\@tetralinevb[r]}}

-\def\@tetralinevb[#1]#2{%

- \iforigpt \typeout{command `tetralinevb' is based on `decalinevb'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

- \if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-    \decalinevb[fhK]{#2}%  %[fhK] in place of [fhk]

- \else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-    \decalinevb[A]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa e%inner double bond

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \decalinevb[afhK]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \decalinevb[afhK]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-    \decalinevb[bfhK]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)

-    \decalinevb[cfhK]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \else%1998/11/23 by Shinsaku Fujita

-    \decalinevb[@#1]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \tetralinevb macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-top type}

-%

-% The macro |\tetralinevt| is used for drawing naphthalene derivatives 

-% of vertical-top type as well as naphthoquinone derivatives of 

-% vertical type. The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are

-% drawn directly, while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by 

-% useing the inner macro |\decalinevt|. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{Newly added command}

-% 

-% The macro |\tetralinevt| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ********************************

-% * tetraline derivatives        *

-% *  (vertical-bottom type)      *

-% ********************************

-%

-%   \tetralinevt[OPT]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or for naphthoquinone bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     OPT = none       :  tetraline

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           e or ea    :  1,2-double bond

-%           eb         :  2,3-double bond

-%           ec         :  3,4-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for n=5 or 8 

-%

-%           nSa        :  bias bond

-%                        This option can be used to avoid over-crowding 

-%                        betweem 1 and 8 or between 4 and 5. 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \tetralinevt{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \tetralinevt[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \tetralinevt[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\tetralinevt}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\tetralinevt{\@ifnextchar[{\@tetralinevt}{\@tetralinevt[r]}}

-\def\@tetralinevt[#1]#2{%

- \iforigpt \typeout{command `tetralinevt' is based on `decalinevt'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

- \if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-    \decalinevt[fhk]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-    \decalinevt[A]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa e%inner double bond

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \decalinevt[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \decalinevt[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-    \decalinevt[bfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)

-    \decalinevt[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \else%1998/11/23 by Shinsaku Fujita

-    \decalinevt[@#1]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \tetralinevt macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\tetralineh| is used for drawing tetraline derivatives 

-% of horizontal type. 

-% 

-% The macro |\tetralineh| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************

-% * tetraline derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)    *

-% *************************

-%

-%   \tetralineh[OPT]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or for naphthoquinone bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OPT = none       :  tetraline

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           e or ea    :  1,2-double bond

-%           eb         :  2,3-double bond

-%           ec         :  3,4-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for n=5 or 8 

-%

-%           nSa        :  bias bond

-%                        This option can be used to avoid over-crowding 

-%                        betweem 1 and 8 or between 4 and 5. 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \tetralineh{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \tetralineh[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \tetralineh[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\tetralineh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\tetralineh{\@ifnextchar[{\@tetralineh}{\@tetralineh[r]}}

-\def\@tetralineh[#1]#2{%

- \iforigpt \typeout{command `tetralineh' is based on `decalineh'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

- \if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-    \decalineh[fhk]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-    \decalineh[A]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa e%inner double bond

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \decalineh[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \decalineh[afhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-    \decalineh[bfhk]{#2}%

-  \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)

-    \decalineh[cfhk]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% added 1998/11/23 by S. Fujita

-   \decalineh[@#1]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \tetralineh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Anthracene derivatives}

-% \subsection{Perhydro-anthracene derivatives of Vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\hanthracenev| is used for drawing perhydroanthracene 

-% derivatives of vertical type. 

-% 

-% The macro |\hanthracenev| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************************

-% * perhydro anthracene derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)                *

-% ***********************************

-%

-%   \hanthracenev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to p, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. The character A, B, or C indicates an aromatic bond 

-% pattern (circle). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{BONDLIST: o, O, p and P at the fused bond}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  hanthracene

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond

-%           d          :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e          :  10,4a-double bond

-%           f          :  10,10a-double bond

-%           g          :  5,10a-double bond

-%           h          :  5,6-double bond

-%           i          :  6,7-double bond

-%           j          :  8,7-double bond

-%           k          :  8,8a-double bond

-%           l          :  9,8a-double bond

-%           m          :  9,9a-double bond

-%           n          :  1,9a-double bond

-%           o          :  4a,9a-double bond

-%           O          :  4a,9a-double bond in the other ring

-%           p          :  10a,8a-double bond

-%           P          :  10a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A          :  right aromatic circle 

-%           B          :  central aromatic circle 

-%           C          :  left aromatic circle 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 10

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%        for 11 (fused positions, 9a and 4a) 

-%

-%           11FA       :  alpha single bond at 9a 

-%           11FB       :  beta single bond at 9a

-%           11FU       :  unspecified single bond at 9a

-%           11GA       :  alpha single bond at 4a 

-%           11GB       :  beta single bond at 4a

-%           11GU       :  unspecified single bond at 4a

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%        for 12 (fused positions, 8a and 10a) 

-%

-%           12FA       :  alpha single bond at 8a 

-%           12FB       :  beta single bond at 8a

-%           12FU       :  unspecified single bond at 8a

-%           12GA       :  alpha single bond at 10a 

-%           12GB       :  beta single bond at 10a

-%           12GU       :  unspecified single bond at 10a

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \hanthracenev{1==Cl;2==F;{{10}}==OH}

-%        \hanthracenev[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$;

-%            {{11}FA}==OH;{{11}FB}==OH}

-%        \hanthracenev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{The command \cs{setdecaringv} has 

-% been stopped to use.}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw}

-% \cs{ylfusedposition}, 

-% \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{@@ylii}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@yli}, 

-% \cs{@yli}, \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Added: fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hanthracenev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\hanthracenev{\@ifnextchar[{\@hanthracenev[@}{\@hanthracenev[r]}}

-\def\@hanthracenev[#1]#2{%

-% bonds for outer skeleton

-\@reset@ylsw\reset@@yl

-\ylposition{#2}{-7}{0}{2}{0}%  %for 8 positions

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else\ylposition{#2}{-1}{3}{7}{0}% for 5 to 7 positions

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#2}{0}{0}{5}{0}% for 1 to 4 positions

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-684}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#2}{-8}{0}{2}{0}%for 9-position

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#2}{-6}{3}{5}{0}%for 10-position

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylfusedposition{#2}{-11}{-1}{1}{0}% for 9a and 4a

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylfusedposition{#2}{-12}{-1}{1}{0}% for 8a and 10a

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii 

- \ifx\@@ylii\empty\else

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii\fi

- \yl@shifti=\@yli 

- \ifx\@@yli\empty\else

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli\fi

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `hanthracenev' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-  \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 8-7

-  \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 8-8a

-  \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 5-6

-  \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 5-10a

-  \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 10a-8a

-  \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 6-7

-  \put(342,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 9-8a

-  \put(342,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 9-9a

-  \put(342,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%        %bond 10-10a

-  \put(342,0){\line(5,3){171}}%         %bond 10-4a

-  \put(513,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 4a-9a

-  %%%%

-  \put(684,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 1-9a    1-6

-  \put(684,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 1-2     1-2

-  \put(855,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 3-2     3-2

-  \put(684,0){\line(5,3){171}}%         %bond 4-3     4-3

-  \put(684,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%        %bond 4-4a    4-5

-% inner double bonds

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-\else\if\member a%

-  \put(690,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 1-2

-\else\if\member b%

-  \put(822,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 3-2

-\else\if\member c%

-  \put(690,42){\line(5,3){126}}%        %double bond 4-3

-\else\if\member d%

-  \put(690,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%       %double bond 4-4a

-\else\if\member e%

-  \put(348,42){\line(5,3){126}}%        %double bond 10-4a

-\else\if\member f%

-  \put(348,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%       %double bond 10-10a

-\else\if\member g%

-  \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}%          %double bond 5-10a

-\else\if\member h%

-  \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%        %double bond 5-6

-\else\if\member i%

-  \put(-138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 6-7

-\else\if\member j%

-  \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 8-7

-\else\if\member k%

-  \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 8-8a   

-\else\if\member l%

-  \put(348,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 9-8a

-\else\if\member m%

-  \put(348,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 9-9a

-\else\if\member n%

-  \put(690,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 1-9a

-\else\if\member o%

-  \put(544,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 4a-9a

-\else\if\member O%

-  \put(482,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 4a-9a at the other ring

-\else\if\member p%

-  \put(138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 10a-8a

-\else\if\member P%

-  \put(204,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 10a-8a at the other ring

-\else\if\member C%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}            %circle

-\else\if\member B%right aromatic circle 

-  \put(342,203){\circle{240}}%          %circle

-\else\if\member A%right aromatic circle 

-  \put(684,203){\circle{240}}%          %circle

-\else

-%setting fused rings

-  \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-  \set@fusion@hanthrav

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}

-%exocyclic bonds and substituents

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-7}{0}{2}{0}}%  %for 8 positions

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-1}{3}{7}{0}}%  %for 5 to 7 positions

-\put(684,0){\setsixringv{#2}{0}{0}{5}{0}}% %for 1 to 4 positions

-\put(342,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-8}{0}{2}{0}}%for 9-position

-\put(342,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-6}{3}{5}{0}}%for 10-position

-%bonds and substituents for fused positions

-\put(0,0){\setfusedbond{#2}{-12}{-1}{1}{0}}% for 8a and 10a

-\put(342,0){\setfusedbond{#2}{-11}{-1}{1}{0}}% for 9a and 4a

-\end{picture}}%               %end of \hanthracenev macro%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Anthracene and anthraquinone derivatives}

-%

-% The macro |\anthracenev| is used for drawing anthracene derivatives 

-% of vertical type. 

-% 

-% The macro |\anthracenev| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ********************************************

-% * anthracene and anthraquinone derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)                         *

-% ********************************************

-%

-%   \anthracenev[OPT]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or for naphthoquinone bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OPT (bond pattern) 

-%

-%           none or r  :  right-handed double bonds

-%           l          :  left-handed double bonds

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           p or pa    :  9,10-anthraquinone (A) 

-%           pA         :  9,10-anthraquinone (circle type)

-%

-%           o          :  1,2-anthraquinone (A)

-%           oa         :  1,2-anthraquinone (A')

-%           oA         :  1,2-anthraquinone (circle type)

-%           ob         :  2,3-antharquinone (B)

-%           oc         :  1,2-anthraquinone (C)

-%

-%           q          :  1,4-anthraquinone (A)

-%           qa         :  1,4-anthraquinone (A')

-%           qA         :  1,4-anthraquinone (circle type)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 10

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \anthracenev{1==Cl;2==F;0FA==;0GA==}

-%        \anthracenev[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \anthracenev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;%

-%             5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\anthracenev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\anthracenev{\@ifnextchar[{\@anthracenev}{\@anthracenev[r]}}

-\def\@anthracenev[#1]#2{%

- \iforigpt \typeout{command `anthracenev' is %

-                    based on `hanthracenev'.}\fi%

-%% \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%error1998/11/23 by Shinsaku Fujita

- \expandafter\twoCH@R#1//%

- \if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-    \hanthracenev[acflhjo]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa l% left-handed set of double bonds

-    \hanthracenev[acehjmp]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-    \hanthracenev[ABC]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa p%9,10-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \hanthracenev[achjop]{#2}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \hanthracenev[achjop]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A% circle type

-    \hanthracenev[AC]{#2}%

-   \else 

-    \hanthracenev[achjop]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi%

- \else\if\@tmpa o%o-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \hanthracenev[cfjhlo]{#2}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \hanthracenev[cehjmp]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-    \hanthracenev[dfhjln]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)

-    \hanthracenev[aehjmp]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A% cicle type

-    \hanthracenev[cBC]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \else\if\@tmpa q%1,4-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \hanthracenev[bfhjlo]{#2}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \hanthracenev[behjmp]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A% circle type

-    \hanthracenev[AB]{#2}%

-   \else% 

-    \hanthracenev[behjmp]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi%

- \else

-    \hanthracenev[@#1]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \anthracenev macro%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Phenanthrene derivatives}

-% \subsection{Perhydro-phenanthrene derivatives of Vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\hphenanthrenev| is used for drawing perhydrophenanthrene 

-% derivatives of vertical type. 

-% 

-% The macro |\hphenanthrenev| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an 

-% optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************************

-% * perhydro phenanthrene derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)                  *

-% *************************************

-%

-%   \hphenanthrenev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to p, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. The character A, B, or C indicates an aromatic bond 

-% pattern (circle). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{BONDLIST: o, O, p and P at the fused bond}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  hphenanthrene

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond

-%           d          :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e          :  4a,4b-double bond

-%           f          :  4b,5-double bond

-%           g          :  5,6-double bond

-%           h          :  6,7-double bond

-%           i          :  7,8-double bond

-%           j          :  8,8a-double bond

-%           k          :  8a,9-double bond

-%           l          :  9,10-double bond

-%           m          :  10,10a-double bond

-%           n          :  1,10a-double bond

-%           o          :  4a,10a-double bond

-%           O          :  4a,10a-double bond in the other ring

-%           p          :  4b,8a-double bond

-%           P          :  4b,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A          :  right aromatic circle 

-%           B          :  central aromatic circle 

-%           C          :  left aromatic circle 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 10

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%        for 11 (fused positions, 4a and 10a) 

-%

-%           11FA       :  alpha single bond at 4a 

-%           11FB       :  beta single bond at 4a

-%           11FC       :  alpha single bond (downward) at 4a 

-%           11FD       :  beta single bond (downward) at 4a

-%           11FU       :  unspecified single bond at 4a

-%           11GA       :  alpha single bond at 10a 

-%           11GB       :  beta single bond at 10a

-%           11FC       :  alpha single bond (upward) at 10a

-%           11FD       :  beta single bond (upward) at 10a

-%           11GU       :  unspecified single bond at 10a

-%

-%        for 12 (fused positions, 4b and 8a) 

-%

-%           12FA       :  alpha single bond at 4b 

-%           12FB       :  beta single bond at 4b

-%           12FU       :  unspecified single bond at 4b

-%           12GA       :  alpha single bond at 8a 

-%           12GB       :  beta single bond at 8a

-%           12GU       :  unspecified single bond at 8a

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \hphenanthrenev{1==Cl;2==F;{{10}}==OH}

-%        \hphenanthrenev[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$;

-%            {{11}FA}==OH;{{11}FB}==OH}

-%        \hphenanthrenev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;

-%                   5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/15}{The command \cs{setdecaringv} has 

-% been stopped to use.}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw}

-% \cs{ylfusedposition}, 

-% \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{@@ylii}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@yli}, 

-% \cs{@yli}, \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{Added: Fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hphenanthrenev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\hphenanthrenev{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@hphenanthrenev[@}{\@hphenanthrenev[r]}}

-\def\@hphenanthrenev[#1]#2{%

-% bonds for outer skeleton

-\@reset@ylsw\reset@@yl

-\ylposition{#2}{-4}{0}{2}{0}%   %for 5 position

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#2}{12}{3}{7}{-1}%   %for 6 to 8 positions

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#2}{13}{2}{5}{-1}%   %for 9 to 10 positions

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#2}{4}{0}{4}{-1}% %for 1 to 3 positions

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-513}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#2}{2}{5}{7}{0}%  %for 4-position

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-513}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-\ylfusedposition{#2}{-12}{-1}{1}{0}%  % for 4b and 8a

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylfusedposition{#2}{-10}{0}{2}{0}% % for 4a and 10a

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii 

- \ifx\@@ylii\empty\else

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii\fi

- \yl@shifti=\@yli 

- \ifx\@@yli\empty\else

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli\fi

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,1200)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-  \typeout{command `hphenanthrenev' origin: %

-  (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-  \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 6-5

-  \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 5-4a

-  \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 8-7

-  \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%            %bond 8-8a

-  \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 8a-4b

-  \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 7-6

-  \put(342,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 4a-4b

-  \put(342,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 4a-10a

-  \put(342,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%        %bond 9-8a

-  \put(342,0){\line(5,3){171}}%         %bond 9-10

-  \put(513,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 10-10a

-  %%%%

-  \put(342,406){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 4a-4

-  \put(513,709){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 3-4

-  \put(513,709){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 3-2

-  \put(684,406){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 1-2

-  \put(513,303){\line(5,3){171}}%       %bond 10a-1

-% inner double bonds

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-\else\if\member a%

-  \put(651,432){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 1-2

-\else\if\member b%

-  \put(519,667){\line(5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 3-2

-\else\if\member c%

-  \put(519,667){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 3-4

-\else\if\member d%

-  \put(375,432){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 4a-4

-\else\if\member e%

-  \put(348,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 4a-4b

-\else\if\member f%

-  \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 5-4b

-\else\if\member g%

-  \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 5-6

-\else\if\member h%

-  \put(-138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 6-7

-\else\if\member i%

-  \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%        %double bond 8-7

-\else\if\member j%

-  \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}%          %double bond 8-8a

-\else\if\member k%

-  \put(348,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%       %double bond 9-8a

-\else\if\member l%

-  \put(348,42){\line(5,3){126}}%        %double bond 9-10

-\else\if\member m%

-  \put(482,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 10-10a

-\else\if\member n%

-  \put(519,345){\line(5,3){126}}%       %double bond 10a-1

-\else\if\member o%

-  \put(507,345){\line(-5,3){126}}%      %double bond 10a-4a

-\else\if\member O%

-  \put(348,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 4a-10a

-\else\if\member p%

-  \put(138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 8a-4b

-\else\if\member P%

-  \put(204,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 8a-4b

-\else\if\member C%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}            %circle

-\else\if\member B%right aromatic circle 

-  \put(342,203){\circle{240}}%          %circle

-\else\if\member A%right aromatic circle 

-  \put(513,506){\circle{240}}%          %circle

-\else

-% setting fused rings

-  \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-  \set@fusion@hphenanv

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%exocyclic bonds and substituents

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{-4}{0}{2}{0}}%   %for 5 position

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{12}{3}{7}{-1}}%   %for 6 to 8 positions

-\put(342,0){\setsixringv{#2}{13}{2}{5}{-1}}%   %for 9 to 10 positions

-\put(513,303){\setsixringv{#2}{4}{0}{4}{-1}}% %for 1 to 3 positions

-\put(513,303){\setsixringv{#2}{2}{5}{7}{0}}%  %for 4-position

-%bonds and substituents for fused positions

-\put(0,0){\setfusedbond{#2}{-12}{-1}{1}{0}}%  % for 4b and 8a

-\put(342,0){\setfusedbond{#2}{-10}{0}{2}{0}}% % for 4a and 10a

-\end{picture}}%               %end of \hphenanthrenev macro%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Phenanthrene and phenanthroquinone derivatives}

-%

-% The macro |\phenanthrenev| is used for drawing phenanthrene derivatives 

-% of vertical type. 

-% 

-% The macro |\anthracenev| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |OPT|.  The latter designates a bond pattern in place of  

-% individual exocyclic bonds. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *********************************

-% * phenanthrene and  derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)              *

-% *********************************

-%

-%   \phenanthrenev[OPT]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |OPT| argument contains one or two characters for designate

-% aromatic bond patterns or for naphthoquinone bond patterns. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OPT (bond pattern) 

-%

-%           none or r  :  right-handed double bonds

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%

-%           p or pa    :  1,4-quinone (A) 

-%           pA         :  1,4-quinone (circle type)

-%

-%           o or oa    :  1,2-quinone (A)

-%           oA         :  1,2-quinone (circle type)

-%           ob         :  2,3-quinone (B)

-%           oc         :  3,4-anthraquinone (C)

-%

-%           q or qa    :  9,10-quinone

-%           qA         :  9,10-quinone (circle type)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 10

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \phenanthrenev{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \phenanthrenev[A]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \phenanthrenev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;%

-%               5W==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\phenanthrenev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\phenanthrenev{\@ifnextchar[{\@phenanthrenev}{\@phenanthrenev[r]}}

-\def\@phenanthrenev[#1]#2{%

- \iforigpt \typeout{command `phenanthrenev' is %

-    based on `hphenantherenv'.}\fi%

- \expandafter\threech@r#1{}{}%

- \if\@tmpa r% right-handed set of double bonds

-    \hphenanthrenev[acgilop]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa A%aromatic circle

-    \hphenanthrenev[ABC]{#2}%

- \else\if\@tmpa p%1,4-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \hphenanthrenev[bgilop]{#2}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \hphenanthrenev[bgilop]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A% circle type

-    \hphenanthrenev[BCb]{#2}%

-   \else 

-    \hphenanthrenev[bgilop]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi%

- \else\if\@tmpa o%o-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \hphenanthrenev[cgilop]{#2}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \hphenanthrenev[cgilop]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb b% (B)

-    \hphenanthrenev[dgilnp]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb c% (C)

-    \hphenanthrenev[agilop]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A% cicle type

-    \hphenanthrenev[cBC]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \else\if\@tmpa q%9,10-quinone

-  \if\@tmpb a% (A)%

-    \hphenanthrenev[acgiop]{#2}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty% (A)

-    \hphenanthrenev[acgiop]{#2}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A% circle type

-    \hphenanthrenev[AC]{#2}%

-   \else 

-    \hphenanthrenev[acgiop]{#2}%

-  \fi\fi\fi%

- \else 

-    \hphenanthrenev[@#1]{#2}%

- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%               %end of \phenanthrenev macro%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Steroids}

-% \subsection{Steroids without a chain}

-%

-% The macro |\steroid| is used for drawing steroids.  

-% 

-% The macro |\steroid| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an 

-% optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************

-% * steroid derivatives *

-% ***********************

-%  

-%   \steroid[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to t, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. The character A, B, or C indicates an aromatic bond 

-% pattern (circle). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/15}{BONDLIST: k, K, h, H, o and O 

-% at the fused bond}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none:  steroid skeleton

-%           a   :  1,2-double bond        b   :  2,3-double bond

-%           c   :  3,4-double bond        d   :  4,5-double bond

-%           e   :  6,5-double bond        f   :  6,7-double bond

-%           g   :  7,8-double bond        

-%           h   :  9,8-double bond

-%           h   :  9,8-double bond in the other bond

-%           i   :  9,10-double bond       j   :  1,10-double bond

-%           k   :  5,10-double bond

-%           K   :  5,10-double bond in the other bond

-%           l   :  9,11-double bond

-%           m   :  12,11-double bond      n   :  12,13-double bond

-%           o   :  14,13-double bond

-%           O   :  14,13-double bond in the other bond

-%           p   :  8,14-double bond

-%           q   :  14,15-double bond      r   :  15,16-double bond

-%           s   :  17,16-double bond      t   :  17,13-double bond

-%           A   :  aromatic A ring        B   :  aromatic B ring

-%           C   :  aromatic C ring

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 17 (execpt fused positions)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% For numbers larger than 9 (two digits), you should designate

-% the SUBSLIST as 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%             {{11}A}==Cl;{{12}SA}==H;{{12}SB}==Cl;

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       for n = 5,8,9,10,13 and 14 (fused positions)

-%

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nU         :  unspecified single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \steroid{1==Cl;2==F;{{10}}==OH}

-%        \steroid[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$;

-%            {{11}SA}==OH;{{11}SB}==OH}

-%        \steroid[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;

-%                   5==Cl;6==Cl;7==Cl;8==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/15}{The command \cs{setdecaringv} has 

-% been stopped to use.}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw}

-% \cs{ylfusedposition}, 

-% \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{@@ylii}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@yli}, 

-% \cs{@yli}, \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Inner commands \cs{yl@steroidposition} 

-% and \cs{@steroidskeleton} are separated from the \cs{@steroid} command.}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\steroid}

-% \begin{macro}{\yl@steroidposition}

-% \begin{macro}{\@steroidskeleton}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\steroid{\@ifnextchar[{\@steroid[@}{\@steroid[Z]}}

-\def\@steroid[#1]#2{%

-% bonds for outer skeleton

-\@reset@ylsw\reset@@yl

-\yl@steroidposition{#2}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii 

- \ifx\@@ylii\empty\else

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii\fi

- \yl@shifti=\@yli 

- \ifx\@@yli\empty\else

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli\fi

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1600,1300)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `steroid' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-  \put(0,0){\@steroidskeleton{#1}{#2}}%

-\end{picture}}%               %end of \steroid macro%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The |\yl@steroidposition| is derived from |\ylposition| and 

-% |\ylatombondposition| to use in the |\steroid| command as well as 

-% in the |\steroidchain| command.

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Inner commands \cs{yl@steroidposition} 

-% and \cs{@steroidskeleton} are separated from the \cs{@steroid} command.}

-% 

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\yl@steroidposition#1{%

-\ylposition{#1}{0}{0}{2}{0}%  %for 1

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#1}{8}{3}{7}{-1}%  %for 2 to 4 positions

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#1}{10}{2}{5}{-1}% %for 6 to 7 positions

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#1}{-11}{0}{2}{0}%for 12 position

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-513}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#1}{-5}{5}{7}{0}% %for 11 position

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-513}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#1}{18}{0}{4}{-1}%for 15 to 17 positions

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-855}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-\ylatombondposition{#1}{-4}{7}%     % for 5

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-103}\fi\else

-\ylatombondposition{#1}{-9}{1}%     % for 10

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-\ylatombondposition{#1}{-7}{1}%     % for 8

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-513}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi\else

-\ylatombondposition{#1}{-8}{7}%     % for 9

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{-406}\fi\else

-\ylatombondposition{#1}{-13}{7}%    % for 14

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-684}\def\@@yli{-406}\fi\else

-\ylatombondposition{#1}{-12}{1}%    % for 13

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-684}\def\@@yli{-606}\fi\fi%

-}% end of \yl@steroidposition

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The |\@steroidskeleton| is separated from the definition of |\steroid| 

-% so as to be used also in the definition of |\steroidchain|. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Inner commands \cs{yl@steroidposition} 

-% and \cs{@steroidskeleton} are separated from the \cs{@steroid} command.}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{Added: fused rings}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@steroidskeleton#1#2{%

-  \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 1-2

-  \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 1-10

-  \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 4-3

-  \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 4-5

-  \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 5-10

-  \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 3-2

-  \put(342,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 9-10

-  \put(342,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 9-8

-  \put(342,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%        %bond 6-5

-  \put(342,0){\line(5,3){171}}%         %bond 6-7

-  \put(513,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 7-8

-  %%%%

-  \put(342,406){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 9-11

-  \put(513,709){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 12-11

-  \put(513,709){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 12-13

-  \put(684,406){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 14-13

-  \put(513,303){\line(5,3){171}}%       %bond 8-14

-  %%%%

-  \put(855,709){\line(-5,-3){171}}%     %bond 17-13

-  \put(855,709){\line(5,-3){171}}%      %bond 17-16

-  \put(1026,406){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 15-16

-  \put(684,406){\line(1,0){342}}%       %bond 14-15

-% inner double bonds

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member Z%no endcyclic double bonds

-\else\if\member a%

-  \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 1-2 5-6

-\else\if\member b%

-  \put(-138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 3-2 6-7

-\else\if\member c%

-  \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%        %double bond 4-3 8-7

-\else\if\member d%

-  \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}%          %double bond 4-5 8-8a

-\else\if\member e%

-  \put(348,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%       %double bond 6-5 9-8a

-\else\if\member f%

-  \put(348,42){\line(5,3){126}}%        %double bond 6-7 9-10

-\else\if\member g%

-  \put(482,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 7-8 10-10a

-\else\if\member h%

-  \put(507,345){\line(-5,3){126}}%      %double bond 8-9  10a-4a

-\else\if\member H%

-  \put(348,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 9-8  4a-10a

-\else\if\member i%

-  \put(348,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 9-10  4a-4b

-\else\if\member j%

-  \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 1-10 5-4b

-\else\if\member k%

-  \put(138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 5-10 8a-4b

-\else\if\member K%

-  \put(204,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 5-10 8a-4b

-\else\if\member l%

-  \put(375,432){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 9-11    4-5

-\else\if\member m%

-  \put(519,667){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 12-11   3-4

-\else\if\member n%

-  \put(519,667){\line(5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 12-13   3-2

-\else\if\member o%

-  \put(651,432){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 13-14  1-2

-\else\if\member O%

-  \put(717,432){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 13-14  1-2

-\else\if\member p%

-  \put(519,345){\line(5,3){126}}%       %double bond 8-14 10a-1

-\else\if\member q%

-  \put(720,439){\line(1,0){260}}%       %double bond 14-15

-\else\if\member r%

-  \put(993,432){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 15-16  1-2

-\else\if\member s%

-  \put(861,667){\line(5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 17-16   3-2

-\else\if\member t%

-  \put(861,667){\line(-5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 17-13   3-4

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%            %circle

-\else\if\member B%right aromatic circle 

-  \put(342,203){\circle{240}}%          %circle

-\else\if\member C%right aromatic circle 

-  \put(513,506){\circle{240}}%          %circle

-\else

-% setting fused rings

-  \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-  \set@fusion@steroid

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%exocyclic bonds and substituents

-\iniflag

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{0}{0}{2}{0}}%  %for 1

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#2}{8}{3}{7}{-1}}%  %for 2 to 4 positions

-\put(342,0){\setsixringv{#2}{10}{2}{5}{-1}}% %for 6 to 7 positions

-\put(513,303){\setsixringv{#2}{-11}{0}{2}{0}}%for 12 position

-\put(513,303){\setsixringv{#2}{-5}{5}{7}{0}}% %for 11 position

-\put(855,303){\setsixringv{#2}{18}{0}{4}{-1}}%for 15 to 17 positions

-%bonds and substituents for fused positions

-\put(171,103){\setatombond{#2}{-4}{7}}%     % for 5

-\put(171,303){\setatombond{#2}{-9}{1}}%     % for 10

-\put(513,303){\setatombond{#2}{-7}{1}}%     % for 8

-\put(342,406){\setatombond{#2}{-8}{7}}%     % for 9

-\put(684,406){\setatombond{#2}{-13}{7}}%    % for 14

-\put(684,606){\setatombond{#2}{-12}{1}}%    % for 13

-}% end of \@steroidskeleton

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@steroid| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\steroidskeleton|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@steroid}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@steroid}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@steroid{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `d'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `D'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `e'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `E'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `f'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `f'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `g'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `g'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `h'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `H'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `i'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `I'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `j'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `J'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `k'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `K'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa l%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `l'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa L%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `L'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa m%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa M%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa n%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `n'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa N%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `N'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa o%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `o'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa O%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `O'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa p%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `N'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa P%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `N'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa q%

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Mismatched dimension for bond `q'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa Q%

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Mismatched dimension for bond `Q'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa r%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(855,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa R%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(855,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa s%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(855,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa S%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(855,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa t%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(855,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `t'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa T%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(855,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `T'}%

-      \fi

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@steroid

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Steroids with a chain}

-%

-% The macro |\steroidchain| is used for drawing steroids.  

-% 

-% The macro |\steroidchain| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an 

-% optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **************************************

-% * steroid derivatives having a chain *

-% **************************************

-%  

-%   \steroidchain[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected form a to t, each of which indicates 

-% the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding 

-% position. The character A, B, or C indicates an aromatic bond 

-% pattern (circle).  A two-character string `Z?' indicates 

-% a double bond in the side-chain. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%       (double bonds for the steroid skeleton)

-%           none:  no action on the steroid skeleton

-%           a   :  1,2-double bond        b   :  2,3-double bond

-%           c   :  3,4-double bond        d   :  4,5-double bond

-%           e   :  6,5-double bond        f   :  6,7-double bond

-%           g   :  7,8-double bond        h   :  9,8-double bond

-%           i   :  9,10-double bond       j   :  1,10-double bond

-%           k   :  5,10-double bond       l   :  9,11-double bond

-%           m   :  12,11-double bond      n   :  12,13-double bond

-%           o   :  14,13-double bond      p   :  8,14-double bond

-%           q   :  14,15-double bond      r   :  15,16-double bond

-%           s   :  17,16-double bond      t   :  17,13-double bond

-%           A   :  aromatic A ring        B   :  aromatic B ring

-%           C   :  aromatic C ring

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       (double bonds for the side chain)

-%           Z   :  no action

-%          Za   :  17,20-double bond     Zb   :  20,22-double bond

-%          Zc   :  22,23-double bond     Zd   :  23,24-double bond

-%          Ze   :  24,25-double bond     Zf   :  25,26-double bond

-%          Zg   :  25,27-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%  For a two-character indicator, you should write the BONDLIST 

-%  as, e.g.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%              [b{Za}{Zc}...]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 24 (execpt fused positions)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% For numbers larger than 9 (two digits), you should designate

-% the SUBSLIST as 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%             {{11}A}==Cl;{{12}SA}==H;{{12}SB}==Cl; ...

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       for n = 5,8,9,10,13,14,and 25 (fused positions etc.)

-%

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nU         :  unspecified single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \steroidchain{1==Cl;2==F;{{10}}==OH}

-%        \steroidchain[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$;%

-%            {{11}SA}==OH;{{11}SB}==OH}

-%        \steroidchain[b]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;%

-%                   ;6==Cl;7==Cl;11==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw}

-% \cs{ylfusedposition}, 

-% \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{@@ylii}, \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@yli}, 

-% \cs{@yli}, \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{The inner commands \cs{yl@steroidposition} 

-% is used.  The old \cs{steroid} is replaced by \cs{@steroidskeleton}.}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/31}{Add: fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\steroidchain}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\steroidchain{\@ifnextchar[{\@steroidchain[@}{\@steroidchain[Z]}}

-\def\@steroidchain[#1]#2{%

-%shift due to the steroid skeleton

-\@reset@ylsw\reset@@yl

-\yl@steroidposition{#2}%

-%shift due to the side chain

-\ylposition{#2}{-21}{0}{3}{0}%for 22 and 23 positions

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-1026}\def\@@yli{-606}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#2}{-14}{5}{7}{0}%for 20 position

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-1026}\def\@@yli{-606}\fi\else

-\ylposition{#2}{-20}{3}{5}{0}%for 24 position

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-1197}\def\@@yli{-709}\fi\else

-\ylatombondposition{#2}{-24}{4}%      % for 5

-\fi

-\if@ylsw\ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-1397}\def\@@yli{-709}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii 

- \ifx\@@ylii\empty\else

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii\fi

- \yl@shifti=\@yli 

- \ifx\@@yli\empty\else

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli\fi

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(2000,1500)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)

-  \iforigpt \typeout{command `steroidchain' is based on `steroid'.}\fi%

-\fi

-% steroid skeleton

-  \put(0,0){\@steroidskeleton{#1}{#2}}%

-% bonds for the side chain (carbons 20 to 27 (except 21))

-  \put(855,709){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 17-20

-  \put(1026,1012){\line(-5,-3){171}}%   %bond 22-20

-  \put(1026,1012){\line(5,-3){171}}%    %bond 22-23

-  \put(1197,709){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 24-23

-  \put(1197,709){\line(1,0){200}}%      %bond 24-25

-  \put(1397,709){\line(3,5){103}}%      %bond 25-26

-  \put(1397,709){\line(3,-5){103}}%     %bond 25-27

-% double bonds along the side chain

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R\member//\relax%

-\if\@tmpa Z\relax%

- \ifx\@tmpb\empty%no action

- \else\if\@tmpb a%

-  \put(888,735){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 17-20

- \else\if\@tmpb b%

-  \put(1020,970){\line(-5,-3){126}}%    %double bond 22-20

- \else\if\@tmpb c%

-  \put(1032,970){\line(5,-3){126}}%     %double bond 22-23

- \else\if\@tmpb d%

-  \put(1164,735){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 24-23

- \else\if\@tmpb e%

-  \put(1233,742){\line(1,0){140}}%      %double bond 24-25

- \else\if\@tmpb f%

-  \put(1433,715){\line(3,5){72}}%       %double bond 25-26

- \else\if\@tmpb g%

-  \put(1433,697){\line(3,-5){72}}%      %double bond 25-27

- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}

-% substitution on the side chain

-\put(1026,606){\setsixringv{#2}{-21}{0}{3}{0}}%for 22 and 23 positions

-\put(1026,606){\setsixringv{#2}{-14}{5}{7}{0}}%for 20 position

-\put(1197,709){\setsixringv{#2}{-20}{3}{5}{0}}%for 24 position

-\put(1397,709){\setatombond{#2}{-24}{4}}%      % for 5

-\end{picture}}%               %end of \steroidchain macro%

-%</carom>

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \Finale

-%

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 922c74a0936..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/carom.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{carom.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996, 1988, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996 

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1998 

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-Version 2.00a Released on June 14, 2000

-

-Copyright (C) 1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{carom.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{carom.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{carom.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{carom.dtx}{carom}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 783f24c071e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `ccycle.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% ccycle.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: ccycle.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{ccycle.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{ccycle.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Further Cyclic Compounds by {\sffamily ccycle.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{ccycle.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `ccycle.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cc870485b6..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3144 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment

-%% File: ccycle.dtx

-%

-%  Copyright 1993,1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-%

-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.

-%  -------------------------------------

-%

-% This file is a successor to:

-%

-% ccycle.sty

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}

-% \typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-%

-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 

-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.

-%

-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 

-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 

-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 

-% are based on LaTeX commands. 

-%

-% For the review of XyMTeX, see

-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text

-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    

-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 

-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:

-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 

-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  

-%

-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-%     directory name; or

-%  (2) if you do make changes, 

-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.

-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-%

-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 

-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.

-%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{ccycle}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{ccycle}

-% \def\versi@ndate{March 05, 1994}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{ccycle}

-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01a}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{ccycle}

-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% \fi

-%

-% \CheckSum{3793}

-%% \CharacterTable

-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z

-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z

-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9

-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#

-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&

-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)

-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,

-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/

-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<

-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?

-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\

-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_

-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|

-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}

-%

-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}

-%

-% \StopEventually{}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \iffalse

-% \changes{v1.01a}{1996/06/17}{first edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-%

-% \iffalse

-%<*driver>

-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-\ProvidesFile{ccycle.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]

-% \iffalse

-\documentclass{ltxdoc}

-\GetFileInfo{ccycle.dtx}

-%

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%

-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}

-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%

-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}

-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\title{Further Cyclic Compounds by {\sffamily ccycle.sty} 

-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}

-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 

-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\

-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% % (old address)

-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 

-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 

-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan

-}

-\date{\filedate}

-%

-\begin{document}

-   \maketitle

-   \DocInput{ccycle.dtx}

-\end{document}

-%</driver>

-% \fi

-%

-% \section{Introduction}\label{ccycle:intro}

-%

-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}

-%

-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}

-% \begin{center}

-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}

-% \hline

-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline

-% ccycle & ccycle.sty \\

-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\

-% \hline

-% \end{tabular}

-% \end{center}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \subsection{Version Information}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%<*ccycle>

-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}

-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\j@urnalname{ccycle}

-\def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}

-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00}

-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%

-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{List of commands for ccycle.sty}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ********************************

-% * ccycle.sty: list of commands *

-% ********************************

-%

-%  Setting of Bonds

-%

-%     \@chaira (for cyclohexane chair)

-%     \@chairb

-%     \@chairc

-%     \@chaird

-%     \@chaire

-%     \@chairf

-%

-%     \@borna (for bornanes)

-%     \@bornb

-%     \@bornc

-%     \@bornd

-%     \@borne

-%     \@bornf

-%     \@borng

-%

-%  Basic Macros

-%

-%     \chair                     \@chair

-%     \bicychepv                 \@bicychepv

-%     \bicycheph                 \@bicycheph

-%     \bornane                   \@bornane

-%     \adamantane                \@damantane

-%

-%  (Added March 05, 1994 by Shinsaku Fujita)

-%  Setting of Bonds

-%

-%     \@chairia (for cyclohexane chair inversed)

-%     \@chairib  \@chairic  \@chairid

-%     \@chairie  \@chairif

-%

-%  Basic Macros

-%

-%     \chairi                     \@chairi

-% 

-%  (Added June 16, 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita)

-%  Setting of Bonds

-%

-%     \@chairiI (for horizontal-type adamantane)

-%     \@chairiII    \@chairiIII    \@chairiIV

-%     \@chairiV     \@chairiVI     \@chairiVII

-%     \@chairiVIII  \@chairiIX     \@chairiX

-%     

-%  Basic Macros

-%

-%     \hadamantane                \@hadamantane

-%

-%  Macros for adjusting substitution sites (for Version 1.02)

-%

-%     \ylchairposition

-%     \ylchairiposition

-%     \ylbornaneposition

-%     \yladamanposition

-%     \ylhadamanposition

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Input of basic macros}

-%

-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 

-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 

-% files ({\sf ccycle.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 

-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 

-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} for the present case) in place of the 

-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% *************************

-% * input of basic macros *

-% *************************

-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}

-\unitlength=0.1pt

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{Chair-form cyclohexanes}

-% \subsection{Macros for setting substituents}

-% 

-% Macros |\@chaira| to |\@chairf| are used to set substituents 

-% on each position of cyclohexane. Note that comments (conerning locant 

-% numbers) on the end of each row have lost the exact meaning, 

-% since such a command moiety is used in many macros after copying. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chaira}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% **********************************************

-% * treatment of the chair form of cyclohexane *

-% **********************************************

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 1 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chaira{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=10

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{110}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-12

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{180}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=44

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-160}{-130}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=10

-           \put(-10,-10){\line(-1,1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \put(10,10){\line(-1,1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{110}{\@memberb}% left type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=10

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{110}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairb}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairb{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=70

-           \put(170,-226){\line(-1,-1){120}}% single bond at 2

-           \putlatom{40}{-416}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-           \put(170,-226){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 2 axial

-           \putlratom{138}{-486}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=34

-           \put(170,-226){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 2 equatorial

-           \putlatom{10}{-174}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=70

-           \put(160,-216){\line(-1,-1){120}}% double bond at 2

-           \put(180,-236){\line(-1,-1){120}}% double bond at 2

-           \putlatom{40}{-416}{\@memberb}% left type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=70

-           \put(170,-226){\line(-1,-1){120}}% single bond at 2

-           \putlatom{40}{-416}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairc}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 3 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairc{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=24

-           \put(573,-91){\line(5,4){170}}% single bond at 3

-           \putratom{753}{21}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=-24

-           \put(573,-91){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 3 axial

-           \putlratom{533}{101}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-36

-     \yl@ydiff=83

-           \put(573,-91){\line(5,-3){144}}% single bond at 3 equatorial

-           \putlatom{753}{-260}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=0

-           \put(563,-83){\line(5,4){170}}% double bond at 3

-           \put(583,-99){\line(5,4){170}}% double bond at 3

-           \putratom{733}{41}{\@memberb}% right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=24

-           \put(573,-91){\line(5,4){170}}% single bond at 3

-           \putratom{753}{21}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chaird}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 4 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chaird{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=70

-           \put(843,-181){\line(1,-1){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putratom{953}{-371}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=91

-           \put(843,-181){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 4 axial

-           \putlratom{801}{-440}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-16

-     \yl@ydiff=16

-           \put(843,-181){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 4 equatorial

-           \putratom{1003}{-111}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=70

-           \put(833,-191){\line(1,-1){120}}% double bond at 4

-           \put(853,-171){\line(1,-1){120}}% double bond at 4

-           \putratom{953}{-371}{\@memberb}% right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=70

-           \put(843,-181){\line(1,-1){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putratom{953}{-371}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chaire}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chaire{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=10

-           \put(673,46){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 5

-           \putratom{803}{158}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=-24

-           \put(673,46){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 5 axial

-           \putlratom{633}{238}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-6

-     \yl@ydiff=63

-           \put(673,46){\line(5,-3){144}}% single bond at 5 equatorial

-           \putratom{823}{-103}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=10

-           \put(663,53){\line(1,1){120}}% double bond at 5

-           \put(683,38){\line(1,1){120}}% double bond at 5

-           \putratom{803}{158}{\@memberb}%  right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=24

-           \put(673,46){\line(5,4){170}}% single bond at 5

-           \putratom{853}{158}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairf}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 6 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairf{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=54

-           \put(270,-90){\line(-5,-4){170}}% single bond at 2

-           \putlatom{100}{-280}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-           \put(270,-90){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 2 axial

-           \putlratom{238}{-350}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=-14

-           \put(270,-90){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 2 equatorial

-           \putratom{100}{18}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=54

-           \put(260,-80){\line(-5,-4){170}}% double bond at 2

-           \put(280,-100){\line(-5,-4){170}}% double bond at 2

-           \putlatom{100}{-280}{\@memberb}% left or right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=54

-           \put(270,-90){\line(-5,-4){170}}% single bond at 2

-           \putlatom{100}{-280}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Drawing of Chair-form cyclohexanes}

-% 

-% The standard skeleton of a chair form of cyclohexane is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***************************

-% * cyclohexane derivatives *

-% *  (chair type)           *

-% ***************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                 5 

-%              /  3  *

-%     1  *  6  /    *  4

-%        *  2 

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\chair| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \chair[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  cyclohexane

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 12 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           nSa        :  axial single bond at n-atom

-%           nSe        :  equatorial single bond at n-atom

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%        \chair{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \chair[a]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \chair[eb]{1D==O;4Se==MeO;4Sa==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@chair| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% bonds are put directly, while subsituents are typset by using 

-% the macros |\@chaira| to |\@chairf| described above.  

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylchairposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chair}

-% \begin{macro}{\chair}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\chair{\@ifnextchar[{\@chair}{\@chair[r]}}

-\def\@chair[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylchairposition{#2}%

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1600,800)(-400,-500)

-  \iforigpt \put(-400,-500){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `chair' origin: (0,0) ---> (400,500)}

-  \fi%

-\fi

-%skeletal bonds

-   \thicklines%

-      \put(0,0){\line(3,-4){170}}%          % bond 1 to 2

-      \put(170,-226){\line(3,1){403}}%      %      2 to 3

-      \put(573,-91){\line(3,-1){270}}%      %      3 to 4

-   \thinlines%

-      \put(843,-181){\line(-3,4){170}}%     %      4 to 5

-      \put(673,46){\line(-3,-1){403}}%      %      5 to 6

-      \put(0,0){\line(3,-1){270}}%          %      1 to 6

-% inner double bonds

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic bonds

-\else \if\member a%

-      \put(76,-42){\line(3,-4){110}}%       % double bond 1 to 2

-\else \if\member b%

-      \put(200,-186){\line(3,1){343}}%      %             2 to 3

-\else \if\member c%

-      \put(603,-70){\line(3,-1){190}}%      %             3 to 4

-\else \if\member d%

-      \put(780,-141){\line(-3,4){110}}%     %             4 to 5

-\else \if\member e%

-      \put(661,6){\line(-3,-1){343}}%       %             5 to 6

-\else \if\member f%

-      \put(75,-50){\line(3,-1){170}}%       %             1 to 6

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% setting substituents

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or\@chaira% subst. on 1

- \or\@chairb% subst. on 2

- \or\@chairc% subst. on 3

- \or\@chaird% subst. on 4

- \or\@chaire% subst. on 5

- \or\@chairf% subst. on 6

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi%

-}\end{picture}}%               %end of \chair macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylchairposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/23}{New ommands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylchairposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylchairposition#1{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or\gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-170}\gdef\@yli{226}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-573}\gdef\@yli{91}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-843}\gdef\@yli{181}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 4

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-673}\gdef\@yli{-46}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 5

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-270}\gdef\@yli{90}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 6

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Inverse chair-form cyclohexanes}

-% \subsection{Macros for setting substituents}

-% 

-% Macros |\@chairia| to |\@chairif| are used to set substituents 

-% on each position of cyclohexane.  Note that they corresopond to 

-% the counterparts of chair-form cyclohexanes described above. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairia}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% ********************************************************

-% * treatment of the chair form (inverse) of cyclohexane *

-% *  added March 05, 1994 by Shinsaku Fujita             *

-% ********************************************************

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 1 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairia{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=90

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{-210}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{-260}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=90

-           \put(-10,10){\line(-1,-1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \put(10,-10){\line(-1,-1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{-210}{\@memberb}% left type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=90

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{-210}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairif}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 6 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairif{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(170,226){\line(-1,1){120}}% single bond at 6

-           \putratom{40}{316}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=-12

-           \put(170,226){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 6 axial

-           \putlratom{138}{406}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=46

-           \put(170,226){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 6 equatorial

-           \putlatom{10}{94}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(160,216){\line(-1,1){120}}% double bond at 6

-           \put(180,236){\line(-1,1){120}}% double bond at 6

-           \putlatom{40}{316}{\@memberb}% left type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(170,226){\line(-1,1){120}}% single bond at 6

-           \putlatom{40}{316}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairie}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairie{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=76

-           \put(573,91){\line(5,-4){170}}% single bond at 5

-           \putratom{753}{-101}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=104

-           \put(573,91){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 5 axial

-           \putlratom{533}{-181}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-36

-     \yl@ydiff=3

-           \put(573,91){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 5 equatorial

-           \putlatom{753}{180}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=96

-           \put(563,83){\line(5,-4){170}}% double bond at 5

-           \put(583,99){\line(5,-4){170}}% double bond at 5

-           \putratom{733}{-141}{\@memberb}% right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=76

-           \put(573,91){\line(5,-4){170}}% single bond at 5

-           \putratom{753}{-121}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairid}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 4 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairid{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(843,181){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putratom{953}{271}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-11

-           \put(843,181){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 4 axial

-           \putlratom{801}{360}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-16

-     \yl@ydiff=64

-           \put(843,181){\line(5,-3){144}}% single bond at 4 equatorial

-           \putratom{1003}{31}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(833,191){\line(1,1){120}}% double bond at 4

-           \put(853,171){\line(1,1){120}}% double bond at 4

-           \putratom{953}{271}{\@memberb}% right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(843,181){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putratom{953}{271}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairic}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 3 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairic{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-           \put(673,-46){\line(1,-1){120}}% single bond at 3

-           \putratom{803}{-258}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=110

-           \put(673,-46){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 3 axial

-           \putlratom{633}{-318}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-6

-     \yl@ydiff=17

-           \put(673,-46){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 3 equatorial

-           \putratom{823}{23}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-5

-     \yl@ydiff=96

-           \put(663,-53){\line(1,-1){120}}% double bond at 3

-           \put(683,-38){\line(1,-1){120}}% double bond at 3

-           \putratom{803}{-258}{\@memberb}%  right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=76

-           \put(673,-46){\line(5,-4){170}}% single bond at 3

-           \putratom{853}{-258}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairib}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairib{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=46

-           \put(270,90){\line(-5,4){170}}% single bond at 2

-           \putlatom{100}{180}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=-12

-           \put(270,90){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 2 axial

-           \putlratom{238}{270}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=94

-           \put(270,90){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 2 equatorial

-           \putratom{100}{-98}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=26

-           \put(260,80){\line(-5,4){170}}% double bond at 2

-           \put(280,100){\line(-5,4){170}}% double bond at 2

-           \putlatom{100}{200}{\@memberb}% left or right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=26

-           \put(270,90){\line(-5,4){170}}% single bond at 2

-           \putlatom{100}{200}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Drawing of inverse chair-form cyclohexanes}

-% 

-% The standard skeleton of an inverse chair form of cyclohexane is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***************************

-% * cyclohexane derivatives *

-% *  (inverse chair type)   *

-% ***************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          6            4

-%       *      `  5  *

-%     1  *  2        *

-%              `  3

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\chairi| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \chairi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  cyclohexane

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 8 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           nSa        :  axial single bond at n-atom

-%           nSe        :  equatorial single bond at n-atom

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \chairi[eb]{1D==O;4Se==MeO;4Sa==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@chairi| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% bonds are put directly, while subsituents are typset by using 

-% the macros |\@chairia| to |\@chairif| described above.  

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylchairiposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairi}

-% \begin{macro}{\chairi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\chairi{\@ifnextchar[{\@chairi}{\@chairi[r]}}

-\def\@chairi[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylchairiposition{#2}%

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1600,800)(-400,-319)

-  \iforigpt \put(-400,-319){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `chairi' origin: (0,0) ---> (400,319)}

-  \fi%

-\fi

-% skeletal bonds

-   \thinlines%

-      \put(0,0){\line(3,4){170}}%         % bond 1 to 6

-      \put(170,226){\line(3,-1){403}}%    %      6 to 5

-      \put(573,91){\line(3,1){270}}%      %      5 to 4

-   \thicklines%

-      \put(843,181){\line(-3,-4){170}}%    %      4 to 3

-      \put(673,-46){\line(-3,1){403}}%     %      3 to 2

-      \put(0,0){\line(3,1){270}}%          %      1 to 2

-   \thinlines%

-% inner double bonds

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic bonds

-\else \if\member c%%%a%

-       \put(767,139){\line(-3,-4){110}}%   % double bond 3 to 4

-\else \if\member b%%%d%%%b%

-      \put(640,-5){\line(-3,1){343}}%      %             4 to 5

-\else \if\member a%%%e%%%%c%

-       \put(240,111){\line(-3,-1){190}}%   %             5 to 6

-\else \if\member f%%%d%

-      \put(63,40){\line(3,4){110}}%        %             6 to 7

-\else \if\member e%%%l%

-      \put(182,187){\line(3,-1){343}}%     %             7 to 10

-\else \if\member d%%%k%%%f%

-      \put(768,131){\line(-3,-1){170}}%    %             10 to 3

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or \@chairia% subst. on 1

- \or \@chairib% subst. on 2

- \or \@chairic% subst. on 3

- \or \@chairid% subst. on 4

- \or \@chairie% subst. on 5

- \or \@chairif% subst. on 6

-\fi %end of ifcase

-\fi\fi%

-}\end{picture}}%               %end of \chairi macro

-% End of addition 1994/03/05 SF

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylchairiposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/23}{New ommands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylchairiposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylchairiposition#1{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or\gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-270}\gdef\@yli{-90}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-673}\gdef\@yli{46}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-843}\gdef\@yli{-181}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 4

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-573}\gdef\@yli{-91}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 5

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-170}\gdef\@yli{-226}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 6

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Bicycloheptanes}

-% \subsection{Drawing of a flat and vertical type}

-%

-% The flat-and-vertical-type skeleton of bicycloheptanes is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************************

-% * bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane derivatives *

-% *  (flat, vertical type)            *

-% *************************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          1

-%          * 

-%     6  *   *  2

-%       |  7  |

-%       |     |

-%     5  *   *  3

-%          *

-%          4 <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\bicyclohepv| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \bicychepv[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST} 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% In order to put dimethyl subsitutents on the top position (7), 

-% the character `7' is used in the |BONDLIST|.  The delocalization 

-% of $\pi$-electron can be described with the character `A' written in 

-% the |BONDLIST|. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           7          :  7,7-dimethyl

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument takes the standard format of \XyMTeX{}, in which 

-% more substitution descriptors are separated from each other 

-% by a semicolon.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 12 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 7 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specifed) single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%     \bicychepv{1==Cl;2==F}

-%     \bicychepv[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%     \bicychepv[eb]{1D==O;4==Me;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@bicyclohepv| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% bonds are put directly, while subsituents are typset by using 

-% the macro |\setsixringv| defined in chemstr.sty of \XyMTeX{} system.

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@bicyclohepv}

-% \begin{macro}{\bicyclohepv}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\bicychepv{\@ifnextchar[{\@bicychepv}{\@bicychepv[r]}}

-\def\@bicychepv[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#2}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-\else

- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-400,-240)

-  \iforigpt \put(-400,-240){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `bicychepv' origin: (0,0) ---> (400,240)}

-\fi

-  \fi%

-  \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 1-6

-  \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 1-2

-  \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 4-5

-  \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 4-3

-  \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 3-2

-  \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%      %bond 5-6

-{\thicklines%

-  \put(0,0){\line(1,4){51}}%            %bond 4-7

-  \put(0,406){\line(1,-4){51}}}%         %bond 1-7

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-\else \if\member a%

-  \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 1-2

-\else \if\member b%

-  \put(138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 3-2

-\else \if\member c%

-  \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}%          %double bond 4-3

-\else \if\member d%

-  \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%        %double bond 4-5

-\else \if\member e%

-  \put(-138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%      %double bond 5-6

-\else \if\member f%

-  \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%      %double bond 1-6

-\else \if\member 7%

- {\thicklines%

-  \put(51,204){\line(-1,0){70}}%        %7,7-dimethyl

-  \put(51,204){\line(1,0){70}}}%      

-\else \if\member A%aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%            %circle

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %

-\setsixringv{#2}{0}{0}{7}{0}

-\end{picture}}               %end of \bicychepv macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Drawing of a flat and horizontal type}

-%

-% The flat-and-horizontal-type skeleton of bicycloheptanes is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************************

-% * bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane derivatives *

-% *  (flat, horizontal type)          *

-% *************************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                                2      3

-%                                 -----

-%                               *       *

-%   the original point ===> 1 *     7     * 4

-%          (0,0)                *       *

-%                                 -----

-%                                6      5

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\bicycloheph| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \bicycheph[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% In order to put dimethyl subsitutents on the top position (7), 

-% the character `7' is used in the |BONDLIST|.  The delocalization 

-% of $\pi$-electron can be described with the character `A' written in 

-% the |BONDLIST|. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           7          :  7,7-dimethyl

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument takes the standard format of \XyMTeX{}, in which 

-% more substitution descriptors are separated from each other 

-% by a semicolon.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 8 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specifed) single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \bicycheph{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \bicycheph[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \bicycheph[eb]{1D==O;4==Me;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@bicycloheph| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% bonds are put directly, while subsituents are typset by using 

-% the macro |\setsixringh| defined in chemstr.sty of \XyMTeX{} system.

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@bicycloheph}

-% \begin{macro}{\bicycloheph}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\bicycheph{\@ifnextchar[{\@bicycheph}{\@bicycheph[r]}}

-\def\@bicycheph[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#2}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-\else

- \begin{picture}(880,800)(-240,-400)

-  \iforigpt \put(-240,-400){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `bicycheph' origin: (0,0) ---> (240,400)}

-  \fi%

-\fi

-  \put(0,0){\line(3,5){103}}           %bond 1-2

-  \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){103}}          %bond 1-6

-  \put(406,0){\line(-3,5){103}}        %bond 4-3

-  \put(406,0){\line(-3,-5){103}}       %bond 4-3

-  \put(103,171){\line(1,0){200}}       %bond 2-3

-  \put(103,-171){\line(1,0){200}}      %bond 6-5

-{\thicklines%

-  \put(0,0){\line(4,1){203}}%            %bond 4-7

-  \put(406,0){\line(-4,1){203}}}%         %bond 1-7

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-\else \if\member a%

-  \put(42,6){\line(3,5){78}}           %double bond 1-2

-\else \if\member b%

-  \put(129,138){\line(1,0){148}}       %double bond 2-3

-\else \if\member c%

-  \put(364,6){\line(-3,5){78}}         %double bond 4-3

-\else \if\member d%

-  \put(364,-6){\line(-3,-5){78}}       %double bond 4-5

-\else \if\member e%

-  \put(129,-138){\line(1,0){148}}      %double bond 6-5

-\else \if\member f%

-  \put(42,-6){\line(3,-5){78}}         %double bond 1-6

-\else \if\member 7%

- {\thicklines%

-  \put(204,51){\line(0,-1){70}}%        %7,7-dimethyl

-  \put(204,51){\line(0,1){70}}}%      

-\else \if\member A%aromatic circle 

-  \put(203,0){\circle{240}}            %circle

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}

-% %

-\setsixringh{#2}{0}{0}{7}{0}

-\end{picture}}               %end of \bicycheph macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Drawing of a stereo type}

-%

-% \subsubsection{Macros for setting substituents}

-% 

-% Macros |\@borna| to |\@borng| are used to set substituents 

-% on each position of bornane.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@borna}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% ***********************************************

-% * setting bonds and substituents for bornanes *

-% * (bicycloe[2.2.1]heptane derivatives)        *

-% ***********************************************

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 1 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@borna{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=8

-     \yl@ydiff=3

-          \put(318,247){\line(2,5){40}}%      % single bond 1

-           \putratom{350}{350}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=8

-     \yl@ydiff=3

-          \put(318,247){\line(2,5){40}}%      % single bond 1

-           \putratom{350}{350}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=8

-     \yl@ydiff=3

-          \put(318,247){\line(2,5){40}}%      % single bond 1

-          \putratom{350}{350}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=8

-     \yl@ydiff=3

-          \put(318,247){\line(2,5){40}}%      % single bond 1

-           \putratom{350}{350}{\@memberb}     % right type

-   \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@bornb}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@bornb{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,2){160}}% 

-           \putratom{170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=-5

-           \putratom{140}{115}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(4,3){140}}%         % endo (a)

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putratom{150}{-86}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-2){140}}%        % exo (b)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(140,-56)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-2){140}}%        % endo (a)

-           \putratom{150}{-86}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(4,3){140}}%         % exo (b)

-           \putratom{140}{115}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \put(-10,-15){\line(5,2){160}}% 

-           \put(-5,15){\line(5,2){160}}% 

-           \putratom{170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-   \else \if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \putratom{170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,2){160}}% 

-           }%

-   \else \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \putratom{170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,2){160}}% 

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(160,64)}}%

-   \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,2){160}}% 

-           \putratom{170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@bornc}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 3 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@bornc{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-2){140}}%

-           \putratom{150}{-86}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putratom{150}{26}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,2){140}}%        % endo (a)

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=40

-           \putratom{140}{-145}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(4,-3){140}}%       % exo (b)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(140,-105)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=40

-           \put(0,0){\line(4,-3){140}}%       % endo (a)

-           \putratom{140}{-145}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,2){140}}%        % exo (b)

-           \putratom{150}{26}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=50

-           \put(10,15){\line(5,-2){160}}% 

-           \put(5,-15){\line(5,-2){160}}% 

-           \putratom{170}{-124}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-   \else \if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putratom{150}{-86}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-2){140}}%       % endo (a)

-           }%

-   \else \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putratom{150}{-86}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-2){140}}%       % exo (b)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(140,-56)}}%

-   \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,2){160}}% 

-           \putratom{170}{44}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@bornd}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 4 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@bornd{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=30

-     \yl@ydiff=87

-          \put(237,47){\line(-2,-5){40}}%      % single bond 4

-          \putlratom{167}{-140}{\@memberb}%    % left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=30

-     \yl@ydiff=87

-          \put(237,47){\line(-2,-5){40}}%      % single bond 4

-          \putlratom{167}{-140}{\@memberb}%    % left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=30

-     \yl@ydiff=87

-          \put(237,47){\line(-2,-5){40}}%      % single bond 4

-          \putlratom{167}{-140}{\@memberb}%    % left & right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=30

-     \yl@ydiff=87

-          \put(237,47){\line(-2,-5){40}}%      % single bond 4

-          \putlratom{167}{-140}{\@memberb}%    % left & right type

-   \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@borne}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@borne{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-2){140}}%

-           \putlatom{-150}{-86}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putlatom{-150}{26}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,2){140}}%        % endo (a)

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=40

-           \putlatom{-140}{-145}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-4,-3){140}}%       % exo (b)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-140,-105)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(-4,-3){140}}%       % endo (a)

-           \putlatom{-140}{-145}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,2){140}}%        % exo (b)

-           \putlatom{-150}{26}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=64

-           \put(-10,15){\line(-5,-2){160}}% 

-           \put(-5,-15){\line(-5,-2){160}}% 

-           \putlatom{-170}{-124}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-   \else \if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putlatom{-150}{-86}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-2){140}}%       % endo (a)

-           }%

-   \else \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putlatom{-150}{-86}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-2){140}}%       % exo (b)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-140,-56)}}%

-   \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,2){160}}% 

-           \putlatom{-170}{44}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@bornf}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 6 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@bornf{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,2){160}}% 

-           \putlatom{-170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \putlatom{-140}{115}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-4,3){140}}%         % endo (a)

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putlatom{-150}{-86}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-2){140}}%        % exo (b)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-140,-56)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-2){140}}%        % endo (a)

-           \putlatom{-150}{-86}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(-4,3){140}}%         % exo (b)

-           \putlatom{-140}{115}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \put(10,-15){\line(-5,2){160}}% 

-           \put(5,15){\line(-5,2){160}}% 

-           \putlatom{-170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % left type

-   \else \if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putlatom{-170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,2){160}}% 

-           }%

-   \else \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putlatom{-170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,2){160}}% 

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-160,64)}}%

-   \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=20

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,2){160}}% 

-           \putlatom{-170}{44}{\@memberb}%      % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@borng}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 7 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@borng{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=-20

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){160}}% 

-           \putlratom{-40}{180}{\@memberb}%      % left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) left

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(-4,3){140}}%          % left (a)

-           \putlatom{-140}{115}{\@memberb}%      % left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) right

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(4,3){140}}%           % right (b)

-           \putratom{140}{115}{\@memberb}%       % right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=-20

-           \put(-10,0){\line(0,1){160}}% 

-           \put(10,0){\line(0,1){160}}% 

-           \putlratom{-40}{180}{\@memberb}%      % left & right type

-   \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=-20

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){160}}% 

-           \putlratom{-40}{180}{\@memberb}%      % left & right type

-   \fi\fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsubsection{Drawing of borane derivatives}

-% 

-% The stereo-type skeleton of bicycloheptanes is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************************************

-% * bornane derivatives                         *

-% * (bicycloe[2.2.1]heptane derivatives)        *

-% ***********************************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                7   g

-%           f    / `

-%            _  / - 1_ a

-%     e    6  / h     - 2

-%       *    /        *

-%     5  -  4       * b

-%        d     c` 3

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\bornane| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \bornane[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected from a to h, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           g          :  1,7-double bond

-%           h          :  4,7-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument takes the standard format of \XyMTeX{}, in which 

-% more substitution descriptors are separated from each other 

-% by a semicolon.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 7 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-% 

-% The 7-position of a bornane skeleton cannot be specified by 

-% capital characters `A' and `B'.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       for n = 7 (bridge position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at 7-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at 7-atom

-%           nSa        :  left single bond at 7-atom

-%           nSb        :  right single bond at 7-atom

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \bornane{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \bornane[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \bornane[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4==MeO;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@bicycloheph| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% bonds are put directly, while subsituents are typset by using 

-% the macro |\@borna| to |\@borng| defined in chemstr.sty of \XyMTeX{} 

-% system.

-%

-% \changes{v1.01b}{1998/10/08}{The drawing are of \cs{bornane} 

-% has been changed by SF.}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylbornaneposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@bornane}

-% \begin{macro}{\bornane}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-

-\def\bornane{\@ifnextchar[{\@bornane}{\@bornane[r]}}

-\def\@bornane[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylbornaneposition{#2}%

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-\else

-% \begin{picture}(1400,1000)(-200,-240)

- \begin{picture}(1000,1000)(-200,-240)%changed by SF 1998/09/26

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-240){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `bornane' origin: (0,0) ---> (200,240)}

-  \fi%

-\fi

-% skeletal bonds

- \thicklines%

-  \put(0,0){\line(5,1){237}}%            % bond 5 to 4 (d)

-  \put(237,47){\line(5,-2){225}}%        % bond 4 to 3 (c)

-  \put(237,47){\line(0,1){400}}%         % front part of bridge (h)

- \thinlines%

-  \put(462,-43){\line(2,5){80}}%         % bond 3 to 2 (b)

-  \put(543,157){\line(-5,2){225}}%       % bond 2 to 1 (a)

-  \put(318,247){\line(-5,-1){237}}%      % bond 1 to 6 (f)

-  \put(80,200){\line(-2,-5){80}}%        % bond 6 to 5 (e)

-  \put(318,247){\line(-2,5){80}}%        % back part of bridge (g)

-% inner double bond

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic bonds

-\else \if\member a%%%%

-   \put(513,127){\line(-5,2){180}}%       % bond 2 to 1

-\else \if\member b%%%%

-   \put(446,-3){\line(2,5){60}}%          % bond 3 to 2

-\else \if\member c%%%%

-   \put(267,77){\line(5,-2){180}}%        % bond 4 to 3

-\else \if\member d%%%%

-   \put(40,42){\line(5,1){180}}%          % double bond 5 to 4

-\else \if\member e%%%

-   \put(100,180){\line(-2,-5){60}}%       % bond 6 to 5

-\else \if\member f%

-   \put(288,207){\line(-5,-1){180}}%      % bond 1 to 6

-\else \if\member g%

-  \put(288,260){\line(-2,5){40}}%         % back part of bridge (g)

-\else \if\member h%

-  \put(257,77){\line(0,1){290}}%          % front part of bridge (h)

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or \@borna% subst. on 1

- \or \put(543,157){\@bornb}% subst. on 2

- \or \put(462,-43){\@bornc}% subst. on 3

- \or \@bornd% subst. on 4

- \or \put(0,0){\@borne}% subst. on 5

- \or \put(80,200){\@bornf}% subst. on 6

- \or \put(237,440){\@borng}% subst. on 7

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi%

-}\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}     %end of \bornane macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylbornaneposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/23}{New ommands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylbornaneposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylbornaneposition#1{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-318}\gdef\@yli{-247}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-543}\gdef\@yli{-157}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-462}\gdef\@yli{43}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-237}\gdef\@yli{-47}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 4

- \or\gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 5

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-80}\gdef\@yli{-200}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 6

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-237}\gdef\@yli{-440}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 7

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Adamantanes}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical drawing}

-% 

-% The macros |\@adamanea| to |\@adamanej| are used to 

-% set substituents on each edge of an adamantane skeleton 

-% drawn by the |\adamantane| commands. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{The macros \cs{@adamanea} to \cs{@adamanej} 

-% are separated from the original definition of \cs{adamantane}.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamanea}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamaneb}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamanec}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamaned}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamanee}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamanef}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamaneg}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamaneh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamanei}

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamanej}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 1 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamanea{%

-     \yl@xdiff=12

-     \yl@ydiff=21

-   \put(-360,720){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 1

- \if\@tmpb a%

-   \put(-240,660){\line(-4,3){108}}%                %bond 1

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-   \put(-240,660){\line(-4,3){108}}%                %bond 1

- \fi\fi}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamaneb{%

-  \if\@tmpb a%

-     \yl@xdiff=6

-     \yl@ydiff=-16

-   \put(0,780){\line(1,4){26}}%                     %bond 2-ax

-   \put(20,900){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%       %atom 2-ax

-  \else \if\@tmpb b%

-     \yl@xdiff=-6

-     \yl@ydiff=-16

-   \put(0,780){\line(-1,4){26}}%                    %bond 2-eq

-   \put(-20,900){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%      %atom 2-eq

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-22

-   \put(-42,910){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%      %atom 2

-   \put(0,780){\line(0,1){108}}%                    %bond 2

-  \else \if\@tmpb D%

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-22

-   \putlratom{-42}{910}{\@memberb}%                 %atom 2

-   \put(-12,780){\line(0,1){108}}%                  %double bond 2

-   \put(12,780){\line(0,1){108}}%                   %double bond 2

- \fi\fi\fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 3 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamanec{%

-     \yl@xdiff=-12

-     \yl@ydiff=21

-   \put(360,720){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%      %atom 3

-%  \if\@tmpb S%

-  \if\@tmpb a%1998/10/24 by SF

-   \put(240,660){\line(4,3){108}}%                  %bond 3

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-   \put(240,660){\line(4,3){108}}%                  %bond 3

- \fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 4 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamaned{%

-  \if\@tmpb a%

-     \yl@xdiff=-17

-     \yl@ydiff=33

-   \put(300,420){\line(4,-3){103}}%                 %bond 4-ax

-   \put(420,310){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%      %atom 4-ax

-  \else \if\@tmpb b%

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=-26

-   \put(300,420){\line(1,4){26}}%                   %bond 4-eq

-   \put(300,540){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%      %atom 4-eq

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-17

-     \yl@ydiff=33

-   \put(300,420){\line(4,-3){103}}%                 %bond 4

-   \put(420,310){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%      %atom 4

-  \else \if\@tmpb D%

-     \yl@xdiff=-17

-     \yl@ydiff=33

-   \put(296,432){\line(5,-3){103}}%                 %double bond 4

-   \put(292,408){\line(5,-3){103}}%                 %double bond 4

-   \put(420,310){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%      %atom 4

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamanee{%

-     \yl@xdiff=20

-     \yl@ydiff=110

-%  \if\@tmpb S%

-  \if\@tmpb a%1998/10/24 by SF

-   \put(60,240){\line(1,-5){30}}%                   %bond 5

-   \put(70,-20){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb  \hss}}%      %atom 5

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-   \put(60,240){\line(1,-5){30}}%                   %bond 5

-   \put(70,-20){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb  \hss}}%      %atom 5

-  \fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 6 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamanef{%

-  \if\@tmpb a%

-     \yl@xdiff=33

-     \yl@ydiff=103

-   \put(0,0){\line(4,-3){103}}%                     %bond 6-ax

-   \put(70,-180){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%      %atom 6-ax

-  \else \if\@tmpb b%

-     \yl@xdiff=-33

-     \yl@ydiff=103

-   \put(0,0){\line(-4,-3){103}}%                    %bond 6-eq

-   \put(-70,-180){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 6-eq

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=22

-     \yl@ydiff=94

-   \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){108}}%                     %bond 6

-   \put(-22,-202){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 6

-  \else \if\@tmpb D%

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=94

-   \put(-12,0){\line(0,-1){108}}%                   %double bond 6

-   \put(12,0){\line(0,-1){108}}%                    %double bond 6

-   \putlratom{-42}{-202}{\@memberb}%                %atom 6

- \fi\fi\fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 7 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamaneg{%

-     \yl@xdiff=-20

-     \yl@ydiff=110

-%  \if\@tmpb S%

-  \if\@tmpb a%1998/10/24 by SF

-   \put(-60,240){\line(-1,-5){30}}%                 %bond 7

-   \put(-70,-20){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%      %atom 7

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-   \put(-60,240){\line(-1,-5){30}}%                 %bond 7

-   \put(-70,-20){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%      %atom 7-eq

-  \fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 8 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamaneh{%

-  \if\@tmpb a%

-     \yl@xdiff=17

-     \yl@ydiff=33

-   \put(-300,420){\line(-4,-3){103}}%               %bond 8-ax

-   \put(-420,310){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 8-ax

-  \else \if\@tmpb b%

-     \yl@xdiff=-26

-     \yl@ydiff=-16

-   \put(-300,420){\line(-1,4){26}}%                 %bond 8-eq

-   \put(-300,540){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 8-eq

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=17

-     \yl@ydiff=33

-   \put(-300,420){\line(-4,-3){103}}%               %bond 8

-   \put(-420,310){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 8

-  \else \if\@tmpb D%

-     \yl@xdiff=17

-     \yl@ydiff=50

-   \put(-300,432){\line(-5,-3){103}}%               %double bond 8

-   \put(-303,408){\line(-5,-3){103}}%               %double bond 8

-   \put(-420,310){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 8

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 9 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamanei{%

-  \if\@tmpb a%

-     \yl@xdiff=-43

-     \yl@ydiff=93

-   \put(-180,420){\line(-4,-3){103}}%               %bond 9-ax

-   \put(-240,250){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 9-ax

-  \else \if\@tmpb b%

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=-16

-   \put(-180,420){\line(1,4){26}}%                  %bond 9-eq

-   \put(-180,540){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%     %atom 9-eq

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=17

-     \yl@ydiff=93

-   \put(-180,420){\line(-4,-3){103}}%               %bond 9

-   \put(-300,250){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 9

-  \else \if\@tmpb D%

-     \yl@xdiff=17

-     \yl@ydiff=113

-   \put(-183,432){\line(-5,-3){103}}%               %double bond 9

-   \put(-180,408){\line(-5,-3){103}}%               %double bond 9

-   \put(-300,250){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%     %atom 9

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{A new command for setting substituents}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 10 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@adamanej{%

-  \if\@tmpb a%

-     \yl@xdiff=43

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-  \put(180,420){\line(4,-3){103}}%                 %bond 10-ax

-  \put(240,250){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb  \hss}}%     %atom 10-ax

-  \else \if\@tmpb b%

-     \yl@xdiff=-26

-     \yl@ydiff=-16

-  \put(180,420){\line(-1,4){26}}%                  %bond 10-eq

-  \put(180,540){\hbox to0pt{\hss \@memberb}}%      %atom 10-eq

-  \else \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=43

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-   \put(180,420){\line(4,-3){103}}%                %bond 10

-   \put(240,250){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%     %atom 10

-  \else \if\@tmpb D%

-     \yl@xdiff=3

-     \yl@ydiff=112

-   \put(176,432){\line(5,-3){103}}%                %double bond 10

-   \put(172,408){\line(5,-3){103}}%                %double bond 10

-   \put(280,250){\hbox to0pt{\@memberb \hss}}%     %atom 10

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The stereo-type skeleton of adamantane is selected 

-% to have the following specification.  The |\adamantane| 

-% command prints a vertical-type  formula in which two bridge carbons 

-% are placed at the top and the bottom. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************************************

-% * For preparing adamantane derivatives          *

-% *   with 4 substituents on bridgehead positions *

-% *         (1, 3, 5 and 7)                       *

-% *   with 12 substituents on bridge positions    *

-% *         (2, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10)                   *

-% *************************************************

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\adamantane| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \adamantane[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The adamantane skeleton scarcely takes an inner (endcyclic) double bond.

-% Hence we have 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: not effective

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument takes the standard format of \XyMTeX{}, in which 

-% more substitution descriptors are separated from each other 

-% by a semicolon.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 10 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1, 3, 5, and 7 (bridgeheads)

-%

-%           n or na    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%

-%       for n = 2, 4, 6, 8, 9, and 10 (bridges)

-%

-%           na         :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom (axial)

-%           nb         :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom (equatorial)

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom (2 and 6)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-% 

-% For numbers larger than 9 (two digits), you should designate

-% the |SUBSLIST| as, e.g., 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%             {{10}a}==Cl; ...

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@adamantane| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% both bonds are substituents are put directly. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yladamanposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@adamantane}

-% \begin{macro}{\adamantane}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/24}{The macros \cs{@adamanea} to \cs{@adamanej} 

-% are separated from the original definition of \cs{adamantane}.}

-\def\adamantane{\@ifnextchar[{\@mantane}{\@damantane[Z]}}

-\def\@damantane[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\yladamanposition{#2}%

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1100,1300)(-550,-300)

-  \iforigpt \put(-550,-300){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `adamantane' origin: (0,0) ---> (550,300)}

-  \fi%

-\fi

-%bonds for an adamantane skeleton

-  \put(0,0){\line(-1,4){60}}%                      %bond 6-7

-  \put(0,780){\line(2,-1){240}}%                   %bond 2-3

-  \put(0,780){\line(-2,-1){240}}%                  %bond 2-1

-  \put(-60,240){\line(-4,3){240}}%                 %bond 7-8

-  \put(-300,420){\line(1,4){60}}%                  %bond 8-1

-  \put(240,660){\line(-1,-4){60}}%                 %bond 3-10

-  \put(-60,240){\line(4,3){240}}%                  %bond 10-7

-{\thicklines%

-  \put(300,420){\line(-1,4){60}}%                  %bond 4-3

-  \put(-240,660){\line(1,-4){60}}%                 %bond 1-9

-  \put(0,0){\line(1,4){60}}%                       %bond 6-5

-  \put(60,240){\line(4,3){240}}%                   %bond 5-4

-  \put(60,240){\line(-4,3){240}}%                  %bond 5-9

-}%

-%substituents

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

-\or\@adamanea% subst. on 1

-\or\@adamaneb% subst. on 2

-\or\@adamanec% subst. on 3

-\or\@adamaned% subst. on 4

-\or\@adamanee% subst. on 5

-\or\@adamanef% subst. on 6

-\or\@adamaneg% subst. on 7

-\or\@adamaneh% subst. on 8

-\or\@adamanei% subst. on 9

-\or\@adamanej% subst. on 10

-\fi%the end of ifcase

-\fi\fi}%

-\end{picture}}                          %end of \adamantane macro%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\yladamanposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/23}{New commands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\yladamanposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\yladamanposition#1{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or\gdef\@ylii{240}\gdef\@yli{-660}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

- \or\gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-780}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-240}\gdef\@yli{-660}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-300}\gdef\@yli{-420}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 4

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-60}\gdef\@yli{-240}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 5

- \or\gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 6

- \or\gdef\@ylii{60}\gdef\@yli{-240}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 7

- \or\gdef\@ylii{300}\gdef\@yli{-420}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 8

- \or\gdef\@ylii{180}\gdef\@yli{-420}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 9

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-180}\gdef\@yli{-420}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 10

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Horizontal drawing}

-%

-% The stereo-type skeleton of adamantane is selected 

-% to have the following specification.  The |\hadamantane| 

-% command prints a horizontal-type formula in which one bridge-head carbon 

-% is put at the top position and a chair-form cyclohexane moiety is 

-% placed at the bottom position. 

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ********************************************

-% * adamantane derivatives (horizontal type) *

-% ********************************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                1

-%           h //   `

-%           //i      ` a

-%          89          `

-%         g||            2

-%          ||j           | b

-%       f  7|   l     k  3

-%       *   |   ` 10  *

-%     6  *  5        * c

-%        e    d`  4

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************************************

-% * For preparing adamantane derivatives          *

-% *   with 4 substituents on bridgehead positions *

-% *         (1, 3, 5 and 7)                       *

-% *   with 12 substituents on bridge positions    *

-% *         (2, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10)                   *

-% *************************************************

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\hadamantane| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \hadamantane[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The adamantane skeleton scarcely takes an inner (endcyclic) double bond.

-% However, we can designate |BONDLIST|. (This point is different from the

-% specification of the |\adamantane| command.

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  adamantane skeleton

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,7-double bond

-%           g          :  7,8-double bond

-%           h          :  8,1-double bond

-%           i          :  9,1-double bond

-%           j          :  5,9-double bond

-%           k          :  3,10-double bond

-%           l          :  7,10-double bond

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument takes the standard format of \XyMTeX{}, in which 

-% more substitution descriptors are separated from each other 

-% by a semicolon.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 10 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1, 3, 5, and 7 (bridgeheads)

-%

-%           n or na    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%

-%       for n = 2, 4, 6, 8, 9, and 10 (bridges)

-%

-%           na         :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom (axial)

-%           nb         :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom (equatorial)

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom (2 and 6)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Moreover, bond modifieer used for chair-form cyclohexanes 

-% such as $n$Sa and $n$Se (see above) can be also used in the |SUBSLIST| 

-% of the |\hdadamantane| command. 

-% 

-% For numbers larger than 9 (two digits), you should designate

-% the |SUBSLIST| as, e.g., 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%             {{10}a}==Cl; ...

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@hadamantane| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% bonds are put directly, while subsituents are typset by using 

-% the macro |\@chairiI| to |\@chairX| defined below. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylhadamanposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@hadamantane}

-% \begin{macro}{\hadamantane}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% *************************

-% * input of basic macros *

-% *************************

-\def\hadamantane{\@ifnextchar[{\@hadamantane}{\@hadamantane[H]}}

-\def\@hadamantane[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylhadamanposition{#2}%

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1600,1400)(-400,-319)

-  \iforigpt \put(-400,-319){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `hadamantane' origin: (0,0) ---> (400,319)}

-  \fi%

-\fi

-   \thinlines%

-      \put(0,0){\line(3,4){170}}%          % bond 6 to 7

-      \put(170,226){\line(3,-1){403}}%     %      7 to 10

-      \put(573,91){\line(3,1){270}}%       %      10 to 3

-% %%%

-      \put(170,226){\line(0,1){360}}%      %      7 to 8

-      \put(170,586){\line(3,1){270}}%      %      8 to 1

-      \put(843,181){\line(0,1){360}}%      %      3 to 2

-      \put(843,541){\line(-3,1){403}}%     %      2 to 1

-   \thicklines%

-      \put(843,181){\line(-3,-4){170}}%    %      3 to 4

-      \put(673,-46){\line(-3,1){403}}%     %      4 to 5

-      \put(0,0){\line(3,1){270}}%          %      6 to 5

-% %%%

-      \put(270,90){\line(0,1){360}}%       %      5 to 9

-      \put(270,450){\line(3,4){170}}%      %      9 to 1

-   \thinlines%

-% inner double bonds

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endocyclic bonds

-\else \if\member a%

-      \put(450,636){\line(3,-1){373}}%     % double bond 1 to 2

-\else \if\member b%

-      \put(803,206){\line(0,1){320}}%      %             3 to 2

-\else \if\member c%%%a%

-       \put(767,139){\line(-3,-4){110}}%   %             3 to 4

-\else \if\member d%%%b%

-      \put(640,-5){\line(-3,1){343}}%      %             4 to 5

-\else \if\member e%%%%c%

-       \put(240,111){\line(-3,-1){190}}%   %             5 to 6

-\else \if\member f%%%d%

-      \put(63,40){\line(3,4){110}}%        %             6 to 7

-\else \if\member g%

-      \put(200,246){\line(0,1){320}}%      %             7 to 8

-\else \if\member h%

-       \put(400,626){\line(-3,-1){190}}%   %             8 to 1

-\else \if\member i%

-      \put(450,636){\line(-3,-4){150}}%    %             9 to 1

-\else \if\member j%

-      \put(300,110){\line(0,1){320}}%      %             5 to 9

-\else \if\member k%%%f%

-      \put(768,131){\line(-3,-1){170}}%    %             3 to 10

-\else \if\member l%

-      \put(182,187){\line(3,-1){343}}%     %             7 to 10

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpa%                  %0 omit

- \or \put(440,676){\@chairiI}%  %subst. on 1%%%9

- \or \put(843,541){\@chairiII}% %subst. on 2%%10

- \or \@chairiIII%               %subst. on 3%%%4

- \or \@chairiIV%                %subst. on 4%%%3

- \or \@chairiV%                 %subst. on 5%%%2

- \or \@chairiVI%                %subst. on 6%%%1

- \or \@chairiVII%               %subst. on 7%%%6

- \or \put(170,586){\@chairiVIII}%subst. on 8%%%8

- \or \put(270,450){\@chairiIX}% %subst. on 9%%%7

- \or \@chairiX%                 %subst. on 10%%5

-\fi %end of ifcase

-\fi\fi%

-}\end{picture}}%               %end of \hadamantane macro

-% End of addition 1994/03/05 SF

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylhadamanposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/23}{New commands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylhadamanposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylhadamanposition#1{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-440}\gdef\@yli{-676}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-843}\gdef\@yli{-541}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-843}\gdef\@yli{-181}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-673}\gdef\@yli{46}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 4

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-270}\gdef\@yli{-90}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 5

- \or\gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 6

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-170}\gdef\@yli{-226}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 7

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-170}\gdef\@yli{-586}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 8

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-270}\gdef\@yli{-450}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 9

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-573}\gdef\@yli{-91}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 10

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% Hereafter, the definitions of the commands |\@chairiI| to |\@chairiX| 

-% are described. Each of the commands can treat $n$a-type bond modifiers 

-% as well as $n$Sa-type bond modifiers. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiVI}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% ********************************************************

-% * treatment of the chair form (inverse) of cyclohexane *

-% *  added March 05, 1994 by Shinsaku Fujita             *

-% ********************************************************

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 6 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiVI{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 6 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{-260}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb b%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 6 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=90

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}% single bond at 6

-           \putlatom{-130}{-210}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 6 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{-260}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 6 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=90

-           \putlatom{-130}{-210}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(-10,10){\line(-1,-1){120}}% double bond at 6

-           \put(10,-10){\line(-1,-1){120}}% double bond at 6

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=90

-           \putlatom{-130}{-210}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}% single bond at 6

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiVII}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 7 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiVII{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=46

-           \put(170,226){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 7 equatorial

-           \putlatom{10}{94}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=46

-           \put(170,226){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 7 equatorial

-           \putlatom{10}{94}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(170,226){\line(-1,1){120}}% single bond at 7

-           \putratom{40}{316}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=12

-           \put(170,226){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 7 axial

-           \putlratom{138}{406}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=46

-           \put(170,226){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 7 equatorial

-           \putlatom{10}{94}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putlatom{40}{316}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(160,216){\line(-1,1){120}}% double bond at 7

-           \put(180,236){\line(-1,1){120}}% double bond at 7

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putlatom{40}{316}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(170,226){\line(-1,1){120}}% single bond at 7

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiX}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 10 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiX{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=104

-           \put(573,91){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 5 axial

-           \putlratom{533}{-181}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb b%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-36

-     \yl@ydiff=3

-           \put(573,91){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 5 equatorial

-           \putlatom{753}{180}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=56

-           \put(573,91){\line(5,-4){170}}% single bond at 5

-           \putratom{753}{-101}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=104

-           \put(573,91){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 5 axial

-           \putlratom{533}{-181}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-36

-     \yl@ydiff=3

-           \put(573,91){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 5 equatorial

-           \putlatom{753}{180}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=86

-           \putratom{733}{-141}{\@memberb}% right type

-           \put(563,83){\line(5,-4){170}}% double bond at 5

-           \put(583,99){\line(5,-4){170}}% double bond at 5

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=76

-           \put(573,91){\line(5,-4){170}}% single bond at 5

-           \putratom{753}{-121}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiIII}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 3 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiIII{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-16

-     \yl@ydiff=64

-           \put(843,181){\line(5,-3){144}}% single bond at 3 equatorial

-           \putratom{1003}{31}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-16

-     \yl@ydiff=64

-           \put(843,181){\line(5,-3){144}}% single bond at 3 equatorial

-           \putratom{1003}{31}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(843,181){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 3

-           \putratom{953}{271}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=11

-           \put(843,181){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 3 axial

-           \putlratom{801}{360}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-16

-     \yl@ydiff=64

-           \put(843,181){\line(5,-3){144}}% single bond at 3 equatorial

-           \putratom{1003}{31}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \putratom{953}{271}{\@memberb}% right type

-           \put(833,191){\line(1,1){120}}% double bond at 3

-           \put(853,171){\line(1,1){120}}% double bond at 3

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(843,181){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 3

-           \putratom{953}{271}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiIV}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 4 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiIV{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=104

-           \put(673,-46){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 4 axial

-           \putlratom{633}{-318}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb b%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-6

-     \yl@ydiff=17

-           \put(673,-46){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 4 equatorial

-           \putratom{823}{23}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-           \put(673,-46){\line(1,-1){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putratom{803}{-258}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=40

-     \yl@ydiff=104

-           \put(673,-46){\line(0,-1){168}}% single bond at 4 axial

-           \putlratom{633}{-318}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-6

-     \yl@ydiff=17

-           \put(673,-46){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 4 equatorial

-           \putratom{823}{23}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=92

-           \putratom{803}{-258}{\@memberb}%  right type

-           \put(663,-53){\line(1,-1){120}}% double bond at 4

-           \put(683,-38){\line(1,-1){120}}% double bond at 4

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=76

-           \put(673,-46){\line(5,-4){170}}% single bond at 4

-           \putratom{853}{-258}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiV}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiV{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=102

-           \put(270,90){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 5 equatorial

-           \putratom{100}{-98}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=26

-     \yl@ydiff=102

-           \put(270,90){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 5 equatorial

-           \putratom{100}{-98}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=46

-           \put(270,90){\line(-5,4){170}}% single bond at 5

-           \putlatom{100}{180}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=12

-           \put(270,90){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 5 axial

-           \putlratom{238}{270}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=36

-     \yl@ydiff=102

-           \put(270,90){\line(-5,-3){144}}% single bond at 5 equatorial

-           \putratom{100}{-98}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \putlatom{100}{200}{\@memberb}% left or right type

-           \put(260,80){\line(-5,4){170}}% double bond at 5

-           \put(280,100){\line(-5,4){170}}% double bond at 5

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=26

-           \putlatom{100}{200}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(270,90){\line(-5,4){170}}% single bond at 5

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiI}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 1 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiI{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{178}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{178}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{178}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{178}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{178}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-  \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{178}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=42

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){168}}% single bond at 1 axial

-           \putlratom{-42}{178}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiII}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiII{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=13

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,1){190}}% single bond at 6 equatorial

-           \putratom{200}{50}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb b%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=0

-            \put(0,0){\line(3,4){120}}%          % bond 1 to 6

-            \putratom{130}{160}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{130}{\@memberb}% left type

-      \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) axial

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=0

-            \put(0,0){\line(3,4){120}}%          % bond 1 to 6

-            \putratom{130}{160}{\@memberb}% left type

-     \else\if\@tmpc e%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=13

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,1){190}}% single bond at 6 equatorial

-           \putratom{200}{50}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \putratom{130}{130}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(-10,10){\line(1,1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \put(10,-10){\line(1,1){120}}% double bond at 1

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=-10

-           \putratom{130}{130}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairigVIII}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 8 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiVIII{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb b%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=0

-            \put(0,0){\line(3,4){120}}%          % bond 1 to 6

-            \putratom{130}{160}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=4

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-140}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e% right-hand

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=0

-            \put(0,0){\line(3,4){120}}%          % bond 1 to 6

-            \putratom{130}{160}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a% left-hand

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=4

-     \yl@ydiff=26

-            \putlatom{-140}{60}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(10,10){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \put(0,-10){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=4

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-140}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@chairiIX}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 9 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@chairiIX{%

-   \if\@tmpb a%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb b%single bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 6 equatorial

-           \putratom{160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=4

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-140}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc e% right-hand

-     \yl@xdiff=-16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){144}}% single bond at 6 equatorial

-           \putratom{160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a% left-hand

-     \yl@xdiff=16

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-160}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=4

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \putlatom{-140}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-           \put(10,10){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \put(0,-10){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=4

-     \yl@ydiff=36

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){144}}% single bond at 1 equatorial

-           \putlatom{-140}{50}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%</ccycle>

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \Finale

-%

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 1603014bdae..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/ccycle.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{ccycle.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996 

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-

-Copyright (C) 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{ccycle.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{ccycle.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{ccycle.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{ccycle.dtx}{ccycle}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ad0e7b0143..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `chemist.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% chemist.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the ChemSci system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Released on June 1, 1996
-%% Released on November 3, 2000 (v2.00a)
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for submitting a manuscript to
-%% scientific journals. This style file is to be contained in the
-%% ``chemist'' directory which is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% For using this file, see
-%%   Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists''
-%%   Tokyo Kagaku Dojin, Tokyo (1993), Chapter 16.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``chemist'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file is a modification of latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) and of latex.ltx
-%% (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which is subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%%
-%% `chemist.dtx' ver1.01a (for LaTeX2e) 1996/06/15
-%%  by Shinsaku Fujita
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{chemist.drv}
-         [2000/11/03 v2.00a
-     ChemSci package driver (English)
- ]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{chemist.drv}
-\title{Chemist Package \space\fileversion}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology
-%% Ashigara Research Laboratories \\
-%% Fuji Photo Film Co. Ltd.
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\tableofcontents
-\DocInput{chemist.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\def\versi@ndate{November 3, 2000}
-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00a}
-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `chemist.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d37ff1334c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2359 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse 
-%
-% chemist.dtx
-% 
-% Copyright (C) 1996, 1999, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita  All rights reserved.
-%
-% This file is part of the ChemSci system
-% ========================================
-%
-% This style file is created for submitting a manuscript to 
-% scientific journals. This style file is to be contained in the 
-% ``chemist'' directory which is an input directory for TeX. 
-%
-% For using this file, see 
-%  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 
-%  Tokyo Kagaku Dojin, Tokyo (1993), Chapter 16. 
-%
-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%
-% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 
-%     directory name 
-% (2) if you do make changes, 
-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 
-%         ``chemist'' directory and 
-%     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 
-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%
-%=======================================
-%
-% This file is a modification of latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) and of latex.ltx
-% (LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which is subject to 
-% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 
-% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 
-% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%
-%=======================================
-%
-% This file is a successor to:
-%
-% *********************************************************************
-% * chemist.sty <Sept 29 1991> by Shinsaku Fujita                     *
-% *  counters and related matters for compounds.                      *
-% *  ffboxit: November 2 1991 by S. Fujita                            *
-% *  bslskipchange: November 6 1991 by S. Fujita (deleted)            *
-% *  chapinitial: 1991 November 7 by S. Fujita                        *
-% *  variable arrows: 1992 May 24 by S. Fujita                        *
-% *  reaction and scheme arrows (revised): 1992 May 24  by S. Fujita  *
-% *  changespace <=== bslskipchange: Dec 31 1992 by S. Fujita         *
-% *  (g)rshfboxit and (g)lshfboxit: January 3, 1993 by S. Fujita      *
-% *********************************************************************
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% Released on January 3, 1993 
-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-% This style file is created for making manuscripts of chemical fields.  
-% This option style file is to be contained in the ``chemist'' directory 
-% which is an input directory for TeX. 
-%
-% For using this file, see 
-%    Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 
-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dojin, Tokyo (1993), Chapters 7, 9, 12 and 18. 
-% このスタイル・ファイルの使用法は、
-%   藤田 眞作 著　『化学者・生化学者のためのLaTeX』
-%   東京化学同人、東京 (1993)、第7, 9, 12, 18章をご覧下さい。
-%
-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 
-%     directory name 
-% (2) if you do make changes, 
-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 
-%         ``chemist'' directory and 
-%     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 
-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%  %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{chemist}
-% \def\versi@ndate{January 03, 1993}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}
-%  %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% Version 1.01 
-%  --- added the end commands of the \verbatim environment and the 
-%      \verb command contained in LaTeX 2.09
-%  --- \LaTeX, \BibTeX logos etc improved
-% \typeout{verbatim for LaTeX2.09 (and LaTeX2e) in chemist.sty}
-% \typeout{logos for LaTeX2.09 (and LaTeX2e) in chemist.sty}
-% \def\versi@ndate{April 20, 1996}
-% \def\j@urnalname{chemist}
-% \def\versi@ndate{April 20, 1996}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{chemist} \def\journalID{chemist}
-% \def\versi@ndate{June 15, 1996}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01a}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% \typeout{Package `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>\space 
-% [\copyrighth@lder]}
-% \typeout{chemist.sty ver1.01a (for LaTeX2e) 1996/06/15[SF]}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{chemist} \def\journalID{chemist}
-% \def\versi@ndate{March 16, 1999}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver2.00}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% 
-% \fi
-% \CheckSum{3588}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%
-% \iffalse
-%%
-%% `chemist.dtx' ver1.01a (for LaTeX2e) 1996/06/15 
-%%  by Shinsaku Fujita
-%%
-%
-% \section{Initial declaration}
-%
-% \changes{v1.01a}{1996/06/15}{For LaTeX2e: dtx file}
-% \changes{v1.01a}{1996/07/16}{Comment out for use LaTeX2.09}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/03/16}{For XyMTeX 2.00 Enhanced Version}
-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/03}{Bug fix}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%    <chemist>\ProvidesFile{chemist.sty}
-%<driver>\ProvidesFile{chemist.drv}
-%<driver>         [2000/11/03 v2.00a
-%    <chemist>     ChemSci package ]
-%<driver>     ChemSci package driver (English)
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% \section{Driver file for this dtx file}
-%
-% \changes{v1.0a}{1996/06/15}{first draft}
-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/05}{bug fix}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*driver>
- ]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{chemist.drv}
-\title{Chemist Package \space\fileversion}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology 
-%% Ashigara Research Laboratories \\
-%% Fuji Photo Film Co. Ltd.
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\tableofcontents
-\DocInput{chemist.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \fi
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-%
-% \section{{\sc docstrip} options}
-%
-% This dtx file provides the {\sffamily chemist} package 
-% by docstrip processing. 
-%
-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
-%  \hline
-%   argument & package name \\
-%  \hline
-%   chemist   & chemist.sty \\
-%   driver  & a documentation driver file \\
-%  \hline
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-% 
-% \section{Version information}
-%
-% The old process for typing out version information remains active. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<chemist>\def\j@urnalname{chemist} \def\journalID{chemist}
-\def\versi@ndate{November 3, 2000}
-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00a}
-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-%<*chemist>
-\typeout{Package `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>\space 
-[\copyrighth@lder]}
-\typeout{chemist.sty ver2.00a (for LaTeX2e) 2000/11/03[SF]}
-%</chemist>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Cross-references of compounds}
-%
-% The \textsf{compd} counter is introduced for numbering 
-% chemical compounds. 
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\thecompd}
-%  \begin{macro}{\compd}
-%  \begin{macro}{\nocompd}
-% 
-% The |\thecompd| command prints compound numbering without 
-% advancing the the \textsf{compd} counter. 
-% The |\compd| command prints compound numbering and advances 
-% the \textsf{compd} counter by one, while 
-% the |\nocompd| advances the \textsf{compd} counter by one 
-% without printing. 
-% \changes{v1.01a}{1996/06/22}{the unskip command was deleted.}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*chemist>
-% *******************
-% * compound label  *
-% *   1991 sept 29  *
-% *******************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\@ifundefined{chapter}{\newcounter{compd}}{\newcounter{compd}[chapter]}
-\def\thecompd{\arabic{compd}} 
-%\def\compd{\refstepcounter{compd}\unskip{\large\bf \thecompd}}
-\def\compd{\leavevmode\refstepcounter{compd}{\large\bf \thecompd}}
-\def\nocompd{\refstepcounter{compd}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\compdlabel}
-%  \begin{macro}{\nocompdlabel}
-%  \begin{macro}{\cref}
-%
-% The cross-reference of compound numbers are conducted by using 
-% |\label| and |\ref| commands. Alternative commands are also available 
-% as follows.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\compdlabel#1{\compd \label{#1}}
-\def\nocompdlabel#1{\nocompd \label{#1}}
-\@ifundefined{bf}{\def\bf{\normalfont\bfseries}}{}
-\def\cref#1{{\bf \ref{#1}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\compdfbox}
-%  \begin{macro}{\compdmbox}
-%  \begin{macro}{\lbcompdpbox}
-%
-% For takeing a space for compound output, we can use |\compdfbox| 
-% and like. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\compdfbox#1#2#3{\framebox[#1]{\rule[-0.3mm]{0pt}{#2} #3 }}
-\def\compdmbox#1#2#3{\makebox[#1]{\rule[-0.3mm]{0pt}{#2} #3 }}
-\def\lbcompdpbox#1#2#3{\parbox{#2}{\vskip 2em 
-  \parbox{#2}{#3 \par \centering{\compdlabel{#1}}\vskip 2em }}} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% The \textsf{deriv} counter is introduced for numbering 
-% derivatives of a compound. 
-% \changes{v1.01a}{1996/06/22}{the unskip command was deleted.}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/03/17}{derivnum added}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\thederiv}
-%  \begin{macro}{\deriv}
-%  \begin{macro}{\noderiv}
-%  \begin{macro}{\derivnum}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ********************
-% * deriv label      *
-% *   1991 oct  01   *
-% ********************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\newcounter{deriv}[compd]
-\def\thederiv {\thecompd\alph{deriv}}
-%\def\deriv{\refstepcounter{deriv}\unskip{\large\bf \thederiv}}
-\def\deriv{\leavevmode\refstepcounter{deriv}{\large\bf \thederiv}}
-\def\noderiv{\refstepcounter{deriv}}
-\def\derivnum{%
-\leavevmode\refstepcounter{deriv}{\large\bf \alph{deriv}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\derivlabel}
-%  \begin{macro}{\noderivlabel}
-%
-% The cross-reference of derivative numbers are conducted by using 
-% |\label| and |\ref| commands.  
-% Alternative commands are also available as follows.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\derivlabel#1{\deriv \label{#1}}
-\def\noderivlabel#1{\noderiv \label{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\derivfbox}
-%  \begin{macro}{\derivmbox}
-%  \begin{macro}{\lbderivpbox}
-%
-% For takeing a space for placing a derivative, we can use |\compdfbox| 
-% and like. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\derivfbox#1#2#3{\framebox[#1]{\rule[-0.3mm]{0pt}{#2} #3 }}
-\def\derivmbox#1#2#3{\makebox[#1]{\rule[-0.3mm]{0pt}{#2} #3 }}
-\def\lbderivpbox#1#2#3{\parbox{#2}{\vskip 2em 
-  \parbox{#2}{#3 \par \centering{\derivlabel{#1}}\vskip 2em }}} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\deriva}
-%  \begin{macro}{\noderiva}
-%  \begin{macro}{\derivalabel}
-%  \begin{macro}{\noderivalabel}
-%
-% The \textsf{deriv} counter is also advanced by |\deriva| command and like. 
-% This command produced the net output of the \textsf{deriv} counter. 
-% \changes{v1.01a}{1996/06/22}{the unskip command was deleted.}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ********************
-% * deriva label     *
-% *   1991 oct  05   *
-% ********************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-%\def\deriva{\refstepcounter{deriv}\unskip{\large\bf \alph{deriv}}}
-\def\deriva{\leavevmode\refstepcounter{deriv}{\large\bf \alph{deriv}}}
-\def\noderiva{\refstepcounter{deriv}}
-\def\derivalabel#1{\deriva \label{#1}}
-\def\noderivalabel#1{\noderiva \label{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Boxes for placing compounds}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\cdonecell}
-%  \begin{macro}{\cdtwocell}
-%
-% These boxes with a given width are used for printing chemical compounds. 
-% A box provided by |\cdonecell| is used for accomodating a compound. 
-% A box provided by |\cdtwocell| is devied into two vertical cells 
-% where the one is to place a compound and the other to place 
-% the compound number. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ********************
-% * cdonecell label  *
-% *   1991 oct  04   *
-% ********************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\cdonecell#1#2#3{\raisebox{#1}{\parbox{#2}{\centering{#3}}}}
-% #1 ue, #2 haba, #3 honbun 
-\def\cdtwocell#1#2#3#4{\raisebox{#1}{
- \parbox{#2}{\centering{#3} \par \vskip 3pt \centering{#4}  }}}
-% #1 ue, #2 haba, #3 ue honbun, #4 shita label 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Arrows}
-%
-% \subsection{Arrows with variable length}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\leftrightarrowfill}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Leftarrowfill}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Rightarrowfill}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Leftrightarrowfill}
-%
-% LaTeX{} are possessed of |\leftarrowfill| and |\rightarrowfill| for 
-% drawing arrows with variable length.  The {\sffamily chemist} 
-% package defines other arrows with variable length for drawing 
-% chemical equations or schemes. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *******************
-% * variable arrows * 1992 May 24 S. Fujita
-% *******************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\leftrightarrowfill{$\m@th \mathord\leftarrow \mkern-6mu 
- \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu \mathord- \mkern-2mu$}\hfill 
- \mkern-6mu \mathord\rightarrow$}
-\def\Leftarrowfill{$\m@th \mathord\Leftarrow \mkern-6mu 
- \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu \mathord= \mkern-2mu$}\hfill 
- \mkern-6mu \mathord=$}
-\def\Rightarrowfill{$\m@th \mathord= \mkern-6mu 
- \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu \mathord= \mkern-2mu$}\hfill 
- \mkern-6mu \mathord\Rightarrow$}
-\def\Leftrightarrowfill{$\m@th \mathord\Leftarrow \mkern-6mu 
- \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu \mathord= \mkern-2mu$}\hfill 
- \mkern-6mu \mathord\Rightarrow$}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Reaction arrows with variable length}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactrarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactlarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactlrarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reacteqarrow}
-%
-% The {\sffamily chemist} package defines arrows with variable length 
-% for drawing chemical equations, where additional information 
-% can be written on the upper and/or downward sides of each arrow.  
-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/02/02}{Vertical spacing changed}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/03/16}{Horizontal shift}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ******************* 1991 Oct 4 S. Fujita
-% * reaction arrows * Revised 1992 May 24 S.Fujita%1999/02/02 SF
-% *******************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-% #1 yoko #2 ue, #3 haba, #4 ya no ue, #5 ya no shita 
-% 
-\def\reactrarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@rarrow}{\react@rarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@rarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{%
-  \parbox{#3}{\centering
-    \baselineskip=.8\normalbaselineskip #4 \par
-    \vskip-0.2\normalbaselineskip
-    \rightarrowfill \par
-    \vskip-0.1\normalbaselineskip #5}}}
-\def\reactlarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@larrow}{\react@larrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@larrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{%
-    \parbox{#3}{\centering
-    \baselineskip=.8\normalbaselineskip #4 \par
-    \vskip-0.2\normalbaselineskip
-     \leftarrowfill \par
-    \vskip-0.1\normalbaselineskip #5}}}
-\def\reactlrarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@lrarrow}{\react@lrarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@lrarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{%
-    \parbox{#3}{\centering
-    \baselineskip=.8\normalbaselineskip
-    #4 \par
-    \vskip-0.2\normalbaselineskip
-    \centering{\leftrightarrowfill} \par
-    \vskip-0.1\normalbaselineskip #5}}}
-\def\reacteqarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@eqarrow}{\react@eqarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@eqarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{%
-    \parbox{#3}{\centering
-    \baselineskip=.8\normalbaselineskip
-    #4 \par
-    \vskip-0.2\normalbaselineskip
-    \rightarrowfill \par \vskip-0.55\normalbaselineskip%
-    \leftarrowfill \par
-    \vskip-0.1\normalbaselineskip #5}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\k@nz@n}
-% The |\k@nz@n| command is used for changing a dimension to a 
-% parameter for the \LaTeX{} picture environment. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\k@nz@n#1{\@tempdima=#1\relax
-\@tempcnta=\@tempdima \@tempcntb=\unitlength
-\divide\@tempcnta by \@tempcntb
-\edef\kanzanchi{\the\@tempcnta}%
-\divide\@tempcnta by2\relax
-\edef\kanzanhalf{\the\@tempcnta}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactdarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactuarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactveqarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactduarrow}
-% Vertical reaction arrows has been added. 
-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/02/02}{New commands}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\reactdarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@darrow}{\react@darrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@darrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}#4\end{tabular}%
-{\tabcolsep=0pt
-\begin{tabular}{c}\begin{picture}(0,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(0,\kanzanchi){\vector(0,-1){\kanzanchi}}
-\end{picture}\end{tabular}}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}#5\end{tabular}}}
-%
-\def\reactuarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@uarrow}{\react@uarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@uarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}#4\end{tabular}%
-{\tabcolsep=0pt
-\begin{tabular}{c}\begin{picture}(0,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(0,0){\vector(0,1){\kanzanchi}}
-\end{picture}\end{tabular}}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}#5\end{tabular}}}
-%
-\def\reactveqarrow{\@ifnextchar[%]
-{\react@veqarrow}{\react@veqarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@veqarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}#4\end{tabular}%
-{\tabcolsep=0pt
-\begin{tabular}{c}\begin{picture}(40,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(40,0){\vector(0,1){\kanzanchi}}
-\put(0,\kanzanchi){\vector(0,-1){\kanzanchi}}
-\end{picture}\end{tabular}}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}#5\end{tabular}}}
-%
-\def\reactduarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@duarrow}{\react@duarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@duarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}#4\end{tabular}%
-{\tabcolsep=0pt
-\begin{tabular}{c}\begin{picture}(0,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(0,\kanzanhalf){\vector(0,1){\kanzanhalf}}
-\put(0,\kanzanhalf){\vector(0,-1){\kanzanhalf}}
-\end{picture}\end{tabular}}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}#5\end{tabular}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactswarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactsearrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactnwrarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactnearrow}
-% Further reaction arrows have been added. 
-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/02/02}{New commands}
-% \changes{v2.00}{2000/06/14}{Bug Fix: exchanged sw -- se and nw --ne}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\reactsearrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@searrow}{\react@searrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@searrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{picture}(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(0,\kanzanchi){\vector(1,-1){\kanzanchi}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\hbox to0pt{%
-\begin{tabular}[b]{l}#4\end{tabular}\hss}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\lower2ex\hbox to0pt{\hss
-\begin{tabular}[t]{r}#5\end{tabular}}}
-\end{picture}}}
-%
-\def\reactnwarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@nwarrow}{\react@nwarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@nwarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{picture}(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(\kanzanchi,0){\vector(-1,1){\kanzanchi}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\hbox to0pt{%
-\begin{tabular}[b]{l}#4\end{tabular}\hss}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\lower2ex\hbox to0pt{\hss
-\begin{tabular}[t]{r}#5\end{tabular}}}
-\end{picture}}}
-%
-\def\reactnearrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@nearrow}{\react@nearrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@nearrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{picture}(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(0,0){\vector(1,1){\kanzanchi}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\lower2ex\hbox to0pt{%
-\begin{tabular}[t]{l}#5\end{tabular}\hss}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\hbox to0pt{\hss
-\begin{tabular}[b]{r}#4\end{tabular}}}
-\end{picture}}}
-%
-\def\reactswarrow{\@ifnextchar[{\react@swarrow}{\react@swarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@swarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{picture}(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi){\vector(-1,-1){\kanzanchi}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\lower2ex\hbox to0pt{%
-\begin{tabular}[t]{l}#5\end{tabular}\hss}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\hbox to0pt{\hss
-\begin{tabular}[b]{r}#4\end{tabular}}}
-\end{picture}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactdeqarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactueqarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactdlrarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\reactulrarrow}
-% Further reaction arrows have been added. 
-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/02/02}{New commands}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\reactdeqarrow{\@ifnextchar[%]
-{\react@deqarrow}{\react@deqarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@deqarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{picture}(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(0,\kanzanchi){\put(15,15){\vector(1,-1){\kanzanchi}}}
-\put(\kanzanchi,0){\put(-15,-15){\vector(-1,1){\kanzanchi}}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\raise1ex\hbox to0pt{%
-\begin{tabular}[b]{l}#4\end{tabular}\hss}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\lower2ex\hbox to0pt{\hss
-\begin{tabular}[t]{r}#5\end{tabular}}}
-\end{picture}}}
-\def\reactueqarrow{\@ifnextchar[%]
-{\react@ueqarrow}{\react@ueqarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@ueqarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{picture}(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(0,0){\put(-15,15){\vector(1,1){\kanzanchi}}}
-\put(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi){\put(15,-15){\vector(-1,-1){\kanzanchi}}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\lower2ex\hbox to0pt{%
-\begin{tabular}[t]{l}#5\end{tabular}\hss}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\raise1ex\hbox to0pt{\hss
-\begin{tabular}[b]{r}#4\end{tabular}}}
-\end{picture}}}
-\def\reactulrarrow{\@ifnextchar[%]
-{\react@ulrarrow}{\react@ulrarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@ulrarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{picture}(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\vector(1,1){\kanzanhalf}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\vector(-1,-1){\kanzanhalf}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\lower2ex\hbox to0pt{%
-\begin{tabular}[t]{l}#5\end{tabular}\hss}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\raise1ex\hbox to0pt{\hss
-\begin{tabular}[b]{r}#4\end{tabular}}}
-\end{picture}}}
-\def\reactdlrarrow{\@ifnextchar[%]
-{\react@dlrarrow}{\react@dlrarrow[0pt]}}
-\def\react@dlrarrow[#1]#2#3#4#5{\hskip#1\raisebox{#2}{\k@nz@n{#3}%
-\def\arraystretch{0.8}%
-\begin{picture}(\kanzanchi,\kanzanchi)(0,0)
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\vector(-1,1){\kanzanhalf}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\vector(1,-1){\kanzanhalf}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\hbox to0pt{%
-\begin{tabular}[b]{l}#4\end{tabular}\hss}}
-\put(\kanzanhalf,\kanzanhalf){\lower2ex\hbox to0pt{\hss
-\begin{tabular}[t]{r}#5\end{tabular}}}
-\end{picture}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\schemelarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\schemerarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\schemelrarrow}
-%
-% The {\sffamily chemist} package defines double-line arrows with variable 
-% length for drawing reaction schemes, where additional information 
-% can be written on the upper and/or downward sides of each arrow.  
-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/02/02}{Vertical spacing changed}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ********************************
-% * scheme arrows                *
-% * 1991 OCT 4 S. Fujita         *
-% * Revised 1992 May 24 S.Fujita * 1999/02/02 by S. Fujita
-% ********************************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\schemelarrow#1#2#3#4{\raisebox{#1}{%
-    \parbox{#2}{\centering 
-    \baselineskip=.8\normalbaselineskip #3 \par
-    \vskip-0.2\normalbaselineskip
-    \centering{\Leftarrowfill} \par
-    \vskip-0.1\normalbaselineskip #4}}}
-\def\schemerarrow#1#2#3#4{\raisebox{#1}{%
-    \parbox{#2}{\centering
-    \baselineskip=.8\normalbaselineskip #3 \par
-    \vskip-0.2\normalbaselineskip
-    \centering{\Rightarrowfill} \par
-    \vskip-0.1\normalbaselineskip #4}}}
-\def\schemelrarrow#1#2#3#4{\raisebox{#1}{%
-    \parbox{#2}{\centering
-    \baselineskip=.8\normalbaselineskip #3 \par
-    \vskip-0.2\normalbaselineskip
-    \centering{\Leftrightarrowfill} \par
-    \vskip-0.1\normalbaselineskip #4}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\changespace}
-%
-% The |\changespace| command is used to change a vertical space 
-% between lines. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *************************
-% * Changing line spacing *
-% *************************
-% After Chapter 3 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\changespace#1{\def\baselinestretch{#1} \@normalsize}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%    %%%%%%%%%%1991 November 6%%%\bslskipchange%%%%%%%%%%
-% \newenvironment{bslskipchange}[1]%
-% {\par\begingroup\global\baselineskip= #1\normalbaselineskip}%
-% {\endgroup\par\global\baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip%
-%  \global\@ignoretrue}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Captions}
-% \subsection{Changing caption types within a float}
-% \changes{v1.00}{1993/06/17}{by S. Fujita}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\tbcaption}
-%  \begin{macro}{\fgcaption}
-%  \begin{macro}{\smcaption}
-%
-% These commands enable us to place two or more floats of 
-% different kinds in a single floating body.  
-%
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{lp{5cm}}
-%   \verb/\tbcaption[TCAP]{CAP}/ &
-%      makes a table caption in a float other than ``table'' or 
-%      after using \verb/\fgcaption/ or \verb/\smcaption/ command. \\
-%   \verb/\fgcaption[TCAP]{CAP}/ &
-%      makes a figure caption in a float other than ``figure'' or 
-%      after using \verb/\tbcaption/ or \verb/\smcaption/ command. \\
-%   \verb/\smcaption[TCAP]{CAP}/ & 
-%      makes a scheme caption in a float other than ``scheme'' or 
-%      after using \verb/\tbcaption/ or \verb/\fgcaption/ command. \\
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-%
-% For exmaple, we have 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \begin{figure}
-%      \caption{aaa}   % 通常のキャプション。
-%      \tbcaption{bbb} % 表のキャプションの強制的に変更。
-%      \fgcaption[ccc]{ddd} %図のキャプションに戻す。
-%   \end{figure}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tbcaption{\def\@captype{table}\caption}
-\def\fgcaption{\def\@captype{figure}\caption}
-\def\smcaption{\def\@captype{scheme}\caption}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\chapinitial}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *****************
-% * miscellaneous *
-% *****************
-%%%%%%%%%%%1991 November 7%%%chapinitial%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\chap@initial#1%
-{\medbreak\begingroup\clubpenalty=10000
- \def\par{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak} 
- \noindent\hangindent28pt\hangafter=-2
-\hbox to0pt{\hskip-\hangindent 
-\hbox to28pt{\hss\raise-4pt\hbox{\lower3pt\hbox{\Huge\bf #1}} }
-} \hskip-5pt plus2pt minus2pt}
-\outer\def\chapinitial{\chap@initial}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Redefinition of verbatim}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\yen}
-%
-% The {\sffamily chemist} package uses a customaized defintion of |\yen| for 
-% printing the top symbol of each command sequence. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ************
-% * ￥の定義 *
-% ************
-% % ￥ %%%%%from ascmac.sty%%%%added \leavevmode%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%\def\yen{\leavevmode{\setbox0=\hbox{Y}Y\kern-.97\wd0\vbox{%
-% \hrule\@height.1ex\@width.98\wd0%
-% \kern.33ex\hrule\@height.1ex\@width.98\wd0\kern.45ex}}}
-%
-\def\yen{\leavevmode\hbox{\setbox0=\hbox{Y}%
-\setbox1=\vbox{\hrule height.05\ht0 width.96\wd0%
-\kern.18\ht0\hrule height.05\ht0 width.96\wd0}%
-\setbox1=\hbox to\wd0{\raise.3\ht0\box1\hss}%
-{\ooalign{\hfil\box1\hfil\crcr\box0}}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\ifverbswitch}
-%  \begin{macro}{\verb}
-% 
-% The switch |\ifverbswitch| is used for changing |\yen| or 
-% |\backslash| for the top symbol of each control sequence 
-% printed by the |\verb| command. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% **************************
-% * ￥を含んだverbatim環境 *
-% **************************
-% %%%%%%1992 April 30 %%%verbatim%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % from       奥村晴彦　LaTeX美文書作成入門　1991 技術評論社    %
-% %  omitted: =, by, etc.                                        %
-% %  added: verbswitch                                           %
-% %          \verbswitchtrue===> yen mark                        %
-% %          \verbswitchfalse===> backslash mark                 %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\newif\ifverbswitch \verbswitchtrue
-\let\old@verbatim\@verbatim
-\let\old@xverbatim\@xverbatim
-\let\old@sxverbatim\@sxverbatim
-\begingroup 
-  \catcode`\|=0  \catcode`\\=13 
-  |gdef|verbh@@k{|catcode`|\=13 |let\=|yen}
-|endgroup 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\verb{\begingroup \catcode``=13 \@noligs 
- \tt \let\do\@makeother \dospecials  
- \ifverbswitch \verbh@@k \fi \@ifstar{\@sverb}{\@verb}} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{@verbatim}
-%  \begin{environment}{verbatim}
-% 
-% The switch |\ifverbswitch| is also effective 
-% for in a verbtim environment. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup 
-\catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 
-\catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`\\=13 
-|gdef|@xverbatim#1\end{verbatim}[#1|end[verbatim]]  
-|gdef|@sxverbatim#1\end{verbatim*}[#1|end[verbatim*]]  
-|endgroup 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\verbatimleftmargin \verbatimleftmargin\leftmargini 
-\newdimen\verbatimbaselineskip \verbatimbaselineskip11pt
-\def\verbatimsize{\small}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@verbatim{\trivlist \item[]%
- \if@minipage \else \vskip\baselineskip%
- \vskip-\verbatimbaselineskip \vskip\parskip\fi
- \leftskip\@totalleftmargin 
- \if@minipage \else \advance\leftskip\verbatimleftmargin \fi
- \rightskip\z@ \parindent\z@ \parfillskip\@flushglue \parskip\z@
- \@tempswafalse \def\par{\if@tempswa\hbox{}\fi\@tempswatrue\@@par}
- \obeylines \verbatimsize \baselineskip\verbatimbaselineskip \tt 
- \catcode``=13 \@noligs \let\do\@makeother \dospecials} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\verbatim{\ifverbswitch \@verbatim \else \old@verbatim \fi
-\frenchspacing \@vobeyspaces 
-\ifverbswitch \verbh@@k \@xverbatim \else \old@xverbatim \fi} 
-\@namedef{verbatim*}{%
- \ifverbswitch \@verbatim \verbh@@k \@sxverbatim
- \else \old@verbatim \old@sxverbatim \fi}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%pLaTeX2e%%%%%%%%%%%%%1996/04/20 by S. Fujita%%%%%%
-% pLaTeX2eでは再定義されているので，上のままだとエラーになる
-% LaTeX2.09の定義を補っておく
-\def\@sverb#1{\def\@tempa ##1#1{##1\endgroup}\@tempa}
-\def\@verb{\obeyspaces \frenchspacing \@sverb}
-\def\@sverbtim{\obeyspaces\@verbatim}
-\let\endverbatim=\endtrivlist
-\@namedef{varbatim*}{\@verbatim\@sxverbatim}
-\expandafter\let\csname endverbatim*\endcsname =\endtrivlist
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-%
-% \section{Shadowed Boxes}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\fb@xit}
-%  \begin{macro}{\fboxit}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%
-% <<Base box for boxes>>
-% \fb@xit{LWIDTH}{SPACE}{BWIDTH}{TEXT}
-%     #1 LWIDTH:  line thickness
-%     #2 SPACE:   spacing around the text
-%     #3 BWIDTH:  box width 
-%     #4 TEXT:    text
-% 
-\long\def\fb@xit#1#2#3#4{%
-\setbox4=\vbox{\hsize#3\noindent#4}%
-%\setbox4=\vbox{\hsize#3\noindent\strut#4\strut}%
-\vbox{\hrule\@height#1\hbox{\vrule\@width#1\kern#2\vbox{%
-\kern#2\box4\kern#2}\kern#1\vrule\@width#1}\hrule\@height#1}}
-%\kern#2\box4\kern#2}\vrule\@width#1}\hrule\@height#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%
-% \fboxit{BWIDTH}{TEXT}
-%     #1 BWIDTH:  box width 
-%     #2 TEXT:    text
-%
-\long\def\fboxit#1#2{\fb@xit{\fboxrule}{\fboxsep}{#1}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\leftshfr@me}
-%  \begin{macro}{\leftshframe}
-%  \begin{macro}{\leftshfbox}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% % ************************************************************
-% % * 影のついた箱                                             *
-% % *   January 3, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita                     *
-% % *   Borde ({\em \TeX{} by Example})の記載を参考にして作った*
-% % ************************************************************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-% left shadow box 
-%
-%    \leftshfr@me{SWIDTH}{SPACE}{BOXWIDTH}{TEXT}
-%
-%     #1 SWIDTH:    shadow width
-%     #2 SPACE:     spacing around the text
-%     #3 BOXWIDTH:  box width 
-%     #4 TEXT:      text
-%
-%    \leftshframe{BOXWIDTH}{TEXT}
-%
-%     #1 BOXWIDTH:  box width 
-%     #2 TEXT:      text
-%
-%    \leftshfbox{TEXT}
-%
-%     #1 TEXT:      text
-%
-% %%leftshfr@me#1 shadow width, #2 space, #3 boxwidth, #4 text%
-\long\def\leftshfr@me#1#2#3#4{\leavevmode%
- \vbox{\hbox{\hsize #3\vbox{%
- \hbox{\vrule\@width #1%
- \vbox{\kern-#1\fb@xit{%
- \fboxrule}{#2}{#3}{#4}\kern-\fboxrule}\kern-#1}%
- \hrule\@height#1}}}\strut\hskip #1\relax} 
-% %leftshframe%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% #1 width, #2 text%%%%%
-\long\def\leftshframe#1#2{%
- \leftshfr@me{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{#1}{#2}}
-% %leftshfbox%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% #1 text%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\long\def\leftshfbox#1{\leavevmode\setbox0=\hbox{\fbox{#1}}%
- \vbox{\hbox{\vbox{\hbox{\vrule\@width\fboxsep\vbox{%
-       \kern-\fboxsep\box0\kern-\fboxrule}\kern-\fboxsep}%
- \hrule\@height\fboxsep}}}\hskip\fboxsep\relax} %%%%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\rightshfr@me}
-%  \begin{macro}{\rightshframe}
-%  \begin{macro}{\rightshfbox}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%
-% right shadow box 
-%
-%    \rightshfr@me{SWIDTH}{SPACE}{BOXWIDTH}{TEXT}
-%
-%     #1 SWIDTH:    shadow width
-%     #2 SPACE:     spacing around the text
-%     #3 BOXWIDTH:  box width 
-%     #4 TEXT:      text
-%
-%    \rightshframe{BOXWIDTH}{TEXT}
-%
-%     #1 BOXWIDTH:  box width 
-%     #2 TEXT:      text
-%
-%    \rightshfbox{TEXT}
-%
-%     #1 TEXT:      text
-%
-% %rightshfr@me#1 shadow width, #2 space, #3 boxwidth, #4 text%
-\long\def\rightshfr@me#1#2#3#4{\leavevmode%
- \vbox{\hbox{\kern#1\vbox{\hsize#3\vbox{\kern-#1\hbox{%
- \kern-#1\fb@xit{\fboxrule}{#2}{#3}{#4}}\hrule\@height#1}}%
- \vrule\@width#1}}\strut} 
-% %rightshframe%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% #1 width, #2 text%%%%%
-\long\def\rightshframe#1#2{%
- \rightshfr@me{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{#1}{#2}}
-% %rightshfbox%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% #1 text%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\long\def\rightshfbox#1{\leavevmode%
- \vbox{\hbox{\kern\fboxsep\vbox{\vbox{\kern-\fboxsep\hbox{%
- \kern-\fboxsep\fbox{#1}}\hrule\@height\fboxsep}}%
- \vrule\@width\fboxsep}}} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{ffboxit}
-%  \begin{macro}{\ffparbox}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *****************************************
-% * 箱 (環境版)                           *
-% *   November 2, 1991 by Shinsaku Fujita *
-% *****************************************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%1991 November 2 %%%ffboxit%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\ffboxit{\par\vskip1pc\hfil\vbox\bgroup
-    \hrule\hbox\bgroup\vrule\kern3pt\vbox\bgroup\kern3pt}
-\def\endffboxit{\kern3pt\egroup\kern3pt\vrule\egroup\hrule\egroup
-             \hfil\\}
-\def\ffparbox#1#2{\vbox{\hsize=#1 \noindent\strut #2\strut}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \section{Framed box environment with and without shadows}
-%
-% \subsection{Framed box environment without shadows}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%1991 November 2 %%%frameboxit%%%old definition%%%%%%%%%%
-%                                   with centering function
-%\def\frameboxit#1{\par\vskip1pc\hfil\vbox\bgroup
-%    \hrule\hbox\bgroup\vrule\kern3pt\vbox\bgroup\kern3pt 
-%    \vbox\bgroup\hsize=#1 \noindent\strut
-%    \@minipagetrue%
-%    \everypar{\global\@minipagefalse\everypar{}}}
-%\def\endframeboxit{\strut\egroup\kern3pt\egroup%
-%\kern3pt\vrule\egroup
-%             \hrule\egroup\hfil\\}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% <<Base box for box environments>>
-% \begin{fr@meboxit}{LWIDTH}{SPACE}{BWIDTH}
-%     LWIDTH:  line thickness
-%     SPACE:   spacing around the text
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{fr@meboxit}
-%
-% %%fr@meboxit%%%%%#1 line width, #2 space, #3 width%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%\def\fr@meboxit#1#2#3{\gdef\fr@meline{#1}\gdef\fr@mesp{#2}%
-%    \hbox\bgroup\vbox\bgroup%
-%    \hrule\@height#1\hbox\bgroup%
-%    \vrule\@width#1\kern#2\vbox\bgroup%
-%    \kern#2\vbox\bgroup\hsize=#3\strut%
-%    \@minipagetrue%
-%    \everypar{\global\@minipagefalse\everypar{}}}
-%\def\endfr@meboxit{\strut\egroup%
-%\kern\fr@mesp\egroup\kern\fr@mesp\egroup\hrule\@height\fr@meline%
-%\egroup\vrule\@width\fr@meline\egroup}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{fr@meboxit}
-%  \begin{environment}{frameboxit}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%revised by S. Fujita, January 16, 1993%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\long\def\fr@meboxit#1#2#3{\gdef\fr@meline{#1}\gdef\fr@mesp{#2}%
-% %    \setbox4=\vbox\bgroup\hsize=#3\@parboxrestore\ignorespaces}
-    \global\setbox4=\hbox\bgroup\minipage{#3}}
-% %\def\endfr@meboxit{\egroup%
-\def\endfr@meboxit{\endminipage\egroup%
-    \hbox{\vbox{\hrule\@height\fr@meline%
-    \hbox{\vrule\@width\fr@meline\kern\fr@mesp%
-    \vbox{\kern\fr@meline\kern\fr@mesp\box4\kern\fr@mesp}%
-% %    \vbox{\kern\fr@mesp\box4\kern\fr@mesp}%
-    \kern\fr@mesp}\hrule\@height\fr@meline}%
-    \vrule\@width\fr@meline}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%revised by S. Fujita, January 16, 1993%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\frameboxit#1{\leavevmode\fr@meboxit{\fboxrule}{\fboxsep}{#1}}
-\let\endframeboxit=\endfr@meboxit
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \subsection{Framed box environment with shadows}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{lshfr@meboxit}
-%  \begin{environment}{lshfboxit}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *****************************************
-% * 影のついた箱 (環境版)                 *
-% *   January 16, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita *
-% *   \sh@hwidth: 水平の影の太さ          *
-% *   \sh@vwidth: 垂直の影の太さ          *
-% *****************************************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-% <<Base box for box environments>>  See above
-% \begin{fr@meboxit}{LWIDTH}{SPACE}{BWIDTH}
-%     LWIDTH:  line thickness
-%     SPACE:   spacing around the text
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{fr@meboxit}
-%
-% <<Base box environment with left shadow>>
-% \begin{lshfr@meboxit}{HSWIDTH}{VSWIDTH}{SPACE}{BWIDTH}
-%     HSWIDTH: the thickness of the horizontal shadow
-%     VSWIDTH: the thickness of the vertical shadow
-%     SPACE:   spacing around the text
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{lshfr@meboxit}
-%
-% <<Box environment with left shadow>>
-% \begin{lshfboxit}{BWIDTH}
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{lshfboxit}
-%
-% %%%lshfr@meboxit#1 #2 shadow width, #3 space, #4 boxwidth%%%%  
-\def\lshfr@meboxit#1#2#3#4{\gdef\sh@hwidth{#1}\gdef\sh@vwidth{#2}%
-\leavevmode%
- \vbox\bgroup\hbox\bgroup\hsize #4\vbox\bgroup%
- \hbox\bgroup\vrule\@width\sh@vwidth%
- \vbox\bgroup\kern-\sh@hwidth\fr@meboxit{\fboxrule}{#3}{#4}}
-\def\endlshfr@meboxit{\endfr@meboxit%%%%\kern-\fboxrule
- \egroup\kern-\sh@vwidth\egroup%
- \hrule\@height\sh@hwidth\egroup\egroup\egroup%
- \strut\kern\sh@hwidth\relax} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%lshfboxit%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% #1 width %%%%%%%%
-\def\lshfboxit#1{\leavevmode%
- \lshfr@meboxit{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{#1}}
-\let\endlshfboxit=\endlshfr@meboxit
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{rshfr@meboxit}
-%  \begin{environment}{rshfboxit}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% <<Base box environment with right shadow>>
-% \begin{rshfr@meboxit}{HSWIDTH}{VSWIDTH}{SPACE}{BWIDTH}
-%     HSWIDTH: the thickness of the horizontal shadow
-%     VSWIDTH: the thickness of the vertical shadow
-%     SPACE:   spacing around the text
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{rshfr@meboxit}
-%
-% <<Box environment with right shadow>>
-% \begin{rshfboxit}{BWIDTH}
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{rshfboxit}
-%
-% %%rshfr@meboxit#1 #2 shadow width, #3 space, #4 boxwidth%%%  
-\def\rshfr@meboxit#1#2#3#4{%
- \gdef\sh@hwidth{#1}\gdef\sh@vwidth{#2}%
- \leavevmode%
- \vbox\bgroup\hbox\bgroup\kern\sh@vwidth%
- \vbox\bgroup\hsize#4\vbox\bgroup%
- \kern-\sh@hwidth\hbox\bgroup\kern-\sh@vwidth%
- \fr@meboxit{\fboxrule}{#3}{#4}}
-\def\endrshfr@meboxit{\endfr@meboxit\egroup%
- \hrule\@height\sh@hwidth%
- \egroup\egroup\vrule\@width\sh@vwidth\egroup\egroup\strut} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%rshfboxit%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% #1 width%%%%%%%%
-\def\rshfboxit#1{\leavevmode%
- \rshfr@meboxit{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{#1}}
-\let\endrshfboxit=\endrshfr@meboxit
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \subsection{Framed box environment with gradient shadows}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\hsgr@d}
-%  \begin{macro}{\vsgr@d}
-%  \begin{macro}{\vwgr@d}
-%  \begin{macro}{\hwgr@d}
-%  \begin{macro}{\vsepgr@d}
-%  \begin{macro}{\hsepgr@d}
-%  \begin{macro}{\nrep}
-%  \begin{macro}{\nrepmax}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%parameters%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\newdimen\hsgr@d \newdimen\vsgr@d
-\newdimen\vwgr@d \newdimen\hwgr@d
-\newdimen\vsepgr@d \newdimen\hsepgr@d
-\newcount\nrep \newcount\nrepmax
-%\nrepmax=20
-\nrepmax=25
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{grshfr@meboxit}
-%  \begin{environment}{grshfboxit}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *****************************************
-% * 斜の影のついた箱 (環境版)             *
-% * Box environments with gradient shadow *
-% *   January 16, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita *
-% *****************************************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-% <<Base box environment with gradient right shadow>>
-% \begin{grshfr@meboxit}{HSWIDTH}{VSWIDTH}{SPACE}{BWIDTH}
-%     HSWIDTH: the thickness of the horizontal shadow
-%     VSWIDTH: the thickness of the vertical shadow
-%     SPACE:   spacing around the text
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{grshfr@meboxit}
-%
-% <<Box environment with gradient right shadow>>
-% \begin{grshfboxit}{BWIDTH}
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{grshfboxit}
-% %%%%%%%%grshfr@meboxit#1 #2 shadow width, #3 space, #4 boxwidth%%%
-\def\grshfr@meboxit#1#2#3#4{%
- \hsgr@d=0pt \advance\hsgr@d by#1 \divide\hsgr@d by\nrepmax%
- \vsgr@d=0pt \advance\vsgr@d by#2 \divide\vsgr@d by\nrepmax%
- \leavevmode%
- \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup\fr@meboxit{\fboxrule}{#3}{#4}}
-\def\brb@xit#1{\vbox{\setbox1=\hbox{#1}%
-       \offinterlineskip%
-  \hbox{\copy1\vsepgr@d=\nrep\vsgr@d%
-       \vwgr@d=\ht1\advance\vwgr@d by-\vsepgr@d%
-       \vrule\@height\vwgr@d\@width\vsgr@d}%
-  \hbox{\hsepgr@d=\nrep\hsgr@d\kern\hsepgr@d%
-       \vbox{\hwgr@d=\wd1\advance\hwgr@d by-\hsepgr@d%
-       \hrule\@height\hsgr@d\@width\hwgr@d}}}}
-\def\lprb@xit{\expandafter\setbox0=\expandafter\brb@xit{\box0}}
-\def\endgrshfr@meboxit{\endfr@meboxit\egroup%
- \nrep=\@ne\@whilenum\nrep<\nrepmax\do%
- {\lprb@xit\advance\nrep\@ne}\box0\relax} 
-% %%%%% in TeX grammer
-%\def\endgrshfr@meboxit{\endfr@meboxit\egroup%
-% \nrep=\@ne \loop \lprb@xit \advance\nrep\@ne%
-% \ifnum \nrep<\nrepmax \repeat \box0\relax} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%grshfboxit%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% #1 width, #2 text%%%%%%%%
-\def\grshfboxit#1{\leavevmode%
-  \grshfr@meboxit{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{#1}}
-\let\endgrshfboxit=\endgrshfr@meboxit
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{glshfr@meboxit}
-%  \begin{environment}{glshfboxit}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% <<Base box environment with gradient left shadow>>
-% \begin{glshfr@meboxit}{HSWIDTH}{VSWIDTH}{SPACE}{BWIDTH}
-%     HSWIDTH: the thickness of the horizontal shadow
-%     VSWIDTH: the thickness of the vertical shadow
-%     SPACE:   spacing around the text
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{glshfr@meboxit}
-%
-% <<Box environment with gradient left shadow>>
-% \begin{glshfboxit}{BWIDTH}
-%     BWIDTH:  box width 
-% \end{glshfboxit}
-% %%%%%%%%glshfr@meboxit#1 #2 shadow width, #3 space, #4 boxwidth%%
-\def\glshfr@meboxit#1#2#3#4{%
- \hsgr@d=0pt \advance\hsgr@d by#1 \divide\hsgr@d by\nrepmax%
- \vsgr@d=0pt \advance\vsgr@d by#2 \divide\vsgr@d by\nrepmax%
- \leavevmode%
- \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup\fr@meboxit{\fboxrule}{#3}{#4}}
-\def\blb@xit#1{%
-  \vbox{\setbox1=\hbox{#1}%
-       \offinterlineskip%
-       \vsepgr@d=\nrep\vsgr@d%
-       \vwgr@d=\ht1\advance\vwgr@d by-\vsepgr@d%
-       \hsepgr@d=\nrep\hsgr@d%
-       \hwgr@d=\wd1\advance\hwgr@d by-\hsepgr@d%
-   \hbox{\vrule\@height\vwgr@d\@width\vsgr@d\copy1}%
-   \hbox{\kern-\vsgr@d%
-         \vrule\@height\hsgr@d\@width\hwgr@d}}}
-% %%       \hbox{\vbox{\hrule\@height\hsgr@d\@width\hwgr@d}}}}
-\def\lplb@xit{\expandafter\setbox0=\expandafter\blb@xit{\box0}}
-\def\endglshfr@meboxit{\endfr@meboxit\egroup%
- \nrep=\@ne\@whilenum\nrep<\nrepmax\do%
- {\lplb@xit\advance\nrep\@ne}\box0\relax} 
-% %%%%% in TeX grammer
-%\def\endglshfr@meboxit{\endfr@meboxit\egroup%
-% \nrep=\@ne \loop \lplb@xit \advance\nrep\@ne%
-% \ifnum\nrep<\nrepmax\repeat\box0\relax} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%glshfboxit%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% #1 width, #2 text%%%
-\def\glshfboxit#1{\leavevmode%
- \glshfr@meboxit{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{\fboxsep}{#1}}
-\let\endglshfboxit=\endglshfr@meboxit
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \section{(Mini)screen environment}
-% \subsection{(Mini)screen environment without a title}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\@oval}
-%  \begin{macro}{\h@b@x}
-%  \begin{macro}{\@vrf@}
-%  \changes{v2.00}{2000/06/15}{ybaselineshift etc.}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{ybaselineshift}{%
-\newdimen\ybaselineshift \ybaselineshift=\z@}{}
-\@ifundefined{tbaselineshift}{%
-\newdimen\tbaselineshift \tbaselineshift=\z@}{}
-\newdimen\@savetbaselineshift \@savetbaselineshift=\z@
-\def\@oval(#1,#2)[#3]{\begingroup\boxmaxdepth \maxdimen
-  \@ovttrue \@ovbtrue \@ovltrue \@ovrtrue
-  \@tfor\@tempa :=#3\do{\csname @ov\@tempa false\endcsname}\@ovxx
-  #1\unitlength \@ovyy #2\unitlength
-  \@tempdimb \ifdim \@ovyy >\@ovxx \@ovxx\else \@ovyy \fi
-  \advance\@tempdimb -2pt\relax
-  \@getcirc \@tempdimb
-  \@ovro \ht\@tempboxa \@ovri \dp\@tempboxa
-  \@ovdx\@ovxx \advance\@ovdx -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdx \tw@
-  \@ovdy\@ovyy \advance\@ovdy -\@tempdima \divide\@ovdy \tw@
-  \@circlefnt \setbox\@tempboxa
-  \hbox{\if@ovr \@ovvert32\kern -\@tempdima \fi
-  \if@ovl \kern \@ovxx \@ovvert01\kern -\@tempdima \kern -\@ovxx \fi
-  \if@ovt \@ovhorz \kern -\@ovxx \fi
-  \if@ovb \raise \@ovyy \@ovhorz \fi}\advance\@ovdx\@ovro
-  \advance\@ovdy\@ovro \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
-  \@put{-\@ovdx}{-\@ovdy}{\box\@tempboxa}%
-  \endgroup}
-\def\h@b@x#1#2#3{\hbox to\dimen1%
- {\@oval(#3,#3)[#1]\hfil\@oval(#3,#3)[#2]}}
-\def\@vrf@#1#2{\vskip#1\leaders\vrule\@width#2\vfil\vskip#1}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{miniscreen}
-%  \begin{environment}{screen}
-%  \changes{v2.00}{2000/06/15}{ybaselineshift etc.}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ******************
-% * miniscreen環境 *
-% ******************
-%
-% ASCII版Micro\TeXのscreen環境を枠の幅を指定できるように改変
-%
-%   ifcase文 ==> 直接計算
-%   dimen類  ==> dimen0 to dimen5
-%   box類    ==> box0 and box1
-%
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-% miniscreen environment
-%
-\let\miniscreentoprule=\hrule
-\def\miniscreen{\@ifnextchar[{\@miniscreen}{\@miniscreen[0]}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\miniscreen{\@ifnextchar[{\@miniscreen}{\@miniscreen[0]}}
-\def\@miniscreen[#1]#2{\dimen1=#2\relax%
-\@savetbaselineshift\tbaselineshift \tbaselineshift\z@
-\@tempcnta=-2 \multiply\@tempcnta by#1\relax%
-\advance\@tempcnta by 20\relax \dimen5=1pt
-\multiply\dimen5\@tempcnta
-\dimen4=-1pt \multiply\dimen4 by#1\relax
-\advance\dimen4 by 10pt
-\dimen3=\dimen4 \advance\dimen3 by -.2pt
-\par\vspace{.3\baselineskip}%
-\dimen2=\dimen1 \advance\dimen2 by .1pt
-\advance\dimen1 -\dimen5\relax%
-\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup\minipage{\dimen1 
-\tbaselineshift\@savetbaselineshift}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\endminiscreen{\endminipage\egroup%
-\setbox1=\hbox to\dimen2{\hfil\vbox{\offinterlineskip%
-\thinlines\unitlength=1pt
-\miniscreentoprule%\hrule
-\kern\dimen3%
-\h@b@x{tl}{tr}{\@tempcnta}%
-\kern-\dimen4\box0\h@b@x{bl}{br}{\@tempcnta}%
-\kern-.4pt\hrule}\hfil}\dimen0=\ht1\noindent%
-\hbox to\dimen2{\hbox to.4pt{%
-\vbox to\dimen0{\@vrf@{\dimen4}{.4pt}}\hss}%
-\box1\hbox to.2pt{%
- \hss\vbox to\dimen0{\@vrf@{\dimen4}{.4pt}}}\hss}}%
-% %%%%%%alternative
-%\def\miniscreen{\@ifnextchar[{\@miniscreen}{\@miniscreen[0]}}
-%\def\@miniscreen[#1]#2{\noindent\minipage{#2}\@screen[#1]}
-%\def\endminiscreen{\endscreen\endminipage}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\screen{\@ifnextchar[{\@screen}{\@miniscreen[0]{\linewidth}}}
-\def\@screen[#1]{\miniscreen[#1]{\linewidth}}
-\let\endscreen=\endminiscreen
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \subsection{(Mini)screen environment with a title}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\tboxscreentoprule}
-%  \begin{macro}{\tboxtitle}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tboxscreentoprule{%
-\hbox to\wd0{\smash{\lower.4ex\hbox{%
-\fboxsep=2pt \fbox{\small \tboxtitle}}}\hrulefill}}
-\def\tboxtitle{\bf Memorandum}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{\tboxminiscreen}
-%  \begin{environment}{\tboxscreen}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ******************
-% * tboxscreen環境 *
-% ******************
-% 1996/06/04 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-\def\tboxminiscreen{\@ifnextchar[{\vskip8pt
- \let\miniscreentoprule=\tboxscreentoprule%
- \@miniscreen}{\vskip8pt
- \let\miniscreentoprule=\tboxscreentoprule%
- \@miniscreen[0]}}
-\let\endtboxminiscreen=\endminiscreen
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\tboxscreen{\@ifnextchar[{\@tboxscreen}%
-{\@tboxscreen[0]}}
-\def\@tboxscreen[#1]{\tboxminiscreen[#1]{\linewidth}}
-\let\endtboxscreen=\endtboxminiscreen
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% \section{Further boxes}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\sboxit}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ******************************
-% * \sboxit 左右の余裕のない箱 *
-% ******************************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\sboxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox%
-{\vrule\vbox{\kern3pt\vbox{\hsize #1 \noindent #2}%
-\kern3pt}\vrule}\hrule}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Boxes with no height or no width} 
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\bury}
-%  \begin{macro}{\pushtowall}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ***********************
-% * bury and pushtowall *
-% ***********************
-% After Chapter 7 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-%  \bury[下げ幅]{内容}
-%    下げ幅のデフォルト値は，\normalbaselineksipの半分
-%
-%  (旧) \def\bury#1{\smash{\lower.5\normalbaselineskip\hbox{#1}}}
-%       これは，「化学と生化学のためのLaTeX」に載せた定義です．
-%       以下の定義は，下げ幅をオプション引数として取るように
-%       拡張したものです．
-%
-\def\bury{\@ifnextchar [{\@bury}{\@bury[.5\normalbaselineskip]}}
-\def\@bury[#1]#2{\smash{\lower#1\hbox{#2}}}
-%
-%  \pushtowall{内容}
-%    水平方向の押し付ける命令 (\smashの水平方向版)
-%
-\def\finpushw@ll{\wd0=0pt \box0}
-\def\makepushw@ll#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\finpushw@ll}
-\def\mathpushw@ll#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}\finpushw@ll}
-\def\pushtowall{\relax \leavevmode
- \ifmmode\def\next{\mathpalette\mathpushw@ll}
- \else\let\next\makepushw@ll \fi \next}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\penetrate}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%   \penetrate{DIM}{OBJ}
-%   幅無し<OBJ>を、印字位置はそのままにして、<DIM>だけ移動させる。この時
-%   引き続く文字の印字位置は<OBJ>がなかったとした時の位置になる。
-%   (\bury命令の水平方向版)
-%
-%   (比較)
-%     aaa  bbb  \penetrate{-50pt}{ccc} ddd eee fff \\
-%     aaa  bbb  \hspace{-50pt} ccc ddd eee fff \\
-%
-\def\penetrate#1#2{\pushtowall{\hbox{\hskip#1\hbox{#2}}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Symbols for instant photography} 
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\cyan}
-%  \begin{macro}{\magenta}
-%  \begin{macro}{\yellow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\cyandv}
-%  \begin{macro}{\magentadv}
-%  \begin{macro}{\yellowdv}
-%  \begin{macro}{\agxlatent}
-%  \begin{macro}{\agxdv}
-%  \begin{macro}{\agx}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ***********************
-% * instant photography *
-% ***********************
-% After Chapter 7 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\cyan{\mbox{$\bigcirc$\kern-.06em{--}\kern-.06em
- \ooalign{\hfil
- \raise.05ex\hbox{\scriptsize C}\hfil\cr\cr$\bigcirc$}\,}}
-\def\magenta{\mbox{$\bigcirc$\kern-.06em{--}\kern-.06em
- \ooalign{\hfil
- \raise.05ex\hbox{\scriptsize M}\hfil\cr\cr$\bigcirc$}\,}}
-\def\yellow{\mbox{$\bigcirc$\kern-.06em{--}\kern-.06em
- \ooalign{\hfil
- \raise.05ex\hbox{\scriptsize Y}\hfil\cr\cr$\bigcirc$}\,}}
-\def\cyandv{\mbox{$\bigotimes$\kern-.06em{--}\kern-.06em
- \ooalign{\hfil
- \raise.05ex\hbox{\scriptsize C}\hfil\cr\cr$\bigcirc$}\,}}
-\def\magentadv{\mbox{$\bigotimes$\kern-.06em{--}\kern-.06em
- \ooalign{\hfil
- \raise.05ex\hbox{\scriptsize M}\hfil\cr\cr$\bigcirc$}\,}}
-\def\yellowdv{\mbox{$\bigotimes$\kern-.06em{--}\kern-.06em
- \ooalign{\hfil
- \raise.05ex\hbox{\scriptsize Y}\hfil\cr\cr$\bigcirc$}\,}}
-\def\agxlatent{%
- \mbox{\ooalign{%
- \hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\footnotesize $\bullet$}\hfil\cr\cr
- $\triangle$}\,}} 
-\def\agxdv{%
- \mbox{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{%
- \small $\spadesuit$}\hfil\cr\cr
- $\triangle$}\,}} 
-\def\agx{\mbox{$\triangle$}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Various arrows with fixed length}
-% 
-%  \begin{macro}{\llongrightarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\llongleftarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\llongleftrightarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Equilibarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Llongrightarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Llongleftarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Llongleftrightarrow}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ***********************
-% * various long arrows *
-% ***********************
-% After Chapter 18 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\llongrightarrow{%%%--->
-\relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\def\llongleftarrow{%%%<---
- \leftarrow\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar}
-\def\llongleftrightarrow{%%%<--->
- \leftarrow\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\def\Equilibarrow{%%%<--- and --->
- \mathrel{\ooalign{\raise.35ex\hbox{$\llongrightarrow$}\crcr
- \lower.35ex\hbox{$\llongleftarrow$}}}}
-\def\Llongrightarrow{%%%===>
- \Relbar\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Rightarrow}
-\def\Llongleftarrow{%%%<===
- \Leftarrow\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Relbar}
-\def\Llongleftrightarrow{%%<===>
- \Leftarrow\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Rightarrow}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\llongleftharpoondown}
-%  \begin{macro}{\llongrightharpoondown}
-%  \begin{macro}{\equilibarrow}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\llongleftharpoondown{%%% /---
- \leftharpoondown\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar}
-\def\llongrightharpoonup{%%%---/
- \relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\rightharpoonup}
-\def\equilibarrow{%%% /--- and ---/
- \mathrel{\ooalign{%
- \raise.3ex\hbox{$\llongrightharpoonup$}\crcr
- \lower.3ex\hbox{$\llongleftharpoondown$}}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\eqproton}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *******************************
-% * 平衡の両側矢印の上にH+を書く*
-% *******************************
-\def\eqproton{\stackrel{{\rm \displaystyle H}^{+}}{\Equilibarrow}} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\lllongrightarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\lllongleftarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\lllongleftrightarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Equiliblongarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Lllongrightarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Lllongleftarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Lllongleftrightarrow}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ****************
-% * 長い長い矢印 *
-% ****************
-\def\lllongrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel\relbar%
- \joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\def\lllongleftarrow{%%%<-------
- \leftarrow\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar%
- \joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar}
-\def\lllongleftrightarrow{%%%<------->
- \leftarrow\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar%
- \joinrel\relbar\joinrel\rightarrow}
-\def\Equiliblongarrow{%%%<------- and ------->
- \mathrel{\ooalign{\raise.35ex\hbox{$\lllongrightarrow$}\crcr
- \lower.35ex\hbox{$\lllongleftarrow$}}}}
-\def\Lllongrightarrow{%%%=======>
- \Relbar\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel%
- \Relbar\joinrel\Rightarrow}
-\def\Lllongleftarrow{%%%<=======
- \Leftarrow\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel%
- \Relbar\joinrel\Relbar}
-\def\Lllongleftrightarrow{%%<=======>
- \Leftarrow\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel\Relbar\joinrel%
- \Relbar\joinrel\Rightarrow}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\lllongleftharpoondown}
-%  \begin{macro}{\lllongrightharpoondown}
-%  \begin{macro}{\equiliblongarrow}
-%  \begin{macro}{\deHBr}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lllongleftharpoondown{%%% /-------
- \leftharpoondown\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar%
- \joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar}
-\def\lllongrightharpoonup{%%%-------/
- \relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel\relbar\joinrel%
- \relbar\joinrel\rightharpoonup}
-\def\equiliblongarrow{%%% /------ and ------/
- \mathrel{\ooalign{%
- \raise.3ex\hbox{$\lllongrightharpoonup$}\crcr
- \lower.3ex\hbox{$\lllongleftharpoondown$}}}}
-% %%%%%
-\def\deHBr{\stackrel{\displaystyle \rm -HBr}%
-{\stackrel{\displaystyle \lllongrightarrow}{\rm E2}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Chemical Corrections}
-%
-% \subsection{Correction commands}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\chemcorr}
-%  \begin{macro}{\leavechemcorr}
-%
-%  \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/03}{chemcorr 3.0pt into 3.5pt}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ********************
-% * chemform command *
-% ********************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\chemcorr{%
- \fontdimen16\textfont2=3.5pt
- \fontdimen17\textfont2=3.5pt
- %\fontdimen14\textfont2=3.8pt
-}
-\def\leavechemcorr{%
- \fontdimen16\textfont2=1.49998pt
- \fontdimen17\textfont2=2.47217pt
- %\fontdimen14\textfont2=3.62892pt
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Chem Version}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\ifnewl@tex}
-%
-% The `chem' for mathversion is introduced to describe chemical equations. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifnewl@tex \newl@textrue
-\@ifundefined{DeclareMathVersion}%
- {\global\newl@texfalse}{\global\newl@textrue}%
-%
-\ifnewl@tex\@ifundefined{mv@chem}{\DeclareMathVersion{chem}%
- \SetSymbolFont{letters}{chem}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}}{}\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\chemform}
-%
-%  \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/03}{change the position of chemcorr 
-%  in chemform command}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnewl@tex
-\def\chemform#1{{\mathversion{chem}%
-$\chemcorr #1$\leavechemcorr}}
-\else
-\def\chemform#1{\chemcorr
-$\rm #1$\leavechemcorr}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{chemmath}
-% 
-%  \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/03}{change the position of chemcorr 
-%  in chemmath command}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ************************
-% * chemmath environment *
-% ************************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\ifnewl@tex
-\def\chemmath{\begingroup\mathversion{chem}\[\chemcorr}
-\def\endchemmath{\]\endgroup\leavechemcorr}
-\else
-\def\chemmath{\chemcorr\[\rm}
-\def\endchemmath{\] \leavechemcorr}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{chemeqn}
-% 
-%  \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/03}{change the position of chemcorr 
-%  in chemeqn command}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ***********************
-% * chemeqn environment *
-% ***********************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\ifnewl@tex
-\def\chemeqn{\begingroup\mathversion{chem}\equation\chemcorr}
-\def\endchemeqn{\endequation\endgroup\leavechemcorr}
-\else
-\def\chemeqn{\chemcorr\equation\rm}
-\def\endchemeqn{\endequation\leavechemcorr}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{chemeqnarray}
-% 
-%  \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/03}{change the position of chemcorr 
-%  in chemeqnarray command}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ****************************
-% * chemeqnarray environment *
-% ****************************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\ifnewl@tex
-\def\chemeqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}
- \let\@currentlabel=\theequation
- \global\@eqnswtrue
- \global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\@centering
- \let\\=\@eqncr 
- \begingroup\mathversion{chem}
-$$\chemcorr\halign to \displaywidth\bgroup
-  \@eqnsel\hskip\@centering
-  $\rm \displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$ &
-  \global\@eqcnt\@ne 
-  \hskip \arraycolsep \hfil$\rm{##}$\hfil &
-  \global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip \arraycolsep 
-  $\rm \displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$\hfil 
-  \tabskip\@centering & 
-  \llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
-\def\endchemeqnarray{\endeqnarray\endgroup
-\leavechemcorr}
-\else
-\def\chemeqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}
- \let\@currentlabel=\theequation
- \global\@eqnswtrue
- \global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\@centering
- \let\\=\@eqncr \chemcorr
-$$\halign to \displaywidth\bgroup
-  \@eqnsel\hskip\@centering
-  $\rm \displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$ &
-  \global\@eqcnt\@ne 
-  \hskip \arraycolsep \hfil$\rm{##}$\hfil &
-  \global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip \arraycolsep 
-  $\rm \displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$\hfil 
-  \tabskip\@centering & 
-  \llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
-\def\endchemeqnarray{\endeqnarray
-\leavechemcorr}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{chemeqnarray*}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *****************************
-% * chemeqnarray* environment *
-% *****************************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-% bug fix (1996/06/15) the end command is replaced. 
-\let\@seqncr=\@eqncr
-\ifnewl@tex
-\@namedef{chemeqnarray*}{%
-\def\@eqncr{\nonumber\@seqncr}\chemeqnarray}
-\@namedef{endchemeqnarray*}{\nonumber\endchemeqnarray}
-\else
-\@namedef{chemeqnarray*}{%
-\def\@eqncr{\nonumber\@seqncr\rm}\chemeqnarray}
-\@namedef{endchemeqnarray*}{\nonumber\endchemeqnarray}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{chemeqnarraya}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *****************
-% * chemeqnarraya *
-% *****************
-% After Chapter 9 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by S. Fujita
-% revised may 21 1992 by S. Fujita
-\def\chemeqnarraya{\chemeqn@rraya \chemeqnarray} 
-\def\chemeqn@rraya{%
- \c@enumi=\c@equation 
- \advance\c@enumi\@ne
- \c@equation=\z@
- \@ifundefined{chapter}%
-{\def\theequation{\theenumi\alph{equation}}}%
-{\def\theequation{%
-\thechapter.\theenumi\alph{equation}}}}
-\def\endchemeqnarraya{\endchemeqnarray 
-\global\c@equation=\c@enumi}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-% \section{XyMcompd and XyMtab Environments}
-%
-% These environments are designed for XyM Markup Language 
-% to treat a XyM tag and a XyMtab tag. 
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{XyMcompd}
-%  \changes{v2.00}{1999/03/16}{New Environment}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XyMcompd(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
-\begingroup
-\edef\xymrefa{#5}\edef\xymrefb{#6}%
-\edef\kkk{#1}%
-\begin{tabular}{c}
-\ifx\kkk\empty\else
-\begin{picture}(#1,#2)(#3,#4)\fi\ignorespaces}
-\def\endXyMcompd{%
-\ifx\kkk\empty\else\end{picture}\fi
-\\[-\baselineskip]
-\ifx\xymrefa\empty\else{\bf \compd\xymrefb
-\expandafter\label{\xymrefa}}\fi
-\end{tabular}\endgroup}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{XyMtab}
-%  \changes{v2.00}{1999/03/16}{New Environment}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XyMtab#1{\center\tabular{#1c}}
-\def\endXyMtab{\endtabular\endcenter}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\derivlist}
-%  \changes{v2.00}{1999/03/17}{New command}
-%
-% For example, derivatives are specified as follows: 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%  \derivlist{X = Cl;X = F;X = Me}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\derivlist#1{%
-\mbox{}\\
-\begingroup\def\arraystretch{0.7}%
-\begin{tabular}{l}
-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else%
-\hbox to2em{\hss\derivnum}:\space\member \\
-\fi}\end{tabular}\endgroup}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-% This command is used in the XyMderiv environment. 
-%
-%  \begin{environment}{XyMderiv}
-%  \changes{v2.00}{1999/03/17}{New Environment}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XyMderiv{\tabular{c}}
-\def\endXyMderiv{\endtabular}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{environment}
-%
-% \section{Useful commands}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\endash}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Cent}
-%  \begin{macro}{\degC}
-%  \begin{macro}{\degF}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ***************
-% * temperature *
-% ***************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\endash{\mbox{--{}}}
-\def\Cent{\mbox{\raise.9ex\hbox{%
- \scriptsize$\circ$}\kern-.12em\hbox{C}}}
-\def\degC{\mbox{\kern-.2em\char'27\kern-.3em C}}
-\def\degF{\mbox{\kern-.2em\char'27\kern-.3em F}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-
-%  \begin{macro}{\yubin}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Yubin}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *******************
-% * yubin and Yubin *
-% *******************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\yubin{$\overline{\top}$}
-\def\Yubin#1{\leavevmode\hbox{\vbox{\hrule\@height.12ex\@width.7em
-\kern.28ex\hrule\@height.12ex\@width.7em
-\hbox{\kern.35em\kern-.06ex
-\vbox{\hrule\@height1ex\@width.12ex}}}\kern.1em{#1}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\xlethead}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ***********
-% * lethead *
-% ***********
-% After Chapter 18 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\xlethead#1{%
- \kern-.6667\baselineskip \line{\hrulefill\phantom{ #1 }\hrulefill}
- \kern-.6667\baselineskip \line{\hrulefill\phantom{ #1 }\hrulefill}
- \kern-.6667\baselineskip \line{\hrulefill\hbox{ #1 }\hrulefill}}
-\def\lethead#1#2#3{\def\line{\hbox to\textwidth}
- \vbox{\line{\hrulefill} 
- \xlethead{#1} \xlethead{#2} \xlethead{#3}
- \kern-.6667\baselineskip \line{\hrulefill}}} 
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\horizon}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ************
-% * baseline *
-% ************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\def\horizon{\rule{12pt}{0.1pt}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Logos}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\resetfontsize}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Bib}
-%  \begin{macro}{\BibTeX}
-%  \begin{macro}{\jBibTeX}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ********************************
-% * Redefinition of Logos        *
-% * January 3, 1993 by S. Fujita *
-% ********************************
-% After Chapter 12 of ``LaTeX for (Bio)Chemists'' by Shinsaku Fujita
-\newcount\TestCount \def\tmpkern{\kern0pt}
-\ifnewl@tex \else
-\def\resetfontsize{%
- \ifx\@currsize\normalsize%
-  \def\tmpf@ntsize{%
-   \load{\footnotesize}{\sf}%
-   \load{\footnotesize}{\sl}%
-   \load{\footnotesize}{\bf}%
-   \def\tmpkern{\kern0.05em}%
-   \footnotesize}\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\scriptsize \let\tmpf@ntsize=\tiny\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize \let\tmpf@ntsize=\tiny\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\small \let\tmpf@ntsize=\scriptsize\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\large \let\tmpf@ntsize=\small\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\Large \let\tmpf@ntsize=\@normalsize\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\LARGE \let\tmpf@ntsize=\large\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\huge \let\tmpf@ntsize=\Large\fi
- \ifx\@currsize\Huge \let\tmpf@ntsize=\LARGE\fi}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnewl@tex \else
-\def\Bib{\ifnum \fam=\m@ne \fam=\z@ \fi\TestCount=\fam\leavevmode%
-    \edef\aaa{\fontname\scriptfont\fam}%
-    \edef\bbb{\fontname\textfont\fam}%
- \resetfontsize%
- \hbox{$\fam=\TestCount\textstyle B$}%
- \ifx\aaa\bbb% 
-   \hbox{\tmpf@ntsize\bf
-  $\fam=\TestCount\kern-.025em I\kern-.045em B$}%
- \else%
-   \hbox{$\fam\TestCount\scriptstyle\kern-.025em I\kern-.045em B$}%
- \fi
-}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\BibTeX{\Bib\kern-.08em\TeX}
-%\def\jBibTeX{\leavevmode\lower.46ex\hbox{J}
-%\kern-.08em\Bib\kern-.08em\TeX}
-% %%\def\BibTeX{%
-% {\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025emb}\kern-.08em\TeX}}
-% %%%%%1996/04/20 by Shinsaku Fujita%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\ifnewl@tex
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\BibTeX}{%
-    B\hbox{$\m@th$\csname S@\f@size\endcsname
-    \fontsize\sf@size\z@ \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
-    \kern-.025em I\kern-.045em B}\kern-.08em\TeX}
-\else \def\BibTeX{\Bib\kern-.08em\TeX} \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnewl@tex
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\jBibTeX}{\mbox{%
-  \if b\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil\boldmath\fi
-  \leavevmode\lower.46ex\hbox{J}\kern-.08em\BibTeX}}
-\else
-\def\jBibTeX{\leavevmode\lower.46ex\hbox{J}%
- \kern-.08em\Bib\kern-.08em\TeX}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\jTeX}
-%  \begin{macro}{\pTeX}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\jTeX{\leavevmode\lower.46ex\hbox{J}\kern-.15em\TeX}
-\def\pTeX{p\kern-.15em\TeX}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\Sub}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Subbib}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnewl@tex \else
-\def\Sub{\leavevmode\ifnum \fam=\m@ne \fam=\z@ \fi%
-    \TestCount=\fam{S}%
-    \edef\aaa{\fontname\scriptfont\fam}%
-    \edef\bbb{\fontname\textfont\fam}%
-    \ifx\aaa\bbb\resetfontsize%
-      \hbox{\tmpf@ntsize\bf%
-      $\fam=\TestCount\kern-.045em{U}\kern-.12em{B}$}%
-    \else%
-      \hbox{$\fam\TestCount%
-       \scriptstyle\kern-.045em{U}\kern-.12em{B}$}%
-    \fi}
-\fi
-%\def\SubBib{\Sub\kern-.08em\Bib}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%1996/04/20 by Shinsaku Fujita%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\ifnewl@tex
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\SubBib}{S\hbox{$\m@th$%
-   \csname S@\f@size\endcsname\fontsize\sf@size\z@
-   \math@fontsfalse\selectfont%
-   \kern-.045em{U}\kern-.12em{B}}B\hbox{$\m@th$%
-   \csname S@\f@size\endcsname\fontsize\sf@size\z@
-   \math@fontsfalse\selectfont \kern-.025em I\kern-.045em B}}
-\else \def\SubBib{\Sub\kern-.08em\Bib} \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-
-%  \begin{macro}{\La}
-%  \begin{macro}{\LaTeX}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\La{\TestCount=\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
-%        \hbox{$\fam\TestCount\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}}
-\ifnewl@tex \else
-\def\La{\ifnum \fam=\m@ne \fam=\z@ \fi\TestCount=\fam%
-  \edef\aaa{\fontname\scriptfont\fam}%
-  \edef\bbb{\fontname\textfont\fam}\leavevmode{L}%
-  \ifx\aaa\bbb \resetfontsize%
-   \raise.46ex\hbox{{\tmpf@ntsize\bf%
-   $\fam\TestCount\kern-.4em\tmpkern{A}$}}%
-  \else%
-   \raise.42ex\hbox{$\fam\TestCount\scriptstyle\kern-.3em{A}$}%
-  \fi}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%1996/04/20 by Shinsaku Fujita%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%\def\LaTeX{\La\kern-.15em\TeX}
-\ifnewl@tex \else \def\LaTeX{\La\kern-.15em\TeX}\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\jLaTeX{\leavevmode\lower.46ex\hbox{J}\kern-.08em\LaTeX}
-\ifnewl@tex 
- \DeclareRobustCommand{\jLaTeX}%
- {\leavevmode\lower.46ex\hbox{J}\kern-.08em\LaTeX}
-\else
- \def\jLaTeX{\leavevmode\lower.46ex\hbox{J}\kern-.08em\LaTeX}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\PiC}
-%  \begin{macro}{\PiCTeX}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\PiC{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex\hbox{I}\kern-.075emC}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\PiCTeX{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX}
-\ifnewl@tex 
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\PiCTeX}{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX}
-\else
-\def\PiCTeX{\PiC\kern-.11em\TeX}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\tpic}
-%  \begin{macro}{\PiCTeX}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\tpic{\TestCount=\fam \leavevmode T%
-% \hbox{$\fam\TestCount\scriptstyle
-%\kern-.025em P\kern-.025em I\kern-.025emC$}}
-\ifnewl@tex 
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\tpic}{T\hbox{$\m@th$%
-   \csname S@\f@size\endcsname\fontsize\sf@size\z@
-   \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
-   \kern-.025em P\kern-.025em I\kern-.025emC}}
-\else
-\def\tpic{\ifnum \fam=\m@ne \fam=\z@ \fi%
-    \TestCount=\fam \leavevmode%
-    \edef\aaa{\fontname\scriptfont\fam}%
-    \edef\bbb{\fontname\textfont\fam}%
- \resetfontsize\hbox{$\fam=\TestCount\textstyle T$}%
- \ifx\aaa\bbb\hbox{\tmpf@ntsize\bf$\fam=\TestCount%
-        \kern-.025em P\kern-.025em I\kern-.025emC$}\else%
- \hbox{$\fam\TestCount\scriptstyle%
-       \kern-.025em P\kern-.025em I\kern-.025emC$}\fi}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\Post}
-%  \begin{macro}{\Script}
-%  \begin{macro}{\PostScript}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ifnewl@tex \else
-\def\Post{\ifnum \fam=\m@ne \fam=\z@ \fi%
-    \TestCount=\fam\leavevmode%
-    \edef\aaa{\fontname\scriptfont\fam}%
-    \edef\bbb{\fontname\textfont\fam}%
- \resetfontsize%
- \hbox{$\fam=\TestCount\textstyle P$}%
- \ifx\aaa\bbb% 
-   \hbox{\tmpf@ntsize\bf%
-   $\fam=\TestCount\kern-.045em O\kern-.015em ST$}%
- \else%
-   \hbox{$\fam\TestCount%
-   \scriptstyle\kern-.045em O\kern-.015em ST$}%
- \fi}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\Script{\ifnum \fam=\m@ne \fam=\z@ \fi%
-    \TestCount=\fam\leavevmode%
-    \edef\aaa{\fontname\scriptfont\fam}%
-    \edef\bbb{\fontname\textfont\fam}%
- \resetfontsize%
- \hbox{$\fam=\TestCount\textstyle S$}%
- \ifx\aaa\bbb% 
-   \hbox{\tmpf@ntsize\bf$\fam=\TestCount\kern-.035em %
-    C\kern-.015em R\kern-.015em IP\kern-.035em T$}%
- \else%
-   \hbox{$\fam\TestCount\scriptstyle\kern-.035em %
-   C\kern-.015em R\kern-.015em IP\kern-.035em T$}%
- \fi}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\PostScript{\Post\Script}
-% %%%%%1996/04/20 by Shinsaku Fujita%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\ifnewl@tex 
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\PostScript}{P\hbox{$\m@th$%
-    \csname S@\f@size\endcsname\fontsize\sf@size\z@
-    \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
-    \kern-.045em O\kern-.015em ST}S\hbox{$\m@th$%
-    \csname S@\f@size\endcsname\fontsize\sf@size\z@
-    \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
-    \kern-.035em C\kern-.015em R\kern-.015em IP\kern-.035em T}}
-\else
-\def\PostScript{\Post\Script}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Double and triple bonds}
-%
-%  \begin{macro}{\triplebond}
-%  \begin{macro}{\doublebond}
-%  \begin{macro}{\tbond}
-%  \begin{macro}{\dbond}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *****************
-% * 二重 三重結合 *
-% *****************
-\def\triplebond{\leavevmode\kern.2pt\raisebox{.2ex}{%
-\hbox{\vbox{\hrule height.03ex width1em\kern.4ex
-\hrule height.03ex width1em\kern.4ex
-\hrule height.03ex width1em}}}\hskip.4pt}
-\def\doublebond{\leavevmode\kern.2pt\raisebox{.3ex}{%
-\hbox{\vbox{\hrule height.03ex width1em\kern.6ex
-\hrule height.03ex width1em}}}\hskip.4pt}
-\let\tbond=\triplebond
-\let\dbond=\doublebond
-%</chemist>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-%  \end{macro}
-% \Finale
-\endinput
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index f43ac6a0280..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemist.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{chemist.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the ChemSci system.

-=======================================

-

-Released on June 1, 1996 

-Released on November 3, 2000 (v2.00a) 

-

-Copyright (C) 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for submitting a manuscript to 

-scientific journals. This style file is to be contained in the 

-``chemist'' directory which is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-For using this file, see 

-  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 

-  Tokyo Kagaku Dojin, Tokyo (1993), Chapter 16. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``chemist'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file is a modification of latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) and of latex.ltx 

-(a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which is subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{chemist.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{chemist.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{chemist.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{chemist.dtx}{chemist}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index c9832eaad5a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `chemstr.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% chemstr.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996, 1988 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1998 (private version)
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: chemstr.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{chemstr.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{chemstr.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Basic Commands for Drawing  Chemical Structures
-by {\sffamily chemstr.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{chemstr.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `chemstr.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bab3fdb3ea..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8567 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment

-%% File: chemstr.dtx

-%

-%  Copyright 1993,1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-%

-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.

-%  -------------------------------------

-%

-% This file is a successor to:

-%

-% chemstr.sty

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}

-% \typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-%

-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 

-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.

-%

-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 

-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 

-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 

-% are based on LaTeX commands. 

-%

-% For the review of XyMTeX, see

-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text

-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    

-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 

-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:

-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 

-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  

-%

-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-%     directory name; or

-%  (2) if you do make changes, 

-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.

-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-%

-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 

-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% Bug Fix:

-%   1993/11/14 S. Fujita 

-%     A and B are interchanged.

-%     a and b are interchanged.

-%

-% \def\j@urnalname{chemstr}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF}% % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.01}

-% \typeout{       -- Released August 16, 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% \def\j@urnalname{chemstr}

-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-%

-% New address:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 

-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{chemstr}

-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% \fi

-%

-% \CheckSum{13300}

-%% \CharacterTable

-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z

-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z

-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9

-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#

-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&

-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)

-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,

-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/

-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<

-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?

-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\

-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_

-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|

-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}

-%

-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}

-%

-% \StopEventually{}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \iffalse

-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/06/26}{first edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-%

-% \iffalse

-%<*driver>

-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-\ProvidesFile{chemstr.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]

-% \iffalse

-\documentclass{ltxdoc}

-\GetFileInfo{chemstr.dtx}

-%

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%

-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}

-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%

-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}

-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\title{Basic Commands for Drawing  Chemical Structures 

-by {\sffamily chemstr.sty} 

-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}

-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 

-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\

-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% % (old address)

-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 

-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 

-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan

-}

-\date{\filedate}

-%

-\begin{document}

-   \maketitle

-   \DocInput{chemstr.dtx}

-\end{document}

-%</driver>

-% \fi

-%

-% \section{Introduction}\label{chemstr:intro}

-%

-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}

-%

-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}

-% \begin{center}

-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}

-% \hline

-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline

-% chemstr & chemstr.sty \\

-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\

-% \hline

-% \end{tabular}

-% \end{center}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \subsection{Version Information}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%<*chemstr>

-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}

-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\j@urnalname{chemstr}

-\def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}

-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00}

-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%

-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{List of commands for chemstr.sty}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *********************************

-% * chemstr.sty: list of commands *

-% *********************************

-%

-%  <For separating an augument list to each argument>

-%

-%     \@forsemicol

-%     \@forl@@p

-%     \@iforl@@p

-%     \@m@mb@r

-%     \twoch@r

-%     \twoCH@R (terminater //)

-%     \twoch@@r

-%     \twoCH@@R (terminater //)

-%     \threech@r

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  <Convention>

-%

-%     \rmoiety

-%     \lmoiety

-%     \putlatom

-%     \putratom

-%     \putlratom

-%     \Putlratom

-%  

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  <Treatment of substitution positions>

-%

-%     \if@clip  \@clipfalse  \@cliptrue

-%     \if@aclip \@aclipfalse \@acliptrue

-%     \if@bclip \@bclipfalse \@bcliptrue

-%     \if@cclip \@cclipfalse \@ccliptrue

-%     \if@eclip \@eclipfalse \@ecliptrue

-%     \if@fclip \@fclipfalse \@fcliptrue

-%     \iforigpt \origptfalse \origpttrue

-%     \@tmpaa (counter)

-%

-%  <Structures as substituents>

-%     \@yl

-%     \yl@xdiff \yl@ydiff

-%     \yl@shiftii

-%     \yl@shifti

-%     \@ylii

-%     \@yli

-%     \@@ylii

-%     \@@yli

-%

-%  <Fused positions check>

-%     \fuseAx \fuseAy

-%     \fuseBx \fuseBy

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  <VERTICAL SETTING>

-%   Substitution 

-%

-%     \@substa

-%     \@substb

-%     \@substc

-%     \@substd

-%     \@subste

-%     \@substf

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   Setting of atoms and bonds 

-%

-%     \setsixringv      (on a vertical six-membered ring)

-%     \setdecaringv     (on a decaline (six-six) ring)

-%     \setfusedbond     (at fused bond positions)

-%     \if@clipfuse \@clipfusefalse \@clipfusetrue

-%     \setatombond      (at an appropiate position)

-%

-%   Placing structures as substituents

-%     \ylposition

-%     \ylfusedpostion

-%     \ylatombondposition

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  <HORIZONTAL SETTING>

-%   Substitution

-%

-%     \@hsubsta

-%     \@hsubstb

-%     \@hsubstc

-%     \@hsubstd

-%     \@hsubste

-%     \@hsubstf

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   Setting of atoms and bonds 

-%

-%     \setsixringh       (on a horizontal six-membered ring)

-%

-%   Placing structures as substituents

-%

-%     \ylpositionh

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  <Linking unit>

-%

-%     \ryl       (right linking unit) 

-%     \lyl       (left linking unit)

-%

-%  <Setting fused rings>

-%

-%     \set@fusionadd@sixv     \set@fusion@sixv

-%     \set@fusionadd@sixvi    \set@fusion@sixvi

-%     \set@fusionadd@sixh     \set@fusion@sixh

-%     \set@fusionadd@sixhi    \set@fusion@sixhi

-%

-%     \set@fusion@decav

-%     \set@fusion@decavb

-%     \set@fusion@decavt

-%     \set@fusion@decah

-%

-%     \set@fusion@hanthrav

-%     \set@fusion@hphenanv

-%

-%     \set@fusionadd@fivev     \set@fusion@fivev

-%     \set@fusionadd@fivevi    \set@fusion@fivevi

-%     \set@fusionadd@fiveh     \set@fusion@fiveh

-%     \set@fusionadd@fivehi    \set@fusion@fivehi

-%

-%     \set@fusion@nonav        \set@fusion@nonavi

-%     \set@fusion@nonah        \set@fusion@nonahi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Initialization and conventions}

-% \subsection{Logos}

-%

-% The logo of \XyMTeX{} is defined in two ways.  The first definition uses 

-% the \verb/\fam/ command, which sometimes shows unusual behavior. The 

-% second definition is adopted in the present version of \XyMTeX{}, since 

-% this aims at the compatibility to \LaTeXe{}. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\XyMTeX}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% ***************

-% * XyMTeX Logo *

-% ***************

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 1%%%

-%\newcount\TestCount

-%\def\XyM{\ifnum\fam=-1\relax\fam=0\relax\fi\TestCount=\fam%

-%X\kern-.30em\smash{\raise.50ex\hbox{$\fam\TestCount\Upsilon$}}%

-%\kern-.30em{M}}

-%\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%

-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}

-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}

-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Macros for treating argumets}

-% 

-% For separating each argument (BONDLIST, SUBSLIST or ATOMLIST) into 

-% components (descriptors), we define several useful macros. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@forsemicol}

-% \begin{macro}{\@forl@@p}

-% \begin{macro}{\@iforl@@p}

-%

-% The macro |\@forsemicol| resembles the |\@for| macro that is 

-% the \LaTeX{} original macro; however a semicolon is used as 

-% a separating key in place of a comma.  

-%

-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/07/06}{\cs{@forsemicol}: \cs{edef}

-% to \cs{expandafter}}

-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/07/06}{\cs{@iforl@@p} replaced by 

-% a LaTeX2e-like definitiion}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% ****************************************************

-% * For separating an augument list to each argument *

-% ****************************************************

-%

-\def\@forsemicol#1:=#2\do#3{%

-%  \edef\@fortmp{#2}%1996/07/06 by S. Fujita

-   \expandafter\def\expandafter\@fortmp\expandafter{#2}%

-    \ifx\@fortmp\@empty \else%

-    \expandafter\@forl@@p#2;\@nil;\@nil\@@#1{#3}\fi}

-\long\def\@forl@@p#1;#2;#3\@@#4#5{\def#4{#1}\ifx #4\@nnil \else%

-       #5\def#4{#2}\ifx #4\@nnil \else#5\@iforl@@p #3\@@#4{#5}\fi\fi}

-\long\def\@iforl@@p#1;#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil%

-       \expandafter\@fornoop \else

-      #4\relax\expandafter\@iforl@@p\fi#2\@@#3{#4}}

-%\def\@iforl@@p#1;#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil%

-%       \let\@nextwhile=\@fornoop \else%

-%      #4\relax\let\@nextwhile=\@iforl@@p\fi\@nextwhile#2\@@#3{#4}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-%

-% The macro |\@m@mb@r| separates a character string into to portions 

-% by using a double equality symbol (|==|) and a semicolon as delimiters. 

-% The first potion consists of a locant number and a bond modifier (stored 

-% in |\@membera|), which are further separated by the macro |\twoch@r|, 

-% |\twoch@@r| or |\threech@r|. 

-% The second potion shows a substituent (stored in |\@memberb|), 

-% which is printed by means of an appropiate command. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@m@mb@r}

-% \begin{macro}{\twoch@r}

-% \begin{macro}{\twoch@@r}

-% \begin{macro}{\threech@r}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@m@mb@r#1==#2;{\gdef\@membera{#1}\gdef\@memberb{#2}}

-\def\twoch@r#1#2{\gdef\@tmpa{#1}\gdef\@tmpb{#2}}

-\def\twoch@@r#1#2{\gdef\@@tmpa{#1}\gdef\@@tmpb{#2}}

-\def\threech@r#1#2#3{\gdef\@tmpa{#1}\gdef\@tmpb{#2}\gdef\@tmpc{#3}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The following two commands are added to treat spiro fusion.

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{Added for spiro fusion}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\twoCH@R}

-% \begin{macro}{\twoCH@@R}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\twoCH@@R#1#2//{\gdef\@@tmpa{#1}\gdef\@@tmpb{#2}}

-\def\twoCH@R#1#2//{\gdef\@tmpa{#1}\gdef\@tmpb{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Conventions}

-%

-% Switches for characterizing substitution sites as 

-% left, right or left-right boxes become effective in 

-% the commands |\putlatom|, |\putratom| and |\putlratom|. 

-% They are used for warning wrong or unnecessary usages of 

-% |\lmoiety| or |\rmoiety|. 

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Switches \cs{@leftput} added}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@leftput}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@rightput}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@leftrightput}

-% \begin{macro}{\resetlrput}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@rightput \@rightputfalse

-\newif\if@leftput \@leftputfalse

-\newif\if@leftrightput \@leftrightputfalse

-\def\resetlrput{\@rightputfalse\@leftputfalse

-\@leftrightputfalse}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% We can use the macro |\rmoiety| for drawing a right-hand substituent 

-% and the macro |\lmoiety| for drawing a left-hand substituent. 

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{The definitions of \cs{rmoiety} and 

-% \cs{lmoiety} are changed. Warning function is added.}

-%

-% When you use a |\rmoiety| command in a left box produced by 

-% a |\putlatom| command, the warning ``Wrong |\rmoiety|'' is reported. 

-% When you use a |\lmoiety| command in a right box produced by 

-% a |\putratom| command, the warning ``Wrong |\lmoiety|'' is reported. 

-% If the ``draft'' option is effective, these cases are designated by 

-% solid squares at the corresponding positions on pages. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\rmoiety}

-% \begin{macro}{\lmoiety}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% **************

-% * Convention *

-% **************

-% %\def\rmoiety#1{#1 \hss}

-% %\def\lmoiety#1{\hss #1}

-\def\rmoiety#1{\if@leftput

-\XyMTeXWarning{Wrong \string\rmoiety\space used in a left box}%

-\hbox to0pt{%

-\hbox to0pt{\hss\vrule width\overfullrule height\overfullrule}#1\hss}%

-\else\if@rightput\XyMTeXWarning{Unnecessary \string\rmoiety\space 

-used in a right box}\hbox to0pt{#1\hss}%

-\else\if@leftrightput\hbox to0pt{#1\hss}%

-\fi\fi\fi\resetlrput}

-\def\lmoiety#1{\if@rightput

-\XyMTeXWarning{Wrong \string\lmoiety\space used in a right box}%

-\hbox to0pt{\hss#1\kern-.72em%

-\hbox to0pt{\vrule width\overfullrule height\overfullrule\hss}}\else 

-\if@leftput\XyMTeXWarning{Unnecessary \string\lmoiety\space 

-used in a left box}\hbox to0pt{\hss#1}%

-\else\if@leftrightput\hbox to0pt{\hss#1\kern-.72em}%

-\else\hbox to0pt{\hss#1\kern-.72em}\fi\fi\fi\resetlrput}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% Warnings from \XyMTeX{} are concerned with commands 

-% |\rmoiety| and |\lmoiety|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\XyMTeXWarning}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\XyMTeXWarning#1{%

-\begingroup

- \let\protect\string

- \immediate\write\@unused{^^IXyMTeX Warning: #1\space 

-   on input line \the\inputlineno^^I}%

-\endgroup}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% Warnings concerned with ring fusion are based on 

-% the command |\FuseWarning| of \XyMTeX{}.

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{Warning function is added.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@cnttempa}

-% \begin{macro}{\@cnttempb}

-% \begin{macro}{\FuseWarning}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newcount\@cnttempa

-\newcount\@cnttempb

-\def\FuseWarning#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%

-\@tempcnta=#1 \@tempcntb=#2

-\@cnttempa=#3 \advance\@cnttempa-#5

-\@cnttempb=#4 \advance\@cnttempb-#6

-\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@cnttempa

- \ifnum\@tempcntb=\@cnttempb\else

-  \XyMTeXWarning{Mismatched fusion at bond `#7'}%

- \fi

-\else

-  \XyMTeXWarning{Mismatched fusion at bond `#7'}%

-\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The original \LaTeX{} command |\put| is changed into macros suitable to 

-% more specific uses as follows. 

-% 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{The definition is changed. Warning function 

-% for \cs{rmoiety} is added.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\putlatom}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %\def\putlatom#1#2#3{\put(#1,#2){\hbox to0pt{\hss #3}}}

-\def\putlatom#1#2#3{\begingroup\resetlrput

-\put(#1,#2){\@leftputtrue\hbox to0pt{\hss #3}\@leftputfalse}\endgroup}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{The definition is changed. Warning function 

-% for \cs{lmoiety} is added.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\putratom}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%\def\putratom#1#2#3{\put(#1,#2){\hbox to0pt{#3 \hss}}}

-\def\putratom#1#2#3{\begingroup\resetlrput

-\put(#1,#2){\@rightputtrue\hbox to0pt{#3 \hss}\@rightputfalse}\endgroup}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{The definition is changed. Warning function 

-% for \cs{lmoiety} and \cs{rmoiety|} is added.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\putlratom}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\putlratom#1#2#3{\begingroup\resetlrput

-\put(#1,#2){\@leftrightputtrue\hbox to.72em{#3\hss}}%

-\@leftrightputfalse\endgroup}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \changes{v1.01b}{1998/10/06}{\cs{putlratom}: delete \sc{setbox0}}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{The old definition is 

-% totally replaced by the new definition}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% % old definitions

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % changed to avoid Overfull warnings 1993/11/11/S.Fujita

-% % \newif\if@moiety \@moietyfalse

-% % \def\putlratom#1#2#3{%

-% % \def\lmoiety##1{\global\@moietytrue}%

-% % \setbox0=\hbox{#3}%deleted by S. Fujita

-% % \if@moiety\def\lmoiety##1{\hss ##1}%

-% % \put(#1,#2){\hbox to.72em{#3}}\global\@moietyfalse

-% % \else\put(#1,#2){\hbox to.6em{#3\hss}}\fi}%

-% % \def\putlratom#1#2#3{\put(#1,#2){\hbox to.6em{#3}}}

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\Putlratom}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\Putlratom#1#2#3{\put(#1,#2){\hbox to.8em{#3}}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Parameters}

-%

-% The original point for drawing a structural formula is shifted to an 

-% appropriate position, which is designated by the following parmeters 

-% (counters) for coordinates.

-% 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\noshift}

-% \begin{macro}{\shifti}

-% \begin{macro}{\shiftii}

-% \begin{macro}{\shiftiii}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% *******************************

-% * Parameters for Coordinates  *

-% *******************************

-\newcount\noshift \noshift=0\relax%

-\newcount\shifti \shifti=240\relax%

-\newcount\shiftii \shiftii=400\relax%

-\newcount\shiftiii \shiftiii=800\relax%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The unit length for \XyMTeX{} is selected to be 0.1pt. This value 

-% should not be maintained as possible as you can.  A smaller value 

-% may disapper a sloped line of short length. 

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\unitlength.1pt%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% Parameters for ring fusion are used in fusering.sty. 

-% \changes{v2.00}{1999/2/16}{This has been added to process the old XyMTeX 

-% manual for Version 1.01} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fuseAx}

-% \begin{macro}{\fuseBx}

-% \begin{macro}{\fuseAy}

-% \begin{macro}{\fuseBy}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fuseAx{0}

-\def\fuseBx{0}

-\def\fuseAy{0}

-\def\fuseBy{0}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Various switchs}

-%

-% These macros are used for clipping spaces at substitution positions. 

-% Note that |\if@clip| is used in place of |\if@dclip|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@clip}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@aclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@bclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@cclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@eclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@fclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\iforigpt}

-% \begin{macro}{\@tmpaa}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% ***************************************

-% * various flags (switches)            *

-% * treatment of substitution positions *

-% ***************************************

-%

-% for 6- or lower-membered cycles

-%

-\newif\if@clip \@clipfalse%   % switch for clipping at 4 

-\newif\if@aclip \@aclipfalse% % switch for clipping at 1

-\newif\if@bclip \@bclipfalse% % switch for clipping at 2

-\newif\if@cclip \@cclipfalse% % switch for clipping at 3

-\newif\if@eclip \@eclipfalse% % switch for clipping at 5

-\newif\if@fclip \@fclipfalse% % switch for clipping at 6

-\newif\iforigpt \origptfalse% % switch for showing the original point

-\newcount\@tmpaa%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@gclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@hclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@iclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@jclip}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%

-% for further-membered cycles

-%

-\newif\if@gclip \@gclipfalse%

-\newif\if@hclip \@hclipfalse%

-\newif\if@iclip \@iclipfalse%

-\newif\if@jclip \@jclipfalse%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Various commands and switchs for using substituents}

-%

-% For drawing a structure as a substituent, the argument (yl) can

-% be used.  The following commands and counters are used for shifting

-% the substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Commands for setting substituents}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Added: \cs{reset@yl@xydiff}}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@yl}

-% \begin{macro}{\yl@xdiff}

-% \begin{macro}{\yl@ydiff}

-% \begin{macro}{\yl@shiftii}

-% \begin{macro}{\yl@shifti}

-% \begin{macro}{\@ylii}

-% \begin{macro}{\@yli}

-% \begin{macro}{\@@ylii}

-% \begin{macro}{\@@yli}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@yl{(yl)}

-\newcount\yl@xdiff

-\newcount\yl@ydiff

-\newcount\yl@shiftii

-\newcount\yl@shifti

-\def\@ylii{0}\def\@yli{0}

-\def\@@ylii{}\def\@@yli{}

-\def\reset@@yl{\gdef\@@ylii{}\gdef\@@yli{}}

-\def\reset@yl@xydiff{\yl@xdiff=0 \yl@ydiff=0\relax}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The following switches are used for shifting the substituent. 

-% The locant flags such as |\@ylatrue| have been stoped to use. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/11}{Delete \cs{@ylatrue} etc.}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Commands for setting substituents}
-%

-% Old definition:

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%% \newif\if@yla \@ylafalse

-% %%%%% \newif\if@ylb \@ylbfalse

-% %%%%% \newif\if@ylc \@ylcfalse

-% %%%%% \newif\if@yld \@yldfalse

-% %%%%% \newif\if@yle \@ylefalse

-% %%%%% \newif\if@ylf \@ylffalse

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@ylsw}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@@ylsw}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@ylsw \@ylswfalse

-\newif\if@@ylsw \@@ylswfalse

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% Old definition:

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%% \def\@reset@ylsw{\@ylafalse\@ylbfalse\@ylcfalse

-% %%%%% \@yldfalse\@ylefalse\@ylffalse\@ylswfalse}

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@reset@ylsw}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@reset@ylsw{\@ylswfalse\@@ylswfalse}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The further fusion of a three- or four-membered ring at a center bond 

-% of a six-six or six-five ring is permitted, while that of a five- 

-% or more-membered ring is not permitted.  The macro |\@smallringsw| 

-% is used for such switching (fusering.sty). 

-% 

-% \begin{macro}{\if@smallringsw}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@smallringsw \@smallringswfalse

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Initialization}

-%

-% The |\iniflag| command initializes all of the clipping flags. 

-% The |\iniatom| command initializes all of the strings of temporary use 

-% such as |\aaa| and |\bbb|, which are associated with respective 

-% atom positions. 

-% The |\resetbdsw| command resets all of the strings of temporary use 

-% such as |\@aaa| and |\@bbb|, which are associated with respective 

-% bond positions. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\iniflag}

-% \begin{macro}{\iniatom}

-% \begin{macro}{\resetbdsw}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{Delete \sc{global}}
-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %\def\iniflag{%

-% %\global\@aclipfalse\global\@bclipfalse%

-% %\global\@cclipfalse\global\@clipfalse\global\@eclipfalse%

-% %\global\@fclipfalse\global\@gclipfalse\global\@hclipfalse%

-% %\global\@iclipfalse\global\@jclipfalse%

-% %\global\@clipfusefalse}%

-% %\def\iniatom{%

-% %\gdef\aaa{}\gdef\bbb{}\gdef\ccc{}\gdef\ddd{}%

-% %\gdef\eee{}\gdef\fff{}%

-% %\gdef\ggg{}\gdef\hhh{}\gdef\iii{}\gdef\jjj{}%

-% %\gdef\@aaa{}\gdef\@bbb{}\gdef\@ccc{}\gdef\@ddd{}%

-% %\gdef\@eee{}\gdef\@fff{}%

-% %}%

-% %\def\resetbdsw{\gdef\@aaa{a}\gdef\@bbb{b}\gdef\@ccc{c}%

-% %\gdef\@ddd{d}\gdef\@eee{e}\gdef\@fff{f}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\iniflag{%

-\@aclipfalse\@bclipfalse\@cclipfalse\@clipfalse\@eclipfalse%

-\@fclipfalse\@gclipfalse\@hclipfalse%

-\@iclipfalse\@jclipfalse\@clipfusefalse%

-\global\@smallringswfalse%

-}%

-\def\iniatom{%

-\def\aaa{}\def\bbb{}\def\ccc{}\gdef\ddd{}%

-\def\eee{}\def\fff{}%

-\def\ggg{}\def\hhh{}\def\iii{}\gdef\jjj{}%

-\def\@aaa{}\def\@bbb{}\def\@ccc{}\def\@ddd{}%

-\def\@eee{}\def\@fff{}%

-\def\@ggg{}\def\@hhh{}\def\@iii{}%

-\def\@jjj{}\def\@kkk{}%

-}%

-\def\resetbdsw{\def\@aaa{a}\def\@bbb{b}\def\@ccc{c}%

-\def\@ddd{d}\def\@eee{e}\def\@fff{f}%

-\def\@ggg{g}\def\@hhh{h}\def\@iii{i}%

-\def\@jjj{j}\def\@kkk{k}%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% At the beginning of \XyMTeX\ processing, we initialize atom 

-% information by the command |\iniatom|.

-% 

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\iniatom

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%

-% \section{Macros for Vertical formulas}

-% \subsection{Placing substituents for vertical formulas}

-%

-% Such a drawing command as |\setsixringv| uses several inner macros 

-% for placing substituents with bonds. The first set of inner macros 

-% are shown as follows. 

-%

-% The command |\ylposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% The locant flags such as |\@ylatrue| have been stoped to use. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/11}{Delete \cs{@ylatrue} etc.}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Commands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylposition#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifnum#5<0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax\fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa>#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa<#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The flags |\@lyatrue| etc are not used in a revised edition. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

- \or\ifx\aaa\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-406}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-442}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\bbb\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-303}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\ccc\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\ddd\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{36}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\eee\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{213}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\fff\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{171}\gdef\@yli{-303}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-    \fi%

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@substa| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 1-position (top) of a vertical six-membered ring.  The bond linking 

-% between the substituent and the 1-position is drawn in the light of 

-% the corresponding bond modifier (|\@tmpc| = Sa, Sb, SA, SB etc.). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{New bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, and Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@substa}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 1 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@substa{%

-\if@aclip% %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-18,436){\line(-3,5){60}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(18,436){\line(3,5){60}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(18,436)(72,526)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(18,436){\line(3,5){60}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-18,436){\line(-3,5){60}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-18,436)(-72,526)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(-18,436){\line(-3,5){60}}%    % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(18,436){\line(3,5){60}}%      % single bond at 1

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(-12,436){\line(0,1){110}}%    % double bond at 1

-           \put(12,436){\line(0,1){110}}%     % double bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,436)(0,546)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(0,406){\setatombondd}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(0,406){\setatombondf}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi%

-\else% % no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(72,526)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) upper --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(-72,526)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 1

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(-12,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % double bond at 1

-           \put(12,406){\line(0,1){140}}%     % double bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(0,546)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(0,406){\setatombondd}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(0,406){\setatombondf}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi}% end of \@substa

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@substb| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 2-position (upper-right) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{New bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, and Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@substb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@substb{%

- \if@bclip %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=24\relax

-           \putratom{311}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(201,327){\line(5,3){100}}%    % single bond at 2

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-           \putratom{268}{420}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(201,358){\line(3,5){60}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putratom{318}{280}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(201,303){\line(1,0){100}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(201,303)(301,303)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putratom{318}{280}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(201,303){\line(1,0){100}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-            \putratom{268}{420}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(201,358){\line(3,5){60}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(201,358)(261,458)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-           \putratom{268}{420}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(201,358){\line(3,5){60}}%     % single bond at 2

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha%

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putratom{318}{280}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(201,303){\line(1,0){100}}%    % single bond at 2

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=18\relax

-           \putratom{311}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(194,331){\line(5,3){100}}%    % double bond at 2

-           \put(200,305){\line(5,3){100}}%    % double bond at 2

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=24\relax

-           \putratom{311}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(201,327){\line(5,3){100}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=24\relax

-           \putratom{311}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(201,327){\line(5,3){100}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(201,327)(301,387)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(171,303){\setatombonda}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(171,303){\setatombonde}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=24\relax

-           \putratom{311}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(201,327){\line(5,3){100}}%    % single bond at 2

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi%

- \else% %no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax

-           \putratom{301}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=13\relax

-           \putratom{258}{410}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,303){\line(3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putratom{318}{280}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(171,303){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,303)(311,303)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putratom{318}{280}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,303){\line(1,0){140}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=13\relax

-           \putratom{258}{410}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(171,303){\line(3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,303)(243,423)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=13\relax

-           \putratom{258}{410}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,303){\line(3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putratom{318}{280}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,303){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 2

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=6\relax

-           \putratom{301}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(168,310){\line(5,3){120}}%    % double bond at 2

-           \put(174,284){\line(5,3){120}}%    % double bond at 2

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax

-           \putratom{301}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax

-           \putratom{301}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,303)(291,375)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(171,303){\setatombonda}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(171,303){\setatombonde}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax

-           \putratom{301}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi}% end of \@substb

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@substc| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 3-position (lower-right) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff|} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{New bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, and Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@substc}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 3 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@substc{%

- \if@cclip %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putratom{311}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(201,79){\line(5,-3){110}}%    % single bond at 3

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putratom{268}{-80}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(201,48){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putratom{318}{74}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(201,103){\line(1,0){100}}%    % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(201,103)(301,103)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putratom{318}{74}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(201,103){\line(1,0){100}}%    % single bond at 3

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putratom{268}{-80}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(201,48){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(201,48)(261,-52)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putratom{268}{-80}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(201,48){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 3

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putratom{318}{74}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(201,103){\line(1,0){100}}%    % single bond at 3

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=52\relax

-           \putratom{311}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(194,76){\line(5,-3){100}}%    % double bond at 3

-           \put(200,101){\line(5,-3){100}}%   % double bond at 3

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putratom{311}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(201,79){\line(5,-3){100}}%    % single bond at 3

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putratom{311}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(201,79){\line(5,-3){100}}%    % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(201,79)(301,19)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(171,103){\setatombondf}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(171,103){\setatombondc}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putratom{311}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(201,79){\line(5,-3){100}}%    % single bond at 3

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi%

- \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putratom{301}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,103){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 3

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=48\relax

-           \putratom{258}{-70}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,103){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 3

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putratom{318}{74}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(171,103){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,103)(311,103)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putratom{318}{74}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,103){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 3

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=48\relax

-           \putratom{258}{-70}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(171,103){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,103)(243,-17)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=48\relax

-           \putratom{258}{-70}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,103){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 3

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putratom{318}{74}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(171,103){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 3

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=65\relax

-           \putratom{301}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(168,96){\line(5,-3){120}}%    % double bond at 3

-           \put(174,121){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % double bond at 3

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putratom{301}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,103){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 3

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putratom{301}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(171,103){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,103)(291,31)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(171,103){\setatombondf}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(171,103){\setatombondc}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putratom{301}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-     \put(171,103){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 3

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi

-}% end of \@substc

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@substd| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 4-position (bottom) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{New bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, and Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@substd}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 4 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@substd{%

-\if@clip %clipping

-    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-            \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-18,-30){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(18,-30){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(18,-30)(72,-120)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(18,-30){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-18,-30){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-18,-30)(-78,-130)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-18,-30){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(18,-30){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 4

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(-12,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%   % double bond at 4

-           \put(12,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % double bond at 4

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 4

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,-30)(0,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(0,0){\setatombonde}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(0,0){\setatombondg}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi%

- \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-            \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(72,-120)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-72,-120)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 4

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(-12,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % double bond at 4

-           \put(12,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % double bond at 4

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 4

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(0,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(0,0){\setatombonde}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(0,0){\setatombondg}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi%

- \fi}%end of \@substd

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@subste| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 5-position (lower-left) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{New bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, and Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@subste}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@subste{%

- \if@eclip%clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-201,79){\line(-5,-3){110}}%  % single bond at 5

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-           \putlatom{-268}{-80}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-201,48){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putlatom{-318}{74}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-201,103){\line(-1,0){100}}%  % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-201,103)(-301,103)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u% (u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putlatom{-318}{74}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-201,103){\line(-1,0){100}}%  % single bond at 5

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d% (d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-           \putlatom{-268}{-80}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-201,48){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-201,48)(-261,-52)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=7\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-           \putlatom{-268}{-80}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-201,48){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 5

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putlatom{-318}{74}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(-201,103){\line(-1,0){100}}%  % single bond at 5

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=62\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-194,76){\line(-5,-3){100}}%  % double bond at 5

-           \put(-200,101){\line(-5,-3){100}}% % double bond at 5

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-201,79){\line(-5,-3){100}}%  % single bond at 5

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-201,79){\line(-5,-3){100}}%  % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-201,79)(-301,21)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(-171,103){\setatombondc}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(-171,103){\setatombondd}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-201,79){\line(-5,-3){100}}%  % single bond at 5

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi%

-\else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=56\relax

-           \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % single bond at 5

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=63\relax

-           \putlatom{-258}{-70}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 5

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putlatom{-326}{74}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(-311,103)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putlatom{-326}{74}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 5

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=63\relax

-           \putlatom{-258}{-70}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(-243,-17)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=63\relax

-           \putlatom{-258}{-70}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 5

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=29\relax

-           \putlatom{-326}{74}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 5

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=62\relax

-           \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-168,96){\line(-5,-3){120}}%  % double bond at 5

-           \put(-174,121){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % double bond at 5

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=56\relax

-            \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % single bond at 5

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=56\relax

-            \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-171,103){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(-311,31)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(-171,103){\setatombondc}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(-171,103){\setatombondd}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=56\relax

-            \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-            \put(-171,103){\line(-5,-3){120}}%% single bond at 5

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi%

- \fi}% end of \@subste

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@substf| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 6-position (upper-left) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{New bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, and Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@substf}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 6 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@substf{%

- \if@fclip %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=24\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-201,327){\line(-5,3){100}}%  % single bond at 6

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=8\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-           \putlatom{-268}{420}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-201,358){\line(-3,5){60}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putlatom{-318}{280}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-201,303){\line(-1,0){100}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-201,303)(-301,303)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putlatom{-318}{280}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-201,303){\line(-1,0){100}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=8\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-           \putlatom{-268}{420}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-201,358){\line(-3,5){60}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-201,358)(-261,458)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=8\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=38\relax

-           \putlatom{-268}{420}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-201,358){\line(-3,5){60}}%   % single bond at 6

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putlatom{-318}{280}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-201,303){\line(-1,0){100}}%  % single bond at 6

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=6\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-194,331){\line(-5,3){100}}%  % double bond at 6

-           \put(-200,305){\line(-5,3){100}}%  % double bond at 6

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=24\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-201,327){\line(-5,3){100}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=24\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-201,327){\line(-5,3){100}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-%              \dottedline{20}(-201,327)(-301,375)}}%

-              \dottedline{20}(-201,327)(-301,387)}}%1998/10/11 by SF

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(-171,303){\setatombondg}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(-171,303){\setatombonda}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=24\relax

-           \putlatom{-311}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-201,327){\line(-5,3){100}}%  % single bond at 6

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

-\else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax

-           \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % single bond at 6

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=13\relax

-           \putlatom{-258}{410}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-3,5){72}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putlatom{-326}{280}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-311,303)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putlatom{-326}{280}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=13\relax

-           \putlatom{-258}{410}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-3,5){72}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-243,423)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=13\relax

-           \putlatom{-258}{410}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-3,5){72}}%   % single bond at 6

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=15\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=23\relax

-           \putlatom{-326}{280}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 6

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=6\relax

-           \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-168,310){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % double bond at 6

-           \put(-174,284){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % double bond at 6

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax

-           \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax

-           \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-311,375)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(-171,303){\setatombondg}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(-171,303){\setatombonda}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax

-           \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % single bond at 6

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

-\fi}% end of \@substf

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Setting-up substituents and bonds on a six-membered ring}

-%

-% The |\setsixringv| takes 5 arguments. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **************************************************************

-% * setting of atoms and bonds on a vertical six-membered ring *

-% **************************************************************

-%

-%    \setsixringv{SUBSLIST}{AD}{LOWER}{UPPER}{ORDER}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The first argument |SUBSLIST| is a list of substituents, which is 

-% represented in the standard format of \XyMTeX{}. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 6 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The second argument |AD| is an adjustment value, which adjusts the original 

-% set of locant numbers into the standard one between 1 to 6 for drawing 

-% a six-membered ring. 

-% The effective range of the standared set of locant numbers is 

-% restricted by the auguments |LOWER| and |UPPER|.  A minus value of 

-% the last argument shows the anti-clockwise numbering, while zero or 

-% a plus value represents the clockwise numbering. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%    AD       : adjustment      e.g. 0 for six-membered rings

-%    LOWER    : lower limit     LOWER < effective range < UPPER

-%    UPPER    : upper limit

-%    ORDER     : >= 0 clockwise, <0 anti-clockwise

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding switches \cs{@yla} etc.}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setsixringv}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setsixringv#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifnum#5 < 0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax \fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The following commands are not used in a revised version

-% because of the direct use of |\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else...\fi|.

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %\or \if@yla\else\@substa\fi% subst. on 1

-% %\or \if@ylb\else\@substb\fi% subst. on 2

-% %\or \if@ylc\else\@substc\fi% subst. on 3

-% %\or \if@yld\else\@substd\fi% subst. on 4

-% %\or \if@yle\else\@subste\fi% subst. on 5

-% %\or \if@ylf\else\@substf\fi% subst. on 6

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

- \or\@substa% subst. on 1

- \or\@substb% subst. on 2

- \or\@substc% subst. on 3

- \or\@substd% subst. on 4

- \or\@subste% subst. on 5

- \or\@substf% subst. on 6

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Setting-up substituents and bonds on a decaline ring}

-%

-% The command |\setdecaringv| 

-% has been stopped to use and replaced by % |\setsixringv|

-% (version 1.02). 

-%

-% The |\setdecaringv| takes 5 arguments. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************************************************

-% * setting of atoms and bonds on a decaline (six-six) ring *

-% ***********************************************************

-%

-%   \setdecaringv{SUBSLIST}{AD}{LOWER}{UPPER}{ORDER}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The first argument |SUBSLIST| is a list of substituents, which is 

-% represented in the standard format of \XyMTeX{}. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 8 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Substituents at the fused positions are designated by 

-% the number 0 and the following bond modifiers.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%        for 0 (fused positions)

-%

-%           0FA        :  alpha single bond at 8a 

-%           0FB        :  beta single bond at 8a

-%           0FU        :  unspecified single bond at 8a

-%           0GA        :  alpha single bond at 4a 

-%           0GB        :  beta single bond at 4a

-%           0GU        :  unspecified single bond at 4a

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The second argument |AD| is an adjustment value, which adjusts the original 

-% set of locant numbers into the standard one between 0 to 8 for drawing 

-% a decaline (six-six fused) ring. 

-% The effective range of the standared set of locant numbers is 

-% restricted by the auguments |LOWER| and |UPPER|.  A minus value of 

-% the last argument shows the anti-clockwise numbering, while zero or 

-% a plus value represents the clockwise numbering. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%    AD       : adjustment      e.g. 0 for six-membered rings

-%    LOWER    : lower limit     LOWER < effective range < UPPER

-%    UPPER    : upper limit

-%    ORDER    : >= 0 clockwise, <0 anti-clockwise

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Deleted)

-% % \begin{macro}{\setdecaringv}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\setdecaringv#1#2#3#4#5{%

-% \@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-% \expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-% \ifnum#5 <0\relax%

-% \@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax\advance\@tmpaa by #2\relax%

-% \else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax\advance\@tmpaa by #2\relax\fi%

-% \ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-% \ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \ifcase\@tmpaa%

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % 0 fused positions

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 

-%  \if\@tmpb F%single bond at 8a (fused position)

-%    \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond at 8a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at 8a

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond at 8a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%              \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 8a

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(171,303)(171,443)}}%

-%    \else\if\@tmpc U%beta single bond at 8a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            \put(168,303){$\wr$}% unspecified single bond at 4a

-%            \put(168,353){$\wr$}%

-%            \put(168,403){$\wr$}%

-%    \else\if\@tmpc S%beta single bond at 8a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%              \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 8a

-%    \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%beta single bond at 8a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%              \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 8a

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-%  \else\if\@tmpb G%single bond at 4a (fused position)

-%    \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond at 4a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(171,103){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 4a

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond at 4a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(171,103){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 4a

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(171,103)(171,-37)}}%

-%    \else\if\@tmpc U%beta single bond at 4a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(168,43){$\wr$}% unspecified single bond at 4a

-%            \put(168,-8){$\wr$}% 

-%            \put(168,-57){$\wr$}% 

-%    \else\if\@tmpc S%alpha single bond at 4a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(171,103){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 4a

-%    \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%alpha single bond at 4a (fused position)

-%            \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(171,103){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 4a

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-%  \fi\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \or% subst. on 1

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-%     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-%            \put(342,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at 1

-%            \putlratom{311}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%     \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-%            \putlatom{300}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(342,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%    % single bond at 1

-%            }%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-%            \putratom{383}{563}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(342,406){\line(3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 1

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(342,406)(414,526)}}%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-%            \putlatom{300}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-%            \put(342,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%    % single bond at 1

-%     \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-%            \putratom{383}{563}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(342,406){\line(3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 1

-%     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-%    \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-%            \putlratom{311}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            \put(330,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % double bond at 1

-%            \put(354,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % double bond at 1

-%    \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-%            \putlratom{311}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(342,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at 1

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%            \putlratom{311}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%              \put(342,406){\line(0,1){140}}%  %single bond at 1

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(342,406)(342,546)}}%

-%    \else%

-%            \putlratom{311}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            \put(342,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at 1

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \or% subst. on 2

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-%     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-%            \putratom{643}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(513,303){\line(5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-%     \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-%            \putratom{600}{410}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(513,303){\line(3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-%            }%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-%            \putratom{660}{280}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(513,303){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 2

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(513,303)(653,303)}}%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-%            \putratom{600}{410}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(513,303){\line(3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-%     \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-%            \putratom{660}{280}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(513,303){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 2

-%     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-%            \putratom{643}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(510,310){\line(5,3){120}}%  % double bond at 2

-%            \put(516,284){\line(5,3){120}}%  % double bond at 2

-%    \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-%            \putratom{643}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(513,303){\line(5,3){120}}%  % single bond at 2

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%            \putratom{643}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(513,303){\line(5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(513,303)(633,375)}}%

-%    \else%

-%            \putratom{643}{363}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(513,303){\line(5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \or% subst. on 3

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-%     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-%            \putratom{643}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(513,103){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 3

-%     \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-%            \putratom{600}{-70}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(513,103){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 3

-%            }%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-%            \putratom{660}{74}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(513,103){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 3

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(513,103)(653,103)}}%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-%            \putratom{600}{-70}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(513,103){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 3

-%     \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-%            \putratom{660}{74}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-%            \put(513,103){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at 3

-%     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-%            \putratom{643}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(510,96){\line(5,-3){120}}%    % double bond at 3

-%            \put(516,121){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % double bond at 3

-%    \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-%            \putratom{643}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(513,103){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 3

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%            \putratom{643}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(513,103){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 3

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(513,103)(633,31)}}%

-%    \else%

-%            \putratom{643}{-27}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(513,103){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 3

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \or% subst. on 4

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 

-%    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-%     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-%            \putlratom{311}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(342,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % single bond at 4

-%     \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-%            \putlatom{300}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(342,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%     % single bond at 4

-%            }%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-%            \putratom{383}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(342,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%      % single bond at 4

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(342,0)(414,-120)}}%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-%            \putlatom{300}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(342,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%     % single bond at 4

-%     \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-%            \putratom{383}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-%            \put(342,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%      % single bond at 4

-%     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-%            \putlratom{311}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(330,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % double bond at 4

-%            \put(354,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % double bond at 4

-%    \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-%            \putlratom{311}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(342,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % single bond at 4

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%            \putlratom{311}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(342,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % single bond at 4

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(342,0)(342,-140)}}%

-%    \else%

-%            \putlratom{311}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(342,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % single bond at 4

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \or% subst. on 5

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-%     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-%            \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 5

-%     \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-%            \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 5

-%            }%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-%            \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 5

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(0,0)(72,-120)}}%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-%            \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 5

-%     \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-%            \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%            \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 5

-%     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-%    \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-%            \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(-12,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % double bond at 5

-%            \put(12,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % double bond at 5

-%    \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-%            \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 5

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%            \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 5

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(0,0)(0,-140)}}%

-%    \else% 

-%            \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-%            \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 5

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \or% subst. on 6

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-%     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-%            \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(-171,103){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % single bond at 6

-%     \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-%            \putlatom{-258}{-70}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(-171,103){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 6

-%            }%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-%            \putlatom{-326}{74}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(-171,103){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 6

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(-311,103)}}%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-%            \putlatom{-258}{-70}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(-171,103){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 6

-%     \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-%            \putlatom{-326}{74}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-%            \put(-171,103){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 6

-%     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-%    \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-%            \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(-168,96){\line(-5,-3){120}}%  % double bond at 6

-%            \put(-174,121){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % double bond at 6

-%    \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-%             \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(-171,103){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % single bond at 6

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%             \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(-171,103){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % single bond at 6

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(-311,31)}}%

-%    \else%

-%             \putlatom{-301}{-27}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-%             \put(-171,103){\line(-5,-3){120}}% single bond at 6

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \or% subst. on 7

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-%     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-%            \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % single bond at 7

-%     \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-%            \putlatom{-258}{410}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(-171,303){\line(-3,5){72}}%   % single bond at 7

-%            }%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-%            \putlatom{-326}{280}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(-171,303){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 7

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-311,303)}}%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-%            \putlatom{-258}{410}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(-171,303){\line(-3,5){72}}%   % single bond at 7

-%     \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-%            \putlatom{-326}{280}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(-171,303){\line(-1,0){140}}%  % single bond at 7

-%     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-%    \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-%            \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            \put(-168,310){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % double bond at 7

-%            \put(-174,284){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % double bond at 7

-%    \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-%            \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){120}}%  % single bond at 7

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%            \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){120}}%   % single bond at 7

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-311,375)}}%

-%    \else%

-%            \putlatom{-301}{363}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-%            \put(-171,303){\line(-5,3){120}}%   % single bond at 7

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \or% subst. on 8

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-%     \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-%            \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 8

-%            \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%     \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-%            \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 8

-%            }%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-%            \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-%        \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%            \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 8

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(0,406)(72,526)}}%

-%     \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-%            \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-%            \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 8

-%     \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-%            \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-%            \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 8

-%     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-%            \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            \put(-12,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % double bond at 8

-%            \put(12,406){\line(0,1){140}}%     % double bond at 8

-%    \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-%            \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            {%

-%            \thicklines%

-%            \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 8

-%            }%

-%    \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%            \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%              \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at 8

-%            }{{\thicklines%

-%               \dottedline{20}(0,406)(0,546)}}%

-%    \else%

-%            \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-%            \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 8

-%    \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% \fi %end of ifcase

-% \fi\fi}}%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \subsection{Setting-up substituents and bonds at fused positions}

-%

-% The command |\ylfusedposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% The locant flags such as |\@ylatrue| have been stopped to use. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/11}{Delete \cs{@ylatrue} etc.}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/13}{Adding \cs{@fused@link} condition}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Commands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylfusedposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylfusedposition#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@@ylswfalse%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifnum#5<0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax\advance\@tmpaa by #2\relax%

-\@fused@linktrue

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax\advance\@tmpaa by #2\relax

-\@fused@linkfalse\fi%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% 0 fused positions   % F == (171,303)  G == (171,103)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 

- \if\@tmpb F%single bond at F (fused position)

-    \def\@ylii{-171}\def\@yli{-303}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 0

- \else\if\@tmpb G%single bond at G (fused position)

-    \def\@ylii{-171}\def\@yli{-103}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 0

- \fi\fi%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\or% subst. on 1  F == (0,406), G == (171,303) for \@fused@linkfalse

-   % subst. on 1  G == (0,406), F == (171,303) for \@fused@linktrue

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@fused@link

- \if\@tmpb G%single bond at F (5,-3) fusion

-      \def\@ylii{0}\def\@yli{-406}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

- \else\if\@tmpb F%single bond at G

-      \def\@ylii{-171}\def\@yli{-303}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

- \fi\fi%

-\else

- \if\@tmpb F%single bond at F (5,-3) fusion

-      \def\@ylii{0}\def\@yli{-406}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

- \else\if\@tmpb G%single bond at G

-      \def\@ylii{-171}\def\@yli{-303}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

- \fi\fi%

-\fi

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\or% subst. on 2  F == (0,406), G == (-171,303) for \@fused@linkfalse

-   % subst. on 2  G == (0,406), F == (-171,303) for \@fused@linktrue

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@fused@link

- \if\@tmpb G%single bond at (-5,-3) fusion

-      \def\@ylii{0}\def\@yli{-406}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 2

- \else\if\@tmpb F%single bond at G

-      \def\@ylii{171}\def\@yli{-303}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 2

- \fi\fi%

-\else

- \if\@tmpb F%single bond at (-5,-3) fusion

-      \def\@ylii{0}\def\@yli{-406}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 2

- \else\if\@tmpb G%single bond at G

-      \def\@ylii{171}\def\@yli{-303}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 2

- \fi\fi%

-\fi

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\or %3 fused positions   % G == (303,171)  F == (103,171)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 

- \if\@tmpb G%single bond at G (fused position)

-      \def\@ylii{-303}\def\@yli{-171}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 3

- \else\if\@tmpb F%single bond at F (fused position)

-      \def\@ylii{-103}\def\@yli{-171}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 3

- \fi\fi%

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}% end of \ylfusedposition

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The bond-setting commands |\GFbonda|, |\GFbondb|, |\GFbondc| and 

-% |\GFbondd|, which are separated from the old |\setfusedbond| command, 

-% are used to place a bond and a substituent at a fulsed position of 

-% such a compound as a decaline.  

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/12}{Separate \cs{GFbonda} etc.}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbonda}

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbonda@a}

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbonda@b}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbonda{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% 0 fused positions   % F == (171,303)  G == (171,103)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 

- \if\@tmpb F%single bond at F (fused position)

-   \GFbonda@a

- \else\if\@tmpb G%single bond at G (fused position)

-   \GFbonda@b

- \fi\fi%

-}%end of GFbonda

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbonda@a{%

-   \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%460-(303+140)

-           \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at F

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%460-(303+140)

-           \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at F

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,303)(171,443)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U% unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%460-(303+140)

-           \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(168,303){$\wr$}% unspecified single bond at F

-           \put(168,353){$\wr$}%

-           \put(168,403){$\wr$}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%460-(303+140)

-           \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-             \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at F

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%460-(303+140)

-           \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-             \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at F

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbonda@b{%

-   \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%127-(140-103)

-           \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,103){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at G

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%127-(140-103)

-           \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(171,103){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at G

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,103)(171,-37)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%127-(140-103)

-           \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(168,43){$\wr$}% unspecified single bond at G

-           \put(168,-8){$\wr$}% 

-           \put(168,-57){$\wr$}% 

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%127-(140-103)

-           \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(171,103){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at G

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%171-140

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%127-(140-103)

-           \putlratom{140}{-127}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(171,103){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at G

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbondb}

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbondb@a}

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbondb@b}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbondb{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% subst. on 1  F == (0,406), G == (171,303) for \@fused@linkfalse

-% subst. on 1  G == (0,406), F == (171,303) for \@fused@linktrue

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

- \if@fused@link

- \if\@tmpb G%single bond at G (5,-3) fusion

-    \GFbondb@a

- \else\if\@tmpb F%single bond at F

-    \GFbondb@b

- \fi\fi%

- \else

- \if\@tmpb F%single bond at F (5,-3) fusion

-    \GFbondb@a

- \else\if\@tmpb G%single bond at G

-    \GFbondb@b

- \fi\fi%

- \fi

-}% end of \GFbondb

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbondb@a{%

-   \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=22\relax%

-           \putlatom{-130}{466}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(-5,3){120}}%     % single bond at F

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=22\relax%

-           \putlatom{-130}{466}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,406){\line(-5,3){120}}%     % single bond at F

-           }{{\thicklines%

-%              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(-140,478)}}%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(-120,478)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U%unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=22\relax%

-           \putlatom{-130}{466}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(0,406){\line(-5,3){120}}%     % single bond at F

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=22\relax%

-           \putlatom{-130}{466}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(0,406){\line(-5,3){120}}%     % single bond at F

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=22\relax%

-           \putlatom{-130}{466}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(0,406){\line(-5,3){120}}%     % single bond at F

-   \else\if\@tmpc D%beta single bond (downward)

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%

-           \putlratom{-31}{176}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % single bond at F

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc C%alpha single bond (downward)

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%

-           \putlratom{-31}{176}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % single bond at F

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(0,266)}}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of \GFbondb@a

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbondb@b{%

-   \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax%

-           \putratom{301}{173}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at G

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax%

-           \putratom{301}{173}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at G

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,303)(291,231)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U%unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax%

-           \putratom{301}{173}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at G

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax%

-           \putratom{301}{173}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at G

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax%

-           \putratom{301}{173}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(171,303){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at G

-   \else\if\@tmpc D%beta single bond (upward)

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%

-           \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at G

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc C%alpha single bond (upward)

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%

-           \putlratom{140}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at G

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,303)(171,443)}}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of \GFbondb@b

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbondc}

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbondc@a}

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbondc@b}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbondc{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% subst. on 2  F == (0,406), G == (-171,303) for \@fused@linkfalse

-% subst. on 2  G == (0,406), F == (-171,303) for \@fused@linktrue

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@fused@link

- \if\@tmpb G%single bond at (-5,-3) fusion

-      \GFbondc@a

- \else\if\@tmpb F%single bond at F

-      \GFbondc@b

- \fi\fi%

-\else

- \if\@tmpb F%single bond at (-5,-3) fusion

-      \GFbondc@a

- \else\if\@tmpb G%single bond at G

-      \GFbondc@b

- \fi\fi%

-\fi

-}% end of \GFbondc

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-  \def\GFbondc@a{%

-   \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax%

-           \putratom{130}{466}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(5,3){120}}%      % single bond at F

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax%

-           \putratom{130}{466}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,406){\line(5,3){120}}%      % single bond at F

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(120,478)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U%unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax%

-           \putratom{130}{466}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(5,3){120}}%      % single bond at F

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax%

-           \putratom{130}{466}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(5,3){120}}%      % single bond at F

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=12\relax%

-           \putratom{130}{466}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(5,3){120}}%      % single bond at F

-   \else\if\@tmpc D%beta single bond (downward)

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%

-           \putlratom{-31}{176}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % single bond at F

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc C%alpha single bond (downward)

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax%

-           \putlratom{-31}{176}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % single bond at F

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(0,266)}}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of \GFbondc@a

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbondc@b{%

-   \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=59\relax%

-            \putlatom{-301}{173}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % single bond at G

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=59\relax%

-            \putlatom{-301}{173}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(-5,-3){120}}% % single bond at G

-           }{{\thicklines%

-%              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-311,231)}}%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-291,231)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U%unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=59\relax%

-            \putlatom{-301}{173}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-            \put(-171,303){\line(-5,-3){120}}%  single bond at G

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=59\relax%

-            \putlatom{-301}{173}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-            \put(-171,303){\line(-5,-3){120}}%  single bond at G

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=59\relax%

-            \putlatom{-301}{173}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-            \put(-171,303){\line(-5,-3){120}}%  single bond at G

-   \else\if\@tmpc D%beta single bond (upward)

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%

-           \putlratom{201}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-171,303){\line(0,1){140}}%   % single bond at G

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc C%alpha single bond (upward)

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax%

-           \putlratom{201}{460}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(-171,303){\line(0,1){140}}% % single bond at G

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-171,443)}}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of \GFbondc@b

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\GFbondd}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\GFbondd{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% 3 fused positions   % G == (303,171)  F == (103,171)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 

- \if\@tmpb G%single bond at G (fused position)

-   \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-           \putlratom{460}{140}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,171){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at G

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-           \putlratom{460}{140}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-              \put(303,171){\line(1,0){140}}% % single bond at G

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,171)(443,171)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U% unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-           \putlratom{460}{140}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(303,148){$\sim$}% unspecified single bond at G

-           \put(353,148){$\sim$}%

-           \put(403,148){$\sim$}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-           \putlratom{460}{140}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(303,171){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at G

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-           \putlratom{460}{140}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(303,171){\line(1,0){140}}%    % single bond at G

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \else\if\@tmpb F%single bond at F (fused position)

-   \if\@tmpc B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-%           \putlratom{-127}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \putlatom{-57}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(103,171){\line(-1,0){140}}%   % single bond at F

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpc A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-%           \putlratom{-127}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \putlatom{-57}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(103,171){\line(-1,0){140}}%   % single bond at F

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,171)(-37,171)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-           \putlatom{-57}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-%           \putlratom{-127}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(40,148){$\sim$}% unspecified single bond at F

-           \put(-13,148){$\sim$}% 

-           \put(-62,148){$\sim$}% 

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-           \putlatom{-57}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-%           \putlratom{-127}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(103,171){\line(-1,0){140}}%   % single bond at F

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax%

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax%

-           \putlatom{-57}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-%           \putlratom{-127}{140}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(103,171){\line(-1,0){140}}%   % single bond at F

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \fi\fi%

-}% end of \GFbondd

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\setfusedbond| takes 5 arguments. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ******************************************************

-% * setting of atoms and bonds at fused bond positions *

-% ******************************************************

-%

-%   \setfusedbond{SUBSLIST}{AD}{LOWER}{UPPER}{ORDER}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The first argument |SUBSLIST| is a list of substituents, which is 

-% represented in the standard format of \XyMTeX{}. 

-% Substituents at the fused positions (vertical bonds) are designated by 

-% the number 0 and the following bond modifiers.   

-% They are placed by means of the |\GFbonda| command. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 3 substitution positions)

-%

-%        for 0 (vertical (0,1) fused positions)

-%                F == (171,303)  G == (171,103)

-%

-%           0FA        :  alpha single bond at F 

-%           0FB        :  beta single bond at F

-%           0FU        :  unspecified single bond at F

-%           0GA        :  alpha single bond at G 

-%           0GB        :  beta single bond at G

-%           0GU        :  unspecified single bond at G

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Substituents at the fused positions (diagonal bonds) are designated by 

-% the number 1 and the following bond modifiers.   

-% They are placed by means of the |\GFbondb| command. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%        for 1 (diagonal (5,-3) fused positions)

-%                F == (0,406), G == (171,303)

-%

-%           1FA        :  alpha single bond at F 

-%           1FB        :  beta single bond at F

-%           1FC        :  alpha single bond (downward) at F 

-%           1FD        :  beta single bond (downward) at F

-%           1FU        :  unspecified single bond at F

-%           1GA        :  alpha single bond at G 

-%           1GB        :  beta single bond at G

-%           1GC        :  alpha single bond (upward) at G

-%           1GD        :  beta single bond (upward) at G

-%           1GU        :  unspecified single bond at G

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Substituents at the fused positions (other diagonal bonds) are designated by 

-% the number 2 and the following bond modifiers.   

-% They are placed by means of the |\GFbondc| command. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%        for 2 (diagonal (-5,-3) fused positions)

-%                F == (0,406), G == (-171,303)

-%

-%           2FA        :  alpha single bond at F 

-%           2FB        :  beta single bond at F

-%           2FC        :  alpha single bond (upward) at F 

-%           2FD        :  beta single bond (upward) at F

-%           2FU        :  unspecified single bond at F

-%           2GA        :  alpha single bond at G 

-%           2GB        :  beta single bond at G

-%           2GC        :  alpha single bond (downward) at G

-%           2GD        :  beta single bond (downward) at G

-%           2GU        :  unspecified single bond at G

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Substituents at the fused positions (horizontal bonds) are designated by 

-% the number 3 and the following bond modifiers.   

-% They are placed by means of the |\GFbondd| command. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%        for 3 (horizontal (1,0) fused positions)

-%                G == (303,171)  F == (103,171)

-% %%%%                F == (303,171)  G == (103,171)

-%

-%           3FA        :  alpha single bond at F 

-%           3FB        :  beta single bond at F

-%           3FU        :  unspecified single bond at F

-%           3GA        :  alpha single bond at G 

-%           3GB        :  beta single bond at G

-%           3GU        :  unspecified single bond at G

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The second argument |AD| is an adjustment value, which adjusts the original 

-% set of locant numbers into the standard one between 0 to 3 for drawing 

-% substituents on fused positions. 

-% The effective range of the standared set of locant numbers is 

-% restricted by the auguments |LOWER| and |UPPER|.  A minus value of 

-% the last argument shows the anti-clockwise numbering, while zero or 

-% a plus value represents the clockwise numbering. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%    AD       : adjustment      e.g. 0 for six-membered rings

-%    LOWER    : lower limit     LOWER < effective range < UPPER

-%    UPPER    : upper limit

-%    ORDER    : >= 0 clockwise, <0 anti-clockwise

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding the \cs{\@memberb=\@y} condition}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Separate \cs{GFbonda} etc.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setfusedbond}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@fused@link \@fused@linkfalse

-\def\setfusedbond#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifnum#5<0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax\advance\@tmpaa by #2\relax\@fused@linktrue

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax\advance\@tmpaa by #2\relax

-\@fused@linkfalse\fi%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% 0 fused positions   % F == (171,303)  G == (171,103)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 

-\GFbonda

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\or% subst. on 1  F == (0,406), G == (171,303)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\GFbondb

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\or% subst. on 2  F == (0,406), G == (-171,303) for \@fused@linkfalse

-   % subst. on 2  G == (0,406), F == (-171,303) for \@fused@linktrue

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\GFbondc

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\or %3 fused positions   % G == (303,171)  F == (103,171)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 

-\GFbondd

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Setting-up substituents and bonds at a given postion}

-%

-% The |\setatombond| takes 3 arguments. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ********************************************************

-% * setting of atoms and bonds at an appropiate position *

-% ********************************************************

-%

-%   \setatombond{SUBSLIST}{AD}{SLOPE}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The first argument |SUBSLIST| is a list of substituents, which is 

-% represented in the standard format of \XyMTeX{}. 

-% Substituents at the fused positions (vertical bonds) are designated by 

-% the number 0 and the following bond modifiers.   

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 3 substitution positions)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%    

-% The second argument |AD| is an adjustment value, which adjusts the original 

-% locant number into 1. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     AD       : adjustment, 

-%         Set AD as being 1  = position number - AD

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |SLOPE| has the following meanings. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SLOPE    

-%       

-%       1      : (0,1)              7     : (0,-1)

-%       2      : (3,5)              8     : (-3,-5)

-%       3      : (5,3)              9     : (-5,-3)

-%       4      : (1,0)             10     : (-1,0)

-%       5      : (5,-3)            11     : (-5,3)

-%       6      : (3,-5)            12     : (-3,5)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/14}{The bond-setting commands such as 

-%   \cs{setatombonda} ... \cs{setatombondh} are separated from 

-%   the original \cs{setatombond}.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombond}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@clipfuse \@clipfusefalse

-\def\setatombond#1#2#3{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax\advance\@tmpaa by #2\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >0\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <2\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\or% subst. on 1

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% (0,1)

-%

- \ifnum#3=1\relax%(upward)

-   \setatombonda

-%

-% (1,0)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=4\relax%(right)

-   \setatombondb

-%

-% (0,-1)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=7\relax%(downward)

-   \setatombondc

-%

-% (-5,3)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=11\relax%

-   \setatombondd

-%

-% (5,-3)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=5\relax%

-   \setatombonde

-%

-% (5,3)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=3\relax%

-   \setatombondf

-%

-% (-5,-3)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=9\relax%

-   \setatombondg

-%

-% (-1,0)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=10\relax%(left)

-   \setatombondh

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\setatombond| uses the following bond-setting 

-% commands.

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombonda}

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondb}

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondc}

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondd}

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombonde}

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondf}

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondg}

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondh}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombonda{%upward (0,1)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-%           \put(0,30){\line(0,1){110}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%           \put(0,30){\line(0,1){110}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-%              \dottedline{20}(0,30)(0,140)}}%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,40)(0,140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U% unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(-3,30){$\wr$}% unspecified single bond at 1

-           \put(-3,80){$\wr$}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-%           \put(0,30){\line(0,1){110}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(-10,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(10,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(-15,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(15,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-%           \put(0,30){\line(0,1){110}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,40){\line(0,1){100}}%  % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlratom{-31}{157}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-  \else%no clip

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(0,140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U% unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(-3,0){$\wr$}% unspecified single bond at 1

-           \put(-3,50){$\wr$}%

-           \put(-3,100){$\wr$}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(-10,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(10,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(-15,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-           \put(15,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){140}}%  % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlratom{-31}{157}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombonda

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondb{%(right) (1,0)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(30,0){\line(1,0){110}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(30,0){\line(1,0){110}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(30,0)(140,0)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(30,0){\line(1,0){110}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(40,0){\line(1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(40,10){\line(1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(40,-10){\line(1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(40,15){\line(1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(40,0){\line(1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(40,-15){\line(1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(40,0){\line(1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{157}{-31}{\@memberb}%   % right type only

-  \else%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(140,0)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(0,10){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,-10){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(0,-15){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,15){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{157}{-31}{\@memberb}%   % right type only

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondb

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondc{%(downward) (0,-1)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-%           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-%              \dottedline{20}(0,-30)(0,-140)}}%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,-40)(0,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \put(-3,-90){$\wr$}% unspecified single bond at 1

-           \put(-3,-140){$\wr$}% 

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-%           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \put(10,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-           \put(-10,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \put(15,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-           \put(-15,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-%           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,-40){\line(0,-1){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-       \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}% % left or right type

-  \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(0,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \put(-3,-60){$\wr$}% unspecified single bond at 1

-           \put(-3,-110){$\wr$}% 

-           \put(-3,-160){$\wr$}% 

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \put(10,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(-10,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \put(15,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(-15,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-       \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}% % left or right type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondc

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondd{% (-5,3)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=18\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-30,18)(-130,78)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(-36,8){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-24,24){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(-39,3){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-21,33){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-130}{60}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-  \else%no clipping

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=18\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-130,78)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(6,10){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-6,-10){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(9,15){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-9,-15){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-130}{60}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondd

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombonde{%(5,-3)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=52\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-%           \put(20,-12){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%           \putratom{301}{173}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%           \put(20,-12){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-%              \dottedline{20}(20,-12)(120,-72)}}%

-              \dottedline{20}(30,-18)(130,-78)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(30,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-%           \put(20,-12){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%alpha single bond

-           \put(30,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-%           \put(20,-12){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-           \put(36,-12){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(24,-28){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-           \put(39,-3){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(21,-33){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%alpha single bond

-           \put(30,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-%           \put(20,-12){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{140}{-130}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-%           \putratom{130}{-130}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-  \else%no clipping

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=52\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){120}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%           \putratom{301}{173}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){120}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-%              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(120,-72)}}%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(130,-78)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){120}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%alpha single bond

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){120}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-           \put(6,10){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(-6,-10){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-           \put(9,15){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(-9,-15){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%alpha single bond

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){120}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{140}{-130}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombonde

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondf{%% (5,3)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=18\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-%           \put(20,12){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,18){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(30,18){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-%           \put(20,12){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(30,18)(130,78)}}%

-%              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(120,72)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(30,18){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-%           \put(20,12){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-%           \put(20,12){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,18){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(36,8){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(24,24){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(39,3){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,18){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(21,33){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(30,18){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-%           \put(20,12){\line(5,3){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{140}{60}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%           \putratom{130}{60}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \else%no clipping

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=18\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-%           \putratom{130}{466}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(130,78)}}%

-%              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(120,72)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(6,-10){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-6,10){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(9,-15){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-9,15){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-%           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){130}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{140}{60}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-%           \putratom{130}{60}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondf

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondg{%% (-5,-3)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-%      \yl@ydiff=62\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=52\relax%1999/1/6 by Shinsaku Fujita

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-20,-12)(-120,-72)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%alpha single bond

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-           \put(-36,-12){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(-24,-28){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-           \put(-39,-3){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(-21,-33){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-  \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%alpha single bond

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-130}{-130}{\@memberb}% % left type

-  \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-%      \yl@ydiff=62\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=52\relax%1999/1/6 by Shinsaku Fujita

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-130,-78)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpc S%alpha single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-           \put(-6,10){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(6,-10){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-           \put(-9,15){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \put(9,-15){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpc\empty%alpha single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){130}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-130}{-130}{\@memberb}% % left type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondg

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondh{% (-1,0)

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-30,0){\line(-1,0){110}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-30,0){\line(-1,0){110}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-30,0)(-140,0)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%beta single bond

-           \put(-30,0){\line(-1,0){110}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%alpha single bond

-           \put(-40,0){\line(-1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-           \put(-40,10){\line(-1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-40,-10){\line(-1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-           \put(-40,15){\line(-1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-40,0){\line(-1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-40,-15){\line(-1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%alpha single bond

-           \put(-40,0){\line(-1,0){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%   % left type only

-  \else%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-140,0)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%alpha single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%alpha single bond

-           \put(0,10){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,-10){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%alpha single bond

-           \put(0,-15){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,15){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%alpha single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%   % left type only

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\ylatombondposition| is used to calculate the shift values 

-% (|\@ylii| and |\@yli|) for applying the |\setatombond| command. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/15}{New command: \cs{ylatombondposition} 

-% for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylatombondposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylatombondposition#1#2#3{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax\advance\@tmpaa by #2\relax

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >0\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <2\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\or% subst. on 1

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% (0,1)

-%

- \ifnum#3=1\relax%upward

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-48}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \else

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \fi

-%   \setatombonda

-%

-% (1,0)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=4\relax%(right)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \gdef\@ylii{-40}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \else

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \fi

-%   \setatombondb

-%

-% (0,-1)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=7\relax%(downward)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{48}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \else

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \fi

-%   \setatombondc

-%

-% (-5,3)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=11\relax%

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{-30}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \else

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \fi

-%   \setatombondd

-%

-% (5,-3)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=5\relax%

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \gdef\@ylii{-50}\gdef\@yli{30}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \else

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \fi

-%   \setatombonde

-%

-% (5,3)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=3\relax%

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \gdef\@ylii{-50}\gdef\@yli{-30}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \else

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \fi

-%   \setatombondf

-%

-% (-5,-3)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=9\relax%

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \gdef\@ylii{50}\gdef\@yli{30}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \else

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \fi

-%   \setatombondg

-%

-% (-1,0)

-%

- \else\ifnum#3=10\relax%(left)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \else

-   \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%

-  \fi

-%   \setatombondh

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi}}% end of \ylatombondposition

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Macros for horizontal formulas}

-% \subsection{Placing substituents for horizontal formulas}

-%

-% Such a drawing command as |\setsixringh| uses several inner macros 

-% for placing substituents with bonds. The first set of inner macros 

-% are shown as follows. 

-%

-% The command |\ylpositionh| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard point 

-% of a substituent. 

-% The locant flags such as |\@ylatrue| have been stopped to use. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}. 

-% Commands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylpositionh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylpositionh#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifnum#5<0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax\fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa>#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa<#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

- \or\ifx\aaa\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{30}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\bbb\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-103}\gdef\@yli{-171}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-     \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-73}\gdef\@yli{-223}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-     \fi

- \or \ifx\ccc\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-303}\gdef\@yli{-171}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-     \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-333}\gdef\@yli{-223}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-     \fi

- \or\ifx\ddd\empty

-       \gdef\@ylii{-406}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-     \else

-       \gdef\@ylii{-436}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-     \fi

- \or\ifx\eee\empty

-       \gdef\@ylii{-303}\gdef\@yli{171}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-      \else

-       \gdef\@ylii{-333}\gdef\@yli{223}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-      \fi

- \or \ifx\fff\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-103}\gdef\@yli{171}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-     \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-73}\gdef\@yli{223}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-     \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% The |\@hsubsta| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 1-position (top) of a vertical six-membered ring.  The bond linking 

-% between the substituent and the 1-position is drawn in the light of 

-% the corresponding bond modifier (|\@tmpc| = Sa, Sb, SA, SB etc.). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{Added bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hsubsta}

-% *************************************************************

-% * treatment of substitution positions for a horizontal type *

-% *************************************************************

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 1 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@hsubsta{%

-\if@aclip %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % left type only

-           \put(-30,0){\line(-1,0){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=36\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{42}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-30,-18)(-120,-72)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=36\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{42}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-30,18)(-130,78)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=36\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{42}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(-30,18){\line(-5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-30,-18){\line(-5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 1

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % left type only

-           \put(-30,-12){\line(-1,0){110}}%    % double bond at 1

-           \put(-30,12){\line(-1,0){110}}%     % double bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % left type only

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-30,0){\line(-1,0){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % left type only

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-30,0){\line(-1,0){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-30,0)(-140,0)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(0,0){\setatombondG}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(0,0){\setatombondD}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % left type only

-           \put(-40,0){\line(-1,0){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-   \fi\fi%

-\else%% no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % left type only

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%        % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{42}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){120}}%        % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-120,-72)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{42}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){120}}%        % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-120,72)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{42}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){120}}%        % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,-3){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%   % left type only

-           \put(0,-12){\line(-1,0){140}}%     % double bond at 1

-           \put(0,12){\line(-1,0){140}}%      % double bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%   % left type only

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%   % left type only

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-140,0)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(0,0){\setatombondG}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(0,0){\setatombondD}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putlatom{-157}{-31}{\@memberb}%   % left type only

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){140}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi}%end of \@hsubsta

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@hsubstb| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 2-position (upper-left) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{Added bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hsubstb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@hsubstb{%

- \if@bclip %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=5\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(79,221){\line(-3,5){63}}% % single bond at 2 (62=>63)

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=21\relax

-           \putlatom{-41}{240}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(59,201){\line(-5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \putratom{83}{331}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(103,221){\line(0,1){100}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,221)(103,321)}}%1998/10/11 by SF

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \putratom{83}{331}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(103,221){\line(0,1){100}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=21\relax

-           \putlatom{-41}{240}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(59,201){\line(-5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(59,201)(-41,261)}}%1998/10/11 by SF

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=21\relax

-           \putlatom{-41}{240}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-           \put(59,201){\line(-5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 2

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \putratom{83}{331}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-           \put(103,221){\line(0,1){100}}%     % single bond at 2

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=49\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-13\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(78,208){\line(-3,5){63}}% % double bond at 2(62->63)

-           \put(100,219){\line(-3,5){63}}% % double bond at 2(62->63)

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=5\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(79,221){\line(-3,5){63}}% % single bond at 2 (62->63)

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=5\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(79,221){\line(-3,5){63}}% % single bond at 2(62->63)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(79,221)(16,326)}}%1998/10/11 by SF

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(103,171){\setatombondh}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(103,171){\setatombondF}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=5\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(79,221){\line(-3,5){63}}% % single bond at 2 (62->63)

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \else%%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=58\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-41\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(103,171){\line(-3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=14\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-3\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{240}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(103,171){\line(-5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-20\relax

-           \putratom{83}{331}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(103,171){\line(0,1){140}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,171)(103,311)}}%1998/10/11 by SF

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-20\relax

-           \putratom{83}{331}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(103,171){\line(0,1){140}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=14\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-3\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{240}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(103,171){\line(-5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,171)(-7,243)}}%1998/10/11 by SF

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=14\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-3\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{240}{\@memberb}%     % left type

-           \put(103,171){\line(-5,3){120}}%    % single bond at 2

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-20\relax

-           \putratom{83}{331}{\@memberb}%      % right type

-           \put(103,171){\line(0,1){140}}%     % single bond at 2

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=64\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-41\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(96,168){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % double bond at 2

-           \put(121,174){\line(-3,5){72}}%     % double bond at 2

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=58\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-41\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(103,171){\line(-3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=58\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-41\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(103,171){\line(-3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,171)(31,291)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(103,171){\setatombondh}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(103,171){\setatombondF}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=58\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-41\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{331}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(103,171){\line(-3,5){72}}%     % single bond at 2

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi}% end of \@hsubstb

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@hsubstc| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 3-position (upper-right) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{Added bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hsubstc}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 3 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@hsubstc{%

- \if@cclip %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=5\relax

-         \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-         \put(343,221){\line(3,5){63}}% % single bond at 3 (62->63)

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=21\relax

-           \putratom{443}{240}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(343,201){\line(5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=0\relax

-           \putratom{283}{331}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(303,221){\line(0,1){110}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,221)(303,331)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=0\relax

-           \putratom{283}{331}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,221){\line(0,1){110}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=21\relax

-           \putratom{443}{240}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(343,201){\line(5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(343,201)(443,261)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=21\relax

-           \putratom{443}{240}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(343,201){\line(5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 3

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=0\relax

-           \putratom{283}{331}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(303,221){\line(0,1){110}}%     % single bond at 3

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=22\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-18\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-           \put(328,208){\line(3,5){63}}%  % double bond at 3

-           \put(303,214){\line(3,5){63}}%  % double bond at 3

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=5\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(343,221){\line(3,5){63}}%  % single bond at 3

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=5\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(343,221){\line(3,5){63}}% % single bond at 3 (62->63)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(343,221)(406,326)}}% 1998/10/11 by SF

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(303,171){\setatombondD}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(303,171){\setatombondb}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=5\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-           \put(343,221){\line(3,5){63}}%  % single bond at 3 (62->63)

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=12\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-40\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-           \put(303,171){\line(3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 3

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=3\relax

-           \putratom{443}{240}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,171){\line(5,3){120}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-20\relax

-           \putratom{283}{331}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(303,171){\line(0,1){140}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,171)(303,311)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up  --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-20\relax

-           \putratom{283}{331}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,171){\line(0,1){140}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=3\relax

-           \putratom{443}{240}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(303,171){\line(5,3){120}}%     % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,171)(423,243)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=3\relax

-           \putratom{443}{240}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(303,171){\line(5,3){120}}%     % single bond at 3

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-20\relax

-           \putratom{283}{331}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(303,171){\line(0,1){140}}%     % single bond at 3

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=6\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-40\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-           \put(310,168){\line(3,5){72}}%      % double bond at 3

-           \put(284,174){\line(3,5){72}}%      % double bond at 3

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=12\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-40\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,171){\line(3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 3

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=12\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-40\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(303,171){\line(3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,171)(375,291)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(303,171){\setatombondD}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(303,171){\setatombondb}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=12\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-40\relax

-           \putratom{363}{331}{\@memberb}%       

-           \put(303,171){\line(3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 3

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi}% end of \@hsubstc

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@hsubstd| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 4-position (right-hand) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{Added bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@substd}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 4 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@hsubstd{%

-\if@clip %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-            \put(436,0){\line(1,0){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=36\relax

-           \putratom{563}{42}{\@memberb}%     % right type only

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(436,18){\line(5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=22\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % right type only

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(436,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(436,-18)(526,-72)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=22\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % right type only

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(436,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=36\relax

-           \putratom{563}{42}{\@memberb}%     % right type only

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(436,18){\line(5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(436,18)(536,78)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=36\relax

-           \putratom{563}{42}{\@memberb}%     % right type only

-           \put(436,18){\line(5,3){100}}%     % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-27\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=22\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % right type only

-           \put(436,-18){\line(5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 4

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-           \put(436,-12){\line(1,0){110}}%    % double bond at 4

-           \put(436,12){\line(1,0){110}}%     % double bond at 4

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-            \put(436,0){\line(1,0){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-            \put(436,0){\line(1,0){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(436,0)(546,0)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(406,0){\setatombondF}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(406,0){\setatombondE}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-            \put(436,0){\line(1,0){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

-\else%% no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-            \put(406,0){\line(1,0){140}}%     % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putratom{563}{42}{\@memberb}%     % right type only

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(406,0){\line(5,3){120}}%      % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % right type only

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(406,0){\line(5,-3){120}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(406,0)(526,-72)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % right type only

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(406,0){\line(5,-3){120}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putratom{563}{42}{\@memberb}%     % right type only

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(406,0){\line(5,3){120}}%      % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(406,0)(526,72)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putratom{563}{42}{\@memberb}%     % right type only

-           \put(406,0){\line(5,3){120}}%      % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=28\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-100}{\@memberb}%   % right type only

-           \put(406,0){\line(5,-3){120}}%     % single bond at 4

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-           \put(406,-12){\line(1,0){140}}%    % double bond at 4

-           \put(406,12){\line(1,0){140}}%     % double bond at 4

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-            \put(406,0){\line(1,0){140}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-            \put(406,0){\line(1,0){140}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(406,0)(546,0)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(406,0){\setatombondF}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(406,0){\setatombondE}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=-17\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=31\relax

-           \putratom{563}{-31}{\@memberb}%    % right type only

-            \put(406,0){\line(1,0){140}}%     % single bond at 4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi}% end of \@hsubstd

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@hsubste| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 5-position (lower-right) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{Added bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hsubste}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@hsubste{%

- \if@eclip %clipping

-  \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=76\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(343,-221){\line(3,-5){63}}%% single bond at 5 (62=>63)

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=41\relax

-           \putratom{443}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(343,-201){\line(5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=71\relax

-           \putratom{283}{-402}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(303,-221){\line(0,-1){110}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,-221)(303,-321)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=71\relax

-           \putratom{283}{-402}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,-221){\line(0,-1){110}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=41\relax

-           \putratom{443}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(343,-201){\line(5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(343,-201)(443,-260)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=41\relax

-           \putratom{443}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(343,-201){\line(5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 5

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=71\relax

-           \putratom{283}{-402}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(303,-221){\line(0,-1){110}}%   % single bond at 5

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=22\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=82\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}

-           \put(328,-208){\line(3,-5){63}}% % double bond at 5 (62->63)

-           \put(306,-224){\line(3,-5){63}}% % double bond at 5 (62->63)

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=76\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(343,-221){\line(3,-5){63}}%% single bond at 5(62->63)

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=76\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(343,-221){\line(3,-5){63}}% % single bond at 5 (62->63)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(343,-221)(406,-326)}}%1998/10/11 by SF

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(303,-171){\setatombondb}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(303,-171){\setatombondG}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=76\relax

-         \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-         \put(343,-221){\line(3,-5){63}}% % single bond at 5(62->63)

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=9\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(303,-171){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 5

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putratom{443}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,-171){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=81\relax

-           \putratom{283}{-402}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(303,-171){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,-171)(303,-321)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=81\relax

-           \putratom{283}{-402}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,-171){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putratom{443}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(303,-171){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,-171)(423,-243)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putratom{443}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(303,-171){\line(5,-3){120}}%   % single bond at 5

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=81\relax

-           \putratom{283}{-402}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(303,-171){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 5

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=3\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-            \put(310,-168){\line(3,-5){72}}%   % double bond at 5

-            \put(284,-174){\line(3,-5){72}}%   % double bond at 5

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=9\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(303,-171){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 5

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=9\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(303,-171){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,-171)(375,-291)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(303,-171){\setatombondb}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(303,-171){\setatombondG}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=9\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-           \putratom{363}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(303,-171){\line(3,-5){72}}%    % single bond at 5

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi}% end of \@hsubste

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\@hsubstf| command is used for placing a substituent (|\@memberb|) at 

-% the 6-position (lower-left) of a vertical six-membered ring. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/15}{Added bond modifiers: FA, FB, GA, GB, Su, Sd}
-% \begin{macro}{\@hsubstf}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 6 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@hsubstf{%

- \if@fclip %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=76\relax

-          \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-          \put(79,-221){\line(-3,-5){63}}% % single bond at 6 (62=>63)

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=40\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(59,-201){\line(-5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=81\relax

-           \putratom{83}{-402}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(103,-221){\line(0,-1){100}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-221)(103,-321)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=81\relax

-           \putratom{83}{-402}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(103,-221){\line(0,-1){100}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=40\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(59,-201){\line(-5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(59,-201)(-41,-261)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=40\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(59,-201){\line(-5,-3){100}}%   % single bond at 6

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=81\relax

-           \putratom{83}{-402}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(103,-221){\line(0,-1){100}}%   % single bond at 6

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=49\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=82\relax

-            \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(78,-208){\line(-3,-5){63}}% % double bond at 6 (62->63)

-           \put(106,-219){\line(-3,-5){63}}% % double bond at 6 (62->63)

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=76\relax

-            \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(79,-221){\line(-3,-5){63}}% % single bond at 6 (62=>63)

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=76\relax

-            \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(79,-221){\line(-3,-5){63}}% single bond at 6 (62=>63)

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(79,-221)(16,-326)}}%1998/10/11 by SF

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(103,-171){\setatombondE}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusetrue

-      \put(103,-171){\setatombondh}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=43\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=76\relax

-           \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-           \put(79,-221){\line(-3,-5){63}}% % single bond at 6(62->63)

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \else%%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=59\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-            \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-            \put(108,-171){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 6

-%   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-   \else\if\@tmpc B%beta single bond%1998/10/11 by S. Fujita

-      \yl@xdiff=8\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(103,-171){\line(-5,-3){120}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=91\relax

-           \putratom{83}{-402}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(103,-171){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-171)(103,-311)}}%1998/10/17 by SF

-   \else\if\@tmpc u%(u) up --- (B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=91\relax

-           \putratom{83}{-402}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(103,-171){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 6

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc d%(d) down --- (A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=8\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(103,-171){\line(-5,-3){120}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-171)(-17,-243)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=8\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putlatom{-31}{-301}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(103,-171){\line(-5,-3){120}}%  % single bond at 6

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=20\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=91\relax

-           \putratom{83}{-402}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(103,-171){\line(0,-1){140}}%   % single bond at 6

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-    \fi\fi

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=65\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-            \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-            \put(96,-168){\line(-3,-5){72}}%   % double bond at 6

-            \put(121,-174){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % double bond at 6

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=59\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-            \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-            \put(108,-171){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 6

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-            \put(108,-171){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=59\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-            \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-            \put(108,-171){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-171)(31,-291)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb F%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(103,-171){\setatombondE}%

-     }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb G%fused bond

-     {\let\@tmpb=\@tmpc\@clipfusefalse

-      \put(103,-171){\setatombondh}%

-     }%

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=59\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=111\relax

-            \putlratom{-27}{-402}{\@memberb}%

-            \put(108,-171){\line(-3,-5){72}}%  % single bond at 6

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \fi\fi

- \fi}% end of \@hsubstf

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Setting-up substituents and bonds on a six-membered ring}

-%

-% The |\setsixringh| macro takes 5 arguments, which have the same meanings 

-% as described in the definition of the |\setsixringv| macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************************************************

-% * setting of atoms and bonds on a horizontal six-membered ring *

-% ****************************************************************

-%

-%    \setsixringh{SUBSLIST}{AD}{LOWER}{UPPER}{ORDER}

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The first argument |SUBSLIST| is a list of substituents, which is 

-% represented in the standard format of \XyMTeX{}. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 6 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The second argument |AD| is an adjustment value, which adjusts the original 

-% set of locant numbers into the standard one between 1 to 6 for drawing 

-% a six-membered ring. 

-% The effective range of the standared set of locant numbers is 

-% restricted by the auguments |LOWER| and |UPPER|.  A minus value of 

-% the last argument shows the anti-clockwise numbering, while zero or 

-% a plus value represents the clockwise numbering. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%    AD       : adjustment      e.g. 0 for six-membered rings

-%    LOWER    : lower limit     LOWER < effective range < UPPER

-%    UPPER    : upper limit

-%    ORDER     : >= 0 clockwise, <0 anti-clockwise

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/11}{Adding switches \cs{@yla} etc.}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Deleting switches \cs{@yla} etc.}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setsixringh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setsixringh#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifnum#5 < 0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax \fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The following commands are not used in a revised version

-% because of the direct use of |\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else...\fi|.

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %\or \if@yla\else\@hsubsta\fi% subst. on 1

-% %\or \if@ylb\else\@hsubstb\fi% subst. on 2

-% %\or \if@ylc\else\@hsubstc\fi% subst. on 3

-% %\or \if@yld\else\@hsubstd\fi% subst. on 4

-% %\or \if@yle\else\@hsubste\fi% subst. on 5

-% %\or \if@ylf\else\@hsubstf\fi% subst. on 6

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

- \or\@hsubsta% subst. on 1

- \or\@hsubstb% subst. on 2

- \or\@hsubstc% subst. on 3

- \or\@hsubstd% subst. on 4

- \or\@hsubste% subst. on 5

- \or\@hsubstf% subst. on 6

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}}% %end of setsixringh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Mocros linking Substituents}

-% \subsection{Right-handed linking unit}

-%

-% A structure-drawing command can be used to typeset a substituent 

-% by using a (yl)-argument. Moreover, the macro |\ryl| permits us 

-% to draw an intermediate linking unit. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{ryl} etc.}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ryl}

-% \begin{macro}{\@ryl}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newcount\x@ryl

-\newcount\y@ryl

-\def\ryl{\@ifnextchar({\@ryl}{\@ryl()}}

-\def\@ryl(#1)#2{%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\def\centeraaa{}%

-\x@ryl=0\y@ryl=0

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@ylsw%

-\XyMTeXWarning{Duplicated items in the first augument of \string\ryl}%

-\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\settowidth{\dimen0}{\@memberb}%

-\x@ryl=\dimen0%%%dimension => counter

-\divide\x@ryl\unitlength

-\advance\x@ryl by-70

-\y@ryl=0

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\y@ryl by50

-\or%1

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by30

-\advance\y@ryl by50

-\or%2

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by40

-\advance\y@ryl by40

-\or%3

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by50

-\advance\y@ryl by30

-\or%4

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by50

-\advance\y@ryl by0

-\or%5

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by50

-\advance\y@ryl by-30

-\or%6

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by50

-\advance\y@ryl by-50

-\or%7

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by30

-\advance\y@ryl by-50

-\or%8

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\y@ryl by-50

-\fi

-\fi\fi}%

- \yl@shiftii=\x@ryl

- \yl@shifti=-\y@ryl

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\ifx\centeraaa\empty\else%

-   \@clipfusetrue

-   \putlatom{40}{-30}{\centeraaa}%  % left type

-\fi%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

-\setatombonda% 0 (upward) (0,1)

-\or\setatombondF%1 (3,5)

-\or\setatombondA%2 (1,1)

-\or\setatombondf%3 (5,3)

-\or\setatombondb%4 (1,0)

-\or\setatombonde%5 (5,-3)

-\or\setatombondB%6 (1,-1)

-\or\setatombondE%7 (3,-5)

-\or\setatombondc%8 (0,-1)

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi

-}\end{picture}}%               %end of \ryl macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The substituent-setting commands |\setatombondF| etc. are used 

-% in the macro |\ryl|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondF}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{setatombondF}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondF{%% (3,5)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(30,50){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(30,50){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(30,50)(90,150)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(30,50){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(30,50){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(40,44){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(20,56){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(45,41){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,50){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(15,59){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(30,50){\line(3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{80}{160}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(90,150)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(10,-6){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-10,6){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(15,-9){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-15,9){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{80}{160}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondF

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondE}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{setatombondE}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondE{%% (3,-5)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=70\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(30,-50){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(30,-50){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(30,-50)(90,-150)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(30,-50){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(30,-50){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-           \put(40,-44){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(20,-56){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-           \put(45,-41){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,-50){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(15,-59){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(30,-50){\line(3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{80}{-220}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \else%no clipping

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=70\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(90,-150)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(10,6){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-10,-6){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(15,9){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-15,-9){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{80}{-220}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondE

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondA}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{setatombondA}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondA{%% (1,1)

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=0\relax

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(40,40){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(40,40){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(40,40)(140,140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(40,40){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(40,40){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-           \put(46,36){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(36,46){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-           \put(50,30){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(40,40){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,50){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(40,40){\line(1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{140}{140}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(120,120)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(6,-6){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-6,6){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(10,-10){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-10,10){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{120}{120}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondA

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondB}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{setatombondB}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondB{%% (1,-1)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=60\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(40,-40){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(40,-40){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(40,-40)(140,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(40,-40){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(40,-40){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-           \put(46,-36){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(36,-46){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-           \put(50,-30){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(40,-40){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(30,-50){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(40,-40){\line(1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{140}{-200}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \else%no clipping

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=60\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(120,-120)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(6,6){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-6,-6){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(10,10){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-10,-10){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putratom{120}{-180}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondB

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Left-handed linking unit}

-%

-% A structure-drawing command can be used to typeset a substituent 

-% by using a (yl)-argument. Moreover, the macro |\lyl| permits us 

-% to draw an intermediate linking unit. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{lyl} etc.}
-% \begin{macro}{\lyl}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\lyl{\@ifnextchar({\@lyl}{\@lyl()}}

-\def\@lyl(#1)#2{%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\def\centeraaa{}%

-\x@ryl=0\y@ryl=0

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@ylsw%

-\XyMTeXWarning{Duplicated items in the first augument of \string\ryl}%

-\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\settowidth{\dimen0}{\@memberb}%

-\x@ryl=\dimen0%%%dimension => counter

-\divide\x@ryl\unitlength

-\advance\x@ryl by-80

-\y@ryl=0

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-%\advance\x@ryl by0

-\advance\y@ryl by50

-\or%1

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by30

-\advance\y@ryl by50

-\or%2

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by40

-\advance\y@ryl by40

-\or%3

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by50

-\advance\y@ryl by30

-\or%4

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by50

-\advance\y@ryl by0

-\or%5

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by50

-\advance\y@ryl by-30

-\or%6

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by50

-\advance\y@ryl by-50

-\or%7

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-\advance\x@ryl by30

-\advance\y@ryl by-50

-\or%8

-\def\centeraaa{\@memberb}\@ylswtrue

-%\advance\x@ryl by0

-\advance\y@ryl by-50

-\fi

-\fi\fi}%

- \yl@shiftii=-\x@ryl

- \yl@shifti=-\y@ryl

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\ifx\centeraaa\empty\else%

-   \@clipfusetrue

-   \putratom{-40}{-30}{\centeraaa}%  % right type

-\fi%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

-\setatombonda% 0 (upward) (0,1)

-\or\setatombondD%1 (-3,5)

-\or\setatombondH%2 (-1,1)

-\or\setatombondd%3 (-5,3)

-\or\setatombondh%4 (-1,0)

-\or\setatombondg%5 (-5,-3)

-\or\setatombondC%6 (-1,-1)

-\or\setatombondG%7 (-3,-5)

-\or\setatombondc%8 (0,-1)

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi

-}\end{picture}}%               %end of \lyl macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The substituent-setting commands |\setatombondD| etc. are used 

-% in the macro |\ryl|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondD}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{setatombondD}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondD{%% (-3,5)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-30,50){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-30,50){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-30,50)(-90,150)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(-30,50){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(-30,50){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(-40,44){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-20,56){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(-45,41){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-30,50){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-15,59){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(-30,50){\line(-3,5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-80}{160}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-  \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-90,150)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(-10,-6){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(10,6){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(-15,-9){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(15,9){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-10\relax

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-80}{160}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondD

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondG}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{setatombondG}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondG{%% (-3,-5)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=70\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-30,-50){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-30,-50){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-30,-50)(-90,-150)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(-30,-50){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(-30,-50){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-           \put(-40,-44){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-20,-56){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-           \put(-45,-41){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-30,-50){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-15,-59){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(-30,-50){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-80}{-220}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-  \else%no clipping

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=70\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-90,-150)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(-10,6){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(10,-6){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(-15,9){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(15,-9){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){90}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-80}{-220}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondG

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondH}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{setatombondH}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondH{%% (-1,1)

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=0\relax

-  \if@clipfuse%

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-40,40){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-40,40){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-40,40)(-140,140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(-40,40){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(-40,40){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-           \put(-46,36){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-36,46){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-           \put(-50,30){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-40,40){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-30,50){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(-40,40){\line(-1,1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-140}{140}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-  \else%no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-120,120)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(-6,-6){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(6,6){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(-10,-10){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(10,10){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-120}{120}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondH

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\setatombondC}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New command: \cs{setatombondC}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\setatombondC{%% (-1,-1)

-  \if@clipfuse%

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=60\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-40,-40){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(-40,-40){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-40,-40)(-140,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(-40,-40){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(-40,-40){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-           \put(-46,-36){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-36,-46){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%triple bond

-           \put(-50,-30){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-40,-40){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(-30,-50){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(-40,-40){\line(-1,-1){100}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-140}{-200}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-  \else%no clipping

-      \yl@xdiff=0\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=60\relax

-   \if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-120,-120)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb U%unspecified single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb S%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%beta single bond

-           \put(-6,6){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(6,-6){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb T%beta single bond

-           \put(-10,10){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-           \put(10,-10){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%beta single bond

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}%       % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-           \putlatom{-120}{-180}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-  \fi%

-}% end of \setatombondC

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Minor Linking Units}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ayl}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ayl{\@ifnextchar({\@ayl@}{\@ayl@(10,40)}}

-\def\@ayl@(#1,#2)#3{\begingroup\yl@xdiff=0 \yl@ydiff=0%

-\kern#1\unitlength\raise#2\unitlength\hbox to0pt{#3\hss}%

-\endgroup}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\upnobond}

-% \begin{macro}{\downnobond}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\upnobond#1#2{%

-\hbox{\hbox to0.72em{\hss#1\hss}\kern-0.72em\raise2.2ex\hbox{#2}}}

-\def\downnobond#1#2{%

-\hbox{\hbox to0.72em{\hss#1\hss}\kern-0.72em\lower2.2ex\hbox{#2}}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Spriro-Ring Commands}

-% \subsection{Basic Commands for Six-Membered Rings}

-%

-% For treating spiro-ring fusion, the following basic commands 

-% (|\test@vertix| and |\test@vertix@sixv|) are added at the 

-% time of releasing Version 2.00.  These commands are generally 

-% used for detecting hetero atoms at respective vertices of a 

-% heterocyclic ring. 

-%

-% The command |\test@vertix| is used in |\test@vertix@sixv|. 

-% which is designed to test the existence of a hetero atom 

-% (or an equivalent) at each vertix of a six-membered ring. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vertix}

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vertix@sixv}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{test@vertix} and 

-% \cs{test@vertix@sixv}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vertix#1{%

-   \expandafter\def\csname #1#1#1\endcsname{@}%

-   \if\@tmpb h\relax

-    \expandafter\def\csname #1#1#1\endcsname{@}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-   \expandafter\def\csname #1#1#1\endcsname{}%

-   \fi\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The command |\test@vertix@sixv| is designed to test 

-% the existence of a hetero atom (or an equivalent) 

-% at each vertix of a six-membered ring.

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vertix@sixv#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R\@membera//%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

-% \changes{v2.00}{1996/11/14}{@ in place of a net value}

- \or \test@vertix{#2}%

- \or \test@vertix{#3}%

- \or \test@vertix{#4}%

- \or 

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \def\iii{@}%

-   \else

-     \test@vertix{#5}%

-   \fi

- \or \test@vertix{#6}%

- \or \test@vertix{#7}%

-\fi\fi}}% end of \test@vertix@sixv

-%\def\test@vertix@sixv#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%

-%\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-%\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-%\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-%\ifcase\@tmpa%

-%% \changes{v2.00}{1996/11/14}{@ in place of a net value}

-% \or \test@vertix{#2}%

-% \or \test@vertix{#3}%

-% \or \test@vertix{#4}%

-% \or \test@vertix{#5}%

-% \or \test@vertix{#6}%

-% \or \test@vertix{#7}%

-%\fi}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\set@hetatom@sixv| is to set a spiro group 

-% (stored as |\@memberb|) 

-% at a vertix designated by |\@tmpaa| (or originally by |\@tmpa|). 

-% The atom modifier `s' designates that the spiro group contains 

-% a carbon atom (a vertix) at a spiro position, while `h' 

-% represents the presence of a hetero atom at a spiro position. 

-% The absence of such atom modifiers shows the substitution 

-% of a usual hetero atom.  The command |\set@hetatom@sixv| is 

-% used in such commands as |\sixheterov| and |\sixheterovi| 

-% for treating thier ATOMLISTs, 

-% e.g. |1==N;1s==\sixheterov{}{1==(yl)}|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@hetatom@sixv}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@hetatom@sixv}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@hetatom@sixv#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifnum#5 < 0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax \fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

-\or%position 1

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@acliptrue%

-     \putratom{0}{356}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@aclipfalse%

-     \putratom{0}{406}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@acliptrue%

-     \putratom{-31}{356}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 2

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@bcliptrue%

-     \putratom{135}{280}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@bclipfalse%

-     \putratom{175}{303}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@bcliptrue%

-     \putratom{135}{280}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 3

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@ccliptrue%

-     \putratom{135}{95}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@cclipfalse%

-     \putratom{175}{103}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@ccliptrue%

-     \putratom{135}{65}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 4

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@cliptrue%

-     \putratom{0}{50}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@clipfalse%

-     \putratom{0}{0}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@cliptrue%

-     \putratom{-31}{-10}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 5

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@ecliptrue%

-     \putlatom{-135}{95}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@eclipfalse%

-     \putlatom{-175}{103}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@ecliptrue%

-     \putlatom{-135}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 6

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@fcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{-135}{280}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@fclipfalse%

-     \putlatom{-175}{303}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@fcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{-135}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\fi% end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}% end of the macro \set@hetatom@sixv

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\set@hetatom@sixh| is to set a spiro group 

-% (stored as |\@memberb|) 

-% at a vertix designated by |\@tmpaa| (or originally by |\@tmpa|). 

-% The atom modifier `s' designates that the spiro group contains 

-% a carbon atom (a vertix) at a spiro position, while `h' 

-% represents the presence of a hetero atom at a spiro position. 

-% The absence of such atom modifiers shows the substitution 

-% of a usual hetero atom.  The command |\set@hetatom@sixh| is 

-% used in such commands as |\sixheteroh| and |\sixheterohi| 

-% for treating thier ATOMLISTs, 

-% e.g. |1==N;1s==\sixheteroh{}{1==(yl)}|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@hetatom@sixh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@hetatom@sixh}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@hetatom@sixh#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-%\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R\@membera//%

-\ifnum#5 < 0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax \fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

-\or%position 1

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@acliptrue%

-     \putlatom{60}{0}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@aclipfalse%

-     \putlatom{0}{0}{\@memberb}%              % left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@acliptrue%

-     \putlatom{60}{-36}{\@memberb}%              % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 2

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@bcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{141}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@bclipfalse%

-     \putlatom{103}{171}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@bcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{141}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 3

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@ccliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{141}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@cclipfalse%

-     \putratom{303}{171}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@ccliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{141}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 4

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@cliptrue%

-   \putratom{346}{0}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@clipfalse%

-   \putratom{406}{0}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@cliptrue%

-   \putratom{346}{-36}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 5

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@ecliptrue%

-     \putratom{283}{-131}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@eclipfalse%

-     \putratom{303}{-171}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@ecliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 6

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@fcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{125}{-131}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@fclipfalse%

-     \putlatom{103}{-171}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@fcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\fi% end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}% end of the macro \set@hetatom@sixh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Basic Commands for Six-Six Rings}

-%

-% The command |\test@vertix@decav| is designed to test 

-% the existence of a hetero atom (or an equivalent) 

-% at each vertix of a six-six fused ring.

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vertix@decav}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vertix@decav#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or\or\or\or\or\or

- \or \test@vertix{#2}%

- \or

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \def\jjj{@}%

-   \else

-     \test@vertix{#3}%

-   \fi

- \or \test@vertix{#4}%

- \or \test@vertix{#5}%

-% \or \test@vertix{#6}%

-% \or \test@vertix{#7}%

-\fi\fi}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\set@vrtx@fuse| is to set an atom (stored as 

-% |\@memberb|) at one (stored as |\@tmpa|) of the fused vertices 

-% of a six-six ring.  

-% These vertices are incapable of accomodating a spiro group. 

-% On the other hand, the other positions can take spiro groups 

-% (stored as |\@memberb|), which are treated by means of 

-% the command |\set@hetatom@sixv|. 

-% The command |\set@vrtx@fuse| is used in such commands 

-% as |\decaheterov| for treating thier ATOMLISTs, 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@fuse}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@vrtx@fuse}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@fuse#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or

- \or

- \or

- \or%%%%4

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

- \or%5

- \or%6

- \or%7

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

-\or%9 (= 4a)

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-\or%10 (= 8a)

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@fuse

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\set@vrtx@fuseh| is to set an atom (stored as 

-% |\@memberb|) at one (stored as |\@tmpa|) of the fused vertices 

-% of a six-six ring.  

-% These vertices are incapable of accomodating a spiro group. 

-% On the other hand, the other positions can take spiro groups 

-% (stored as |\@memberb|), which are treated by means of 

-% the command |\set@hetatom@sixh|. 

-% The command |\set@vrtx@fuseh| is used in such commands 

-% as |\decaheteroh| for treating thier ATOMLISTs, 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@fuseh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@vrtx@fuseh}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@fuseh#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R\@membera//%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or

- \or

- \or

- \or%%%%4

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%            % right type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

- \or%5

- \or%6

- \or%7

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%            % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

-\or%9 (= 4a)

-   \ifx\@tmpb\empty

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%            % right type

-   \else

-     \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden spiro ring for the 4a position}%

-   \fi

-\or%10 (= 8a)

-   \ifx\@tmpb\empty

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%            % left type

-   \else

-     \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden spiro ring for the 8a position}%

-   \fi

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@fuseh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Ring-fusion Commands for Six-Membered Rings}

-% \subsection{Normal Vertical Type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@sixv| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\sixheterov| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@sixv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@sixv}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@sixv}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@sixv{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{88}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{-90}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{-90}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@sixv

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@sixv| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@sixv}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@sixv}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@sixv{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%         % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d, h, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D, H, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa f\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f, j, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa F\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{406}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{F, J, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{406}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a, i, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A, I, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c, e, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C, E, or other}%

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@sixv

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse Vertical Type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@sixvi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\sixheterovi| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@sixvi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@sixvi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@sixvi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@sixvi{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{88}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{-90}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{-90}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@sixvi

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusionadd@sixvi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@sixvi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@sixvi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@sixvi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@sixvi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

- \if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{406}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{406}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa f\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa F\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{F or other}%

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the marcro \set@fusion@sixvi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Normal Horizontal Type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@sixh| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\sixheteroh| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@sixh|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@sixh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@sixh}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@sixh{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@sixh

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@sixh| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@sixh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@sixh}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@sixh{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{406}{0}{\@@tmpb}%         % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d, h, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D, H, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa f\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f, j, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa F\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{F, J, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a, i, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A, I, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c, e, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{406}{0}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-%        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-        \FuseWarning{103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C, E, or other}%

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@sixh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse Horizontal Type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@sixhi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\sixheterohi| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@sixhi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@sixhi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/29}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@sixhi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@sixhi{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@sixhi

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@sixhi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@sixhi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@sixhi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@sixhi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa F\relax%

-        \putlratom{406}{0}{\@@tmpb}%         % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{F, J, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa f\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f, j, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D, H, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d, h, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C, E, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c, e, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A, I, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{406}{0}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a, i, or other}%

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@sixhi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Ring-fusion Commands for Six-Six Fused Rings}

-% \subsection{Conventions for Warning}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\UnfavorableFusion}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/23}{New command: \cs{UnfavorableFusion}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\UnfavorableFusion#1{\if@smallringsw\else

-\XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `#1'}\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ForbiddenFusion}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/23}{New command: \cs{ForbiddenFusion}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ForbiddenFusion#1{\if@smallringsw\else

-\XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `#1'}\fi}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Normal Vertical Type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@decav| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\decalinev| and |\decaheterov|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@decav}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@decav}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@decav{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{e}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{E}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{i}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{I}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{J}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{k}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{K}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@decav

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-Bottom  Type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@decavb| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\decalinevb| and |\decaheterovb| etc., 

-% where  the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@decavb}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@decavb}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@decavb{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{e}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{E}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{i}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{I}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{J}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{k}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(-171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{K}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@decavb

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-Top  Type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@decavt| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\decalinevt| and |\decaheterovt| etc., 

-% where  the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@decavt}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@decavt}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@decavt{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{e}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{E}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{i}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{I}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{J}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{k}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(171,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{K}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of \set@fusion@decavt

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Normal Horizontal Type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@decah| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\decalineh| and |\decaheteroh|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixh|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@decah}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@decah}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@decah{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{e}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{E}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{i}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{I}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{J}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{k}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{K}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@decah

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Ring-fusion Commands for Six-Six-Six Fused Rings}

-% \subsection{Normal Vertical Type of Anthracenes}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@hanthrav| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\hanthracenev|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@hanthrav}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@hanthrav}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@hanthrav{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{e}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{E}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{f}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{F}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{g}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{G}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{k}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{K}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa l%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{l}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa L%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{L}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa m%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{m}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa M%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{M}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa n%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{n}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa N%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{N}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa o%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{o}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa O%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(684,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{O}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa p%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{p}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa P%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{P}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@hanthrav

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Normal Vertical Type of Phenanthrenes}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@hphenanv| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\hphenanthrenev|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@hphenanv}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@phenanv}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@hphenanv{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{e}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{E}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{f}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{F}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{J}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{k}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{K}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa l%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa L%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa m%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{b}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{m}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa M%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{B}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{M}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa n%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{n}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa N%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{N}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa o%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{o}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa O%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(513,303){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{O}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa p%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{p}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa P%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{P}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@hphananv

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Ring-fusion Commands for Five-Membered Rings}

-% \subsection{Normal vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@fivev| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\fiveheterov| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@fivev|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@fivev}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/4}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@fivev}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@fivev{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{88}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{150}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@fivev

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusionadd@fivev

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@fivev| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@fivev}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/4}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@fivev}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@fivev{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

- \if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E}%

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the marcro \set@fusion@fivev

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@fivevi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\fiveheterov| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@fivevi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@fivevi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/4}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@fivevi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@fivevi{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{-60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{213}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@fivevi

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusionadd@fivevi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@fivevi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@fivevi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/4}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@fivevi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@fivevi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e, j, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{406}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E, J, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{406}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a, i, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A, I, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@fivevi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Normal horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@fiveh| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\fiveheteroh| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@fiveh|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@fiveh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/29}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@fiveh}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@fiveh{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{196}{-30}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@fiveh

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@fiveh| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@fiveh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@fiveh}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@fiveh{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{406}{0}{\@@tmpb}%         % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E, J, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e, j, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A, I, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{406}{0}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a, i, or other}%

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@fiveh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@fivehi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\fiveheterohi| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@fivehi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@fivehi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@fivehi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@fivehi{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{-60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{140}{-30}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@fivehi

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@fivehi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@fivehi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/23}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@fivehi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@fivehi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e, j, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E, J, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a, i, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A, I, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{103}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b, k, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{303}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B, K, or other}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@sixh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Ring-fusion Commands for Six-Five-fused Rings}

-% \subsection{Normal vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@nonav| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\indanev| and |\nonaheterov|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixvi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@nonav}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@nonav{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c\relax

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C\relax%

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{h}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{H}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{i}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{I}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{J}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@nonav

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@nonavi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\indanevi| and |\nonaheterovi|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@nonavi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@nonavi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@nonavi{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c\relax

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C\relax%

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{h}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{H}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{i}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{I}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixv}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{J}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@nonavi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Normal horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@nonah| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\nonaheteroh|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixhi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@nonah}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/6}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@nonah}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@nonah{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c\relax

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C\relax%

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{h}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{H}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{i}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{I}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{J}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@nonah

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@nonahi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\indanehi| and |\nonaheterohi|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixh|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@nonahi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@nonahi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@nonahi{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c\relax

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C\relax%

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{d}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{D}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{h}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{H}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{i}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \UnfavorableFusion{I}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{j}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixh}%

-      \ForbiddenFusion{J}%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@nonahi

-%</chemstr>

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \Finale

-%

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 09f26e8d7c9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/chemstr.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{chemstr.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996, 1988 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1998 (private version)

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-

-Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{chemstr.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{chemstr.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{chemstr.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{chemstr.dtx}{chemstr}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/doins.bat b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/doins.bat
deleted file mode 100644
index 38a90a2f401..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/doins.bat
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-platex aliphat.ins

-platex carom.ins

-platex ccycle.ins

-platex chemist.ins

-platex chemstr.ins

-platex hcycle.ins

-platex hetarom.ins

-platex hetaromh.ins

-platex locant.ins

-platex lowcycle.ins

-platex polymers.ins

-platex methylen.ins

-platex fusering.ins

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 937c74106ca..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `fusering.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% fusering.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1998 (private version)
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: fusering.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{methylen.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{methylen.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Fusing Ring Units by {\sffamily fusering.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{fusering.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `fusering.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index a7b6695ad70..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4575 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-%% File: fusering.dtx
-%
-%  Copyright 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.
-%  -------------------------------------
-%
-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 
-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.
-%
-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 
-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 
-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 
-% are based on LaTeX commands. 
-%
-% For the review of XyMTeX, see
-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text
-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    
-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 
-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:
-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 
-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  
-%
-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 
-%     directory name; or
-%  (2) if you do make changes, 
-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 
-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 
-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.
-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%
-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:
-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 
-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 
-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \fi
-%
-% \CheckSum{4211}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \iffalse
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{methylen.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-% \iffalse
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{methylen.dtx}
-%
-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\title{Fusing Ring Units by {\sffamily fusering.sty} 
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-%
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{fusering.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \section{Introduction}\label{methylen:intro}
-%
-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}
-%
-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
-% \hline
-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline
-% fusering & fusering.sty \\
-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\
-% \hline
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \subsection{Version Information}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*fusering>
-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}
-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\j@urnalname{methylen}
-\def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}
-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00}
-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%
-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{List of commands for fusering.sty}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **********************************
-% * fusering.sty: list of commands * 
-% **********************************
-%
-%  <Six-membered fused ring units>
-%    \sixfusev       \@sixfusev        \sixfuseposv
-%    \sixfusevi      \@sixfusevi       \sixfuseposvi
-%    \sixfuseh       \@sixfuseh        \sixfuseposh
-%    \sixfusehi      \@sixfusehi       \sixfuseposhi
-%
-%  <Five-membered fused ring units>
-%    \fivefusev      \@fivefusev       \fivefuseposv
-%    \fivefusevi     \@fivefusevi      \fivefuseposvi
-%    \fivefuseh      \@fivefuseh       \fivefuseposh
-%    \fivefusehi     \@fivefusehi      \fivefuseposhi
-%
-%  <Four-membered fused ring units>
-%    \fourfuse       \@fourfuse        \fourfusepos
-%
-%  <Three-membered fused ring units>
-%    \threefusev     \@threefusev       \threefuseposv
-%    \threefusevi    \@threefusevi      \threefuseposvi
-%    \threefuseh     \@threefuseh       \threefuseposh
-%    \threefusehi    \@threefusehi      \threefuseposhi
-
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \section{Input of basic macros}
-%
-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 
-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 
-% files ({\sf polymers.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 
-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 
-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} etc. for the present case) in place of the 
-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *************************
-% * input of basic macros *
-% *************************
-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}
-\@ifundefined{bzdrv}{\input carom.sty\relax}{}
-\@ifundefined{hbonde}{\input hetaromh.sty\relax}{}
-\@ifundefined{bonde}{\input hetarom.sty\relax}{}
-\unitlength=0.1pt
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Six-Membered Fusing Units}
-% \subsection{Vertical Type}
-% 
-% The command |\sixfusev| produces a six-membered fusing unit 
-% of vertical type.  The structure produced lacks a given bond 
-% in order to realize ring fusion, which produces a new ring system. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% Note that the difference between |\sixfusev| and |\sixuniv|, 
-% the latter of which is designed as an inner command for giving 
-% a building block with no adjustment of attached sites, while 
-% the former has a function of such adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *****************************
-% * six-membered fusing unit  *
-% *  (vertical type)          *
-% *****************************
-%
-%          1
-%      f   *  a
-%     6  *   *  2
-%     d |     | b
-%       |     |
-%     5  *   *  3
-%       d  * c
-%          4 <===== the original point
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\sixfusev| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 
-% and |FUSE|  as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \sixfusev(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SKBONDLIST =  
-%            A:      dotted bond for an alpha (down) bond
-%            B:      boldfaced bond for a beta (upper) bond
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST =
-%
-%           none       :  fully saturated
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,6-double bond
-%           f          :  6,1-double bond
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \sixfusev{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{e}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{New command: \cs{sixfusev}} 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@skbondlist}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\newif\if@skbondlist
-%\@skbondlistfalse
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}% to hetarom.sty
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sixfusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@six@fusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@six@@fusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@sixfusev}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sixfusev{\@ifnextchar({\@six@fusev(@}{\@six@fusev(@)}}
-\def\@six@fusev(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@six@@fusev(#1)[@}%
-{\@six@@fusev(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@six@@fusev(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@sixfusev(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@sixfusev(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@sixfusev(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize%
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}{f}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adjustment of attached positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\sixfuseposv{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `sixfusev' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% changed FUSE into a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita
-{%
-\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbonda etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{c}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondc etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{d}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbondd etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \skbonde etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{f}% bond between 6 and 1 \@fff -> \skbondf etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r\relax%
-\else\if\member l\relax%
-\else\if\member a\relax% 
-  \bonda%
-\else\if\member b\relax% 
-   \bondb%
-\else\if\member c\relax%
-   \bondc%
-\else\if\member d\relax%
-   \bondd%
-\else\if\member e\relax%
-   \bonde%
-\else\if\member f\relax%
-   \bondf%
-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 
-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%               %circle
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-     \set@fusionadd@sixv
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting hetero atoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{0}{7}{0}%    %atom 1--6%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\setsixringv{#4}{0}{0}{7}{0}%
-\end{picture}%
-\sixfuseposv{#5}%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixfusev macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\sixfuseposv| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\sixfusev| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@sixfuseposv}
-% \begin{macro}{\sixfuseposv}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\if@sixfuseposv \@sixfuseposvfalse
-\def\fuseAx{0}
-\def\fuseAy{0}
-\def\fuseBx{0}
-\def\fuseBy{0}
-\def\sixfuseposv#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{406}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{406}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `C'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `d'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `D'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `E'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer f\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `f'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{406}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer F\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `F'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{406}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi}}}% end of the macro \sixfuseposv
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\@bond@fuse@omit| is used in |\sixfusev| etc. 
-% for detecting omitted bonds, where |\@aaa| etc. are empty if 
-% they are omitted. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@bond@fuse@omit}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@bond@fuse@omit#1#2{%
-\ifx#1a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi
-\ifx#1b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi
-\ifx#1c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi
-\ifx#1d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi
-\ifx#1e\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi
-\ifx#1f\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi
-\ifx#1A\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi
-\ifx#1B\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi
-\ifx#1C\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi
-\ifx#1D\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi
-\ifx#1E\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi
-\ifx#1F\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi
-%%%%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#2\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}%
- \ifx#1a\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `a' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax\gdef\@aaa{}%
- \ifx#1a\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `a' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}%
- \ifx#1b\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `b' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax\gdef\@bbb{}%
- \ifx#1b\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `b' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}%
- \ifx#1c\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `c' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax\gdef\@ccc{}%
- \ifx#1c\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `c' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}%
- \ifx#1d\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `d' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax\gdef\@ddd{}%
- \ifx#1d\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `d' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax\gdef\@eee{}%
- \ifx#1e\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `e' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax\gdef\@eee{}%
- \ifx#1e\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `e' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer f\relax\gdef\@fff{}%
- \ifx#1f\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `f' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer F\relax\gdef\@fff{}%
- \ifx#1f\relax
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double spec. of bond `f' in FUSE and OMIT}\fi
-\fi%
-}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Inverse Vertical Type}
-% 
-% The command |\sixfusevi| produces a six-membered fusing unit 
-% of vertical type.  The structure produced lacks a given bond 
-% in order to realize ring fusion, which produces a new ring system. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% Note that the difference between |\sixfusevi| and |\sixunivi|, 
-% the latter of which is designed as an inner command for giving 
-% a building block with no adjustment of attached sites, while 
-% the former has a function of such adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *****************************
-% * six-membered fusing unit  *
-% *  (inverse vertical type)  *
-% *****************************
-%
-%          4
-%       d  *  c
-%     5  *   *  3
-%     e |     | b
-%       |     |
-%     6  *   *  2
-%       f  * a
-%          1 <===== the original point
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\sixfusevi| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 
-% and |FUSE| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \sixfusevi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SKBONDLIST =  
-%            A:      dotted bond for an alpha (down) bond
-%            B:      boldfaced bond for a beta (upper) bond
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST =
-%
-%           none       :  fully saturated
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,6-double bond
-%           f          :  6,1-double bond
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \sixfusevi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{e}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{New command: \cs{sixfusevi}} 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sixfusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@six@fusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@six@@fusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@sixfusevi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sixfusevi{\@ifnextchar({\@six@fusevi(@}{\@six@fusevi(@)}}
-\def\@six@fusevi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@six@@fusevi(#1)[@}%
-{\@six@@fusevi(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@six@@fusevi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@sixfusevi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@sixfusevi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@sixfusevi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize%
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{c}{b}{a}{f}{e}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adjustment of attached positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\sixfuseposvi{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `sixfusev' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% changed FUSE into a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{a}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbonda etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{f}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbondf etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \skbonde etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{d}% bond between 6 and 1 \@fff -> \skbondd etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r\relax%
-\else\if\member l\relax%
-\else\if\member a\relax% 
-  \bondc%
-\else\if\member b\relax% 
-   \bondb%
-\else\if\member c\relax%
-   \bonda%
-\else\if\member d\relax%
-   \bondf%
-\else\if\member e\relax%
-   \bonde%
-\else\if\member f\relax%
-   \bondd%
-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 
-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%               %circle
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-     \set@fusionadd@sixvi
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting hetero atoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%    %atom 1--4%
-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%   %atom 5 and 6%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\setsixringv{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%    %subst 1--4
-\setsixringv{#4}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%   %subst 5 and 6
-\end{picture}%
-\sixfuseposvi{#5}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixfusevi macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\sixfuseposvi| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\sixfusevi| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sixfuseposvi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sixfuseposvi#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{406}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `C'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{406}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer f\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `f'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer F\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `F'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `E'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `d'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{406}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `D'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{406}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-}}}% end of the macro \sixfuseposvi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Normal Horizontal Type}
-% 
-% The command |\sixfuseh| produces a six-membered fusing unit 
-% of horizontal type.  The structure produced lacks a given bond 
-% in order to realize ring fusion, which produces a new ring system. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% Note that the difference between |\sixfuseh| and |\sixunih|, 
-% the latter of which is designed as an inner command for giving 
-% a building block with no adjustment of attached sites, while 
-% the former has a function of such adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *****************************
-% * six-membered fusing unit  *
-% *     (horizontal type)     *
-% *****************************
-%                                   b
-%                                2      3  
-%                            a    -----    c
-%                               *       *
-%   the original point ===> 1 *           * 4
-%          (0,0)                *       *  d
-%                            f    -----
-%                                6      5 
-%                                   e
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\sixfuseh| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 
-% and |FUSE| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|. 
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \sixfuseh(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST = 
-%
-%           none       :  fully saturated
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,6-double bond
-%           f          :  6,1-double bond
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \sixfuseh{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{e}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The definition of |\sixfuseh| uses a picture environment and 
-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheteroh|: 
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item treatment of atom list, 
-% \item placing outer skeletons, 
-% \item placing inner double bonds, 
-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 
-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringh|. 
-% \end{enumerate}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/29}{New command: \cs{sixfuseh}} 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sixfuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@six@fuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@six@@fuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@sixfuseh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sixfuseh{\@ifnextchar({\@six@fuseh(@}{\@six@fuseh(@)}}
-\def\@six@fuseh(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@six@@fuseh(#1)[@}%
-{\@six@@fuseh(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@six@@fuseh(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@sixfuseh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@sixfuseh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@sixfuseh(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize%
-\test@vrtx@sixh{#3}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adjustment of attached positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\sixfuseposh{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `sixunith' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% changed FUSE into a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbonda etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{c}{c}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbondc etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{d}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \hskbondd etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \hskbonde etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{f}{f}% bond between 6 and 1 \@fff -> \hskbondf etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r\relax%
-\else \if\member l\relax%
-\else \if\member a\relax%
-  \hbonda%
-\else \if\member b\relax%
-   \hbondb%
-\else \if\member c\relax%
-   \hbondc%
-\else \if\member d\relax%
-   \hbondd%
-\else \if\member e\relax%
-   \hbonde%
-\else \if\member f\relax%
-   \hbondf%
-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 
-  \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%                %circle
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-     \set@fusionadd@sixh
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting hetero atoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{0}{7}{0}%    %atom 1--6%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\setsixringh{#4}{0}{0}{7}{0}%
-\end{picture}%
-\sixfuseposh{#5}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixfuseh macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\sixfuseposh| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\sixfuseh| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sixfuseposh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sixfuseposh#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{406}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `C'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{406}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `d'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{406}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `D'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{406}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `E'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer f\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `f'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer F\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `F'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi}}}% end of the macro \sixfuseposh
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Inverse Horizontal Type}
-% 
-% The command |\sixfusehi| produces a six-membered fusing unit 
-% of inverse horizontal type.  The structure produced lacks a given bond 
-% in order to realize ring fusion, which produces a new ring system. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *****************************
-% * six-membered fusing unit  *
-% * (inverse horizontal type) *
-% *****************************
-%           b
-%        3      2 
-%    c    -----    a
-%       *        *
-%    4 *           * 1 <== the original point (0,0)
-%        *       * f
-%    d    -----
-%        5      6 
-%           e
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\sixfusehi| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 
-% and |FUSE| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|. 
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \sixfusehi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST = 
-%
-%           none       :  fully saturated
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,6-double bond
-%           f          :  6,1-double bond
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 6 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \sixfusehi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{e}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/29}{New command: \cs{sixfusehi}} 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sixfusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@six@fusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@six@@fusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@sixfusehi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sixfusehi{\@ifnextchar({\@six@fusehi(@}{\@six@fusehi(@)}}
-\def\@six@fusehi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@six@@fusehi(#1)[@}%
-{\@six@@fusehi(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@six@@fusehi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@sixfusehi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@sixfusehi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@sixfusehi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize%
-\test@vrtx@sixhi{#3}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adjustment of attached positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\sixfuseposhi{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `sixunith' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% changed FUSE into a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbondc etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{c}{a}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbonda etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{f}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \hskbondf etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \hskbonde etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{f}{d}% bond between 6 and 1 \@fff -> \hskbondd etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r\relax%
-\else \if\member l\relax%
-\else \if\member a\relax%
-  \hbondc%
-\else \if\member b\relax%
-   \hbondb%
-\else \if\member c\relax%
-   \hbonda%
-\else \if\member d\relax%
-   \hbondf%
-\else \if\member e\relax%
-   \hbonde%
-\else \if\member f\relax%
-   \hbondd%
-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 
-  \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%                %circle
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-     \set@fusionadd@sixhi
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting hetero atoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%               %subst 1--4
-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%              %subst 5 and 6
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\setsixringh{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%               %subst 1--4
-\setsixringh{#4}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%              %subst 5 and 6
-\end{picture}%
-\sixfuseposhi{#5}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixfusehi macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\sixfuseposhi| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\sixfusehi| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sixfuseposhi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sixfuseposhi#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `C'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{406}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{406}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer F\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `F'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{406}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer f\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `f'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{406}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `E'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `D'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `d'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi}}}% end of the macro \sixfuseposhi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Five-membered fused ring unit}
-% \subsection{Vertical type}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefusev| is a five-membered fragment that can be 
-% fused to another 
-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 
-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **********************
-% * five-membered fused*
-% *  (vertical type)   *
-% **********************
-%
-%     4 _______ 3
-%       |     |
-%       |     |
-%     5  *   *  2
-%          *
-%          1 <===== the original point
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefusev| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 
-% and |FUSE| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \fivefusev(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to e, each of 
-% which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 
-%
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,1-double bond
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted for fusion. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \fivefusev{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{a}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fivefusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@five@fusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@five@@fusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@fivefusev}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fivefusev{\@ifnextchar({\@five@fusev(@}{\@five@fusev(@)}}
-\def\@five@fusev(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@five@@fusev(#1)[@}%
-{\@five@@fusev(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@five@@fusev(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@fivefusev(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@fivefusev(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@fivefusev(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{c}{b}{f}{e}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adjustment of attached positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\fivefuseposv{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `fivefusev' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% %% outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% changed FUSE to a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondhoriz}%
-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondhoriz etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbonde etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{d}% bond between 5 and 1 \@eee -> \skbondd etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% %% inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r%
-\else\if\member a\relax%
-   \bondc%
-\else\if\member b\relax%
-  \bondb%
-\else\if\member c\relax%
-   \bondhoriz%
-\else\if\member d\relax%
-  \bonde%
-\else\if\member e\relax%
-  \bondd%
-\else
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@fivev
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting heteroatoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3
-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\setsixringv{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3
-\setsixringv{#4}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5
-\end{picture}%
-{\let\XyMTeXWarning\@gobble
-\fivefuseposv{#5}}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag}%end of \fivefusev macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefuseposv| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\fivefusev| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fivefuseposv}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fivefuseposv#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer c\relax
-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%
-\fi
-\if\memBer C\relax
-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%
-\fi
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `f'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `F'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `E'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-}}}% end of the macro \fivefuseposv
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefusevi| typesets a five-membered fragment that can be 
-% fused to another 
-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 
-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ************************************
-% * five-membered fusing unit        *
-% *  (vertical type, inverse type)   *
-% ************************************
-%
-%          1
-%          * 
-%     6  *   *  2
-%       |     |
-%       |_____|
-%     4         3
-%          *
-%        (0,0) <===== the original point
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefusevi| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 
-% and |FUSE| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \fivefusevi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 
-%
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,1-double bond
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \fivefusevi{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{a}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fivefusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@five@fusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@five@@fusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@fivefusevi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fivefusevi{\@ifnextchar({\@five@fusevi(@}{\@five@fusevi(@)}}
-\def\@five@fusevi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@five@@fusevi(#1)[@}%
-{\@five@@fusevi(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@five@@fusevi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@fivefusevi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@fivefusevi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@fivefusevi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{b}{c}{e}{f}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adjustment of attached positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\fivefuseposvi{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `fivefusevi' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% changed FUSE to a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbonda etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondhorizi}%
-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondhorizi etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbonde etc
-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{f}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \skbondf etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r%
-\else\if\member a\relax%
-   \bonda%
-\else\if\member b\relax%
-  \bondb%
-\else\if\member c\relax%
-   \bondhorizi%
-\else\if\member d\relax%
-  \bonde%
-\else\if\member e\relax%
-  \bondf%
-\else 
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@fivevi
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting heteroatoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3
-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\setsixringv{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3
-\setsixringv{#4}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5
-\end{picture}%
-{\let\XyMTeXWarning\@gobble
-\fivefuseposvi{#5}}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag}%               %end of \fivefusevi macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefuseposvi| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\fivefusev| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fivefuseposvi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fivefuseposvi#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{406}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{406}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%
-\fi
-\if\memBer C\relax
-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%
-\fi
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `d'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `D'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{406}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{406}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi}}}% end of the macro \fivefuseposvi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Horizonatl type}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefuseh| is a five-membered fragment that can be 
-% fused to another 
-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 
-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **********************
-% * five-membered unit *
-% *  (horizontal type) *
-% **********************
-%
-%     3  _____  2
-%       |       *
-%       |         * 1 <===== the original point
-%       |       *
-%     4  -----  5
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefuseh| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 
-% and |FUSE| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \fivefuseh(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 
-%
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,1-double bond
-%           A          :  aromatic circle
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)
-%           {0+}       :  plus (or others) at the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \fivefuseh{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{a}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fivefuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@five@fuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@five@@fuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@fivefuseh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fivefuseh{\@ifnextchar({\@five@fuseh(@}{\@five@fuseh(@)}}
-\def\@five@fuseh(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@five@@fuseh(#1)[@}%
-{\@five@@fuseh(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@five@@fuseh(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@fivefuseh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@fivefuseh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@fivefuseh(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{c}{b}{f}{e}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adjustment of attached positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\fivefuseposh{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `fivefuseh' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% changed FUSE to a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{hskbondvert}%
-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbondvert etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbonde etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{d}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \skbondd etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r%
-\else \if\member a\relax%
-   \hbondc%
-\else \if\member b\relax%
-  \hbondb%
-\else \if\member c\relax%
-   \hbondvert%
-\else \if\member d\relax%
-  \hbonde%
-\else \if\member e\relax%
-  \hbondd%
-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 
-  \put(233,0){\circle{180}}%               %circle
-\else 
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@fiveh
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting heteroatoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3
-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\setsixringh{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3
-\setsixringh{#4}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5
-\end{picture}%
-{\let\XyMTeXWarning\@gobble
-\fivefuseposh{#5}}%for FuseWaring when nested%
-\iniatom\iniflag}%  %end of \fivefuseh macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefuseposh| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\sixfusehi| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fivefuseposh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fivefuseposh#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer c\relax
-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%
-\fi
-\if\memBer C\relax
-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%
-\fi
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{406}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{406}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `E'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{406}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{406}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `D'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `d'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-}}}% end of the macro \fivefuseposh
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefusehi| typesets a five-membered fragment that can be 
-% fused to another 
-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 
-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ************************************
-% * five-membered fusing unit        *
-% *  (horizontal type, inverse type) *
-% ************************************
-%
-%                       2  -----  3
-%                        *       |
-% the original point 1 *         |
-%                        *       |
-%                           _____|
-%                        5        4
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefusehi| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 
-% and |FUSE| 
-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \fivefusehi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 
-%
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,1-double bond
-%           A          :  aromatic circle
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)
-%           {0+}       :  plus (or others) at the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \fivefusehi{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{a}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fivefusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@five@fusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@five@@fusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@fivefusehi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fivefusehi{\@ifnextchar({\@five@fusehi(@}{\@five@fusehi(@)}}
-\def\@five@fusehi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@five@@fusehi(#1)[@}%
-{\@five@@fusehi(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@five@@fusehi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@fivefusehi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@fivefusehi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@fivefusehi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{b}{c}{e}{f}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adjustment of attached positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\fivefuseposhi{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `fivefusehi' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% changed FUSE to a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbonda etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc
-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{hskbondverti}%
-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbondverti etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \hskbonde etc
-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{f}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \hskbondf etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r%
-\else \if\member a\relax%
-   \hbonda%
-\else \if\member b\relax%
-  \hbondb%
-\else \if\member c\relax%
-   \hbondverti%
-\else \if\member d\relax%
-  \hbonde%
-\else \if\member e\relax%
-  \hbondf%
-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 
-  \put(173,0){\circle{180}}%                %circle
-\else 
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@fivehi
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting heteroatoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3
-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\setsixringh{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3
-\setsixringh{#4}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5
-\end{picture}%
-{\let\XyMTeXWarning\@gobble
-\fivefuseposhi{#5}}%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag}%      %end of \fivefusehi macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\fivefuseposhi| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\sixfuseh| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fivefuseposhi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fivefuseposhi#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `c'}%
-\fi
-\if\memBer C\relax
-        \XyMTeXWarning{Not-used fusion at bond `C'}%
-\fi
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `d'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{303}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `D'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{303}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer e\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `e'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{103}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer E\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `E'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{103}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi}}}% end of the macro \fivefuseposhi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Four-membered fused ring unit}
-%
-% The macro |\fourfuse| typesets a four-membered ring unit for ring fusion.  
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **************************
-% * fourfuse derivatives   *
-% *  (vertical type)       *
-% **************************
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%          c
-%     4  _____  3
-%    d  |     |  b
-%       |     |
-%     1  -----  2<===== the original point
-%          a
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\fourfuse| has two arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| and |FUSE| 
-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \fourfuse(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $4$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 
-%
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           e          :  4,1-double bond
-%
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 4)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 4 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, or d)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, or d)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \fourfuse{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{c}
-%        \fourfuse[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}{a}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},
-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fourfuse}
-% \begin{macro}{\@four@fuse}
-% \begin{macro}{\@four@@fuse}
-% \begin{macro}{\@fourfuse}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fourfuse{\@ifnextchar({\@four@fuse(@}{\@four@fuse(@)}}
-\def\@four@fuse(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@four@@fuse(#1)[@}%
-{\@four@@fuse(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@four@@fuse(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@fourfuse(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@fourfuse(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@fourfuse(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{e}{c}{b}{f}{@}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adustment of subs positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\fourfusepos{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-571,-137)%
-  \iforigpt\put(-571,-137){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-171,103){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `fourfuse' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\put(0,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{a}{skbondshorizi}}%
-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondshorizi etc
-\put(-142,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}}%
-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\put(0,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondshoriz}}%
-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondshoriz etc
-\put(0,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{e}}%
-     % bond between 4 and 1 \@ddd -> \skbonde etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r%
-\else\if\member a\relax \put(0,0){\bondshorizi}%
-\else\if\member b\relax \put(-142,0){\bondb}%
-\else\if\member c\relax \put(0,0){\bondshoriz}%
-\else\if\member d\relax \put(0,0){\bonde}%
-\else 
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@fourv
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting heteroatoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\put(-142,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{1}{4}{-1}}% for 2 to 3
-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{4}{4}{6}{0}}% for 1
-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{2}{5}{7}{0}}% for 4
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\put(-142,0){\setsixringv{#4}{5}{1}{4}{-1}}% for 2 to 3
-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{4}{4}{6}{0}}% for 1
-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{2}{5}{7}{0}}% for 4
-\end{picture}%
-\fourfusepos{#5}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag
-\global\@smallringswtrue%for permition at a center bond
-}%     %end of \fourfuse macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\fourfusepos| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\sixfuseh| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\fourfusepos}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\fourfusepos#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{29}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{29}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{29}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{29}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{29}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{29}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{29}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `C'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{29}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer d\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `d'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer D\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `D'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{303}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-}}}% end of the macro \fourfusepos
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Three-membered fusing unit}
-% \subsection{Vertical type}
-%
-% The macro |\threefusev| typesets a three-membered ring to be fused.  
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **********************
-% * theree fusing unit *
-% *  (vertical type)   *
-% **********************
-%
-%         b
-%     3--------2
-%    c `     / a
-%        `1/ <===== the original point
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\threefusev| has two arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| and 
-% |FUSE| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \threefusev(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $3$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=4$ to $6$) represents a plus charge outside the ring. 
-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST = 
-%
-%           none       :  saturated 
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  3,1-double bond
-%           A          :  aromatic circle 
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)
-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position
-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position
-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position
-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, or c)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, or c)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \threefusev{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{b}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},
-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\threefusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@three@fusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@three@@fusev}
-% \begin{macro}{\@threefusev}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\threefusev{\@ifnextchar({\@three@fusev(@}{\@three@fusev(@)}}
-\def\@three@fusev(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@three@@fusev(#1)[@}%
-{\@three@@fusev(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@three@@fusev(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@threefusev(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@threefusev(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@threefusev(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{b}{f}{@}{@}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adustment of subs positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\threefuseposv{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(800,580)(-468,-240)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-468,-240){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-68,0){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `threefusevv' origin: %
-    (68,0) ---> (468,240)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\put(-68,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{a}{skbondtria}}%
-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondtria etc
-\put(0,-132){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{b}{skbondshoriz}}%
-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\put(-68,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondtrib}}%
-       % bond between 3 and 1 \@ccc -> \skbondtria etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r\relax%
-\else\if\member a\relax\put(-68,0){\bondtria}%
-\else\if\member b\relax\put(0,-126){\bondshoriz}%
-\else\if\member c\relax\put(-68,0){\bondtrib}%
-\else\if\member A\relax% aromatic circle 
-  \put(-70,108){\circle{100}}%               %circle
-\else
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@threev
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting hetero atoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\put(-68,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{3}{3}{5}{0}%
-\if@clip\global\@cliptrue\fi
-}%subst 1
-\put(-142,-132){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{1}{3}{0}%
-\if@bclip\global\@bcliptrue\fi
-}%subst 2
-\put(0,-132){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{3}{5}{7}{0}%
-\if@fclip\global\@fcliptrue\fi
-}%subst 3
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\put(-68,0){\setsixringv{#4}{3}{3}{5}{0}}%subst 1
-\put(-142,-132){\setsixringv{#4}{0}{1}{3}{0}}%subst 2
-\put(0,-132){\setsixringv{#4}{3}{5}{7}{0}}%subst 3
-\end{picture}%
-\threefuseposv{#5}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag
-\global\@smallringswtrue%for permition at a center bond
-}%     %end of \threefusev macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\threefuseposv| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\threefusev| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\threefuseposv}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\threefuseposv#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-68}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-%  \gdef\fuseBx{29}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{35}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%corrected
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-%  \gdef\fuseBx{-68}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-74}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%corrected
-  \gdef\fuseAx{29}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{29}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{29}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-68}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `C'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-68}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-}}}% end of the macro \threefuseposv
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}
-%
-% The macro |\threefusevi| typesets a three-membered ring of 
-% inverse vertical type.  The following numbering is adopted 
-% in this macro. 
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added commands: 
-% \cs{threefusevi}}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ****************************
-% * thereehetero derivatives *
-% *  (inverse vertical type) *
-% ****************************
-%
-%        /1` <===== the original point
-%    c /     ` a
-%     3--------2
-%         b
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\threefusevi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| and |FUSE|
-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \threefusevi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $3$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=4$ to $6$) represents a plus charge outside the ring. 
-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST = 
-%
-%           none       :  saturated 
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  3,1-double bond
-%           A          :  aromatic circle 
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)
-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position
-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position
-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position
-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, or c)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, or c)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \threefusevi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{c}
-%        \threefusevi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;3==F;2==CH$_{3}$}{a}
-%        \threefusevi{1==N}{1D==O}{b}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},
-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\threefusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@three@fusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@three@@fusevi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@threefusevi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\threefusevi{\@ifnextchar({\@three@fusevi(@}{\@three@fusevi(@)}}
-\def\@three@fusevi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@three@@fusevi(#1)[@}%
-{\@three@@fusevi(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@three@@fusevi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@threefusevi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@threefusevi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@threefusevi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{c}{e}{@}{@}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adustment of subs positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\threefuseposvi{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(800,580)(-468,-340)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-468,-340){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-68,0){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `threefusevi' origin: %
-    (0,0) ---> (-468,-340)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\put(-68,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{a}{skBondtria}}%
-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skBondtria etc
-\put(0,-275){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{b}{skbondshorizi}}%
-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\put(-68,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skBondtrib}}%
-       % bond between 3 and 1 \@ccc -> \skBondtrib etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r\relax%
-\else\if\member a\relax\put(-68,0){\Bondtria}%
-\else\if\member b\relax\put(0,-274){\bondshorizi}%
-\else\if\member c\relax\put(-68,0){\Bondtrib}%
-\else\if\member A\relax% aromatic circle 
-  \put(-70,-108){\circle{100}}%               %circle
-\else
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@threevi
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting hetero atoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\put(-68,-406){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{0}{2}{0}%
-\if@aclip\global\@acliptrue\fi
-}%subst 1
-\put(0,-275){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{2}{4}{6}{0}%
-\if@cclip\global\@ccliptrue\fi
-}%subst 3
-\put(-142,-275){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{1}{2}{4}{0}%
-\if@eclip\global\@ecliptrue\fi
-}%subst 2
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\put(-68,-406){\setsixringv{#4}{0}{0}{2}{0}}%subst 1
-\put(0,-275){\setsixringv{#4}{2}{4}{6}{0}}%subst 3
-\put(-142,-275){\setsixringv{#4}{1}{2}{4}{0}}%subst 2
-\end{picture}%
-\threefuseposvi{#5}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag
-\global\@smallringswtrue%for permition at a center bond
-}%     %end of \threefusevi macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\threefuseposvi| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\threefusev| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\threefuseposvi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\threefuseposvi#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-68}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-%  \gdef\fuseBx{29}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{35}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%corrected
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-%  \gdef\fuseBx{-68}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-74}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%corrected
-  \gdef\fuseAx{29}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{29}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{29}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-68}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `C'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{-171}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-68}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-}}}% end of the macro \threefuseposvi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Horizontal type}
-%
-% The macro |\threefuseh| typesets a three-membered ring to be fused.  
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ****************************
-% * thereehetero fusing unit *
-% *  (horizontal type)       *
-% ****************************
-
-%   aaa fff
-%    3
-%    | ` c
-%  b |    1 bbb ccc
-%    |  / a
-%    2/
-%    ddd eee
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\threefuseh| has two arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| and |FUSE| 
-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \threefuseh(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $3$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=4$ to $6$) represents a plus charge outside the ring. 
-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST = 
-%
-%           none       :  saturated 
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  3,1-double bond
-%           A          :  aromatic circle 
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)
-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position
-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position
-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position
-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, or c)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, or c)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \threefuseh{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{c}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},
-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\threefuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@three@fuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@three@@fuseh}
-% \begin{macro}{\@threefuseh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\threefuseh{\@ifnextchar({\@three@fuseh(@}{\@three@fuseh(@)}}
-\def\@three@fuseh(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@three@@fuseh(#1)[@}%
-{\@three@@fuseh(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@three@@fuseh(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@threefuseh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@threefuseh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@threefuseh(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{f}{b}{@}{@}{@}%tentative use for six-h
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adustment of subs positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\threefuseposh{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(580,700)(-200,-240)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-200){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `threefuseh' origin: %
-    (0,0) ---> (200,200)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % retreatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{c}{e}{a}{@}{@}{@}%
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{b}{d}{f}{@}{@}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\put(0,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{c}}%
-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc
-\put(171,-103){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{e}}%
-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbonde etc
-\put(0,-200){\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{a}}%
-       % bond between 3 and 1 \@ccc -> \skbonda etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r\relax%
-\else\if\member a\relax\put(0,0){\bondc}%
-\else\if\member b\relax\put(171,-103){\bonde}%
-\else\if\member c\relax\put(0,-200){\bonda}%
-\else\if\member A\relax% aromatic circle 
-  \put(70,103){\circle{100}}%               %circle
-\else
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@threeh
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting hetero atoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniflag
-%\put(-235,103){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{3}{3}{5}{0}%
-\put(-215,103){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{3}{3}{5}{0}%
-\if@clip \global\@cliptrue\fi}%subst 1 <--six h 4
-\put(-103,29){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{-1}{1}{3}{0}%
-\if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi}%subst 3 <--six h 2
-\put(-103,171){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{4}{5}{7}{0}%
-\if@fclip \global\@fcliptrue\fi}%subst 2 <--six h 6
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\put(-235,103){\setsixringh{#4}{3}{3}{5}{0}}%subst 1
-\put(-103,29){\setsixringh{#4}{-1}{1}{3}{0}}%subst 3
-\put(-103,171){\setsixringh{#4}{4}{5}{7}{0}}%subst 2
-\end{picture}%
-\threefuseposh{#5}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag
-\global\@smallringswtrue%for permition at a center bond
-}%     %end of \threefuseh macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\threefuseposh| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\threefusev| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\threefuseposh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\threefuseposh#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%corrected
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{200}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{200}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{200}%
-%  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{171}\gdef\fuseBy{97}%corrected
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `C'}%
- \else
-%  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{200}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{206}%corrected
-  \gdef\fuseAx{171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-}}}% end of the macro \threefuseposh
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}
-%
-% The macro |\threefusehi| typesets a three-membered ring to be fused.  
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% *******************************
-% * thereehetero fusing unit    *
-% *  (vertical horizontal type) *
-% *******************************
-%
-%          aaa bbb
-%     c    3
-%       /  |
-% eee  1   | b
-% fff   a` |
-%          2 <---original point
-%          ccc ddd
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The macro |\threefusehi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| and |FUSE|
-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 
-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \threefusehi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{FUSE}[OMIT]
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 
-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 
-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase
-% character `A' or `B'. 
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 
-% character selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $3$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 
-% at the $n$-position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=4$ to $6$) represents a plus charge outside the ring. 
-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST = 
-%
-%           none       :  saturated 
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  3,1-double bond
-%           A          :  aromatic circle 
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)
-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position
-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position
-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position
-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 
-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3
-%
-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 
-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 
-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 
-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for ring fusion 
-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 
-%                           for the other ring fusion 
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |FUSE| represents one bond to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     FUSE:  one bond omitted (a, b, or c)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 
-% The omitted edges are regarded as non-fused positions. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, or c)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \threefusehi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{c}
-%        \threefusehi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;3==F;2==CH$_{3}$}{a}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},
-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 
-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\threefusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@three@fusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@three@@fusehi}
-% \begin{macro}{\@threefusehi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\threefusehi{\@ifnextchar({\@three@fusehi(@}{\@three@fusehi(@)}}
-\def\@three@fusehi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@three@@fusehi(#1)[@}%
-{\@three@@fusehi(#1)[@]}}
-\def\@three@@fusehi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5{\@ifnextchar[%
-{\@threefusehi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@}%
-{\@threefusehi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}{#5}[@]}}
-\def\@threefusehi(#1)[#2]#3#4#5[#6]{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % treatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{e}{c}{@}{@}{@}%tentative use for six-h
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % adustment of subs positions %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\threefuseposhi{#5}%
-\if@sixfuseposv
- \yl@shiftii=-\fuseAx
- \yl@shifti=-\fuseAy
- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff
- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff
- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)
- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita
-\else
-\begin{picture}(580,700)(-400,-240)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-400,-200){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `threefusehi' origin: %
-    (0,0) ---> (400,200)}\fi%
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % retreatment of atom list %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{e}{c}{a}{@}{@}{@}%
-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{f}{d}{b}{@}{@}{@}%
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % outer skeleton %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@bond@fuse@omit{#5}{#6}%
-\put(0,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{d}}%
-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondd etc
-\put(-171,-103){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}}%
-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc
-\put(0,-200){\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{f}}%
-       % bond between 3 and 1 \@ccc -> \skbondf etc
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner double bond %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%
-\if\member r\relax%
-\else\if\member a\relax\put(0,0){\bondd}%
-\else\if\member b\relax\put(-171,-103){\bondb}%
-\else\if\member c\relax\put(0,-200){\bondf}%
-\else\if\member A\relax% aromatic circle 
-  \put(70,103){\circle{100}}%               %circle
-\else
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % inner bond attachment %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%
-    \set@fusionadd@threehi
-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting hetero atoms %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\iniflag
-\put(-171,103){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{0}{2}{0}%
-\if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi}%subst 1 <--six h 1
-\put(-303,29){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{2}{4}{0}%
-\if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi}%subst 3 <--six h 3
-\put(-303,171){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{3}{4}{6}{0}%
-\if@eclip \global\@ecliptrue\fi}%subst 2 <--six h 5
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% % setting substituents %
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\put(-171,103){\setsixringh{#4}{0}{0}{2}{0}}%subst 1
-\put(-303,29){\setsixringh{#4}{0}{2}{4}{0}}%subst 3
-\put(-303,171){\setsixringh{#4}{3}{4}{6}{0}}%subst 2
-\end{picture}%
-\threefuseposhi{#5}%%for FuseWaring when nested
-\iniatom\iniflag
-\global\@smallringswtrue%for permition at a center bond
-}%     %end of \threefusehi macro
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macro |\threefuseposhi| is used in the definition of 
-% the |\threefusev| macro to detect a fused edge, where 
-% the coordinates of a reference terminal (|\fuseAx| and |\fuseAy|) 
-% and of the other terminal of the edge (|\fuseBx| and |\fuseBy|) 
-% are given for the successive process of adjustment. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\threefuseposhi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\threefuseposhi#1{%
-\global\@sixfuseposvfalse
-{\resetbdsw%
-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%
-\if\memBer a\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `a'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%corrected
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer A\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `A'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer b\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bond at bond `b'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{200}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer B\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `B'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{0}%
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{200}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer c\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `c'}%
- \else
-  \gdef\fuseAx{0}\gdef\fuseAy{200}%
-%  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{103}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{-171}\gdef\fuseBy{97}%corrected
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-\if\memBer C\relax
- \if@sixfuseposv
-  \XyMTeXWarning{Double fused bonds at bond `C'}%
- \else
-%  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{200}%
-  \gdef\fuseBx{0}\gdef\fuseBy{206}%corrected
-  \gdef\fuseAx{-171}\gdef\fuseAy{103}%
-  \global\@sixfuseposvtrue
- \fi
-\fi%
-}}}% end of the macro \threefuseposhi
-%</fusering>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \Finale
-%
-\endinput
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c228764feb..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/fusering.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{fusering.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1998 (private version)

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998 

-

-Copyright (C) 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{fusering.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{fusering.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{fusering.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{fusering.dtx}{fusering}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fc2980ee14..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hcycle.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hcycle.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: hcycle.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{hcycle.dtx}[1996/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{hcycle.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Further Hetrocycles by {\sffamily hcycle.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{hcycle.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hcycle.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ad1c0059f9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,780 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment

-%% File: hcycle.dtx

-%

-%  Copyright 1993,1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-%

-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.

-%  -------------------------------------

-%

-% This file is a successor to:

-%

-% hcycle.sty

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}

-% \typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-%

-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 

-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.

-%

-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 

-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 

-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 

-% are based on LaTeX commands. 

-%

-% For the review of XyMTeX, see

-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text

-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    

-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 

-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:

-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 

-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  

-%

-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-%     directory name; or

-%  (2) if you do make changes, 

-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.

-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-%

-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 

-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.

-%

-% New address:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 

-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hcycle}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hcycle}

-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hcycle}

-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% \fi

-%

-% \CheckSum{740}

-%% \CharacterTable

-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z

-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z

-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9

-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#

-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&

-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)

-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,

-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/

-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<

-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?

-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\

-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_

-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|

-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}

-%

-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}

-%

-% \StopEventually{}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \iffalse

-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/06/26}{first edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-%

-% \iffalse

-%<*driver>

-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-\ProvidesFile{hcycle.dtx}[1996/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]

-% \iffalse

-\documentclass{ltxdoc}

-\GetFileInfo{hcycle.dtx}

-%

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%

-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}

-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%

-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}

-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\title{Further Hetrocycles by {\sffamily hcycle.sty} 

-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}

-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 

-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\

-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% % (old address)

-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 

-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 

-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan

-}

-\date{\filedate}

-%

-\begin{document}

-   \maketitle

-   \DocInput{hcycle.dtx}

-\end{document}

-%</driver>

-% \fi

-%

-% \section{Introduction}\label{hcycle:intro}

-%

-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}

-%

-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}

-% \begin{center}

-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}

-% \hline

-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline

-% hcycle & hcycle.sty \\

-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\

-% \hline

-% \end{tabular}

-% \end{center}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \subsection{Version Information}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%<*hcycle>

-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}

-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\j@urnalname{hcycle}

-\def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}

-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00}

-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%

-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{List of commands for hcycle.sty}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ********************************

-% * hcycle.sty: list of commands *

-% ********************************

-%

-% <Convention for bond-setting>

-%

-%     \@pyrana

-%     \@pyranb

-%     \@pyranc

-%

-% <Pyranose and Furanose>

-%

-%     \pyranose                 \@pyranose

-%     \furanose                 \@furanose

-%

-% <Adustment as substituents>

-%

-%     \ylpyranoseposition

-%     \ylfuranoseposition

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Input of basic macros}

-%

-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 

-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 

-% files ({\sf hcycle.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 

-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 

-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} for the present case) in place of the 

-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% *************************

-% * input of basic macros *

-% *************************

-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}

-\unitlength=0.1pt

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{Macros for setting substituents}

-% 

-% Macros |\@pyrana| to |\@pyranc| are used to set substituents 

-% on each position of a pyranose and furanose. Note that 

-% comments (conerning locant numbers) on the end of each row have 

-% lost the exact meaning, 

-% since such a command moiety is used in many macros after copying. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@pyrana}

-% \begin{macro}{\@pyranb}

-% \begin{macro}{\@pyranbb}

-% \begin{macro}{\@pyranbB}

-% \begin{macro}{\@pyranc}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% **************************************************

-% * setting substituents for pyranose and furanose *

-% **************************************************

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 1 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@pyrana{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,0){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{-30}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=72

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){118}}% single bond at 1 alpha (down)

-           \putratom{-32}{-190}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=-12

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){118}}% single bond at 1 beta (up)

-           \putratom{-32}{130}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc A% alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=60

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{-180}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc B% beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=10

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{110}{\@memberb}% right type

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,-15){\line(1,0){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \put(0,15){\line(1,0){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{-30}{\@memberb}% right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,0){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{-30}{\@memberb}% right type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{\cs{@pyranb} is divided into 

-% \cs{@pyranb}, \cs{@pyranbb} and \cs{@pyranbB}}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2,3,5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 2 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@pyranb{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=60

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{-180}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=72

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){118}}% single bond alpha (down)

-           \putlratom{-32}{-190}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=-12

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){118}}% single bond beta (up)

-           \putlratom{-32}{130}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond: Added by SF 1998/10/25

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=60

-           \put(-15,-15){\line(1,-1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \put(0,15){\line(1,-1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{-180}{\@memberb}% right type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=10

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{110}{\@memberb}% left type

-\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 3 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@pyranbb{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=60

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putratom{130}{-180}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=72

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){118}}% single bond alpha (down)

-           \putlratom{-32}{-190}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=-12

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){118}}% single bond beta (up)

-           \putlratom{-32}{130}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond: Added by SF 1998/10/25

-     \yl@xdiff=20

-     \yl@ydiff=60

-           \put(15,-15){\line(-1,-1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \put(0,15){\line(-1,-1){120}}% double bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{-180}{\@memberb}%left type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=60

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{-180}{\@memberb}% left type

-\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 5 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@pyranbB{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=-10

-     \yl@ydiff=60

-           \put(0,0){\line(1,-1){120}}% single bond at 5

-           \putratom{130}{-180}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=72

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){118}}% single bond alpha (down)

-           \putlratom{-32}{-190}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=32

-     \yl@ydiff=-12

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){118}}% single bond beta (up)

-           \putlratom{-32}{130}{\@memberb}% left & right type

-    \fi\fi\fi%\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond: Added by SF 1998/10/25

-     \yl@xdiff=0

-     \yl@ydiff=-20

-           \put(15,15){\line(-1,1){120}}% double bond at 5

-           \put(0,-15){\line(-1,1){120}}% double bond at 5

-           \putlatom{-120}{140}{\@memberb}%left type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=-20

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}% single bond at 1

-           \putlatom{-130}{140}{\@memberb}% left type

-\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % subst. on 4 %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\@pyranc{%

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putlatom{-130}{-30}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=-32

-     \yl@ydiff=72

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){118}}% single bond at 4 alpha (down)

-           \putlatom{32}{-190}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(e) beta

-     \yl@xdiff=-32

-     \yl@ydiff=-12

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,1){118}}% single bond at 4 beta (up)

-           \putlatom{32}{130}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc A% alpha

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=60

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,-1){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putlatom{-130}{-180}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \else\if\@tmpc B% beta

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=10

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,1){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putlatom{-130}{110}{\@memberb}% left type

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else \if\@tmpb D%double bond

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,-15){\line(-1,0){120}}% double bond at 4

-           \put(0,15){\line(-1,0){120}}% double bond at 4

-           \putlatom{-130}{-30}{\@memberb}% left type

-          \else%

-     \yl@xdiff=10

-     \yl@ydiff=30

-           \put(0,0){\line(-1,0){120}}% single bond at 4

-           \putlatom{-130}{-30}{\@memberb}% left type

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Pyranose derivatives}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of pyranose is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************

-% * pyranose derivative *

-% ***********************

-%

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                                5  e  6

-%                                 ----O

-%                             d *       * f

-%   the original point ===> 4 *           * 1

-%          (0,0)                *       * a

-%                             c   -----

-%                                3  b   2

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\pyranose| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%   \pyranose[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  mother skeleton

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 5 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  single bond (down) at n-atom (for n=1)

-%           nSB        :  single bond (up) at n-atom (for n=1)

-%           nSa        :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pyranose{1Sb==Cl;2Sa==F}

-%        \pyranose{1Sb==Cl;4Sa==F;2Sa==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \pyranose[a]{3Sb==OAc;4Sb==\lmoiety{MeO};5Sb==CH$_{2}$OAc}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@pyranose| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% bonds are put directly, while subsituents are typset by using 

-% the macros |\@pyrana| to |\@pyranc| described above.  

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpyranoseposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyranose}

-% \begin{macro}{\@pyranose}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyranose{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyranose}{\@pyranose[r]}}

-\def\@pyranose[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpyranoseposition{#2}%

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(880,800)(-240,-400)

-  \iforigpt \put(-240,-400){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `pyranose' origin: (0,0) ---> (240,400)}

-  \fi%

-\fi

-  \put(0,0){\line(3,5){120}}%           %bond 4-5

-  \put(120,200){\line(1,0){252}}%       %bond 5-6

-  \put(532,0){\line(-3,5){96}}%         %bond 1-6

- {\thicklines%

-  \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){120}}%          %bond 4-3

-  \put(412,-200){\line(3,5){120}}%      %bond 2-1

-  \put(120,-200){\line(1,0){292}}}%     %bond 3-2

-  \putratom{382}{160}{O}% left type

-  %

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-\else \if\member a%

-  \put(400,-150){\line(3,5){90}}%       %double bond 2-1

-\else \if\member b%

-  \put(150,-160){\line(1,0){232}}%      %double bond 3-2

-\else \if\member c%

-  \put(50,-12){\line(3,-5){90}}%        %double bond 4-3

-\else \if\member d%

-  \put(50,12){\line(3,5){90}}%          %double bond 4-5

-\else \if\member e%

-  \put(150,160){\line(1,0){232}}%       %double bond 5-6

-\else \if\member f%

-  \put(482,12){\line(-3,5){70}}%        %double bond 1-6

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or \put(532,0){\@pyrana}% subst. on 1

- \or \put(412,-200){\@pyranb}% subst. on 2

- \or \put(120,-200){\@pyranbb}% subst. on 3

- \or \put(0,0){\@pyranc}% subst. on 4

- \or \put(120,200){\@pyranbB}% subst. on 5

-\fi %end of ifcase

-\fi\fi%

-}\end{picture}}%               %end of \pyranose macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylpyranoseposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/25}{New commands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylpyranoseposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylpyranoseposition#1{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-532}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-412}\gdef\@yli{200}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-120}\gdef\@yli{200}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

- \or\gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 4

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-120}\gdef\@yli{-200}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 5

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Furanose derivatives}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of furanose is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************

-% * furanose derivative *

-% ***********************

-%

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                                   5

-%                                   O

-%                             d  *     * e

-%   the original point ===> 4 *           * 1

-%          (0,0)                *       * a

-%                             c   -----

-%                                3  b   2

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\furanose| has an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional 

-% argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \furanose[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}          

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 

-% characters selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  mother skeleton

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 4 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  single bond (down) at n-atom (for n=1)

-%           nSB        :  single bond (up) at n-atom (for n=1)

-%           nSa        :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%\end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \furanose{1Sa==Cl;2Sb==F}

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\@furanose| uses a picture environment, in which 

-% bonds are put directly, while subsituents are typset by using 

-% the macros |\@pyrana| to |\@pyranc| described above.  

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylfuranoseposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\furanose}

-% \begin{macro}{\@furanose}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\furanose{\@ifnextchar[{\@furanose}{\@furanose[r]}}

-\def\@furanose[#1]#2{%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylfuranoseposition{#2}%

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(880,800)(-240,-400)

-  \iforigpt \put(-240,-400){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `furanose' origin: (0,0) ---> (240,400)}

-\fi

-  \fi%

-   \put(0,0){\line(5,3){236}}%          %bond 4-5

-   \put(532,0){\line(-5,3){236}}%       %bond 1-5

- {\thicklines%

-  \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){120}}%          %bond 4-3

-  \put(412,-200){\line(3,5){120}}%      %bond 2-1

-  \put(120,-200){\line(1,0){292}}}%     %bond 3-2

-  \putratom{236}{130}{O}% left type

-%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member r%no endcyclic double bonds

-\else \if\member a%

-  \put(400,-150){\line(3,5){80}}%       %double bond 2-1

-\else \if\member b%

-  \put(150,-160){\line(1,0){232}}%      %double bond 3-2

-\else \if\member c%

-  \put(50,-12){\line(3,-5){80}}%        %double bond 4-3

-\else \if\member d%

-  \put(50,0){\line(5,3){180}}%          %double bond 4-5

-\else \if\member e%

-  \put(482,0){\line(-5,3){180}}%        %double bond 1-5

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or \put(532,0){\@pyrana}% subst. on 1

- \or \put(412,-200){\@pyranb}% subst. on 2

- \or \put(120,-200){\@pyranbb}% subst. on 3

- \or \put(0,0){\@pyranc}% subst. on 4

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi%

-}\end{picture}}%               %end of \furanose macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylfuranoseposition| is to obtain the shift values 

-% |\@ylii| and |\@yli| which are used for shifting the standard 

-% point of a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/23}{New commands for setting substituents}
-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylfuranoseposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylfuranoseposition#1{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpa%0 omit

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-532}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-412}\gdef\@yli{200}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

- \or\gdef\@ylii{-120}\gdef\@yli{200}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

- \or\gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 4

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%</hcycle>

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \Finale

-%

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 6923dd23dae..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hcycle.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{hcycle.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996 

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-

-Copyright (C) 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{hcycle.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{hcycle.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{hcycle.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{hcycle.dtx}{hcycle}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 28c92655836..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hetarom.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hetarom.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996, 1998, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1998 (private version)
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% Version 2.00a Released on November 11, 2000
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: hetarom.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{hetarom.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{hetarom.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Heterocycles of vertical type by {\sffamily hetarom.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606-8585 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{hetarom.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hetarom.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index e4c4108c4a2..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9028 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment

-%% File: hetarom.dtx

-%

-%  Copyright 1993,1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita

-%

-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.

-%  -------------------------------------

-%

-% This file is a successor to:

-%

-% hetarom.sty

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}

-% \typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-%

-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 

-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.

-%

-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 

-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 

-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 

-% are based on LaTeX commands. 

-%

-% For the review of XyMTeX, see

-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text

-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    

-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 

-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:

-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 

-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  

-%

-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-%     directory name; or

-%  (2) if you do make changes, 

-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.

-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-%

-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 

-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.

-%

-% New address:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 

-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hetarom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hetarom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hetarom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hetarom}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver2.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% \fi

-%

-% \CheckSum{9447}

-%% \CharacterTable

-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z

-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z

-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9

-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#

-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&

-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)

-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,

-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/

-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<

-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?

-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\

-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_

-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|

-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}

-%

-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}

-%

-% \StopEventually{}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \iffalse

-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/06/27}{first edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00a}{1998/11/11}{bug fix}

-% \fi

-%

-% \iffalse

-%<*driver>

-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-\ProvidesFile{hetarom.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]

-% \iffalse

-\documentclass{ltxdoc}

-\GetFileInfo{hetarom.dtx}

-%

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%

-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}

-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%

-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}

-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\title{Heterocycles of vertical type by {\sffamily hetarom.sty} 

-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}

-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 

-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\

-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606-8585 Japan

-% % (old address)

-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 

-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 

-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan

-}

-\date{\filedate}

-%

-\begin{document}

-   \maketitle

-   \DocInput{hetarom.dtx}

-\end{document}

-%</driver>

-% \fi

-%

-% \section{Introduction}\label{hetarom:intro}

-%

-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}

-%

-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}

-% \begin{center}

-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}

-% \hline

-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline

-% hetarom & hetarom.sty \\

-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\

-% \hline

-% \end{tabular}

-% \end{center}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \subsection{Version Information}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%<*hetarom>

-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}

-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\j@urnalname{hetarom}

-\def\versi@ndate{November 11, 2000}

-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00a}

-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%

-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{List of commands for hetarom.sty}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *********************************

-% * hetarom.sty: list of commands *

-% *********************************

-%

-% <Various flags (switches)>

-%

-%     \if@gclip \@gclipfalse \@gcliptrue

-%     \if@hclip \@hclipfalse \@hcliptrue

-%     \if@iclip \@iclipfalse \@icliptrue

-%     \if@jclip \@jclipfalse \@jcliptrue

-%     \iniflag

-%     \iniatom

-%     \aaa

-%     \bbb

-%     \ccc

-%     \ddd

-%     \eee

-%     \fff

-%     \ggg

-%     \hhh

-%     \iii

-%     \jjj

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Six-Membered Heterocycles>

-%    Setting inner double bonds

-%

-%     \bonda

-%     \bondb

-%     \bondc

-%     \bondd

-%     \bonde

-%     \bondf

-%     \bondhoriz

-%     \bondhorizi

-%

-%    Setting skeletal bonds

-%

-%     \skbonda

-%     \skbondf

-%     \skbondc

-%     \skbondd

-%     \skbondb

-%     \skbonde

-%     \skbondhoriz

-%     \skbondhorizi

-%

-%    Setting dotted skeletal bonds

-%

-%     \dotskbonda

-%     \dotskbondf

-%     \dotskbondc

-%     \dotskbondd

-%     \dotskbondb

-%     \dotskbonde

-%     \dotskbondhoriz

-%     \dotskbondhorizi

-%

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \sixheterov               \@sixheterov

-%     \sixheterovi              \@sixheterovi

-%

-%    Application Macros

-%

-%     \pyridinev                \@pyridinev

-%     \pyridinevi               \@pyridinevi

-%     \pyrazinev                \@pyrazinev

-%     \pyrimidinev              \@pyrimidinev

-%     \pyrimidinevi             \@pyrimidinevi

-%     \pyridazinev              \@pyridazinev

-%     \pyridazinevi             \@pyridazinevi

-%     \triazinev                \@triazinev

-%     \triazinevi               \@triazinevi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Five-Membered Heterocycles>

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \fiveheterov              \@fiveheterov

-%     \fiveheterovi             \@fiveheterovi

-%

-%    Application Macros

-%

-%     \pyrrolev                 \@pyrrolev

-%     \pyrazolev                \@pyrazolev

-%     \imidazolev               \@imidazolev

-%     \isoxazolev               \@isoxazolev

-%     \oxazolev                 \@oxazolev

-%

-%     \furanv                   \@furanv

-%     \thiophenev               \@thiophenev

-%

-%     \pyrrolevi                \@pyrrolevi

-%     \pyrazolevi               \@pyrazolevi

-%     \imidazolevi              \@imidazolevi

-%     \isoxazolevi              \@isoxazolevi

-%     \oxazolevi                \@oxazolevi

-%

-%     \furanvi                   \@furanvi

-%     \thiophenevi               \@thiophenevi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Six-Six-Fused Heterocycles>

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \decaheterov              \@decaheterov

-%     \decaheterovi             \@decaheterovi

-%     \decaheterovb             \@decaheterovb

-%     \decaheterovt             \@decaheterovt

-%

-%   Adjustment Macros (for structures as substituents)

-%   \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/16}{Newly added command}

-%

-%     \clipdetection

-%     \ylhetposition

-%     \ylhetpositionb

-%     \ylhetpositiont

-%

-%    Application Macros

-%

-%     \quinolinev               \@quinolinev

-%     \quinolinevi              \@quinolinevi

-%     \quinolinevb              \@quinolinevb

-%     \quinolinevt              \@quinolinevt

-%

-%     \isoquinolinev            \@isoquinolinev

-%     \isoquinolinevi           \@isoquinolinevi

-%     \isoquinolinevb           \@isoquinolinevb

-%     \isoquinolinevt           \@isoquinolinevt

-%

-%     \quinoxalinev             \@quinoxalinev

-%     \quinoxalinevi            \@quinoxalinevi

-%     \quinoxalinevb            \@quinoxalinevb

-%     \quinoxalinevt            \@quinoxalinevt

-%

-%     \quinazolinev             \@quinazolinev

-%     \quinazolinevi            \@quinazolinevi

-%     \quinazolinevb            \@quinazolinevb

-%     \quinazolinevt            \@quinazolinevt

-%

-%     \cinnolinev               \@cinnolinev

-%     \cinnolinevi              \@cinnolinevi

-%     \cinnolinevb              \@cinnolinevb

-%     \cinnolinevt              \@cinnolinevt

-%

-%     \pteridinev               \@pteridinev

-%     \pteridinevi              \@pteridinevi

-%     \pteridinevb              \@pteridinevb

-%     \pteridinevt              \@pteridinevt

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Six-Five-Fused Heterocycles>

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \nonaheterov              \@nonaheterov

-%     \nonaheterovi             \@nonaheterovi

-%

-%    Application Macros

-%

-%     \purinev                  \@purinev

-%     \purinevi                 \@purinevi

-%     \indolev                  \@indolev

-%     \indolevi                 \@indolevi

-%     \indolizinev              \@indolizinev

-%     \indolizinevi             \@indolizinevi

-%     \isoindolev               \@isoindolev

-%     \isoindolevi              \@isoindolevi

-%     \benzofuranev             \@benzofuranev

-%     \benzofuranevi            \@benzofuranevi

-%     \isobenzofuranev          \@isobenzofuranev

-%     \isobenzofuranevi         \@isobenzofuranevi

-%     \benzoxazolev             \@benzoxazolev

-%     \benzoxazolevi            \@benzoxazolevi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Four-Membered Heterocycles>

-%    Setting bonds

-%     \bondshoriz               \bondshorizi

-%     \skbondshoriz             \skbondshorizi

-%

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \fourhetero               \@fourhetero

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Four-Membered Heterocycles>

-%    Setting inner double bonds

-%

-%     \bondtria                 \bondtrib

-%     \skbondtria               \skbondtrib

-%     \Bondtria                 \Bondtrib

-%     \skBondtria               \skBondtrib

-%

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \fourhetero               \@fourhetero

-%     \set@fusionadd@fourv       \set@fusion@fourv

-%

-%  <Three-Membered Heterocycles>

-%

-%     \threehetero              \@threehetero

-%     \threeheteroi             \@threeheteroi

-%

-%     \threeheterov              \@threeheterov

-%     \threeheterovi             \@threeheterovi

-%

-%     \set@fusionadd@threev        \set@fusion@threev

-%     \set@fusionadd@threevi        \set@fusion@threevi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Building Units>

-%

-%     \sixunitv                 \@sixunitv

-%     \fiveunitv                \@fiveunitv

-%     \fiveunitvi               \@fiveunitvi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Input of basic macros}

-%

-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 

-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 

-% files ({\sf hetarom.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 

-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 

-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} for the present case) in place of the 

-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% *************************

-% * input of basic macros *

-% *************************

-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}%

-\unitlength=0.1pt%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The following switches and macros have been moved to {\sf chemstr.sty}; 

-% hence, they are commented out. 

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% % ****************************

-% % * various flags (switches) *

-% % ****************************

-% \newif\if@gclip \@gclipfalse%

-% \newif\if@hclip \@hclipfalse%

-% \newif\if@iclip \@iclipfalse%

-% \newif\if@jclip \@jclipfalse%

-% \def\iniflag{%

-% \@aclipfalse \@bclipfalse\@cclipfalse\@clipfalse\@eclipfalse%

-% \@fclipfalse\@gclipfalse\@hclipfalse\@iclipfalse\@jclipfalse%

-% \@clipfusefalse}%

-% \def\iniatom{%

-% \def\aaa{}\def\bbb{}\def\ccc{}\def\ddd{}\def\eee{}\def\fff{}%

-% \def\ggg{}\def\hhh{}\def\iii{}\def\jjj{}%

-% \def\@aaa{}\def\@bbb{}\def\@ccc{}\def\@ddd{}\def\@eee{}\def\@fff{}%

-% }%

-% \def\resetbdsw{\gdef\@aaa{a}\gdef\@bbb{b}\gdef\@ccc{c}%

-% \gdef\@ddd{d}\gdef\@eee{e}\gdef\@fff{f}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{Initialization}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\iniatom%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{Macros for setting bonds}

-% \subsection{Inner double bonds}

-% 

-% The macros |\sixhetero| and |\fivehetero| use internal macros for setting 

-% inner double bonds in accordance with the presence or the absence of 

-% hetero atoms.  During the processes of such setting,  

-% the inner macros |\bonda| to |\bondf| are used to set a bond 

-% on each edge of a six- or five-membered ring; and 

-% the inner macros |\bondz| to |\bondzi| draw horizontal bonds 

-% of a five-membered ring. 

-% 

-% Note that 

-% comments (conerning locant numbers) on the end of each row have 

-% lost the exact meaning, 

-% since such a command moiety is used in many macros after copying. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ******************************

-% * setting inner double bonds *

-% ******************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in these macros. 

-%                   aaa

-%                    1

-%                  f * a

-%           fff 6  *   *  2 bbb

-%             e   |     |   b

-%                 |     |

-%           eee 5  *   *  3 ccc

-%                 d  *  c

-%                    4 <===== the original point

-%                   ddd

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bonda}

-% The macro |\bonda| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 1 and 2

-\def\bonda{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-   \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%         %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){100}}%         %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \put(35,340){\line(5,-3){100}}%        %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(35,352){\line(5,-3){100}}%        %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

- }%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondb}

-% The macro |\bondb| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\bbb| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 3 and 2

- \def\bondb{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%        %double bond 3-2

-   \else%

-    \put(138,143){\line(0,1){134}}%        %double bond 3-2

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(138,129){\line(0,1){134}}%        %double bond 3-2

-   \else%

-    \put(138,143){\line(0,1){110}}%        %double bond 3-2

-   \fi%

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondc}

-% The macro |\bondc| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 4 and 3

- \def\bondc{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}           %double bond 4-3

-   \else% 

-    \put(6,42){\line(5,3){100}}           %double bond 4-3

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(35,66){\line(5,3){100}}%          %double bond 4-3

-   \else% 

-    \put(35,60){\line(5,3){100}}%          %double bond 4-3

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondd}

-% The macro |\bondd| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 4 and 5

- \def\bondd{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%         %double bond 4-5

-   \else% 

-    \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){100}}%         %double bond 4-5

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(-35,66){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %double bond 4-5

-   \else% 

-    \put(-35,60){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %double bond 4-5

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

- }%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bonde}

-% The macro |\bonde| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\fff| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 5 and 6

-\def\bonde{%

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(-138,129){\line(0,1){148}}%       %double bond 5-6

-   \else%

-    \put(-138,143){\line(0,1){134}}%       %double bond 5-6

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(-138,129){\line(0,1){134}}%       %double bond 5-6

-   \else%

-    \put(-138,143){\line(0,1){110}}%       %double bond 5-6

-   \fi%

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondf}

-% The macro |\bondf| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 1 and 6

-\def\bondf{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-   \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \else%

-    \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){100}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \put(-35,340){\line(-5,-3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-   \else%

-    \put(-35,352){\line(-5,-3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%                                     % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondz}

-% The macro |\bondz| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\fff| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% horizontal inner bond for five-membered rings

-\def\bondhoriz{%

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(-138,270){\line(1,0){277}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-138,270){\line(1,0){258}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(-120,270){\line(1,0){258}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-120,270){\line(1,0){239}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondzi}

-% The macro |\bondzi| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% horizontal inner bond for five-membered rings (inverse type) 

-\def\bondhorizi{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(-138,136){\line(1,0){277}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-138,136){\line(1,0){258}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(-120,136){\line(1,0){258}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-120,136){\line(1,0){239}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Skeletal bonds}

-% 

-% The macros |\sixhetero| and |\fivehetero| use inner macros for setting 

-% skeletal bonds in accordance with the presence or the absence of 

-% hetero atoms.  During the processes of such setting,  

-% the inner macros |\skbonda| to |\skbondf| are used to set a bond 

-% on each edge of a six- or five-membered ring; and 

-% the inner macros |\skbondz| to |\skbondzi| draw horizontal bonds 

-% of a five-membered ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **************************

-% * setting skeletal bonds *

-% **************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%                   aaa

-%                    1

-%                  f * a

-%           fff 6  *   *  2 bbb

-%             e   |     |   b

-%                 |     |

-%           eee 5  *   *  3 ccc

-%                 d  *  c

-%                    4 <===== the original point

-%                   ddd

-% 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbonda}

-% The macro |\skbonda| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 2

-\def\skbonda{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){136}}%        %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(35,385){\line(5,-3){136}}%       %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(35,385){\line(5,-3){100}}%       %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-   \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondf}

-% The macro |\skbonda| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 6

-\def\skbondf{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 1-6

-    \else%

-     \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){136}}%       %bond 1-6

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(-35,385){\line(-5,-3){136}}%     %bond 1-6

-    \else%

-     \put(-35,385){\line(-5,-3){100}}%     %bond 1-6

-    \fi%

-   \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondc}

-% The macro |\skbondc| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ccc| and |\ddd|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 4 and 3

-\def\skbondc{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(5,3){136}}%           %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(35,21){\line(5,3){138}}%         %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(35,21){\line(5,3){100}}%         %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondd}

-% The macro |\skbondd| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 4 and 5

-\def\skbondd{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 4-5

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){136}}%          %bond 4-5

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-     \put(-35,21){\line(-5,3){138}}%       %bond 4-5

-    \else%

-     \put(-35,21){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %bond 4-5

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondb}

-% The macro |\skbondb| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\bbb| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 3 and 2

-\def\skbondb{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%%

-     \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 3-2

-    \else%

-     \put(171,143){\line(0,1){160}}%       %bond 3-2

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%%

-     \put(171,103){\line(0,1){150}}%       %bond 3-2

-    \else%

-     \put(171,143){\line(0,1){110}}%       %bond 3-2

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbonde}

-% The macro |\skbonde| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 5 and 6

-\def\skbonde{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 5-6

-    \else%

-     \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){150}}%       %bond 5-6

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(-171,143){\line(0,1){160}}%       %bond 5-6

-    \else%

-     \put(-171,143){\line(0,1){110}}%       %bond 5-6

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondhoriz}

-% The macro |\skbondhoriz| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\fff| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%horizontal bond for five-membered rings

-\def\skbondhoriz{%

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(-171,303){\line(1,0){342}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-171,303){\line(1,0){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(171,303){\line(-1,0){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-129,303){\line(1,0){258}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondhorizi}

-% The macro |\skbondhorizi| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%horizontal bond for five-membered rings (inverse type)

-\def\skbondhorizi{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(-171,103){\line(1,0){342}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-171,103){\line(1,0){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(171,103){\line(-1,0){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-129,103){\line(1,0){258}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@outskel@sixv}

-% The macro |\set@outskel@sixv| is to typeset a series of 

-% outer-skeleton bonds to six rings. It is 

-% used in |\sixheterov| and |\sixheterovi|. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@outskel@sixv{%

- \skbonda% bond between 1 and 2

- \skbondf% bond between 1 and 6

- \skbondc% bond between 4 and 3

- \skbondd% bond between 4 and 5

- \skbondb% bond between 3 and 2

- \skbonde% bond between 5 and 6

-}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Dotted Skeletal Bonds}

-% 

-% The macros |\sixfusev| etc. use inner macros for setting 

-% skeletal bonds in accordance with the presence or the absence of 

-% hetero atoms.  During the processes of such setting,  

-% the inner macros |\dotskbonda| to |\dotskbondf| are used 

-% to set a dotted bond on each edge of a six- or five-membered ring.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbonda}

-% The macro |\dotskbonda| is the dotted couterpart of |\skbonda|, 

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 2

-\def\dotskbonda{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(171,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){136}}%        %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(136,324)}}%

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(35,385){\line(5,-3){136}}%       %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(35,386)(171,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-       \put(35,385){\line(5,-3){100}}%       %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(35,386)(136,324)}}%

-    \fi%

-   \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondb}

-% The macro |\dotskbondb| is the dotted couterpart of |\skbondb|, 

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\bbb| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 3 and 2

-\def\dotskbondb{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 3-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,103)(171,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(171,143){\line(0,1){160}}%       %bond 3-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,143)(171,303)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(171,103){\line(0,1){150}}%       %bond 3-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,103)(171,253)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(171,143){\line(0,1){110}}%       %bond 3-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,143)(171,253)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondc}

-% The macro |\dotskbondc| is the dotted couterpart of |\skbondc|, 

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ccc| and |\ddd|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 4 and 3

-\def\dotskbondc{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(171,103)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(0,0){\line(5,3){136}}%           %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(136,81)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(35,21){\line(5,3){138}}%         %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(35,21)(171,103)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(35,21){\line(5,3){100}}%         %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(35,21)(136,81)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondd}

-% The macro |\dotskbondd| is the dotted couterpart of |\skbondd|, 

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 4 and 5

-\def\dotskbondd{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 4-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-171,103)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){136}}%          %bond 4-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-136,81)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(-35,21){\line(-5,3){138}}%       %bond 4-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-35,21)(-171,103)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(-35,21){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %bond 4-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-35,21)(-136,81)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbonde}

-% The macro |\dotskbonde| is the dotted couterpart of |\skbonde|, 

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 5 and 6

-\def\dotskbonde{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){200}}%       %bond 5-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(-171,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-       \put(-171,103){\line(0,1){150}}%       %bond 5-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(-171,253)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-       \put(-171,143){\line(0,1){160}}%       %bond 5-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,143)(-171,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-       \put(-171,143){\line(0,1){110}}%       %bond 5-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,143)(-171,253)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondf}

-% The macro |\dotskbondf| is the dotted couterpart of |\skbondf|, 

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 6

-\def\dotskbondf{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 1-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(-171,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){136}}%       %bond 1-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(-136,325)}}%

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-35,385){\line(-5,-3){136}}%     %bond 1-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-35,385)(-171,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-35,385){\line(-5,-3){100}}%     %bond 1-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-35,385)(-136,325)}}%

-    \fi%

-   \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondhoriz}

-% The macro |\dotskbondhoriz| is the dotted couterpart of |\skbondhoriz|, 

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\fff| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%horizontal bond for five-membered rings

-\def\dotskbondhoriz{%

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-171,303){\line(1,0){342}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(171,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-171,303){\line(1,0){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(129,303)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(171,303){\line(-1,0){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,303)(-129,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-129,303){\line(1,0){258}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-129,303)(129,303)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondhorizi}

-% The macro |\dotskbondhorizi| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%horizontal bond for five-membered rings (inverse type)

-\def\dotskbondhorizi{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-171,103){\line(1,0){342}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(171,103)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-171,103){\line(1,0){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(129,103)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(171,103){\line(-1,0){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(171,103)(-129,103)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-129,103){\line(1,0){258}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-129,103)(129,103)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@skel@bond| is used in such commands as |\sixheterov| 

-% and |\sixfusev| for setting skeletal bonds (outer bonds), 

-% when |\@aaa| etc. (produced by |\csname|...|\endcsname|) are equal 

-% to `a' etc. (given as \#2).  Thinline, thickline and dotted-line 

-% skeletal bonds are available. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@skbondlist}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@skbondlist

-\@skbondlistfalse

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}% from fusering.sty to hetarom.sty

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@skel@bond}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@skel@bond#1#2#3{%

- \expandafter\if\csname @#2#2#2\endcsname #2\relax%OK

-                               % \if\@aaa #2\relax%OK

-  \@skbondlistfalse

-  \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \if\@@tmpa #2\relax%

-      \if\@@tmpb A\relax%

-        \expandafter\csname dotskbond#3\endcsname% \dotskbonda etc.

-        \@skbondlisttrue

-      \else\if\@@tmpb B\relax%

-        {\thicklines

-        \expandafter\csname skbond#3\endcsname% \skbonda etc.

-        }%

-        \@skbondlisttrue

-      \fi\fi

-     \fi%

-    }%

-   \if@skbondlist\else

-     {\thinlines 

-        \expandafter\csname skbond#3\endcsname% \skbonda etc.

-     }%

-   \fi%

-  \else

-    \expandafter\ifx\csname @#2#2#2\endcsname \empty\relax%

-                                %    \ifx\@aaa\empty\relax

-    \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-     \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-      \if\@@tmpa #2\relax%

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unavailable bond `#2' in SKBONDLIST}\fi

-    }%

-  \fi\fi

-}% end of \set@skel@bond

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@skel@longbond| is used in |\fivefusev| etc. 

-% for setting skeletal bonds (outer bonds), when |\@aaa| etc. 

-% (produced by |\csname|...|\endcsname|) are equal to `a' 

-% etc. (given as \#2).  Thinline, thickline and dotted-line 

-% skeletal bonds are available. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@skel@longbond}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@skel@longbond#1#2#3{%

- \expandafter\if\csname @#2#2#2\endcsname #2\relax%OK

-                               % \if\@aaa #2\relax%OK

-  \@skbondlistfalse

-  \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \if\@@tmpa #2\relax%

-      \if\@@tmpb A\relax%

-        \expandafter\csname dot#3\endcsname% \dotskbonda etc.

-        \@skbondlisttrue

-      \else\if\@@tmpb B\relax%

-        {\thicklines

-        \expandafter\csname #3\endcsname% \skbonda etc.

-        }%

-        \@skbondlisttrue

-      \fi\fi

-     \fi%

-    }%

-   \if@skbondlist\else

-     {\thinlines

-        \expandafter\csname #3\endcsname% \skbonda etc.

-     }%

-   \fi%

-  \else

-    \expandafter\ifx\csname @#2#2#2\endcsname \empty\relax%

-                                %    \ifx\@aaa\empty\relax

-    \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-     \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-      \if\@@tmpa #2\relax%

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unavailable bond `#2' in SKBONDLIST}\fi

-    }%

-  \fi\fi

-}% end of \set@skel@longbond

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\@bond@@omit| is used in |\sixheterov| etc. 

-% for detecting omitted bonds, where |\@aaa| etc. are empty if 

-% they are omitted. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@bond@@omit}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@bond@@omit#1{%

-\@tfor\memBer:=#1\do{%

-\if\memBer a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi%

-\if\memBer A\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi%

-\if\memBer b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi%

-\if\memBer B\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi%

-\if\memBer c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi%

-\if\memBer C\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi%

-\if\memBer d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi%

-\if\memBer D\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi%

-\if\memBer e\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi%

-\if\memBer E\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi%

-\if\memBer f\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi%

-\if\memBer F\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi%

-\if\memBer g\relax\gdef\@ggg{}\fi%

-\if\memBer G\relax\gdef\@ggg{}\fi%

-\if\memBer h\relax\gdef\@hhh{}\fi%

-\if\memBer H\relax\gdef\@hhh{}\fi%

-\if\memBer i\relax\gdef\@iii{}\fi%

-\if\memBer I\relax\gdef\@iii{}\fi%

-\if\memBer j\relax\gdef\@jjj{}\fi%

-\if\memBer J\relax\gdef\@jjj{}\fi%

-\if\memBer k\relax\gdef\@kkk{}\fi%

-\if\memBer K\relax\gdef\@kkk{}\fi%

-}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Six-membered heterocyles}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-membered heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************

-% * sixhetero derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)      *

-% *************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          1

-%          * 

-%     6  *   *  2

-%       |     |

-%       |     |

-%     5  *   *  3

-%          *

-%          4 <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\sixheterov| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \sixheterov(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none or r  :  sixhetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  sixhetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \sixheterov{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \sixheterov[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \sixheterov[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\sixheterov| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by |\setsixringv|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{Adding \cs{test@vertix@sixv}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\sixheterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@six@heterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@six@@heterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@sixheterov}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\sixheterov{\@ifnextchar({\@six@heterov(@}{\@six@heterov(@)}}

-\def\@six@heterov(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@six@@heterov(#1)[@}%

-{\@six@@heterov(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@six@@heterov(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@sixheterov(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@sixheterov(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@sixheterov(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}{f}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-\if@ylsw%

-\yl@shiftii=\@ylii

-\yl@shifti=\@yli

-\advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

-\advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

-\begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `sixheterov' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{%

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbonda etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{c}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{d}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbondd etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{f}% bond between 6 and 1 \@fff -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-%%%%%\set@outskel@sixv % replaced by above 1998/12/30

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax \bondd \bondf \bondb%

-\else\if\member l\relax \bonda \bondc \bonde%

-\else\if\member a\relax \bonda%

-\else\if\member b\relax \bondb%

-\else\if\member c\relax \bondc%

-\else\if\member d\relax \bondd%

-\else\if\member e\relax \bonde%

-\else\if\member f\relax \bondf%

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%               %circle

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@sixv

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{0}{7}{0}%    %atom 1--6%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\setsixringv{#4}{0}{0}{7}{0}%    %subst 1--6

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixheterov macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-membered heterocycle of inverse type 

-% is selected to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************

-% * sixhetero derivatives          *

-% *  (vertical type, inverse type) *

-% **********************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          4

-%          * 

-%     5  *   *  3

-%       |     |

-%       |     |

-%     6  *   *  2

-%          *

-%          1 <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\sixheterovi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \sixheterovi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none or r  :  sixhetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  sixhetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \sixheterovi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \sixheterovi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \sixheterovi[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\sixheterovi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by |\setsixringv|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\sixheterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@six@heterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@six@@heterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@sixheterovi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\sixheterovi{\@ifnextchar({\@six@heterovi(@}{\@six@heterovi(@)}}

-\def\@six@heterovi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@six@@heterovi(#1)[@}%

-{\@six@@heterovi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@six@@heterovi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@sixheterovi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@sixheterovi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@sixheterovi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{c}{b}{a}{f}{e}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%    %subst 1--4

-\ylposition{#4}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%   %subst 5 and 6

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `sixheterovi' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{a}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbonda etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{f}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbondf etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{d}% bond between 6 and 1 \@fff -> \skbondd etc

-}%

-%%%\set@outskel@sixv% replaced by the above 1998/12/30

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax \bondd \bondf \bondb%

-\else\if\member l\relax \bonda \bondc \bonde%

-\else\if\member a\relax \bondc%

-\else\if\member b\relax \bondb%

-\else\if\member c\relax \bonda%

-\else\if\member d\relax \bondf%

-\else\if\member e\relax \bonde%

-\else\if\member f\relax \bondd%

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%               %circle

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-   \set@fusionadd@sixvi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%    %atom 1--4%

-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%   %atom 5 and 6%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\setsixringv{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%    %subst 1--4

-\setsixringv{#4}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%   %subst 5 and 6

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixheterovi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Pyridine derivatives of vertical type}

-%

-% The macros |\sixheterov| and |\sixheterovi| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a six-membered heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************

-% * pyridine derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)     *

-% ************************

-%

-%   \pyridinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyridinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrazinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrimidinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrimidinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \triazinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \triazinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none or r  :  pyridine (right-handed)

-%           l          :  pyridine (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated ring

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pyridinev{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \pyridinev[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \pyridinev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pridinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\pridinevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyridinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyridinev[@}{\@pyridinev[r]}}

-\def\@pyridinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyridinev' %

-   is based on `sixheterov'.}\fi%

-\sixheterov[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%end of \pyridinev macro

-\def\pyridinevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyridinevi[@}{\@pyridinevi[r]}}

-\def\@pyridinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyridinevi' %

-   is based on `sixheterovi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterovi[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%end of \pyridinevi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrazinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrazinevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyrazinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrazinev[@}{\@pyrazinev[r]}}

-\def\@pyrazinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrazinev' %

-   is based on `sixheterov'.}\fi%

-\sixheterov[#1]{1==N;4==N}{#2}}%end of \pyrazinev macro

-%the same formula with an alternative locant numbering

-\def\pyrazinevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrazinevi[@}{\@pyrazinevi[r]}}

-\def\@pyrazinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrazinevi' %

-   is based on `sixheterovi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterovi[#1]{1==N;4==N}{#2}}%end of \pyrazinevi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrimidinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrimidinevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyrimidinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrimidinev[@}{\@pyrimidinev[r]}}

-\def\@pyrimidinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrimidinev' %

-   is based on `sixheterov'.}\fi%

-\sixheterov[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}%end of \pyrimidinev macro

-\def\pyrimidinevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrimidinevi[@}{\@pyrimidinevi[r]}}

-\def\@pyrimidinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrimidinevi' %

-   is based on `sixheterovi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterovi[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}%end of \pyrimidinevi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyridazinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyridazinevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyridazinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyridazinev[@}{\@pyridazinev[r]}}

-\def\@pyridazinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyridazinev' %

-   is based on `sixheterov'.}\fi%

-\sixheterov[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}%end of \pyridazinev macro

-\def\pyridazinevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyridazinevi[@}{\@pyridazinevi[r]}}

-\def\@pyridazinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyridazinev' %

-   is based on `sixheterovi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterovi[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}%end of \pyridazinevi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\triazinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\triazinevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\triazinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@triazinev[@}{\@triazinev[r]}}

-\def\@triazinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `triazinev' %

-   is based on `sixheterov'.}\fi%

-\sixheterov[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N}{#2}}%end of \triazinev macro

-\def\triazinevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@triazinevi[@}{\@triazinevi[r]}}

-\def\@triazinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `triazinevi' %

-   is based on `sixheterovi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterovi[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N}{#2}}%end of \triazinevi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Five-membered heterocycles}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a five-membered heterocycle 

-% is selected to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **************************

-% * fivehetero derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)       *

-% **************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%     4  _____  3

-%       |     |

-%       |     |

-%     5  *   *  2

-%          *

-%          1 <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveheterov| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fiveheterov(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `e' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-%           {0+}       :  plus (or minus) at the center

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fiveheterov{1==N}{1==H;2==F}

-%        \fiveheterov[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \fiveheterov[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fiveheterov| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/10/31}{Add: fused and spiro rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fiveheterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@five@heterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@five@@heterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fiveheterov}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fiveheterov{\@ifnextchar({\@five@heterov(@}{\@five@heterov(@)}}

-\def\@five@heterov(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@five@@heterov(#1)[@}%

-{\@five@@heterov(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@five@@heterov(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@fiveheterov(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@fiveheterov(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@fiveheterov(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{c}{b}{f}{e}{a}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3

-\ylposition{#4}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `fiveheterov' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondhoriz}%

-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondhoriz etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{d}% bond between 5 and 1 \@eee -> \skbondd etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r%

-\else\if\member a\relax \bondc%

-\else\if\member b\relax \bondb%

-\else\if\member c\relax \bondhoriz%

-\else\if\member d\relax \bonde%

-\else\if\member e\relax \bondd%

-\else\if\member A\relax%

- \put(0,173){\circle{180}}%aromatic circle

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\else

-    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@fivev

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting heteroatoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3

-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\setsixringv{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3

-\setsixringv{#4}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}% end of \fiveheterov macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a five-membered heterocycle of inverse type 

-% is selected to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *****************************

-% * fivehetero derivatives    *

-% *  (vertical type, inverse) *

-% *****************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          1

-%          * 

-%     6  *   *  2

-%       |     |

-%       |_____|

-%     4         3

-%          *

-%        (0,0) <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveheterovi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fiveheterovi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-%           {0+}       :  plus (or minus) at the center

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fiveheterovi{1==N}{1==H;2==F}

-%        \fiveheterovi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \fiveheterovi[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fiveheterovi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fiveheterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@five@heterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@five@@heterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fiveheterovi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fiveheterovi{\@ifnextchar({\@five@heterovi(@}{\@five@heterovi(@)}}

-\def\@five@heterovi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@five@@heterovi(#1)[@}%

-{\@five@@heterovi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@five@@heterovi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@fiveheterovi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@fiveheterovi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@fiveheterovi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{b}{c}{e}{f}{d}% d -- dummy

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3

-\ylposition{#4}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `fiveheterovi' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbonda etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondhorizi}%

-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondhorizi etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{f}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r%

-\else\if\member a\relax \bonda%

-\else\if\member b\relax \bondb%

-\else\if\member c\relax \bondhorizi%

-\else\if\member d\relax \bonde%

-\else\if\member e\relax \bondf%

-\else\if\member A\relax%

- \put(0,233){\circle{180}}%aromatic circle

-\else

-    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@fivevi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting heteroatoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3

-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\setsixringv{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3

-\setsixringv{#4}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%end of \fiveheterovi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Pyrrole derivatives of vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveheterov| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a five-membered heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************************

-% * pyrrole derivatives  and others *

-% *  (vertical type)                *

-% ***********************************

-%

-%   \pyrrolev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrazolev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \imidazolev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoxazolev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \oxazolev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           none       :  mother nucleus

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pyrrolev{1==H;2==F}

-%        \pyrrolev[]{1==H;2==F}

-%        \imidazolev[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \isoxazolev[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrrolev}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrazolev}

-% \begin{macro}{\imidazolev}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoxazolev}

-% \begin{macro}{\oxazolev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyrrolev{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrrolev[@}{\@pyrrolev[bd]}}

-\def\@pyrrolev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrrolev' %

-  is based on `fiveheterov'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterov[#1]{1==N}{#2}}

-\def\pyrazolev{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrazolev[@}{\@pyrazolev[bd]}}

-\def\@pyrazolev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrazolev' %

-  is based on `fiveheterov'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterov[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}

-\def\imidazolev{\@ifnextchar[{\@imidazolev[@}{\@imidazolev[bd]}}

-\def\@imidazolev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `imidazolev' %

-  is based on `fiveheterov'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterov[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}

-\def\isoxazolev{\@ifnextchar[{\@isoxazolev[@}{\@isoxazolev[bd]}}

-\def\@isoxazolev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoxazolev' %

-  is based on `fiveheterov'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterov[#1]{1==O;2==N}{#2}}

-\def\oxazolev{\@ifnextchar[{\@oxazolev[@}{\@oxazolev[bd]}}

-\def\@oxazolev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `oxazolev' %

-  is based on `fiveheterov'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterov[#1]{1==O;3==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\furanv}

-% \begin{macro}{\thiophenev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\furanv{\@ifnextchar[{\@furanv[@}{\@furanv[bd]}}

-\def\@furanv[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `furanv' %

-  is based on `fiveheterov'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterov[#1]{1==O}{#2}}

-\def\thiophenev{\@ifnextchar[{\@thiophenev[@}{\@thiophenev[bd]}}

-\def\@thiophenev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `thiophenev' %

-  is based on `fiveheterov'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterov[#1]{1==S}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Pyrrole derivatives of inverse vertical type}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveheterovi| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a five-membered heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************************

-% * pyrrole derivatives  and others *

-% *  (vertical type, inverse)       *

-% ***********************************

-%

-%   \pyrrolevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrazolevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \imidazolevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoxazolevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \oxazolevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           none       :  mother nucleus

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 6 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pyrrolevi{1==H;2==F}

-%        \pyrrolevi[]{1==H;2==F}

-%        \imidazolevi[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \isoxazolevi[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrrolevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrazolevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\imidazolevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoxazolevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\oxazolevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyrrolevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrrolevi[@}{\@pyrrolevi[bd]}}

-\def\@pyrrolevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrrolevi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterovi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterovi[#1]{1==N}{#2}}

-\def\pyrazolevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrazolevi[@}{\@pyrazolevi[bd]}}

-\def\@pyrazolevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrazolevi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterovi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterovi[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}

-\def\imidazolevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@imidazolevi[@}{\@imidazolevi[bd]}}

-\def\@imidazolevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `imidazolevi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterovi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterovi[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}

-\def\isoxazolevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@isoxazolevi[@}{\@isoxazolevi[bd]}}

-\def\@isoxazolevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoxazolevi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterovi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterovi[#1]{1==O;2==N}{#2}}

-\def\oxazolevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@oxazolevi[@}{\@oxazolevi[bd]}}

-\def\@oxazolevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `oxazolevi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterovi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterovi[#1]{1==O;3==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\furanvi}

-% \begin{macro}{\thiophenevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\furanvi{\@ifnextchar[{\@furanvi[@}{\@furanvi[bd]}}

-\def\@furanvi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `furanvi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterovi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterovi[#1]{1==O}{#2}}

-\def\thiophenevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@thiophenevi[@}{\@thiophenevi[bd]}}

-\def\@thiophenevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `thiophenevi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterovi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterovi[#1]{1==S}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Six-to-six fused heterocyles}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-six fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **************************

-% * decahetero derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)       *

-% **************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          8 (10)1

-%          *  8a *

-%     7  *   * *   *  2

-%       |     |     |

-%       |     |     |

-%     6  *   * *   *  3

-%          *  4a *

-%          5 (9) 4

-%          ^

-%          |

-%          the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decaheterov| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decaheterov(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `k' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to k, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $10$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  decahetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  decahetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  4,3-double bond      d    :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e    :  4a,5-double bond     f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,8-double bond

-%           i    :  8,8a-double bond     j    :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k    :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           A    :  aromatic circle      B    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 10)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 10 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 4a or 8b (n=4 or 8)

-%                        e.g. 4a==N (or 9==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             8a==N (or {{10}}==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 9 (4a position) and 10 (8a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to k: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decaheterov{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \decaheterov[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decaheterov[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\decaheterov| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| several times. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Spiro rings and fused rings

-% \cs{test@vertix@sixv}, \cs{test@vertix@decav}, etc.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decaheterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@heterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@@heterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@decaheterov}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decaheterov{\@ifnextchar({\@deca@heterov(@}{\@deca@heterov(@)}}

-\def\@deca@heterov(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@deca@@heterov(#1)[@}%

-{\@deca@@heterov(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@deca@@heterov(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@decaheterov(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@decaheterov(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@decaheterov(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}{f}%

-\test@vertix@decav{#3}{g}{h}{i}{j}{@}{@}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylhetposition{#4}{0}{0}{5}{0}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylhetposition{#4}{-1}{3}{7}{0}% %substituents on 5 to 7

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylhetposition{#4}{-7}{0}{2}{0}% %substituent on 8

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{7}%   %9 %for 4a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-103}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-9}{1}%  %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `decaheterov' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{a}}%

-  % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbonda etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}}%

-  % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{c}}%

-  % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondc etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{d}}%

-  % bond between 4 and 4a \@ddd -> \skbondd etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{k}{e}}%

-  % bond between 4a and 8a \@kkk -> \skbonde etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{j}{f}}%

-  % bond between 8a and 1 \@jjj -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{i}{a}% bond between 8 and 8a \@iii -> \skbonda etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{c}% bond between 5 and 4a \@eee -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{d}% bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \skbondd etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{g}{e}% bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{h}{f}% bond between 7 and 8 \@hhh -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

- \put(342,0){\bonda}% bond between 1 and 2

- \put(342,0){\bondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 8a and 4a

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 8 and 7

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else\if\member l\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bonda}% bond between 1 and 2

-\else\if\member b\relax

- \put(342,0){\bondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-\else\if\member c\relax

- \put(342,0){\bondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-\else\if\member d\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii%

- \put(342,0){\bondd}% bond between 4 and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member e\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii \let\ddd=\eee%

- \put(0,0){\bondc}% bond between 5 and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member f\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\eee \let\eee=\fff%

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else\if\member g\relax%

-{\let\eee=\fff \let\fff=\ggg% 

- \put(0,0){\bonde}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member h\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 8 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member i\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bonda}% bond between 8 and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member j\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(342,0){\bondf}% bond between 1 and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member k\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 8a and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member K\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(342,0){\bonde}% bond between 8a and 4a in the other ring

-}%

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}               %circle

-\else\if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(342,203){\circle{240}}             %circle

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//

-  \def\aax{8a}\def\aay{4a}\def\aaz{10}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%                  % plus charge etc.

-        \putratom{304}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{402}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{402}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{304}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%      \else\if\@@tmpa 10\relax%

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aaz\relax%1998/10/17

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@decav

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/11}{The 

-% \cs{iniflag} command is added to 5- and 8-substitution.}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms and spiro rings %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-\put(342,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{0}{5}{0}%

-   \if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi

-   \if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi

-   \if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi

-   \if@clip \global\@cliptrue\fi}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-\put(0,0){\iniflag%2000/11/11 by S. Fujita

-   \set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{-1}{3}{7}{0}%

-   \@gclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

-   \@fclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%

-   \@eclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ecliptrue \fi}%substituents on 5 to 7

-\put(0,0){\iniflag%2000/11/11 by S. Fujita

-  \set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{-7}{0}{2}{0}%

-  \@hclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi}%%substituent on 8

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@fuse{#3}%

-  \if@iclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi}% fused positions

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(342,0){\setsixringv{#4}{0}{0}{5}{0}}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-{%

- \@clipfalse \if@eclip \@cliptrue \fi%   %substituents on 5 to 7

- \@eclipfalse \if@fclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@gclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{-1}{3}{7}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@aclipfalse \if@hclip \@acliptrue \fi%   %substituent on 8

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{-7}{0}{2}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(171,103){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{7}}%   %9 %for 4a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(171,303){\setatombond{#4}{-9}{1}}%  %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \decaheterov macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\clipdetection| command is used for the detection of 

-% clippings for a six-six ring.  In particular, the clippings 

-% at the fused positions are detected in the |\decaheterov| command, 

-% where the data are applied to the command 

-% |\ylatombondposition| (chemstr.dtx). 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/16}{Newly added command}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\clipdetection}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\clipdetection{%

-% hetero atom on 1

-\ifx\aaa\empty\else%

-     \@acliptrue%

-\fi%

-% hetero atom on 2

-\ifx\bbb\empty\else%

-     \@bcliptrue%

-\fi%

-% hetero atom on 3

-\ifx\ccc\empty\else%

-     \@ccliptrue%

-\fi%

-% hetero atom on 4

-\ifx\ddd\empty\else%

-   \@cliptrue%

-\fi%

-% hetero atom on 4a

-{\let\eee=\iii%

-\ifx\eee\empty\else%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-\fi%

-}%

-% hetero atom on 8a

-{\let\fff=\jjj%

-\ifx\fff\empty\else%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-\fi%

-}%

-% hetero atom on 5

-{\let\ddd=\eee%

-\ifx\ddd\empty\else

-   \global\@ecliptrue%

-\fi%

-}%

-% hetero atom on 6

-{\let\eee=\fff%

-\ifx\eee\empty\else%

-     \global\@fcliptrue%

-\fi%

-}%

-% hetero atom on 7

-{\let\fff=\ggg%

-\ifx\fff\empty\else%

-     \global\@gcliptrue%

-\fi%

-}%

-% hetero atom on 8

-{\let\aaa=\hhh%

-\ifx\aaa\empty\else%

-     \global\@hcliptrue%

-\fi%

-}}% end \clipdetection

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylhetposition| is used in the |\decaheterov| command, 

-% giving the sift values for drawing a structure as a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/16}{Newly added command}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylhetposition}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylhetposition#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifnum#5<0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax\fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa>#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa<#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The flags |\@lyatrue| etc are not used in a revised edition. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

- \or

-    \ifx\aaa\empty

-     \ifx\hhh\empty% aaa and hhh are absent

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-406}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-     \else% hhh is present

-       \def\@ylii{0}\def\@yli{-442}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-     \fi

-    \else%aaa is present

-      \def\@ylii{0}\def\@yli{-442}\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\bbb\empty

-      \def\@ylii{-171}\def\@yli{-303}\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-%      \def\@ylii{-513}\def\@yli{-303}\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-    \else

-      \def\@ylii{-213}\def\@yli{-327}\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-%      \def\@ylii{-555}\def\@yli{-327}\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\ccc\empty

-      \def\@ylii{-171}\def\@yli{-103}\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-%      \def\@ylii{-513}\def\@yli{-103}\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-    \else

-      \def\@ylii{-213}\def\@yli{-79}\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-%      \def\@ylii{-555}\def\@yli{-79}\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\ddd\empty

-     \ifx\eee\empty% ddd and eee are absent

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-      \else% eee present

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{36}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-     \fi

-    \else% ddd present

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{36}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-    \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\eee\empty

-     \ifx\iii\empty

-      \ifx\fff\empty% eee, iii and fff are absent

-        \def\@ylii{173}\def\@yli{-103}\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-      \else% fff is present 

-        \def\@ylii{213}\def\@yli{-79}\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-      \fi

-%     \else% iii is present; fused position => no action here

-%        \def\@ylii{0}\def\@yli{-36}\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-     \fi

-    \else% eee is present

-       \def\@ylii{213}\def\@yli{-79}\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-   \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\fff\empty

-     \ifx\jjj\empty

-      \ifx\ggg\empty% fff, jjj, and ggg are absent

-        \def\@ylii{173}\def\@yli{-303}\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-      \else%ggg is present

-        \def\@ylii{213}\def\@yli{-327}\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-      \fi

-%     \else%jjj is present; fused position => no action here

-%       \def\@ylii{213}\def\@yli{-327}\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-     \fi

-    \else%fff is present

-      \def\@ylii{213}\def\@yli{-327}\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-    \fi%

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-six fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************

-% * decahetero derivatives         *

-% *  (vertical type, inverse type) *

-% **********************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          5 (9) 4

-%          *  4a *

-%     6  *   * *   *  3

-%       |     |     |

-%       |     |     |

-%     7  *   * *   *  2

-%          *  8a *

-%          8 (10)1

-%          ^

-%          |

-%          the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decaheterovi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decaheterovi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `k' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to k, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The options `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles in two rings. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $10$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}  

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  decahetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  decahetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  4,3-double bond      d    :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e    :  4a,5-double bond     f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,8-double bond

-%           i    :  8,8a-double bond     j    :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k    :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K    :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle      B    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 10)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 10 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 4a or 8b (n=4 or 8)

-%                        e.g. 4a==N (or 9==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             8a==N (or {{10}}==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 9 (4a position) and 10 (8a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to k: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decaheterovi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \decaheterovi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decaheterovi[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\decaheterovi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterovi|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| several times. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Spiro rings and fused rings: 

-% \cs{test@vertix@decavi}, etc.}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decaheterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@heterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@@heterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@decaheterovi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decaheterovi{\@ifnextchar({\@deca@heterovi(@}{\@deca@heterovi(@)}}

-\def\@deca@heterovi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@deca@@heterovi(#1)[@}%

-{\@deca@@heterovi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@deca@@heterovi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@decaheterovi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@decaheterovi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@decaheterovi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-%%\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{c}{b}{a}{h}{g}%

-%%\test@vertix@decav{#3}{f}{e}{i}{j}{@}{@}%{i}{j} fixed

-\test@vertix@decavi{#3}%

-%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylhetposition{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylhetposition{#4}{12}{3}{7}{-1}% %substituents on 6 to 8

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylhetposition{#4}{-4}{0}{2}{0}% %substituent on 5

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \ylatombondposition{#4}{-9}{7}%  %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-103}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{1}%   %9 for 4a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `decaheterovi' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{a}}%

-  % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbonda etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}}%

-  % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{c}}%

-  % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondc etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{j}{d}}%

-  % bond between 4 and 4a \@ddd -> \skbondd etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{k}{e}}%

-  % bond between 4a and 8a \@kkk -> \skbonde etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{f}}%

-  % bond between 8a and 1 \@jjj -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{a}% bond between 8 and 8a \@eee -> \skbonda etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{i}{c}% bond between 5 and 4a \@iii -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{h}{d}% bond between 5 and 6 \@hhh -> \skbondd etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{g}{e}% bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{f}% bond between 7 and 8 \@fff -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

- \put(342,0){\bonda}% bond between 1 and 2

- \put(342,0){\bondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 8a and 4a

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 8 and 7

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else\if\member l\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-\else\if\member b\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-\else\if\member c\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bonda}% bond between 1 and 2

-\else\if\member d\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(342,0){\bondf}% bond between 1 and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member e\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bonda}% bond between 8 and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member f\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 8 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member g\relax%

-{\let\eee=\fff \let\fff=\ggg% 

- \put(0,0){\bonde}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member h\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\eee \let\eee=\fff%

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else\if\member i\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii \let\ddd=\eee%

- \put(0,0){\bondc}% bond between 5 and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member j\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii%

- \put(342,0){\bondd}% bond between 4 and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member k\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 8a and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member K\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(342,0){\bonde}% bond between 8a and 4a in the other ring

-}%

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}               %circle

-\else\if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(342,203){\circle{240}}             %circle

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{4a}\def\aay{8a}\def\aaz{10}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 4\relax%                  % plus charge etc.

-        \putratom{304}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{402}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{402}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{304}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aaz\relax% 1998/10/17 by S. Fujita

-%      \else\if\@@tmpa 10\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@decavi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms and spiro rings %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@tmpclipfalse

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{12}{3}{7}{-1}%

- \@gclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%      

- \@eclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ecliptrue \fi%

-}%substituents on 6 to 8

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{-4}{0}{2}{0}%

- \@aclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi%

-}%%substituent on 5

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@decafusevi{#3}%

-  \@tmpclipfalse

-  \if@iclip \global\@tmpcliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@tmpclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi

-}% fused positions

-%to be done after all

-\put(342,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%

-   \if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi

-   \if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi

-   \if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi

-   \if@clip \global\@cliptrue\fi

-}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(342,0){\setsixringv{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-{\@clipfalse \if@eclip \@cliptrue \fi%      %substituents on 6 to 8

- \@eclipfalse \if@fclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@gclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{12}{3}{7}{-1}}%

-}

-{\@aclipfalse \if@hclip \@acliptrue \fi%    %substituent on 5

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{-4}{0}{2}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(171,103){\setatombond{#4}{-9}{7}}%    %10 for 8a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(171,303){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{1}}%   %9 for 4a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%   %end of \decaheterovi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\test@vertix@decavi| is used to test the presence of 

-% a hetero atom or a spiro substituent on a vertex of the 

-% decaheterovi nucleus. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@tmpclip}

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vertix@decavi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@tmpclip \@tmpclipfalse

-\def\test@vertix@decavi#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ddd{}\else\def\ddd{@}\fi

- \or%2

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ccc{}\else\def\ccc{@}\fi

- \or%3

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\bbb{}\else\def\bbb{@}\fi

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \def\jjj{@}%4a

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-     \def\aaa{}%4

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-     \def\aaa{@}%4

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \def\aaa{@}%4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \or%5

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\hhh{}\else\def\hhh{@}\fi

- \or%6

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ggg{}\else\def\ggg{@}\fi

- \or%7

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\fff{}\else\def\fff{@}\fi

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \xdef\iii{@}%8a

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-     \xdef\eee{}%8s

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-     \xdef\eee{@}%8h

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \xdef\eee{@}%8

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\or%9 (= 4a)

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\jjj{}\else\def\jjj{@}\fi

-\or%10 (= 8a)

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\iii{}\else\def\iii{@}\fi

-\fi\fi}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@vrtx@decafusevi| is used to set 

-% a hetero atom or on a vertex of a bridgehead location.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@decafusevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@decafusevi#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa\or\or\or

- \or%%%%4

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

- \or\or\or

- \or%8

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

-\or%9 (= 4a)

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-\or%10 (= 8a)

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@decafusevi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@decavi| is used to set 

-% a fused ring or on an edge of the decaheterovi nucleus. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@decavi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@decavi{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `d'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `D'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `e'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `E'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `i'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `I'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `j'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `J'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `k'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(342,0){\set@fusionadd@sixvi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `K'}%

-      \fi

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@decavi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-bottom type}

-% The macro |\decaheterovb| is used for drawing six-six heterocyclic 

-% derivatives of vertical-bottom type (numbering from the bottom 

-% to the left-upper part). 

-% The word ``vertical'' means that each benzene ring is a vertical type.  

-% The word ``bottom'' means that the benzene ring with young locant numbers 

-% is located at the bottom. 

-% The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are drawn directly, 

-% while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by useing 

-% the inner macro |\setsixringv|. 

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-six fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/16}{Newly added command}

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***************************

-% * decahetro derivatives   *

-% *  (vertical bottom type) *

-% ***************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          7 

-%          *  

-%     6  *   * 8

-%       |     |

-%       |     | 0G (4a)

-%     5  *   * *

-%  0F(4a)  *     * 1

-%          |     |

-%          |     |

-%        4  *   *  2

-%             *

-%             3

-%             ^

-%             |

-%            the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decaheterovb| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decaheterovb(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `k' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to k, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $10$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  decahetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  decahetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  4,3-double bond      d    :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e    :  4a,5-double bond     f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,8-double bond

-%           i    :  8,8a-double bond     j    :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k    :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K    :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle      B    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 10)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 10 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 4a or 8b (n=4 or 8)

-%                        e.g. 4a==N (or 9==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             8a==N (or {{10}}==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 9 (4a position) and 10 (8a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to k: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decaheterovb{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \decaheterovb[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decaheterovb[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\decaheterovb| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| several times. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Spiro rings and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decaheterovb}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@heterovb}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@@heterovb}

-% \begin{macro}{\@decaheterovb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decaheterovb{\@ifnextchar({\@deca@heterovb(@}{\@deca@heterovb(@)}}

-\def\@deca@heterovb(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@deca@@heterovb(#1)[@}%

-{\@deca@@heterovb(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@deca@@heterovb(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@decaheterovb(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@decaheterovb(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@decaheterovb(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\test@vertix@decavb{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\let\eee=\ddd\let\ddd=\ccc

-\let\ccc=\bbb\let\bbb=\aaa

-\ylhetpositionb{#4}{1}{1}{6}{0}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylhetpositionb{#4}{0}{4}{7}{0}% %substituents on 5 to 6

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\else

-{\let\aaa=\ggg \let\bbb=\hhh

-\ylhetpositionb{#4}{-6}{0}{3}{0}% %substituents on 7 to 8

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{9}%   %9 %for 4a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-9}{3}%  %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{-406}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1000,1200)(-550,-240)

-  \iforigpt \put(-550,-240){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `decaheterovb' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\eee=\ddd\let\ddd=\ccc

- \let\ccc=\bbb\let\bbb=\aaa

- \let\aaa=\jjj \let\fff=\iii

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{j}{a}% bond between 8a and 1 \@jjj -> \skbonda etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{b}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondb etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{c}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{d}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondd etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 4a \@ddd -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{k}{f}% bond between 4a and 8a \@kkk -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\ggg\let\bbb=\hhh\let\ccc=\jjj\let\ddd=\iii

-\put(-171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{h}{a}}%

-  % bond between 7 and 8 \@hhh -> \skbonda etc

-\put(-171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{i}{b}}%

-  % bond between 8 and 8a \@iii -> \skbondb etc

-\put(-171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{d}}%

-  % bond between 4a and 5 \@eee -> \skbondd etc

-\put(-171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{e}}%

-  % bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \skbonde etc

-\put(-171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{g}{f}}%

-  % bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\ggg\let\bbb=\hhh\let\ccc=\jjj\let\ddd=\iii

- \put(-171,303){\bonda}% bond between 7 and 8

- \put(-171,303){\bonde}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-{\let\eee=\ddd\let\ddd=\ccc

- \let\ccc=\bbb\let\bbb=\aaa

- \let\aaa=\jjj \let\fff=\iii

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 1 and 2

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 3 and 4

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 4a and 4b

-}%

-\else\if\member l\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\bbb\let\bbb=\aaa

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 1 and 2

-}%

-\else\if\member b\relax

-{\let\ddd=\ccc\let\ccc=\bbb

- \put(0,0){\bondc}% bond between 2 and 3

-}%

-\else\if\member c\relax

-{\let\eee=\ddd\let\ddd=\ccc

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 3 and 4

-}%

-\else\if\member d\relax%

-{\let\fff=\eee\let\eee=\ddd

- \put(0,0){\bonde}% bond between 4 and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member e\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\iii%

- \put(-171,303){\bondd}% bond between 5 and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member f\relax%

- \put(-171,303){\bonde}% bond between 5 and 6

-\else\if\member g\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\ggg

- \put(-171,303){\bondf}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member h\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\ggg \let\bbb=\hhh%

- \put(-171,303){\bonda}% bond between 8 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member i\relax%

-{\let\bbb=\hhh \let\ccc=\jjj%

- \put(-171,303){\bondb}% bond between 8 and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member j\relax%

-{\let\bbb=\aaa\let\aaa=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bonda}% bond between 1 and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member k\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\jjj\let\fff=\iii%

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 8a and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member K\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\jjj\let\ddd=\iii%

- \put(-171,303){\bondc}% bond between 8a and 4a in the other ring

-}%

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(-171,506){\circle{240}}               %circle

-\else\if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}             %circle

-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{8a}\def\aay{4a}\def\aaz{10}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%                  % plus charge etc.

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-120}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putlatom{-209}{431}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putlatom{-209}{546}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putratom{-209}{585}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{-111}{546}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aaz\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{-209}{371}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@decavb

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/11}{The 

-% \cs{iniflag} command is added to 5- and 8-substitution.}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom

-\put(-171,303){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{4}{7}{0}%

-\if@eclip \global\@ecliptrue\fi%

-\if@fclip \global\@fcliptrue\fi%

-}% %substituents on 5 to 6

-\put(-171,303){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{-6}{0}{3}{0}%

- \@gclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

- \@hclipfalse \if@bclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi%

-}% %substituents on 7 to 8

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@decafusevb{#3}%

-  \if@iclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi

-}%9 %for 4a position, %10 for 8a position

-%to be done after all

-\put(0,0){\iniflag%2000/11/11 by S. Fujita

-\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{1}{1}{6}{0}%

-\@aclipfalse \if@bclip \global\@acliptrue \fi%

-\@bclipfalse \if@cclip \global\@bcliptrue \fi%

-\@cclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ccliptrue \fi%

-\@clipfalse \if@eclip \global\@cliptrue \fi%

-}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{%

-\@eclipfalse \if@clip \@ecliptrue \fi%

-\@clipfalse \if@cclip \@cliptrue \fi%

-\@cclipfalse \if@bclip \@ccliptrue \fi%

-\@bclipfalse \if@aclip \@bcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{1}{1}{6}{0}}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-}%

-{%

-\put(-171,303){\setsixringv{#4}{0}{4}{7}{0}}% %substituents on 5 to 6

-}%

-{%

- \@aclipfalse \if@gclip \@acliptrue \fi%

- \@bclipfalse \if@hclip \@bcliptrue \fi%

-\put(-171,303){\setsixringv{#4}{-6}{0}{3}{0}}% %substituents on 7 to 8

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(-171,303){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{9}}%   %9 %for 4a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(0,406){\setatombond{#4}{-9}{3}}%  %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}% %end of \decaheterovb macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylhetpositionb| is used in the |\decaheterovb| command, 

-% giving the sift values for drawing a structure as a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/16}{Newly added command}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylhetpositionb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylhetpositionb#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifnum#5<0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax\fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa>#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa<#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

- \or

-    \ifx\aaa\empty%

-     \ifx\ggg\empty% aaa and ggg are absent

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-406}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-     \else% ggg is present

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-442}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-     \fi

-    \else%aaa is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-442}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\bbb\empty

-     \ifx\hhh\empty% aaa and hhh are absent

-      \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-303}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-     \else%hhh is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-     \fi

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-    \fi

- \or\ifx\ccc\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-    \fi

- \or

-   \ifx\ddd\empty

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-    \else% ddd present

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{36}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-    \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\eee\empty

-       \gdef\@ylii{173}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-    \else% eee is present

-       \gdef\@ylii{223}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-   \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\fff\empty

-       \gdef\@ylii{173}\gdef\@yli{-303}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-    \else%fff is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-    \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\test@vertix@decavb| determines the presence of 

-% a hetro atom or a spriro ring at each of the vertices. 

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Added: spiro rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vertix@decavb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vertix@decavb#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or% \xdef\aaa{\@memberb}%1

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\aaa{}\else\def\aaa{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\bbb{\@memberb}%2

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\bbb{}\else\def\bbb{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\ccc{\@memberb}%3

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ccc{}\else\def\ccc{@}\fi

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \def\iii{@}%4a

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-     \def\ddd{}%4

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-     \def\ddd{@}%4

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \def\ddd{@}%4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \or% \xdef\eee{\@memberb}%5

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\eee{}\else\def\eee{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\fff{\@memberb}%6

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\fff{}\else\def\fff{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\ggg{\@memberb}%7

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ggg{}\else\def\ggg{@}\fi

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \def\jjj{@}%8a

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-     \def\hhh{}%8

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-     \def\hhh{@}%4

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \def\hhh{@}%4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\or% \xdef\iii{\@memberb}%9 (= 4a)

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\iii{}\else\def\iii{@}\fi

-\or% \xdef\jjj{\@memberb}%10 (= 8a)

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\jjj{}\else\def\jjj{@}\fi

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \test@vertix@decavb

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@vrtx@decafusevb| typesets a hetero atom 

-% at each fused position. 

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Added: spiro rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@decafusevb}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@decafusevb#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa\or\or\or

- \or%%%%4

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{-135}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

- \or\or\or

- \or%8

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putratom{-31}{356}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

-\or%9 (= 4a)

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{-135}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-\or%10 (= 8a)

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putratom{-31}{356}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@decafusevb

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Vertical-top type}

-%

-% The macro |\decaheterovt| is used for drawing six-to-six fused derivatives 

-% of vertical-bottom type (numbering from the top to the left-down part). 

-% The word ``vertical'' means that each benzene ring is a vertical type.  

-% The word ``top'' means that the benzene ring with young locant numbers 

-% is located at the top. 

-% The skeleton and endocyclic double bonds are drawn directly, 

-% while substituents and exocyclic bonds are placed by useing 

-% the inner macro |\setsixringv|. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/18}{Newly added command}

-% 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************

-% * decaheterovt derivatives *

-% *  (vertical-top type)     *

-% ****************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                     2

-%                     *  

-%                1  *   * 3

-%                  |     |

-%                  |     | 

-%         0G (8a)   *   * 4

-%             8   *   * 0F(4a)

-%                |     | 

-%                |     |

-%              7  *   *  5

-%                   *

-%                   6

-%                   ^

-%                   |

-%                   the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decaheterovt| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decaheterovt(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `k' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to k, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $10$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  decahetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  decahetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  4,3-double bond      d    :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e    :  4a,5-double bond     f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,8-double bond

-%           i    :  8,8a-double bond     j    :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k    :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K    :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle      B    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 10)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 10 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 4a or 8b (n=4 or 8)

-%                        e.g. 4a==N (or 9==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             8a==N (or {{10}}==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 9 (4a position) and 10 (8a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to k: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decaheterovt{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \decaheterovt[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decaheterovt[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\decaheterovt| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| several times. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/10/31}{Add: Spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decaheterovt}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@heterovt}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@@heterovt}

-% \begin{macro}{\@decaheterovt}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decaheterovt{\@ifnextchar({\@deca@heterovt(@}{\@deca@heterovt(@)}}

-\def\@deca@heterovt(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@deca@@heterovt(#1)[@}%

-{\@deca@@heterovt(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@deca@@heterovt(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@decaheterovt(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@decaheterovt(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@decaheterovt(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\test@vertix@decavb{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\let\fff=\aaa

-\ylhetpositiont{#4}{5}{5}{7}{0}% %substituent on 1

-}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\else

-{\let\aaa=\bbb\let\bbb=\ccc\let\ccc=\ddd

-\ylhetpositiont{#4}{-1}{0}{4}{0}% %substituents on 2 to 4

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\else

-{\let\ccc=\eee\let\ddd=\fff

-\let\eee=\ggg\let\fff=\hhh

-\ylhetpositiont{#4}{-2}{2}{7}{0}% %substituents on 5 to 8

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{5}%   %9 %for 4a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-9}{11}%  %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{-406}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `decaheterovt' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{%

- \let\fff=\aaa \let\aaa=\bbb \let\bbb=\ccc

- \let\ccc=\ddd \let\ddd=\iii \let\eee=\jjj

-\put(171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{a}}%

-  % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbonda etc

-\put(171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{b}}%

-  % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondb etc

-\put(171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{c}}%

-  % bond between 4 and 4a \@ddd -> \skbondc etc

-\put(171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{k}{d}}%

-  % bond between 4a and 8a \@kkk -> \skbondd etc

-\put(171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{j}{e}}%

-  % bond between 8a and 1 \@jjj -> \skbonde etc

-\put(171,303){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{f}}%

-  % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-{%

- \let\aaa=\jjj\let\bbb=\iii

- \let\ccc=\eee\let\ddd=\fff

- \let\eee=\ggg\let\fff=\hhh

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{b}% bond between 4a and 5 \@eee -> \skbondb etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{c}% bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{g}{d}% bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \skbondd etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{h}{e}% bond between 7 and 8 \@hhh -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{i}{f}% bond between 8 and 8a \@iii -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{%

- \let\ccc=\eee\let\ddd=\fff\let\eee=\ggg\let\fff=\ggg

- \put(0,0){\bondc}% bond between 7 and 8

- \put(0,0){\bonde}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-{%

- \let\fff=\aaa\let\aaa=\bbb

- \let\bbb=\ccc\let\ccc=\ddd

- \let\ddd=\iii\let\eee=\jjj

- \put(171,303){\bondf}% bond between 1 and 2

- \put(171,303){\bondb}% bond between 3 and 4

- \put(171,303){\bondd}% bond between 4a and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member l\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax%

-{\let\fff=\aaa\let\aaa=\bbb

- \put(171,303){\bondf}% bond between 1 and 2

-}%

-\else\if\member b\relax

-{\let\aaa=\bbb\let\bbb=\ccc

- \put(171,303){\bonda}% bond between 2 and 3

-}%

-\else\if\member c\relax

-{\let\bbb=\ccc\let\ccc=\ddd

- \put(171,303){\bondb}% bond between 3 and 4

-}%

-\else\if\member d\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\ddd\let\ddd=\eee

- \put(171,303){\bondc}% bond between 4 and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member e\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\eee\let\bbb=\iii%

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 5 and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member f\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\eee\let\ddd=\fff

- \put(0,0){\bondc}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else\if\member g\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\fff\let\eee=\ggg

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member h\relax%

-{\let\eee=\ggg \let\fff=\hhh%

- \put(0,0){\bonde}% bond between 8 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member i\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\jjj \let\fff=\hhh%

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 8 and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member j\relax%

-{\let\fff=\aaa\let\eee=\jjj%

- \put(171,303){\bonde}% bond between 1 and 8a

-}%

-\else\if\member k\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\jjj\let\bbb=\iii%

- \put(0,0){\bonda}% bond between 8a and 4a

-}%

-\else\if\member K\relax%

-{\let\eee=\jjj\let\ddd=\iii%

- \put(171,303){\bondd}% bond between 8a and 4a in the other ring

-}%

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(171,506){\circle{240}}               %circle

-\else\if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}             %circle

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{8a}\def\aay{4a}\def\aaz{10}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%                  % plus charge etc.

-        \putlatom{111}{546}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putlatom{209}{585}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{209}{546}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{209}{431}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putratom{-120}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aaz\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-  \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@decavt

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{-2}{2}{7}{0}%

- \@hclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi%

- \@gclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@clip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%

- \@eclipfalse \if@cclip \global\@ecliptrue \fi%

-}% %substituents on 5 to 8

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@decafusevt{#3}%

-  \if@iclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi

-}%9 %for 4a position, %10 for 8a position

-%to be done after all (exept aclip)

-\put(171,303){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{-1}{0}{4}{0}%

-\@clipfalse \if@cclip \global\@cliptrue \fi%

-\@cclipfalse \if@bclip \global\@ccliptrue \fi%

-\@bclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@bcliptrue \fi%

-}% %substituents on 2 to 4

-{%

-\@fclipfalse%locally cancelled 1999/2/15 by Shinsaku Fujita

-\put(171,303){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{5}{7}{0}%

-\@aclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@acliptrue \fi%

-}% %substituent on 1

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{%

-\@fclipfalse \if@aclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(171,303){\setsixringv{#4}{5}{5}{7}{0}}% %substituent on 1

-}%

-{%

-\@aclipfalse \if@bclip \@acliptrue \fi%

-\@bclipfalse \if@cclip \@bcliptrue \fi%

-\@cclipfalse \if@clip \@ccliptrue \fi%

-\put(171,303){\setsixringv{#4}{-1}{0}{4}{0}}% %substituents on 2 to 4

-}%

-{%

- \@cclipfalse \if@eclip \@ccliptrue \fi%

- \@clipfalse \if@fclip \@cliptrue \fi%

- \@eclipfalse \if@gclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@hclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{-2}{2}{7}{0}}% %substituents on 5 to 8

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(171,303){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{5}}%   %9 %for 4a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(0,406){\setatombond{#4}{-9}{11}}%  %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%  %end of \decaheterovt macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylhetpositiont| is used in the |\decaheterovt| command, 

-% giving the sift values for drawing a structure as a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/18}{Newly added command}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylhetpositiont}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylhetpositiont#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax%

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifnum#5<0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax\fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa>#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa<#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

- \or

-    \ifx\aaa\empty%

-     \ifx\bbb\empty% aaa and bbb are absent

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-406}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-     \else% bbb is present

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-442}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-     \fi

-    \else%aaa is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-442}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\bbb\empty

-     \ifx\ccc\empty% aaa and ccc are absent

-      \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-303}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-     \else%ccc is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-     \fi

-    \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-    \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\ccc\empty

-     \ifx\ddd\empty

-      \ifx\eee\empty% ccc, ddd, eee are absent

-       \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue%subst. on 3

-      \else%eee is present 

-       \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-      \fi

-     \else%ddd is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-     \fi

-    \else%ccc is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{-213}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-    \fi

- \or

-   \ifx\ddd\empty

-     \ifx\fff\empty%ddd and fff are absent

-       \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-     \else%fff present

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{36}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-     \fi

-    \else% ddd present

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{36}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-    \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\eee\empty

-     \ifx\ggg\empty%eee and ggg are absent

-       \gdef\@ylii{173}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-     \else% ggg is present

-       \gdef\@ylii{223}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-     \fi

-    \else% eee is present

-       \gdef\@ylii{223}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-    \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\fff\empty

-     \ifx\hhh\empty%fff and hhh are absent

-       \gdef\@ylii{173}\gdef\@yli{-303}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-     \else%hhh is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-     \fi

-    \else%fff is present

-      \gdef\@ylii{213}\gdef\@yli{-327}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-    \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@vrtx@decafusevt| is used to typeset a hetero 

-% atom at each fused vertex (4a or 8a) of a decaheterovt ring. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@decafusevt}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@decafusevt#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa\or\or\or

- \or%%%%4

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putratom{135}{280}{\@memberb}% % right type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

- \or\or\or

- \or%8

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{31}{356}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

-\or%9 (= 4a)

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putratom{135}{280}{\@memberb}% % right type

-\or%10 (= 8a)

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{31}{356}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@decafusevt

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Short-cut commands for fused heterocycles}

-%

-% The macros |\decaheterov|, |\decaheterovb|, and 

-% |\decaheterovt| can be used in the form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  

-% Hence, the resulting commands for drawing a fused heterocyle 

-% with one or more nitrogen atoms have an argument |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************************************

-% * heterocycles having two fused six-membered rings *

-% *  (vertical type)                                 *

-% ****************************************************

-%

-%   \quinolinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinolinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinolinevb[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinolinevt[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \isoquinolinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoquinolinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoquinolinevb[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoquinolinevt[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \quinoxalinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinoxalinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinoxalinevb[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinoxalinevt[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \quinazolinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinazolinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinazolinevb[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinazolinevt[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \cinnolinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \cinnolinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \cinnolinevb[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \cinnolinevt[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \pteridinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pteridinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pteridinevb[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pteridinevt[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected 

-% from a to k (K), each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The optiona `A' and `B' typeset aromatic circles. 

-% The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $10$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  decahetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  decahetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  4,3-double bond      d    :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e    :  4a,5-double bond     f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,8-double bond

-%           i    :  8,8a-double bond     j    :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k    :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K    :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle      B    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}     :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 10)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 9 (4a position) and 10 (8a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \quinolinev{3==Cl;2==F}

-%        \quinolinev{3==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\quinolinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinolinevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinolinevb}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinolinevt}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/18}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{quinolinevb} and \cs{quinolinevt}}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\quinolinev{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinolinev[@}{\@quinolinev[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinolinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinolinev' %

-  is based on `decaheterov'.}\fi%

-\decaheterov[#1]{1==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinolinevi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinolinevi[@}{\@quinolinevi[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinolinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinolinevi' %

- is based on `decaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovi[#1]{1==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinolinevb{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinolinevb[@}{\@quinolinevb[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinolinevb[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinolinevb' %

- is based on `decaheterovb'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovb[#1]{1==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinolinevt{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinolinevt[@}{\@quinolinevt[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinolinevt[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinolinevt' %

- is based on `decaheterovt'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovt[#1]{1==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\isoquinolinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoquinolinevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoquinolinevb}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoquinolinevt}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/18}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{isoquinolinevb} and \cs{isoquinolinevt}}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\isoquinolinev{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@isoquinolinev[@}{\@isoquinolinev[acfhk]}}

-\def\@isoquinolinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoquinolinev' %

- is based on `decaheterov'.}\fi%

-\decaheterov[#1]{2==N}{#2}}

-\def\isoquinolinevi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@isoquinolinevi[@}{\@isoquinolinevi[acfhk]}}

-\def\@isoquinolinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoquinolinevi' %

- is based on `decaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovi[#1]{2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\isoquinolinevb{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@isoquinolinevb[@}{\@isoquinolinevb[acfhk]}}

-\def\@isoquinolinevb[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoquinolinevb' %

- is based on `decaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovb[#1]{2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\isoquinolinevt{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@isoquinolinevt[@}{\@isoquinolinevt[acfhk]}}

-\def\@isoquinolinevt[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoquinolinevt' %

- is based on `decaheterovt'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovt[#1]{2==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\quinoxalinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinoxalinevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinoxalinevb}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinoxalinevt}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/18}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{quinoxalinevb} and \cs{quinoxalinevt}}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\quinoxalinev{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinoxalinev[@}{\@quinoxalinev[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinoxalinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinoxalinev' %

- is based on `decaheterov'.}\fi%

-\decaheterov[#1]{1==N;4==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinoxalinevi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinoxalinevi[@}{\@quinoxalinevi[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinoxalinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinoxalinevi' %

- is based on `decaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovi[#1]{1==N;4==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinoxalinevb{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinoxalinevb[@}{\@quinoxalinevb[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinoxalinevb[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinoxalinevb' %

- is based on `decaheterovb'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovb[#1]{1==N;4==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinoxalinevt{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinoxalinevt[@}{\@quinoxalinevt[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinoxalinevt[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinoxalinevt' %

- is based on `decaheterovt'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovt[#1]{1==N;4==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\quinazolinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinazolinevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinazolinevb}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinazolinevt}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/18}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{quinazolinevb} and \cs{quinazolinevt}}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\quinazolinev{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinazolinev[@}{\@quinazolinev[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinazolinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinazolinev' %

- is based on `decaheterov'.}\fi%

-\decaheterov[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinazolinevi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinazolinevi[@}{\@quinazolinevi[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinazolinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinazolinevi' %

- is based on `decaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovi[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinazolinevb{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinazolinevb[@}{\@quinazolinevb[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinazolinevb[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinazolinevb' %

- is based on `decaheterovb'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovb[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}

-\def\quinazolinevt{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinazolinevt[@}{\@quinazolinevt[acfhk]}}

-\def\@quinazolinevt[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinazolinevt' %

- is based on `decaheterovt'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovt[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\cinnolinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\cinnolinevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\cinnolinevb}

-% \begin{macro}{\cinnolinevt}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/18}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{cinnolinevb} and \cs{cinnolinevt}}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\cinnolinev{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@cinnolinev[@}{\@cinnolinev[acfhk]}}

-\def\@cinnolinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cinnolinev' %

- is based on `decaheterov'.}\fi%

-\decaheterov[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}

-\def\cinnolinevi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@cinnolinevi[@}{\@cinnolinevi[acfhk]}}

-\def\@cinnolinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cinnolinevi' %

- is based on `decaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovi[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}

-\def\cinnolinevb{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@cinnolinevb[@}{\@cinnolinevb[acfhk]}}

-\def\@cinnolinevb[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cinnolinevb' %

- is based on `decaheterovb'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovb[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}

-\def\cinnolinevt{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@cinnolinevt[@}{\@cinnolinevt[acfhk]}}

-\def\@cinnolinevt[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cinnolinevt' %

- is based on `decaheterovt'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovt[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pteridinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\pteridinevi}

-% \begin{macro}{\pteridinevb}

-% \begin{macro}{\pteridinevt}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/18}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{pteridinevb} and \cs{pteridinevt}}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pteridinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@pteridinev[@}{\@pteridinev[acfhk]}}

-\def\@pteridinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pteridinev' %

- is based on `decaheterov'.}\fi%

-\decaheterov[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;8==N}{#2}}

-\def\pteridinevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pteridinevi[@}{\@pteridinevi[acfhk]}}

-\def\@pteridinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pteridinevi' %

- is based on `decaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovi[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;8==N}{#2}}

-\def\pteridinevb{\@ifnextchar[{\@pteridinevb[@}{\@pteridinevb[acfhk]}}

-\def\@pteridinevb[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pteridinevb' %

- is based on `decaheterovb'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovb[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;8==N}{#2}}

-\def\pteridinevt{\@ifnextchar[{\@pteridinevt[@}{\@pteridinevt[acfhk]}}

-\def\@pteridinevt[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pteridinevt' %

- is based on `decaheterovt'.}\fi%

-\decaheterovt[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;8==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Six-to-five fused heterocycles}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-five fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **************************

-% * nonahetero derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)       *

-% **************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          4

-%          *  3a(8) 

-%     5  *   * _____  3

-%       |     |     |

-%       |     |     |

-%     6  *   * *   *  2

-%          *  7a *

-%          7 (9) 1

-%          ^

-%          |

-%          the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\nonaheterov| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \nonaheterov(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `j' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to j, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The options `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles in two rings. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $9$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}  

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  aromatic six-membered ring

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  3,3a-double bond     d    :  4,3a-double bond

-%           e    :  4,5-double bond      f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,7a-double bond

-%           i    :  1,7a-double bond     

-%           j    :  3a,4a-double bond

-%           J    :  3a,4a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle (six-membered ring)

-%           B    :  aromatic circle (five-membered ring)

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 9)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 9 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 7

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 3a or 7b (n=3 or 7)

-%                        e.g. 3a==N (or 8==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             7a==N (or 9==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 8 (3a position) and 9 (7a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to j: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \nonaheterov{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \nonaheterov[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\nonaheterov| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| several times in 

-% a restricted fashion. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: fused and spiro rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\nonaheterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nona@heterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nona@@heterov}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nonaheterov}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\nonaheterov{\@ifnextchar({\@nona@heterov(@}{\@nona@heterov(@)}}

-\def\@nona@heterov(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@nona@@heterov(#1)[@}%

-{\@nona@@heterov(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@nona@@heterov(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@nonaheterov(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@nonaheterov(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@nonaheterov(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\test@vertix@nonav{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}% %substituents on 1 to 3

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg

-\ylposition{#4}{11}{3}{7}{-1}% %substituents on 5 to 7

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\let\aaa=\hhh

-\ylposition{#4}{-3}{0}{2}{0}%%substituent on 4

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{7}%   %9 %for 7a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-103}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-7}{1}%   %8 for 3a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `nonaheterov' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{c}}%

-  % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}}%

-  % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondhoriz}}%

-  % bond between 3 and 3a \@ccc -> \skbondhoriz etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{j}{e}}%

-  % bond between 3a and 7a \@jjj -> \skbonde etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{i}{d}}%

-  % bond between 7a and 1 \@iii -> \skbondd etc

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{a}% bond between 3a and 4 \@ddd -> \skbonda etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{h}{c}% bond between 7 and 7a \@hhh -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{g}{d}% bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \skbondd etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{f}% bond between 4 and 5 \@eee -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 3a and 7a

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 4 and 5

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member l\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-\else\if\member b\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-\else\if\member c\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bondhoriz}% bond between 3 and 3a

-\else\if\member d\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bonda}% bond between 4 and 3a

-}

-\else\if\member e\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 4 and 5

-}%

-\else\if\member f\relax%

-{\let\eee=\fff \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,0){\bonde}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else\if\member g\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\eee \let\eee=\fff%

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else\if\member h\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii \let\ddd=\eee%

- \put(0,0){\bondc}% bond between 7 and 7a

-}%

-\else\if\member i\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii%

- \put(342,0){\bondd}% bond between 1 and 7a

-}%

-\else\if\member j\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 7a and 3a

-}%

-\else\if\member J\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(342,0){\bonde}% bond between 7a and 3a

-}%

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}               %circle

-\else\if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(342,173){\circle{180}}               %circle 1993/11/20 S.Fujita

-\else 

- \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{7a} \def\aay{3a}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{304}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{402}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{402}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@nonav

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms and spiro rings %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@tmpclipfalse

-%position 7 should be treated befor position 1 (using the same \if@clip)

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{11}{3}{7}{-1}%

- \@gclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%      

- \@eclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ecliptrue \fi%

-}%substituents on 5 to 7

-\put(342,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%

-   \if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi

-   \if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi

-   \if@clip \global\@cliptrue\fi

-}% %substituents on 1 to 3

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{-3}{0}{2}{0}%

- \@aclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi%

-}%%substituent on 4

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@nonafusev{#3}%

-  \@tmpclipfalse

-  \if@iclip \global\@tmpcliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@tmpclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi

-}% fused positions

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(342,0){\setsixringv{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}}% %substituents on 1 to 3

-{\@clipfalse \if@eclip \@cliptrue \fi%      %substituents on 5 to 7

- \@eclipfalse \if@fclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@gclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{11}{3}{7}{-1}}%

-}%

-{\@aclipfalse \if@hclip \@acliptrue \fi%    %substituent on 4

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{-3}{0}{2}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(171,103){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{7}}%    %9 for 7a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(171,303){\setatombond{#4}{-7}{1}}%   %8 for 3a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%    %end of \nonaheterov macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\test@vertix@nonav| is used to test the presence of 

-% a hetero atom or a spiro substituent on a vertex of the 

-% nonaheterov nucleus. 

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/05}{New command: \cs{test@vertix@nonav}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vertix@nonav}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vertix@nonav#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ddd{}\else\def\ddd{@}\fi

- \or%2

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ccc{}\else\def\ccc{@}\fi

- \or%3%

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \def\jjj{@}%3a

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-     \def\bbb{}%3

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-     \def\bbb{@}%3

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \def\bbb{@}%3

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \or%4

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\hhh{}\else\def\hhh{@}\fi

- \or%5

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ggg{}\else\def\ggg{@}\fi

- \or%6

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\fff{}\else\def\fff{@}\fi

- \or%7

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \xdef\iii{@}%7a

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-     \xdef\eee{}%7s

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-     \xdef\eee{@}%7h

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \xdef\eee{@}%7

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\or%8 (= 3a)

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\jjj{}\else\def\jjj{@}\fi

-\or%9 (= 7a)

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\iii{}\else\def\iii{@}\fi

-\fi\fi}}% end of \test@vertix@nonav

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@vrtx@nonafusev| is used to set 

-% a hetero atom or on a vertex of a bridgehead location.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@nonafusev}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@nonafusev#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa\or\or

- \or%%%%3

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

- \or\or\or

- \or%7

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

-\or%8 (= 3a)

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-\or%9 (= 7a)

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@nonafusev

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-five fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************

-% * nonahetero derivatives         *

-% *  (vertical type, inverse type) *

-% **********************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          7(10) 1

-%          * 7a  *

-%     6  *   * *   *  2

-%       |     |     |

-%       |     |_____|

-%     5  *   *        3

-%          *  3a(8) 

-%          4 

-%          ^

-%          |

-%          the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\nonaheterovi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \nonaheterovi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `j' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to j, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The options `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles in two rings. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $9$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  aromatic six-membered ring

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  3,3a-double bond     d    :  4,3a-double bond

-%           e    :  4,5-double bond      f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,7a-double bond

-%           i    :  1,7a-double bond     

-%           j    :  3a,4a-double bond

-%           J    :  3a,4a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle (six-membered ring)

-%           B    :  aromatic circle (five-membered ring)

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 9)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 9 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 7

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 3a or 7b (n=3 or 7)

-%                        e.g. 3a==N (or 8==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             7a==N (or 9==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 8 (3a position) and 9 (7a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to j: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \nonaheterovi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \nonaheterovi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\nonaheterovi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| several times in 

-% a restricted fashion. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/05}{Added: spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\nonaheterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nona@heterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nona@@heterovi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nonaheterovi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\nonaheterovi{\@ifnextchar({\@nona@heterovi(@}{\@nona@heterovi(@)}}

-\def\@nona@heterovi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@nona@@heterovi(#1)[@}%

-{\@nona@@heterovi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@nona@@heterovi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@nonaheterovi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@nonaheterovi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@nonaheterovi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%initialize

-\test@vertix@nonavi{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}% %substituents on 1 to 3

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg

-\ylposition{#4}{0}{3}{7}{0}%%substituents on 4 to 6

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\let\aaa=\hhh

-\ylposition{#4}{-6}{0}{2}{0}%%substituent on 7

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-7}{7}%   %8 for 3a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-103}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{1}%  %9 for 7a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-171}\def\@@yli{-303}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `nonaheterovi' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{a}}%

-  % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbonda etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}}%

-  % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondhorizi}}%

-  % bond between 3 and 3a \@ccc -> \skbondhoriz etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{j}{e}}%

-  % bond between 3a and 7a \@jjj -> \skbonde etc

-\put(342,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{i}{f}}%

-  % bond between 7a and 1 \@iii -> \skbondf etc

-%

-% \put(342,0){\skbonda}% bond between 1 and 2

-% \put(342,0){\skbondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-% \put(342,0){\skbonde}% bond between 7a and 3a

-% \put(342,0){\skbondf}% bond between 1 and 7a

-% \put(342,0){\skbondhorizi}% bond between 3 and 3a

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{h}{a}% bond between 7a and 7 \@hhh -> \skbonda etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{c}% bond between 3a and 4 \@ddd -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{e}{d}% bond between 4 and 5 \@eee -> \skbondd etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{f}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bond{#1}{g}{f}% bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \skbondf etc

-%

-% \put(0,0){\skbonda}% bond between 7 and 7a

-% \put(0,0){\skbondc}% bond between 4 and 3a

-% \put(0,0){\skbondf}% bond between 6 and 7

-% \put(0,0){\skbondd}% bond between 4 and 5 

-% \put(0,0){\skbonde}% bond between 5 and 6 

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 3a and 7a

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 6 and 7

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 4 and 5

-}%

-\else\if\member l\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bonda}% bond between 1 and 2

-\else\if\member b\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-\else\if\member c\relax%

- \put(342,0){\bondhorizi}% bond between 3 and 3a

-\else\if\member d\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii \let\ddd=\eee%

- \put(0,0){\bondc}% bond between 4 and 3a

-}%

-\else\if\member e\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff%

- \put(0,0){\bondd}% bond between 4 and 5

-}%

-\else\if\member f\relax%

-{\let\eee=\fff \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,0){\bonde}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else\if\member g\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,0){\bondf}% bond between 7 and 6

-}%

-\else\if\member h\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bonda}% bond between 7 and 7a

-}%

-\else\if\member i\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(342,0){\bondf}% bond between 1 and 7a

-}%

-\else\if\member j\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\bondb}% bond between 7a and 3a

-}%

-\else\if\member J\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(342,0){\bonde}% bond between 7a and 3a

-}%

-\else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%               %circle

-\else\if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(342,233){\circle{180}}               %circle 1993/11/20 S.Fujita

-\else 

- \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{7a} \def\aay{3a}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{304}{282}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{402}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{402}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putlatom{-60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-38}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@nonavi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms and spiro rings %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-\put(342,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{0}{4}{0}%

-   \if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi

-   \if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi

-   \if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi

-}% %substituents on 1 to 3

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{3}{7}{0}%

-   \@gclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

-   \@fclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%

-   \@eclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ecliptrue \fi}%substituents on 4 to 6

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{-6}{0}{2}{0}%

-  \@hclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi}%%substituent on 7

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@nonafusevi{#3}%

-  \if@iclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi}% fused positions

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(342,0){\setsixringv{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}}% %substituents on 1 to 3

-{\@clipfalse \if@eclip \@cliptrue \fi%     %substituents on 4 to 6

- \@eclipfalse \if@fclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@gclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{0}{3}{7}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@aclipfalse \if@hclip \@acliptrue \fi%   %substituent on 7

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{-6}{0}{2}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(171,103){\setatombond{#4}{-7}{7}}%   %8 for 3a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(171,303){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{1}}%  %9 for 7a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%    %end of \nonaheterovi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\test@vertix@nonavi| is used to test the presence of 

-% a hetero atom or a spiro substituent on a vertex of the 

-% nonaheterovi nucleus. 

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/05}{New command: \cs{test@vertix@nonavi}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vertix@nonavi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vertix@nonavi#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\aaa{}\else\def\aaa{@}\fi

- \or%2

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\bbb{}\else\def\bbb{@}\fi

- \or%3%

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \def\iii{@}%3a

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-     \def\ccc{}%3

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-     \def\ccc{@}%3

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \def\ccc{@}%3

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \or%4

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\eee{}\else\def\eee{@}\fi

- \or%5

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\fff{}\else\def\fff{@}\fi

- \or%6

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ggg{}\else\def\ggg{@}\fi

- \or%7

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \xdef\jjj{@}%7a

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-     \xdef\hhh{}%7s

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-     \xdef\hhh{@}%7h

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \xdef\hhh{@}%7

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\or%8 (= 3a)

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\iii{}\else\def\iii{@}\fi

-\or%9 (= 7a)

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\jjj{}\else\def\jjj{@}\fi

-\fi\fi}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@vrtx@nonafusevi| is used to set 

-% a hetero atom on a vertex of a bridgehead location.  

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/05}{New command: \cs{set@vrtx@nonafusevi}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@nonafusevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@nonafusevi#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else%

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa\or\or

- \or%%%%3

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

- \or\or\or

- \or%7

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

-\or%8 (= 3a)

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-\or%9 (= 7a)

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{207}{280}{\@memberb}% % left type

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@nonafusevi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Short-cut commands for fused heterocycles}

-%

-% The macros |\nonaheterov| and |\nonaheterovi| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a fused heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************************************

-% * heterocycles having fused six- and five-membered rings *

-% *  (vertical type)                                       *

-% **********************************************************

-%

-%   N-heterocycles:

-%

-%   \indolev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \indolevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \isoindolev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoindolevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \indolizinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \indolizinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%          (different from the IUPAC numbering)

-%

-%   \purinev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \purinevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%          (different from the IUPAC numbering)

-%

-%   O-heterocycles:

-%

-%   \benzofuranev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \benzofuranevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \isobenzofuranevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \benzoxazolev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \benzoxazolevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to j, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The optiona `A' and `B' typeset aromatic circles. 

-% The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $9$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}  

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  aromatic six-membered ring

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  3,3a-double bond     d    :  4,3a-double bond

-%           e    :  4,5-double bond      f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,7a-double bond

-%           i    :  1,7a-double bond     

-%           J    :  3a,4a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 9)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 8 (3a position) and 9 (7a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \indolev{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \indolev[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\purinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\purinevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\purinev{\@ifnextchar[{\@purinev[@}{\@purinev[ra]}}

-\def\@purinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `purinev' %

-  is based on `nonaheterov'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterov[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;7==N}{#2}}

-\def\purinevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@purinevi[@}{\@purinevi[ra]}}

-\def\@purinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `purinevi' %

-  is based on `nonaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterovi[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;7==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\indolev}

-% \begin{macro}{\indolevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\indolev{\@ifnextchar[{\@indolev[@}{\@indolev[rb]}}

-\def\@indolev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indolev' %

- is based on `nonaheterov'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterov[#1]{1==N}{#2}}

-\def\indolevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@indolevi[@}{\@indolevi[rb]}}

-\def\@indolevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indolevi' %

- is based on `nonaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterovi[#1]{1==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\indolizinev}

-% \begin{macro}{\indolizinevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\indolizinev{%

-  \@ifnextchar[{\@indolizinev[@}{\@indolizinev[aceg]}}

-\def\@indolizinev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indolizinev' %

-  is based on `nonaheterov'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterov[#1]{7a==N}{#2}}

-\def\indolizinevi{%

-  \@ifnextchar[{\@indolizinevi[@}{\@indolizinevi[aceg]}}

-\def\@indolizinevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indolizinevi' %

-  is based on `nonaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterovi[#1]{7a==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\isoindolev}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoindolevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\isoindolev{\@ifnextchar[{\@isoindolev[@}{\@isoindolev[cegi]}}

-\def\@isoindolev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoindolev' %

-  is based on `nonaheterov'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterov[#1]{2==N}{#2}}

-\def\isoindolevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@isoindolevi[@}{\@isoindolevi[cegi]}}

-\def\@isoindolevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoindolevi' %

-  is based on `nonaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterovi[#1]{2==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\benzofuranev}

-% \begin{macro}{\benzofuranevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\benzofuranev{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@benzofuranev[@}{\@benzofuranev[rb]}}

-\def\@benzofuranev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `benzofuranev' %

-  is based on `nonaheterov'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterov[#1]{1==O}{#2}}

-\def\benzofuranevi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@benzofuranevi[@}{\@benzofuranevi[rb]}}

-\def\@benzofuranevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `benzofuranevi' %

-  is based on `nonaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterovi[#1]{1==O}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\isobenzofuranev}

-% \begin{macro}{\isobenzofuranevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\isobenzofuranev{\@ifnextchar[{\@isobenzofuranev[@}%

- {\@isobenzofuranev[cegi]}}

-\def\@isobenzofuranev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isobenzofuranev' %

-  is based on `nonaheterov'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterov[#1]{2==O}{#2}}

-\def\isobenzofuranevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@isobenzofuranevi[@}%

- {\@isobenzofuranevi[cegi]}}

-\def\@isobenzofuranevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isobenzofuranevi' %

-  is based on `nonaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterovi[#1]{2==O}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\benzoxazolev}

-% \begin{macro}{\benzoxazolevi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\benzoxazolev{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@benzoxazolev[@}{\@benzoxazolev[rb]}}

-\def\@benzoxazolev[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `benzoxazolev' %

-  is based on `nonaheterov'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterov[#1]{1==O;3==N}{#2}}

-\def\benzoxazolevi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@benzoxazolevi[@}{\@benzoxazolevi[rb]}}

-\def\@benzoxazolevi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `benzoxazolevi' %

- is based on `nonaheterovi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterovi[#1]{1==O;3==N}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Building blocks}

-% \subsection{Six-membered ring unit}

-%

-% The old function (v1.01) of |\sixunitv| as a fusing ring unit 

-% is succeeded by |\sixfusev| and |\sixfusevi|. 

-% The command |\sixunitv| has been changed into a subsidiary 

-% command of |\sixheterov| (v2.00). 

-%

-% The macro |\sixunitv| is a six-membered fragment that can be 

-% fused to another ring structure to produce a new ring system. 

-% The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************

-% * six-membered unit  *

-% *  (vertical type)   *

-% **********************

-%

-%          1

-%          *  

-%     6  *   *  2

-%       |     |

-%       |     |

-%     5  *   *  3

-%          *

-%          4 <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\sixunitv| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 

-% and |OMIT| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \sixunitv[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{OMIT}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST =

-%

-%           none       :  fully saturated

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one bond to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \sixhunitv{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{e}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\sixunitv| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \changes{v1.01a}{1998/06/08}{\cs{sixunitv} bug fix: 

-%  \cs{bbb} to \cs{fff} and \cs{ccc} to \cs{eee}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\sixunitv}

-% \begin{macro}{\@sixunitv}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\sixunitv{\@ifnextchar[{\@sixunitv[@}{\@sixunitv[@]}}

-\def\@sixunitv[#1]#2#3#4{\sixheterov[#1]{#2}{#3}[#4]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old difinition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\sixunitv}

-% % \begin{macro}{\@sixunitv}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\sixunitv{\@ifnextchar[{\@sixunitv}{\@sixunitv[r]}}

-% \def\@sixunitv[#1]#2#3#4{%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % treatment of atom list %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \iniatom\iniflag%initialize%

-% \@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-% \expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-% \expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-% \ifcase\@tmpa%

-%  \or \xdef\aaa{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\bbb{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\ccc{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\ddd{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\eee{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\fff{\@memberb}%

-% \fi}%

-%  \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `sixunitv' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % outer skeleton %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % changed OMIT into a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita

-% {\resetbdsw%

-% \@tfor\memBer:=#4\do{%

-% \if\memBer a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer e\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer f\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi%

-% }%

-% \if\@aaa a\relax\skbonda\fi% bond between 1 and 2

-% \if\@bbb b\relax\skbondb\fi% bond between 2 and 3

-% \if\@ccc c\relax\skbondc\fi% bond between 3 and 4

-% \if\@ddd d\relax\skbondd\fi% bond between 4 and 5

-% \if\@eee e\relax\skbonde\fi% bond between 5 and 6

-% \if\@fff f\relax\skbondf\fi% bond between 6 and 1

-% }%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % inner double bond %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r\relax%

-% \else\if\member l\relax%

-% \else\if\member a\relax% 

-%  \ifx#4a\relax\else%

-%   \bonda%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member b\relax% 

-%  \ifx#4b\relax\else%

-%    \bondb%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member c\relax%

-%  \ifx#4c\relax\else%

-%    \bondc%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member d\relax%

-%  \ifx#4d\relax\else%

-%    \bondd%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member e\relax%

-%  \ifx#4e\relax\else%

-%    \bonde%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member f\relax%

-%  \ifx#4f\relax\else%

-%    \bondf%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%               %circle

-% \else \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%

-%       \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-%         \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-%         \putratom{60}{253}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-%         \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-%         \putratom{-38}{68}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% }%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting hetero atoms %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \ifx\ddd\empty\else%

-%    \@cliptrue% 

-%    \putratom{-31}{-10}{\ddd}%  % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\aaa\empty\else%

-%      \@acliptrue%

-%      \putratom{-31}{356}{\aaa}%  % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\bbb\empty\else%

-%      \@bcliptrue%

-%      \putratom{135}{280}{\bbb}%  % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\ccc\empty\else%

-%      \@ccliptrue%

-%      \putratom{135}{65}{\ccc}%   % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\fff\empty\else%

-%      \@fcliptrue%

-% %     \putlatom{-135}{280}{\bbb}% % left type

-%      \putlatom{-135}{280}{\fff}% % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\eee\empty\else%

-%      \@ecliptrue%

-% %     \putlatom{-135}{65}{\ccc}%  % left type

-%      \putlatom{-135}{65}{\eee}%  % left type

-% \fi%

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting substituents %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \setsixringv{#3}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-% \end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixunitv macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% % \end{macro}

-% % \end{verbatim}

-% 

-% \subsection{Five-membered ring unit}

-% \subsubsection{Vertical type}

-%

-% The old function (v1.01) of |\fiveunitv| as a fusing ring unit 

-% is succeeded by |\fivefusev|. 

-% The command |\fiveunitv| has been changed into a subsidiary 

-% command of |\fiveheterov| (v2.00). 

-%

-% The macro |\fiveunitv| is a five-membered fragment that can be 

-% fused to another 

-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************

-% * five-membered unit *

-% *  (vertical type)   *

-% **********************

-%

-%     4 _______ 3

-%       |     |

-%       |     |

-%     5  *   *  2

-%          *

-%          1 <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveunitv| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 

-% and |OMIT| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fiveunitv[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{OMIT}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one bond to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fiveunitv{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{a}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fiveunitv| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fiveunitv}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fiveunitv}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fiveunitv{\@ifnextchar[{\@fiveunitv[@}{\@fiveunitv[r]}}

-\def\@fiveunitv[#1]#2#3#4{\fiveheterov[#1]{#2}{#3}[#4]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old definition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\fiveunitv}

-% % \begin{macro}{\@fiveunitv}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\fiveunitv{\@ifnextchar[{\@fiveunitv}{\@fiveunitv[r]}}

-% \def\@fiveunitv[#1]#2#3#4{%

-% \iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-% %\def\aaa{}\def\bbb{}\def\ccc{}\def\ddd{}\def\eee{}\def\fff{}%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % treatment of atom list %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-% \expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-% \expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-% \ifcase\@tmpa%

-%  \or \xdef\ddd{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\ccc{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\bbb{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\fff{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\eee{\@memberb}%

-% \fi}%

-%  \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `fiveunitv' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % %% outer skeleton %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % changed OMIT to a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita

-% {\resetbdsw%

-% \@tfor\memBer:=#4\do{%

-% \if\memBer a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer e\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi%

-% %\if\memBer f\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi%

-% }%

-% \if\@aaa a\relax\skbondc\fi% bond between 1 and 2

-% \if\@bbb b\relax\skbondb\fi% bond between 2 and 3

-% \if\@ccc c\relax\skbondhoriz\fi% bond between 3 and 4

-% \if\@ddd d\relax\skbonde\fi% bond between 4 and 5

-% \if\@eee e\relax\skbondd\fi% bond between 5 and 6

-% %\if\@fff f\relax\skbondf\fi% bond between 6 and 1

-% }%

-% % old

-% %\ifx#4a\relax\else%

-% % \skbondc%bond between 1 and 2

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4e\relax\else%

-% % \skbondd%bond between 1 and 5

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4b\relax\else%

-% %  \skbondb%bond between 2 to 3

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4d\relax\else%

-% % \skbonde%bond between 5 and 4

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4c\relax\else%

-% % \skbondhoriz%bond between 4 and 3

-% %\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % %% inner double bond %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%

-% \else\if\member a\relax%

-%  \ifx#4a\relax\else%

-%    \bondc%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member b\relax%

-%  \ifx#4b\relax\else%

-%   \bondb%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member c\relax%

-%  \ifx#4c\relax\else%

-%    \bondhoriz%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member d\relax%

-%  \ifx#4d\relax\else%

-%   \bonde%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member e\relax%

-%  \ifx#4e\relax\else%

-%   \bondd%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%     %plus or minus charges

-%       \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-%         \putratom{-38}{68}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-%         \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-%         \putratom{60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-%         \putratom{-60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-%         \putratom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting heteroatoms %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \ifx\ddd\empty\else%

-%    \@cliptrue% 

-%    \putratom{-31}{-10}{\ddd}%    % right type at 1

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\bbb\empty\else%

-%      \@bcliptrue%

-%      \putratom{135}{280}{\bbb}%  % right type at 3

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\fff\empty\else%

-%      \@fcliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{-135}{280}{\fff}% % left type at 4

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\ccc\empty\else%

-%      \@ccliptrue%

-%      \putratom{135}{65}{\ccc}%   % right type at 2

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\eee\empty\else%

-%      \@ecliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{-135}{65}{\eee}%  % left type at 5 

-% \fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting substituents %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \setsixringv{#3}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3

-% \setsixringv{#3}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5

-% \end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%end of \fiveunitv macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-% 

-% \subsubsection{Inverse vertical type}

-%

-% The old function (v1.01) of |\fiveunitvi| as a fusing ring unit 

-% is succeeded by |\fivefusevi|. 

-% The command |\fiveunitvi| has been changed into a subsidiary 

-% command of |\fiveheterovi| (v2.00). 

-%

-% The macro |\fiveunitvi| typesets a five-membered fragment that can be 

-% fused to another 

-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************************

-% * five-membered unit               *

-% *  (vertical type, inverse type)   *

-% ************************************

-%

-%          1

-%          * 

-%     6  *   *  2

-%       |     |

-%       |_____|

-%     4         3

-%          *

-%        (0,0) <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveunitvi| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 

-% and |OMIT| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fiveunitvi[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{OMIT}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one bond to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fiveunitvi{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{a}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fiveunitvi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fiveunitvi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fiveunitvi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fiveunitvi{\@ifnextchar[{\@fiveunitvi[@}{\@fiveunitvi[r]}}

-\def\@fiveunitvi[#1]#2#3#4{\fiveheterovi[#1]{#2}{#3}[#4]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old definition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\fiveunitvi}

-% % \begin{macro}{\@fiveunitvi}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\fiveunitvi{\@ifnextchar[{\@fiveunitvi}{\@fiveunitvi[r]}}

-% \def\@fiveunitvi[#1]#2#3#4{%

-% \iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % treatment of atom list %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% %\def\aaa{}\def\bbb{}\def\ccc{}\def\ddd{}\def\eee{}\def\fff{}%

-% \@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-% \expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-% \expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-% \ifcase\@tmpa%

-%  \or \xdef\aaa{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\bbb{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\ccc{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\eee{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\fff{\@memberb}%

-% \fi}%

-%  \begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `fiveunitvi' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % outer skeleton %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % changed OMIT to a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita

-% {\resetbdsw%

-% \@tfor\memBer:=#4\do{%

-% \if\memBer a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer e\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi%

-% %\if\memBer f\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi%

-% }%

-% \if\@aaa a\relax\skbonda\fi% bond between 1 and 2

-% \if\@bbb b\relax\skbondb\fi% bond between 2 and 3

-% \if\@ccc c\relax\skbondhorizi\fi% bond between 3 and 4

-% \if\@ddd d\relax\skbonde\fi% bond between 4 and 5

-% \if\@eee e\relax\skbondf\fi% bond between 5 and 6

-% %\if\@fff f\relax\skbondf\fi% bond between 6 and 1

-% }%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % inner double bond %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%

-% \else\if\member a\relax%

-%  \ifx#4a\relax\else%

-%    \bonda%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member b\relax%

-%  \ifx#4b\relax\else%

-%   \bondb%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member c\relax%

-%  \ifx#4c\relax\else%

-%    \bondhorizi%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member d\relax%

-%  \ifx#4d\relax\else%

-%   \bonde%

-%  \fi%

-% \else\if\member e\relax%

-%  \ifx#4e\relax\else%

-%   \bondf%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%     %plus or minus charges

-%       \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-%         \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-%         \putratom{60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-%         \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-%         \putratom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-%         \putratom{-60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting heteroatoms %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \ifx\aaa\empty\else%

-%      \@acliptrue%

-%      \putratom{-31}{356}{\aaa}%  % right type  at 1

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\bbb\empty\else%

-%      \@bcliptrue%

-%      \putratom{135}{280}{\bbb}%  % right type at 3

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\fff\empty\else%

-%      \@fcliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{-135}{280}{\fff}% % left type at 4

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\ccc\empty\else%

-%      \@ccliptrue%

-%      \putratom{135}{65}{\ccc}%   % right type at 2

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\eee\empty\else%

-%      \@ecliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{-135}{65}{\eee}%  % left type at 5 

-% \fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting substituents %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \setsixringv{#3}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3

-% \setsixringv{#3}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5

-% \end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%               %end of \fiveunitvi macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Four-membered heterocycles}

-% \subsection{Horizontal bonds}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondshoriz}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % horizontal bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% horizontal inner bond for four-membered rings

-\def\bondshoriz{%

- \begin{picture}(200,300)(0,0)

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(-138,270){\line(1,0){134}}%double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-138,270){\line(1,0){115}}%double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(-120,270){\line(1,0){115}}%double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-120,270){\line(1,0){96}}%double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-% horizontal inner bond for four-membered rings (inverse type) 

-\def\bondshorizi{%

- \begin{picture}(200,300)(0,0)

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(-138,136){\line(1,0){134}}%double bond 4-3

-    \else%%

-     \put(-138,136){\line(1,0){115}}%double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(-120,136){\line(1,0){115}}%double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-120,136){\line(1,0){96}}%double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondshoriz}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%horizontal bond for four-membered rings

-\def\skbondshoriz{%

- \begin{picture}(200,300)(0,0)

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(-171,303){\line(1,0){200}}%bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-171,303){\line(1,0){158}}%bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(29,303){\line(-1,0){158}}%bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-129,303){\line(1,0){116}}%bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondshorizi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%horizontal bond for four-membered rings (inverse type)

-\def\skbondshorizi{%

- \begin{picture}(200,300)(0,0)

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(-171,103){\line(1,0){200}}%bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-171,103){\line(1,0){158}}%bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(29,103){\line(-1,0){158}}%bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-129,103){\line(1,0){116}}%bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondshoriz}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%horizontal bond for four-membered rings

-\def\dotskbondshoriz{%

- \begin{picture}(200,300)(0,0)

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-171,303){\line(1,0){200}}%bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(29,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-171,303){\line(1,0){158}}%bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,303)(-29,303)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(29,303){\line(-1,0){158}}%bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(29,303)(-129,303)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-       \put(-129,303){\line(1,0){116}}%bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-129,303)(-13,303)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondshorizi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%horizontal bond for four-membered rings (inverse type)

-\def\dotskbondshorizi{%

- \begin{picture}(200,300)(0,0)

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-171,103){\line(1,0){200}}%bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(29,103)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-171,103){\line(1,0){158}}%bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-171,103)(-29,103)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(29,103){\line(-1,0){158}}%bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(29,103)(-129,103)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-129,103){\line(1,0){116}}%bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-129,103)(-13,103)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Drawing four-membered heterocycles}

-%

-% The macro |\fourhetero| typesets a four-membered ring.  The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **************************

-% * fourhetero derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)       *

-% **************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%          c

-%     4  _____  3

-%    d  |     |  b

-%       |     |

-%     1  -----  2<===== the original point

-%          a

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fourhetero| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fourhetero(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `d' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $4$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           e          :  4,1-double bond

-%

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 4)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 4 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to d: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fourhetero{1==N}{1==H;2==F}

-%        \fourhetero[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \fourhetero[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fourhetero| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fourhetero}

-% \begin{macro}{\@four@hetero}

-% \begin{macro}{\@four@@hetero}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fourhetero}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fourhetero{\@ifnextchar({\@four@hetero(@}{\@four@hetero(@)}}

-\def\@four@hetero(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@four@@hetero(#1)[@}%

-{\@four@@hetero(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@four@@hetero(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@fourhetero(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@fourhetero(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@fourhetero(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{e}{c}{b}{f}{@}{@}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{5}{1}{4}{-1}% for 2 to 3

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{142}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#4}{4}{4}{6}{0}% for 1

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#4}{2}{5}{7}{0}% for 4

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-%

-%\begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-%  \iforigpt\put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-%           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%   \typeout{command `fourhetero' origin: %

-%    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-% Correction of the zero point: S. Fujita 1993/11/19

-%   x axis: 400 + 171 = 571

-%   y axis: 240 - 103 = 137

-%

-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-571,-137)%

-  \iforigpt\put(-571,-137){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-171,103){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `fourhetero' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shifti)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\put(0,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{a}{skbondshorizi}}%

-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondshorizi etc

-\put(-142,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}}%

-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\put(0,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondshoriz}}%

-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondshoriz etc

-\put(0,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{d}{e}}%

-     % bond between 4 and 1 \@ddd -> \skbonde etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r%

-\else\if\member a\relax \put(0,0){\bondshorizi}%

-\else\if\member b\relax \put(-142,0){\bondb}%

-\else\if\member c\relax \put(0,0){\bondshoriz}%

-\else\if\member d\relax \put(0,0){\bonde}%

-\else 

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@fourv

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting heteroatoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(-142,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{5}{1}{4}{-1}}% for 2 to 3

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{4}{4}{6}{0}}% for 1

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{2}{5}{7}{0}}% for 4

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(-142,0){\setsixringv{#4}{5}{1}{4}{-1}}% for 2 to 3

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{4}{4}{6}{0}}% for 1

-\put(0,0){\setsixringv{#4}{2}{5}{7}{0}}% for 4

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \fourhetero macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@fourv| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\fourhetero| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@fourv|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@fourv}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@fourv}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@fourv{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putlatom{-200}{120}{\scriptsize \@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{120}{\scriptsize \@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{60}{233}{\scriptsize \@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putlatom{-200}{233}{\scriptsize \@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@fourv

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@fourv| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@fourv}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@fourv}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@fourv{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{-173}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{27}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{27}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{27}{303}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{27}{303}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{303}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@fourv

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Three-membered heterocycles}

-% \subsection{Vertical type}

-% \subsubsection{Sloped bonds}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondtria}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% **********************

-% * bonds for triangle *

-% **********************

-% fff 3--------2bbb

-%      `     /

-%   ddd  `1/ <===== the original point

-% bond between 1 and 2

- \def\bondtria{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-   \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \put(-6,42){\line(3,5){72}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(-6,42){\line(3,5){60}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \put(6,62){\line(3,5){60}}%            %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(10,32){\line(3,5){60}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%                                    

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondtrib}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 1 and 3

- \def\bondtrib{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-   \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \put(6,42){\line(-3,5){72}}%           %double bond 1-3

-   \else%

-    \put(6,42){\line(-3,5){60}}%           %double bond 1-3

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \put(-6,62){\line(-3,5){60}}%          %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(6,42){\line(-3,5){60}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%                                    

-  \fi%

- }%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondtria}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 2

-\def\skbondtria{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(3,5){103}}%           %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(3,5){80}}%            %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(103,171){\line(-3,-5){80}}%      %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(35,21){\line(3,5){60}}%          %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\skbondtrib}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 3

-\def\skbondtrib{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){103}}%         %bond 1-3

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){80}}%          %bond 1-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-%    \ifx\eee\empty%bug fix 1993/11/19

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(-103,171){\line(3,-5){80}}%     %bond 1-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-35,21){\line(-3,5){60}}%       %bond 1-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondtria}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 2

-\def\dotskbondtria{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(3,5){103}}%           %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(103,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(3,5){80}}%            %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(80,133)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,171){\line(-3,-5){80}}%      %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-%              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(23,38)}}%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,171)(23,38)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(35,21){\line(3,5){60}}%          %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(35,21)(95,121)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskbondtrib}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 3

-\def\dotskbondtrib{%

- \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){103}}%         %bond 1-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-103,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(-3,5){80}}%          %bond 1-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-80,133)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-103,171){\line(3,-5){80}}%     %bond 1-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-103,171)(-23,38)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-35,21){\line(-3,5){60}}%       %bond 1-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-35,21)(-95,121)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsubsection{Drawing three-membered heterocycles}

-%

-% The macro |\threehetero| typesets a three-membered ring.  The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************

-% * thereehetero derivatives *

-% *  (vertical type)         *

-% ****************************

-%

-%         b

-%     3--------2

-%    c `     / a

-%        `1/ <===== the original point

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\threehetero| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \threehetero(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-%   \threeheterov(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `c' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $3$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=4$ to $6$) represents a plus charge outside the ring. 

-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  saturated 

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)

-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position

-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position

-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position

-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to c: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \threehetero{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \threehetero[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \threehetero{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\threehetero| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\threehetero}

-% \begin{macro}{\@three@hetero}

-% \begin{macro}{\@three@@hetero}

-% \begin{macro}{\@threehetero}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\threehetero{\@ifnextchar({\@three@hetero(@}{\@three@hetero(@)}}

-\def\@three@hetero(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@three@@hetero(#1)[@}%

-{\@three@@hetero(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@three@@hetero(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@threehetero(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@threehetero(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@threehetero(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{b}{f}{@}{@}{@}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{3}{3}{5}{0}%subst 1

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{68}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#4}{0}{1}{3}{0}%subst 2

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{142}\def\@@yli{132}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#4}{3}{5}{7}{0}%subst 3

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{132}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-%

-%\begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%

-%  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shifti){\circle*{50}}%

-%           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%  adjust x,y-coodinate by S. Fujita 1993/11/20

-\begin{picture}(800,580)(-468,-240)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-468,-240){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-68,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `threeheterov' origin: %

-    (68,0) ---> (468,240)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\put(-68,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{a}{skbondtria}}%

-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondtria etc

-\put(0,-132){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{b}{skbondshoriz}}%

-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\put(-68,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skbondtrib}}%

-       % bond between 3 and 1 \@ccc -> \skbondtria etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax\put(-68,0){\bondtria}%

-\else\if\member b\relax\put(0,-126){\bondshoriz}%

-\else\if\member c\relax\put(-68,0){\bondtrib}%

-\else\if\member A\relax% aromatic circle 

-  \put(-70,108){\circle{100}}%               %circle

-\else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@threev

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(-68,0){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{3}{3}{5}{0}%

-\if@clip\global\@cliptrue\fi

-}%subst 1

-\put(-142,-132){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{1}{3}{0}%

-\if@bclip\global\@bcliptrue\fi

-}%subst 2

-\put(0,-132){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{3}{5}{7}{0}%

-\if@fclip\global\@fcliptrue\fi

-}%subst 3

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(-68,0){\setsixringv{#4}{3}{3}{5}{0}}%subst 1

-\put(-142,-132){\setsixringv{#4}{0}{1}{3}{0}}%subst 2

-\put(0,-132){\setsixringv{#4}{3}{5}{7}{0}}%subst 3

-\end{picture}%

-\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \threehetero macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\threeheterov}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\let\threeheterov=\threehetero

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@threev| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\threehetero| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@threev|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@threev}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@threev}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@threev{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{-94}{92}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{-94}{60}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{-52}{120}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{-126}{126}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%    % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-30}{-20}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{52}{110}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{-250}{110}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%    % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@threev

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@threev| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@threev}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@threev}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@threev{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{29}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{171}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{-68}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{29}{171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{171}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{-68}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@threev

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse vertical type}

-% \subsubsection{Sloped bonds}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{Bondtria}}

-% \begin{macro}{\Bondtria}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% **********************

-% * bonds for triangle *

-% **********************

-%

-%   aaa /1` <===== the original point

-%      /    `   

-% eee 3--------2ccc

-% bond between 1 and 2

- \def\Bondtria{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(-6,-42){\line(3,-5){72}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(-6,-42){\line(3,-5){60}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(6,-62){\line(3,-5){60}}%            %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(10,-32){\line(3,-5){60}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%                                    

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added commands: \cs{Bondtrib}}

-% \begin{macro}{\Bondtrib}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 1 and 3

- \def\Bondtrib{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(6,-42){\line(-3,-5){72}}%           %double bond 1-3

-   \else%

-    \put(6,-42){\line(-3,-5){60}}%           %double bond 1-3

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \put(-6,-62){\line(-3,-5){60}}%          %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(6,-42){\line(-3,-5){60}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%                                    

-  \fi%

- }%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{skBondtria}}

-% \begin{macro}{\skBondtria}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 2

-\def\skBondtria{%

-% \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-% \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){103}}%           %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){80}}%            %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(103,-171){\line(-3,5){80}}%      %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(35,-21){\line(3,-5){60}}%          %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-  \fi

-%\end{picture}

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{skBondtrib}}

-% \begin{macro}{\skBondtrib}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 3

-\def\skBondtrib{%

-% \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)

-% \begin{picture}(200,200)(0,0)

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){103}}%         %bond 1-3

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){80}}%          %bond 1-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-     \put(-103,-171){\line(3,5){80}}%     %bond 1-3

-    \else%

-     \put(-35,-21){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       %bond 1-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi

-%\end{picture}

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{dotskBondtria}}

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskBondtria}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 2

-\def\dotskBondtria{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){103}}%           %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(103,-171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){80}}%            %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(80,-133)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-       \put(103,-171){\line(-3,5){80}}%      %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-171)(23,-38)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-       \put(35,-21){\line(3,-5){60}}%          %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(35,-21)(95,-121)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{dotskBondtrib}}

-% \begin{macro}{\dotskBondtrib}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 3

-\def\dotskBondtrib{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){103}}%         %bond 1-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-103,-171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){80}}%          %bond 1-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(-80,-133)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-103,-171){\line(3,5){80}}%     %bond 1-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-103,-171)(-23,-38)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(-35,-21){\line(-3,-5){60}}%       %bond 1-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(-35,-21)(-95,-121)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \fi

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsubsection{Drawing three-membered heterocycles (inverse)}

-%

-% The macro |\threeheteroi| typesets a three-membered ring of 

-% inverse vertical type.  The following numbering is adopted 

-% in this macro. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added commands: 

-% \cs{threeheteroi}}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************

-% * thereehetero derivatives *

-% *  (inverse vertical type) *

-% ****************************

-%

-%        /1` <===== the original point

-%    c /     ` a

-%     3--------2

-%         b

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\threeheteroi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \threeheteroi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-%   \threeheterovi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `c' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $3$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=4$ to $6$) represents a plus charge outside the ring. 

-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  saturated 

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)

-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position

-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position

-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position

-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to c: see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \threeheteroi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \threeheteroi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \threeheteroi{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\threehetero| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\threeheteroi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@three@heteroi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@three@@heteroi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@threeheteroi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\threeheteroi{\@ifnextchar({\@three@heteroi(@}{\@three@heteroi(@)}}

-\def\@three@heteroi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@three@@heteroi(#1)[@}%

-{\@three@@heteroi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@three@@heteroi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@threeheteroi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@threeheteroi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@threeheteroi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{c}{e}{@}{@}{@}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylposition{#4}{0}{0}{2}{0}%subst 1

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{68}\def\@@yli{406}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#4}{1}{2}{4}{0}%subst 2

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{142}\def\@@yli{275}\fi

-\else

-\ylposition{#4}{2}{4}{6}{0}%subst 3

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{275}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(800,580)(-468,-340)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-468,-340){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-68,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `threeheteroi' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (-468,-340)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\put(-68,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{a}{skBondtria}}%

-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skBondtria etc

-\put(0,-275){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{b}{skbondshorizi}}%

-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\put(-68,0){\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{skBondtrib}}%

-       % bond between 3 and 1 \@ccc -> \skBondtrib etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax\put(-68,0){\Bondtria}%

-\else\if\member b\relax\put(0,-274){\bondshorizi}%

-\else\if\member c\relax\put(-68,0){\Bondtrib}%

-\else\if\member A\relax% aromatic circle 

-  \put(-70,-108){\circle{100}}%               %circle

-\else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@threevi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(-68,-406){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{0}{0}{2}{0}%

-\if@aclip\global\@acliptrue\fi

-}%subst 1

-\put(0,-275){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{2}{4}{6}{0}%

-\if@eclip\global\@ecliptrue\fi

-}%subst 3

-\put(-142,-275){\set@hetatom@sixv{#3}{1}{2}{4}{0}%

-\if@cclip\global\@ccliptrue\fi

-}%subst 2

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(-68,-406){\setsixringv{#4}{0}{0}{2}{0}}%subst 1

-\put(0,-275){\setsixringv{#4}{2}{4}{6}{0}}%subst 3

-\put(-142,-275){\setsixringv{#4}{1}{2}{4}{0}}%subst 2

-\end{picture}%

-\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \threeheteroi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\threeheterovi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\let\threeheterovi=\threeheteroi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@threevi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\threeheteroi| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@threevi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@threevi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@threevi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@threevi{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{-94}{-120}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{-94}{-80}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{-52}{-150}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{-126}{-150}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%    % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{-30}{0}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{32}{-130}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{-230}{-130}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%    % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@threevi

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@threevi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@threevi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@threevi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@threevi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{29}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-  \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-  \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{-68}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-  \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{29}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-  \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{-171}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{103}{171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-  \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{-68}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-103}{-171}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@threevi

-%</hetarom>

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \Finale

-%

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 75c408ae768..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetarom.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{hetarom.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996, 1998, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996 

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1998 (private version)

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-Version 2.00a Released on November 11, 2000

-

-Copyright (C) 1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{hetarom.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{hetarom.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{hetarom.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{hetarom.dtx}{hetarom}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index fa9b0ae95db..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `hetaromh.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% hetaromh.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% Version 2.00a Released on November 11, 2000
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: hetaromh.dtx
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{hetaromh.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{hetaromh.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Heterocycles of horizontal type by {\sffamily hetaromh.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606-8585 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{hetaromh.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `hetaromh.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index c90896bf019..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6700 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment

-%% File: hetaromh.dtx

-%

-%  Copyright 1993,1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita

-%

-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.

-%  -------------------------------------

-%

-% This file is a successor to:

-%

-% hetaromh.sty

-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}

-%\typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-%

-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 

-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.

-%

-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 

-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 

-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 

-% are based on LaTeX commands. 

-%

-% For the review of XyMTeX, see

-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text

-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    

-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 

-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:

-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 

-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  

-%

-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-%     directory name; or

-%  (2) if you do make changes, 

-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.

-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-%

-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 

-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.

-%

-% New address:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 

-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hetaromh}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hetaromh}

-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hetaromh}

-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{hetaromh}

-% \def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver2.00}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% \fi

-%

-% \CheckSum{5947}

-%% \CharacterTable

-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z

-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z

-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9

-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#

-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&

-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)

-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,

-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/

-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<

-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?

-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\

-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_

-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|

-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}

-%

-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}

-%

-% \StopEventually{}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \iffalse

-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/06/26}{first edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/11}{bug fix}

-% \fi

-%

-% \iffalse

-%<*driver>

-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-\ProvidesFile{hetaromh.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]

-% \iffalse

-\documentclass{ltxdoc}

-\GetFileInfo{hetaromh.dtx}

-%

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%

-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}

-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%

-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}

-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\title{Heterocycles of horizontal type by {\sffamily hetaromh.sty} 

-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}

-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 

-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\

-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606-8585 Japan

-% % (old address)

-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 

-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 

-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan

-}

-\date{\filedate}

-%

-\begin{document}

-   \maketitle

-   \DocInput{hetaromh.dtx}

-\end{document}

-%</driver>

-% \fi

-%

-% \section{Introduction}\label{hetaromh:intro}

-%

-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}

-%

-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}

-% \begin{center}

-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}

-% \hline

-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline

-% hetaromh & hetaromh.sty \\

-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\

-% \hline

-% \end{tabular}

-% \end{center}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \subsection{Version Information}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%<*hetaromh>

-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}

-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\j@urnalname{hetaromh}

-\def\versi@ndate{November 11, 2000}

-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00a}

-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%

-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{List of commands for hetaromh.sty}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-% **********************************

-% * hetaromh.sty: list of commands *

-% **********************************

-%

-% <Conventions for bond-setting>

-%

-%     \hbonda

-%     \hbondf

-%     \hbondb

-%     \hbondc

-%     \hbondd

-%     \hbonde

-%     \hbondvert

-%     \hbondverti

-%

-%     \hskbonda

-%     \hskbondf

-%     \hskbondc

-%     \hskbondd

-%     \hskbondb

-%     \hskbonde

-%     \hskbondvert

-%     \hskbondverti

-%

-%     \dothskbonda

-%     \dothskbondf

-%     \dothskbondc

-%     \dothskbondd

-%     \dothskbondb

-%     \dothskbonde

-%     \dothskbondvert

-%     \dothskbondverti

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Six-membered heterocycles (horizontal)>

-%

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \sixheteroh                \@sixheteroh

-%     \sixheterohi               \@sixheterohi

-%

-%    Application Macros

-%

-%     \pyridineh                 \@pyridineh

-%     \pyridinehi                \@pyridinehi

-%     \pyrazineh                 \@pyrazineh

-%     \pyrimidineh               \@pyrimidineh

-%     \pyrimidinehi              \@pyrimidinehi

-%     \pyridazineh               \@pyridazineh

-%     \pyridazinehi              \@pyridazinehi

-%     \triazineh                 \@triazineh

-%     \triazinehi                \@triazinehi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Five-membered heterocycles (horizontal)>

-%

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \fiveheteroh               \@fiveheteroh

-%     \fiveheterohi              \@fiveheterohi

-%

-%    Application Macros

-%

-%     \pyrroleh                  \@pyrroleh

-%     \pyrazoleh                 \@pyrazoleh

-%     \imidazoleh                \@imidazoleh

-%     \isoxazoleh                \@isoxazoleh

-%     \oxazoleh                  \@oxazoleh

-%

-%     \furanh                    \@furanh

-%     \thiopheneh                \@thiopheneh

-%

-%     \pyrrolehi                 \@pyrrolehi

-%     \pyrazolehi                \@pyrazolehi

-%     \imidazolehi               \@imidazolehi

-%     \isoxazolehi               \@isoxazolehi

-%     \oxazolehi                 \@oxazolehi

-%

-%     \furanhi                   \@furanhi

-%     \thiophenehi               \@thiophenehi

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Six-Six fused heterocycles (horizontal)>

-%

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \decaheteroh               \@decaheteroh

-%     \decaheterohi              \@decaheterohi

-%

-%    Application Macros

-%

-%     \quinolineh                \@quinolineh

-%     \quinolinehi               \@quinolinehi

-%     \isoquinolineh             \@isoquinolineh

-%     \isoquinolinehi            \@isoquinolinehi

-%     \quinoxalineh              \@quinoxalineh

-%     \quinazolineh              \@quinazolineh

-%     \quinazolinehi             \@quinazolinehi

-%     \cinnolineh                \@cinnolineh

-%     \cinnolinehi               \@cinnolinehi

-%     \pteridineh                \@pteridineh

-%     \pteridinehi               \@pteridinehi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  <Six-Five fused heterocycles (horizontal)>

-%

-%    Basic Macros

-%

-%     \nonaheteroh               \@nonaheteroh

-%     \nonaheterohi              \@nonaheterohi

-%

-%    Application Macros

-%

-%     \purineh                   \@purineh

-%     \purinehi                  \@purinehi

-%     \indoleh                   \@indoleh

-%     \indolehi                  \@indolehi

-%     \indolizineh               \@indolizineh

-%     \indolizinehi              \@indolizinehi

-%     \isoindoleh                \@isoindoleh

-%     \isoindolehi               \@isoindolehi

-%     \benzofuraneh              \@benzofuraneh

-%     \benzofuranehi             \@benzofuranehi

-%     \isobenzofuraneh           \@isobenzofuraneh

-%     \isobenzofuranehi          \@isobenzofuranehi

-%     \benzoxazoleh              \@benzoxazoleh

-%     \benzoxazolehi             \@benzoxazolehi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%   <Building units>

-%

-%     \sixunith                  \@sixunith

-%     \fiveunith                 \@fiveunith

-%     \fiveunithi                \@fiveunithi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%   <Three-membered rings>

-%

-%     \threeheteroh              \@threeheteroh

-%     \threeheterohi             \@threeheterohi

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Input of basic macros}

-%

-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 

-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 

-% files ({\sf hetaromh.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 

-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 

-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} for the present case) in place of the 

-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% *************************

-% * input of basic macros *

-% *************************

-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}%

-\@ifundefined{test@vertix@decavi}{\input hetarom.sty\relax}{}%

-\unitlength=0.1pt%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{Various switches}

-%

-% These control sequences have been commented out, since they are 

-% defined elsewhere. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% % ****************************

-% % * various flags (switches) *

-% % ****************************

-% \newif\if@gclip \@gclipfalse%

-% \newif\if@hclip \@hclipfalse%

-% \newif\if@iclip \@iclipfalse%

-% \newif\if@jclip \@jclipfalse%

-% \def\iniflag{%

-% \@aclipfalse \@bclipfalse\@cclipfalse\@clipfalse\@eclipfalse%

-% \@fclipfalse\@gclipfalse\@hclipfalse\@iclipfalse\@jclipfalse%

-% \@clipfusefalse}%

-% \def\iniatom{%

-% \def\aaa{}\def\bbb{}\def\ccc{}\def\ddd{}\def\eee{}\def\fff{}%

-% \def\ggg{}\def\hhh{}\def\iii{}\def\jjj{}%

-% \def\@aaa{}\def\@bbb{}\def\@ccc{}\def\@ddd{}\def\@eee{}\def\@fff{}%

-% }%

-% \def\resetbdsw{\gdef\@aaa{a}\gdef\@bbb{b}\gdef\@ccc{c}%

-% \gdef\@ddd{d}\gdef\@eee{e}\gdef\@fff{f}}%

-%

-\iniatom%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{Macros for setting bonds}

-% \subsection{Inner double bonds}

-% 

-% The macros |\sixheteroh| and |\fiveheteroh| use internal macros for setting 

-% inner double bonds in accordance with the presence or the absence of 

-% hetero atoms.  During the processes of such setting,  

-% the inner macros |\hbonda| to |\hbondf| are used to set a bond 

-% on each edge of a six- or five-membered ring; and 

-% the inner macros |\hbondvert| and |\hbondverti| draw vertical bonds 

-% of a five-membered ring. 

-% 

-% Note that 

-% comments (conerning locant numbers) on the end of each row have 

-% lost the exact meaning, 

-% since such a command moiety is used in many macros after copying. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ******************************

-% * setting inner double bonds *

-% ******************************

-%

-%                                   b

-%                          (bbb) 2      3  (ccc)

-%                            a    -----    c

-%                               *       *

-%   the original point ===> 1 * (aaa)     * 4  (ddd)

-%          (0,0)                *       *  c

-%                            f    -----

-%                          (fff) 6      5  (eee)

-%                                   e

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hbonda}

-% The macro |\hbonda| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 1 and 2

-\def\hbonda{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-   \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(42,6){\line(3,5){78}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-     \put(42,6){\line(3,5){62}}%           %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(57,36){\line(3,5){62}}%          %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-     \put(57,36){\line(3,5){62}}%          %double bond 1-2

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hbondf}

-% The macro |\hbondf| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 1 and 6

-\def\hbondf{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-   \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \put(42,-6){\line(3,-5){78}}%          %double bond 1-6

-   \else%

-     \put(42,-6){\line(3,-5){62}}%         %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(57,-36){\line(3,-5){62}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \else%

-     \put(57,-36){\line(3,-5){62}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hbondb}

-% The macro |\hbondf| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\bbb| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 3 and 2

- \def\hbondb{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(129,138){\line(1,0){148}}%        %double bond 2-3

-   \else%

-    \put(129,138){\line(1,0){134}}%        %double bond 3-2

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(143,138){\line(1,0){134}}%        %double bond 3-2

-   \else%

-    \put(143,138){\line(1,0){110}}%        %double bond 3-2

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hbondc}

-% The macro |\hbondc| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 4 and 3

- \def\hbondc{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(364,6){\line(-3,5){78}}%          %double bond 4-3

-   \else%

-    \put(364,6){\line(-3,5){62}}%          %double bond 4-3

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(349,36){\line(-3,5){62}}%         %double bond 4-3

-   \else%

-    \put(349,36){\line(-3,5){62}}%         %double bond 4-3

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hbondd}

-% The macro |\hbondf| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 4 and 5

- \def\hbondd{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(364,-6){\line(-3,-5){78}}%        %double bond 4-5

-   \else%

-    \put(364,-6){\line(-3,-5){62}}%        %double bond 4-5

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(349,-36){\line(-3,-5){62}}%       %double bond 4-5

-   \else%

-    \put(349,-36){\line(-3,-5){62}}%       %double bond 4-5

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hbonde}

-% The macro |\hbonde| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\fff| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% bond between 5 and 6

-\def\hbonde{%

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(129,-138){\line(1,0){148}}%       %double bond 6-5

-   \else%

-    \put(129,-138){\line(1,0){134}}%       %double bond 5-6

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \put(143,-138){\line(1,0){134}}%       %double bond 5-6

-   \else%

-    \put(143,-138){\line(1,0){110}}%       %double bond 5-6

-   \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hbondvert}

-% The macro |\hbondvert| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\fff| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% vertical inner bond for five-membered rings

-\def\hbondvert{%

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(136,-138){\line(0,1){277}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(136,-138){\line(0,1){258}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(136,-120){\line(0,1){258}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \else

-     \put(136,-120){\line(0,1){239}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hbondverti}

-% The macro |\hbondverti| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ccc| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% horizontal inner bond for five-membered rings (inverse type) 

-\def\hbondverti{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(270,-138){\line(0,0){277}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(270,-138){\line(0,1){258}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(270,-120){\line(0,1){258}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(270,-120){\line(0,1){239}}%      %double bond 4-3

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Skeletal bonds}

-% 

-% The macros |\sixheteroh| and |\fiveheteroh| use inner macros for setting 

-% skeletal bonds in accordance with the presence or the absence of 

-% hetero atoms.  During the processes of such setting,  

-% the inner macros |\skbonda| to |\skbondf| are used to set a bond 

-% on each edge of a six- or five-membered ring; and 

-% the inner macros |\hskibondverti| to |\hskibondverti| draw vertical bonds 

-% of a five-membered ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ********************************************

-% * setting skeletal bonds (horizontal type) *

-% ********************************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                                   b

-%                          (bbb) 2      3  (ccc)

-%                            a    -----    c

-%                               *       *

-%   the original point ===> 1 * (aaa)     * 4  (ddd)

-%          (0,0)                *       *  d

-%                            f    -----

-%                          (fff) 6      5  (eee)

-%                                   e

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hskbonda}

-% The macro |\hskbonda| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 2

-\def\hskbonda{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(3,5){103}}%           %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(3,5){79}}%            %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(24,40){\line(3,5){79}}%          %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(24,40){\line(3,5){62}}%          %bond 1-2

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hskbondf}

-% The macro |\hskbondf| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 6

-\def\hskbondf{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty

-     \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){103}}%          %bond 1-6

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){79}}%           %bond 1-6

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(24,-40){\line(3,-5){79}}%        %bond 1-6

-    \else%

-     \put(24,-40){\line(3,-5){62}}%        %bond 1-6

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hskbondc}

-% The macro |\hskbondc| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 4 and 3

-\def\hskbondc{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(406,0){\line(-3,5){103}}%         %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(406,0){\line(-3,5){79}}%         %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(382,40){\line(-3,5){79}}%        %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(382,40){\line(-3,5){62}}%        %bond 4-3

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hskbondd}

-% The macro |\hskbondd| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 4 and 5

-\def\hskbondd{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-     \put(406,0){\line(-3,-5){103}}%       %bond 4-5

-    \else%

-     \put(406,0){\line(-3,-5){79}}%        %bond 4-5

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-     \put(382,-40){\line(-3,-5){79}}%      %bond 4-5

-    \else%

-     \put(382,-40){\line(-3,-5){62}}%      %bond 4-5

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hskbondb}

-% The macro |\hskbondb| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\bbb| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 3 and 2

-\def\hskbondb{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(103,171){\line(1,0){200}}%       %bond 2-3

-    \else%

-     \put(103,171){\line(1,0){160}}%       %bond 3-2

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(143,171){\line(1,0){160}}%       %bond 3-2

-    \else%

-     \put(143,171){\line(1,0){120}}%       %bond 3-2

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hskbonde}

-% The macro |\hskbonde| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 5 and 6

-\def\hskbonde{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(103,-171){\line(1,0){200}}%      %bond 6-5

-    \else%

-     \put(143,-171){\line(1,0){160}}%      %bond 5-6

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-     \put(103,-171){\line(1,0){160}}%      %bond 5-6

-    \else%

-     \put(143,-171){\line(1,0){120}}%      %bond 5-6

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hskbondvert}

-% The macro |\hskbondvert| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\bbb| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%vertical bond for five-membered rings

-\def\hskbondvert{%

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(103,-171){\line(0,1){342}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(103,-171){\line(0,1){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-     \put(103,171){\line(0,-1){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(103,-129){\line(0,1){258}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hskbondverti}

-% The macro |\hskbondverti| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%vertical bond for five-membered rings (inverse type)

-\def\hskbondverti{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(303,-171){\line(0,1){342}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(303,-171){\line(0,1){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(303,171){\line(0,-1){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(303,-129){\line(0,1){258}}%      %bond 4-3

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \subsection{Dotted Skeletal Bonds}

-% 

-% The macros |\sixfuseh| etc. use inner macros for setting 

-% skeletal bonds in accordance with the presence or the absence of 

-% hetero atoms.  During the processes of such setting,  

-% the inner macros |\dothskbonda| to |\dothskbondf| are used 

-% to set a dotted bond on each edge of a six- or five-membered ring.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dothskbonda}

-% The macro |\dothskbonda| is the dotted counterpart of |\hskbonda|,

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\bbb|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 2

-\def\dothskbonda{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(0,0){\line(3,5){103}}%           %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(103,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(0,0){\line(3,5){79}}%            %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(79,132)}}%

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(24,40){\line(3,5){79}}%          %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(24,40)(103,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-         \put(24,40){\line(3,5){62}}%          %bond 1-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(24,40)(86,143)}}%

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dothskbondb}

-% The macro |\dothskbondb| is the dotted counterpart of |\hskbondb|,

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\bbb| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 3 and 2

-\def\dothskbondb{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,171){\line(1,0){200}}%       %bond 2-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,171)(303,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,171){\line(1,0){160}}%       %bond 3-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,171)(263,171)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(143,171){\line(1,0){160}}%       %bond 3-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(143,171)(303,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(143,171){\line(1,0){120}}%       %bond 3-2

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(143,171)(263,171)}}%

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dothskbondc}

-% The macro |\dothskbondc| is the dotted counterpart of |\hskbondc|,

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 4 and 3

-\def\dothskbondc{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(406,0){\line(-3,5){103}}%         %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(406,0)(303,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(406,0){\line(-3,5){79}}%         %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(406,0)(327,132)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(382,40){\line(-3,5){79}}%        %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(382,40)(303,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(382,40){\line(-3,5){62}}%        %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(382,40)(320,143)}}%

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dothskbondd}

-% The macro |\dothskbondd| is the dotted counterpart of |\hskbondd|,

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\ddd| and |\eee|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 4 and 5

-\def\dothskbondd{%

-  \ifx\ddd\empty%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(406,0){\line(-3,-5){103}}%       %bond 4-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(406,0)(303,-171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(406,0){\line(-3,-5){79}}%        %bond 4-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(406,0)(327,-132)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\eee\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(382,-40){\line(-3,-5){79}}%      %bond 4-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(382,-40)(303,-171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(382,-40){\line(-3,-5){62}}%      %bond 4-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(382,-40)(320,-143)}}%

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dothskbonde}

-% The macro |\dothskbonde| is the dotted counterpart of |\hskbonde|,

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 5 and 6

-\def\dothskbonde{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,-171){\line(1,0){200}}%      %bond 6-5

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-171)(303,-171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(143,-171){\line(1,0){160}}%      %bond 5-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(143,-171)(303,-171)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,-171){\line(1,0){160}}%      %bond 5-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-171)(263,-171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(143,-171){\line(1,0){120}}%      %bond 5-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(143,-171)(263,-171)}}%

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dothskbondf}

-% The macro |\dothskbondf| is the dotted counterpart of |\hskbondf|,

-% which refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\aaa| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%bond between 1 and 6

-\def\dothskbondf{%

-  \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \ifx\fff\empty

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){103}}%          %bond 1-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(103,-171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){79}}%           %bond 1-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(79,-131)}}%

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\fff\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(24,-40){\line(3,-5){79}}%        %bond 1-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(24,-40)(103,-171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(24,-40){\line(3,-5){62}}%        %bond 1-6

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(24,-40)(86,-143)}}%

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dothskbondvert}

-% The macro |\dothskbondvert| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\bbb| and |\fff|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%vertical bond for five-membered rings

-\def\dothskbondvert{%

-  \ifx\fff\empty%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,-171){\line(0,1){342}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-171)(103,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,-171){\line(0,1){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-171)(103,129)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\bbb\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,171){\line(0,-1){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,171)(103,-129)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(103,-129){\line(0,1){258}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(103,-129)(103,129)}}%

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dothskbondverti}

-% The macro |\dothskbondverti| refers to the control sequences representing 

-% atoms on both of the terminal vertices (|\eee| and |\ccc|) and 

-% examine whether these are empty or not.  Thereby, 

-% it decides the vertices to be truncated. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%vertical bond for five-membered rings (inverse type)

-\def\dothskbondverti{%

-  \ifx\eee\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(303,-171){\line(0,1){342}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,-171)(303,171)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(303,-171){\line(0,1){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,-171)(303,129)}}%

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(303,171){\line(0,-1){300}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,171)(303,-129)}}%

-    \else%

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-        \put(303,-129){\line(0,1){258}}%      %bond 4-3

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(303,-129)(303,129)}}%

-    \fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% The macro |\set@skel@bondh| is used in |\sixfuseh| etc. 

-% for setting skeletal bonds (outer bonds), when |\@aaa| etc. 

-% (produced by |\csname|...|\endcsname|) are equal to `a' 

-% etc. (given as \#2).  Thinline, thickline and dotted-line 

-% skeletal bonds are available. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@skel@bondh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@skel@bondh#1#2#3{%

- \expandafter\if\csname @#2#2#2\endcsname #2\relax%OK

-                               % \if\@aaa #2\relax%OK

-  \@skbondlistfalse

-  \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//

-    \if\@@tmpa #2\relax%

-      \if\@@tmpb A\relax%

-        \expandafter\csname dothskbond#3\endcsname% \dothskbonda etc.

-        \@skbondlisttrue

-      \else\if\@@tmpb B\relax%

-        {\thicklines 

-        \expandafter\csname hskbond#3\endcsname% \hskbonda etc.

-        }%

-        \@skbondlisttrue

-      \fi\fi

-     \fi%

-    }%

-   \if@skbondlist\else

-     {\thinlines 

-        \expandafter\csname hskbond#3\endcsname% \hskbonda etc.

-     }%

-   \fi%

-  \else

-    \expandafter\ifx\csname @#2#2#2\endcsname \empty\relax%

-                                %    \ifx\@aaa\empty\relax

-    \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-     \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//

-      \if\@@tmpa #2\relax%

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unavailable bond `#2' in SKBONDLIST}\fi

-    }%

-  \fi\fi

-}% end of \set@skel@bondh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Six-membered heterocyles}

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-membered heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************

-% * sixhetero derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)    *

-% *************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                                   b

-%                                2      3  

-%                            a    -----    c

-%                               *       *

-%   the original point ===> 1 *           * 4

-%          (0,0)                *       *  d

-%                            f    -----

-%                                6      5 

-%                                   e

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\sixheterovh| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \sixheteroh(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none or r  :  sixhetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  sixhetero (left-handed)

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 6 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \sixheteroh{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \sixheteroh[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \sixheteroh[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\sixheteroh| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by |\setsixringh|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/29}{Add: Spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\sixheteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@six@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@six@@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@sixheteroh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\sixheteroh{\@ifnextchar({\@six@heteroh(@}{\@six@heteroh(@)}}

-\def\@six@heteroh(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@six@@heteroh(#1)[@}%

-{\@six@@heteroh(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@six@@heteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@sixheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@sixheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@sixheteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vrtx@sixh{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment of attached positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#4}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

-\begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(880,800)(-240,-400)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `sixheteroh' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{%

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbonda etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{c}{c}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbondc etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{d}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \hskbondd etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \hskbonde etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{f}{f}% bond between 6 and 1 \@fff -> \hskbondf etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax \hbondd \hbondf \hbondb%

-\else \if\member l\relax \hbonda \hbondc \hbonde%

-\else \if\member a\relax \hbonda%

-\else \if\member b\relax \hbondb%

-\else \if\member c\relax \hbondc%

-\else \if\member d\relax \hbondd%

-\else \if\member e\relax \hbonde%

-\else \if\member f\relax \hbondf%

-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%                %circle

-  \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%                %circle

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-     \set@fusionadd@sixh

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{0}{7}{0}%    %atom 1--6%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\setsixringh{#4}{0}{0}{7}{0}%              %subst 1--6

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixheteroh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\test@vrtx@sixh| is used to test the presence of 

-% a hetero atom or a spiro substituent on a vertex of the 

-% sixheteroh nucleus. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vrtx@sixh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vrtx@sixh#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or% \xdef\aaa{\@memberb}%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\aaa{}\else\def\aaa{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\bbb{\@memberb}%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\bbb{}\else\def\bbb{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\ccc{\@memberb}%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ccc{}\else\def\ccc{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\ddd{\@memberb}%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ddd{}\else\def\ddd{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\eee{\@memberb}%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\eee{}\else\def\eee{@}\fi

- \or% \xdef\fff{\@memberb}%

-   \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\fff{}\else\def\fff{@}\fi

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of \test@vrtx@sixh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro} 

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-membered heterocycle of inverse type 

-% is selected to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************************

-% * sixhetero derivatives            *

-% *  (horizontal type, inverse type) *

-% ************************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                                   b

-%                                3      2  

-%                            c    -----    a

-%                               *       *

-%   the original point ===> 4 *           * 1

-%          (0,0)                *       *  f

-%                            d    -----

-%                                5      6 

-%                                   e

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\sixheterohi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \sixheterohi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `f' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none or r  :  sixhetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  sixhetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 4)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 6 substitution positions)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \sixheterohi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \sixheterohi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \sixheterohi[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\sixheterohi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by |\setsixringh|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/29}{Add: Spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\sixheterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@six@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@six@@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@sixheterohi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\sixheterohi{\@ifnextchar({\@six@heterohi(@}{\@six@heterohi(@)}}

-\def\@six@heterohi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@six@@heterohi(#1)[@}%

-{\@six@@heterohi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@six@@heterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@sixheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@sixheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@sixheterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vrtx@sixhi{#3}%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%               %subst 1--4

-\ylpositionh{#4}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%              %subst 5 and 6

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(880,800)(-240,-400)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `sixheterohi' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbondc etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{c}{a}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbonda etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{f}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \hskbondf etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{e}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \hskbonde etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{f}{d}% bond between 6 and 1 \@fff -> \hskbondd etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax \hbondd \hbondf \hbondb%

-\else \if\member l\relax \hbonda \hbondc \hbonde%

-\else \if\member a\relax \hbondc%

-\else \if\member b\relax \hbondb%

-\else \if\member c\relax \hbonda%

-\else \if\member d\relax \hbondf%

-\else \if\member e\relax \hbonde%

-\else \if\member f\relax \hbondd%

-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%  \put(0,203){\circle{240}}%               %circle

-  \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%               %circle

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-     \set@fusionadd@sixhi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%               %subst 1--4

-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%              %subst 5 and 6

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\setsixringh{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%               %subst 1--4

-\setsixringh{#4}{11}{4}{7}{-1}%              %subst 5 and 6

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixheterohi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\test@vrtx@sixhi| is used to test the presence of 

-% a hetero atom or a spiro substituent on a vertex of the 

-% sixheteroh nucleus. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vrtx@sixhi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vrtx@sixhi#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ddd{}\else\def\ddd{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ccc{}\else\def\ccc{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\bbb{}\else\def\bbb{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\aaa{}\else\def\aaa{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\fff{}\else\def\fff{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\eee{}\else\def\eee{@}\fi

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of \test@vrtx@sixhi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Pyridine derivatives of horizontal type}

-%

-% The macros |\sixheteroh| and |\sixheterohi| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a six-membered heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************

-% * pyridine derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)   *

-% ************************

-%

-%   \pyridineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyridinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrazineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrimidineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrimidinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \triazineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \triazinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none or r  :  pyridine (right-handed)

-%           l          :  pyridine (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated ring

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the nitrogen atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pyridineh{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \pyridineh[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \pyridineh[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5W==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/29}{Add: fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyridineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyridinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyridineh{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyridineh[@}{\@pyridineh[r]}}%

-\def\@pyridineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyridineh' %

- is based on `sixheteroh'.}\fi%

-\sixheteroh[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%end of \pyridineh macro

-\def\pyridinehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyridinehi}{\@pyridinehi[r]}}%

-\def\@pyridinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyridinehi' %

- is based on `sixheterohi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterohi[#1]{1==N}{#2}}% %end of \pyridinehi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyridazineh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyrazineh{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrazineh[@}{\@pyrazineh[r]}}%

-\def\@pyrazineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrazineh' %

- is based on `sixheteroh'.}\fi%

-\sixheteroh[#1]{1==N;4==N}{#2}}%end of \pyrazineh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrimidineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrimidinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyrimidineh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@pyrimidineh[@}{\@pyrimidineh[r]}}%

-\def\@pyrimidineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrimidineh' %

- is based on `sixheteroh'.}\fi%

-\sixheteroh[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}%

-   %end of \pyrimidineh macro

-\def\pyrimidinehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@pyrimidinehi[@}{\@pyrimidinehi[r]}}%

-\def\@pyrimidinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrimidinehi' %

- is based on `sixheterohi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterohi[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}%end of \pyrimidinehi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyridazineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyridazinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyridazineh{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyridazineh[@}{\@pyridazineh[r]}}%

-\def\@pyridazineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyridazineh' %

- is based on `sixheteroh'.}\fi%

-\sixheteroh[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}%

-   %end of \pyridazineh macro

-\def\pyridazinehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@pyridazinehi}{\@pyridazinehi[r]}}%

-\def\@pyridazinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyridazinehi' %

- is based on `sixheterohi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterohi[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}%end of \pyridazinehi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\triazineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\triazinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\triazineh{\@ifnextchar[{\@triazineh[@}{\@triazineh[r]}}%

-\def\@triazineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `triazineh' %

- is based on `sixheteroh'.}\fi%

-\sixheteroh[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N}{#2}}%end of \triazineh macro

-\def\triazinehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@triazinehi[@}{\@triazinehi[r]}}%

-\def\@triazinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `triazinehi' %

- is based on `sixheterohi'.}\fi%

-\sixheterohi[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N}{#2}}%end of \triazinehi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Five-membered heterocycles}

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a five-membered heterocycle 

-% is selected to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************

-% * fivehetero derivatives   *

-% *  (horizontal type)       *

-% ****************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%     3  _____  2

-%       |       *

-%       |         * 1 <===== the original point

-%       |       *

-%     4  -----  5

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveheteroh| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fiveheteroh(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `e' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. The option 

-% `$0+$' represents a plus charge at the center of the ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}  

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-%           {0+}       :  plus (or others) at the center

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fiveheteroh{1==N}{1==H;2==F}

-%        \fiveheteroh[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \fiveheteroh[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fiveheteroh| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by |\setsixringh| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: fused and spiro rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fiveheteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@five@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@five@@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fiveheteroh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fiveheteroh{\@ifnextchar({\@five@heteroh(@}{\@five@heteroh(@)}}

-\def\@five@heteroh(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@five@@heteroh(#1)[@}%

-{\@five@@heteroh(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@five@@heteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@fiveheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@fiveheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@fiveheteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\test@vrtx@fivehi{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylpositionh{#4}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `fiveheteroh' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{hskbondvert}%

-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \skbondhoriz etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{d}% bond between 5 and 1 \@eee -> \skbondd etc

-}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r%

-\else \if\member a\relax \hbondc%

-\else \if\member b\relax \hbondb%

-\else \if\member c\relax \hbondvert%

-\else \if\member d\relax \hbonde%

-\else \if\member e\relax \hbondd%

-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(233,0){\circle{180}}%               %circle

-\else 

-    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@fiveh

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{5}{1}{5}{-1}}%   % for 1 to 3

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{10}{4}{7}{-1}}%  % for 4 to 5

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringh{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}}%   % for 1 to 3

-\put(0,0){\setsixringh{#4}{10}{4}{7}{-1}}%  % for 4 to 5

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%      %end of \fiveheteroh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\test@vrtx@fivehi| is used to test the presence of 

-% a hetero atom or a spiro substituent on a vertex of the 

-% fiveheteroh nucleus. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vrtx@fivehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vrtx@fivehi#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ddd{}\else\def\ddd{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\ccc{}\else\def\ccc{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\bbb{}\else\def\bbb{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\fff{}\else\def\fff{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\eee{}\else\def\eee{@}\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\def\aaa{}\else\def\aaa{@}\fi% dummy

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of \test@vrtx@sixhi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a five-membered heterocycle of inverse type 

-% is selected to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *******************************

-% * fivehetero derivatives      *

-% *  (horizontal type, inverse) *

-% *******************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%                       2  -----  3

-%                        *       |

-% the original point 1 *         |

-%                        *       |

-%                           _____|

-%                        5        4

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveheterohi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fiveheterohi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `e' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' represents an aromatic circle. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. The option 

-% `$0+$' represents a plus charge at the center of the ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-%           {0+}       :  plus (or others) at the center

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a, b, c, d, or e)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fiveheterohi{1==N}{1==H;2==F}

-%        \fiveheterohi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \fiveheterohi[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fiveheterohi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheteroh|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by |\setsixringh| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: fused and spiro rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fiveheterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@five@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@five@@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fiveheterohi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fiveheterohi{\@ifnextchar({\@five@heterohi(@}{\@five@heterohi(@)}}

-\def\@five@heterohi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@five@@heterohi(#1)[@}%

-{\@five@@heterohi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@five@@heterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@fiveheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@fiveheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@fiveheterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{b}{c}{e}{f}{d}%d--dummy

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}%              % for 1 to 3

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-\ylpositionh{#4}{1}{4}{7}{0}%              % for 4 to 5

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `fiveheterohi' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbonda etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc

-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{hskbondverti}%

-      % bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbondverti etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{e}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \hskbonde etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{f}% bond between 5 and 6 \@eee -> \hskbondf etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r%

-\else \if\member a\relax \hbonda%

-\else \if\member b\relax \hbondb%

-\else \if\member c\relax \hbondverti%

-\else \if\member d\relax \hbonde%

-\else \if\member e\relax \hbondf%

-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(173,0){\circle{180}}%               %circle

-\else 

-    \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@fivehi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{0}{4}{0}%              % for 1 to 3

-\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{1}{4}{7}{0}%              % for 4 to 5

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\setsixringh{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}%              % for 1 to 3

-\setsixringh{#4}{1}{4}{7}{0}%              % for 4 to 5

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%         %end of \fiveheterohi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Pyrrole derivatives of horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveheteroh| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a five-membered heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ***********************************

-% * pyrrole derivatives  and others *

-% *  (horizontal type)              *

-% ***********************************

-%

-%   \pyrroleh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrazoleh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \imidazoleh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoxazoleh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \oxazoleh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           none       :  mother nucleus

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pyrroleh{1==H;2==F}

-%        \pyrroleh[]{1==H;2==F}

-%        \imidazoleh[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \isoxazoleh[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrroleh}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrazoleh}

-% \begin{macro}{\imidazoleh}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoxazoleh}

-% \begin{macro}{\oxazoleh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyrroleh{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrroleh[@}{\@pyrroleh[bd]}}%

-\def\@pyrroleh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrroleh' %

- is based on `fiveheteroh'.}\fi%

-\fiveheteroh[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%

-\def\pyrazoleh{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrazoleh[@}{\@pyrazoleh[bd]}}%

-\def\@pyrazoleh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrazoleh' %

- is based on `fiveheteroh'.}\fi%

-\fiveheteroh[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\imidazoleh{\@ifnextchar[{\@imidazoleh[@}{\@imidazoleh[bd]}}%

-\def\@imidazoleh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `imidazoleh' %

- is based on `fiveheteroh'.}\fi%

-\fiveheteroh[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}%

-\def\isoxazoleh{\@ifnextchar[{\@isoxazoleh[@}{\@isoxazoleh[bd]}}%

-\def\@isoxazoleh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoxazoleh' %

- is based on `fiveheteroh'.}\fi%

-\fiveheteroh[#1]{1==O;2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\oxazoleh{\@ifnextchar[{\@oxazoleh[@}{\@oxazoleh[bd]}}%

-\def\@oxazoleh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `oxazoleh' %

- is based on `fiveheteroh'.}\fi%

-\fiveheteroh[#1]{1==O;3==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\furanh}

-% \begin{macro}{\thiopheneh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\furanh{\@ifnextchar[{\@furanh[@}{\@furanh[bd]}}

-\def\@furanh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `furanh' %

-  is based on `fiveheteroh'.}\fi%

-\fiveheteroh[#1]{1==O}{#2}}

-\def\thiopheneh{\@ifnextchar[{\@thiopheneh[@}{\@thiopheneh[bd]}}

-\def\@thiopheneh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `thiopheneh' %

-  is based on `fiveheteroh'.}\fi%

-\fiveheteroh[#1]{1==S}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Pyrrole derivatives of inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveheterohi| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a five-membered heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *************************************

-% * pyrrole derivatives  and others   *

-% *  (horizontal type, inverse)       *

-% *************************************

-%

-%   \pyrrolehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pyrazolehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \imidazolehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoxazolehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \oxazolehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           none       :  mother nucleus

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pyrrolehi{1==H;2==F}

-%        \pyrrolehi[]{1==H;2==F}

-%        \imidazolehi[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \isoxazolehi[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrrolehi}

-% \begin{macro}{\pyrazolehi}

-% \begin{macro}{\imidazolehi}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoxazolehi}

-% \begin{macro}{\oxazolehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pyrrolehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrrolehi[@}{\@pyrrolehi[bd]}}%

-\def\@pyrrolehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrrolehi' %

- is based on `fiveheterohi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterohi[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%

-\def\pyrazolehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@pyrazolehi[@}{\@pyrazolehi[bd]}}%

-\def\@pyrazolehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pyrazolehi' %

- is based on `fiveheterohi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterohi[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\imidazolehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@imidazolehi[@}{\@imidazolehi[bd]}}%

-\def\@imidazolehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `imidazolehi' %

- is based on `fiveheterohi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterohi[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}%

-\def\isoxazolehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@isoxazolehi[@}{\@isoxazolehi[bd]}}%

-\def\@isoxazolehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoxazolehi' %

- is based on `fiveheterohi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterohi[#1]{1==O;2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\oxazolehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@oxazolehi[@}{\@oxazolehi[bd]}}%

-\def\@oxazolehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `oxazolehi' %

- is based on `fiveheterohi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterohi[#1]{1==O;3==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\furanhi}

-% \begin{macro}{\thiophenehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\furanhi{\@ifnextchar[{\@furanhi[@}{\@furanhi[bd]}}

-\def\@furanhi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `furanhi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterohi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterohi[#1]{1==O}{#2}}

-\def\thiophenehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@thiophenehi[@}{\@thiophenehi[bd]}}

-\def\@thiophenehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `thiophenehi' %

-  is based on `fiveheterohi'.}\fi%

-\fiveheterohi[#1]{1==S}{#2}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Six-to-six fused heterocyles}

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-six fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************

-% * decahetero derivatives   *

-% *  (horizontal type)       *

-% ****************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%           2   3

-%

-%      *1          4           (*1 origin)

-%

-%      (10)8a   4a(9)

-%

-%       8          5

-%

-%           7   6

-%   ____                     ____

-%  |cf.                          |

-%  |        8 (10)1              |

-%  |        *  8a *              |

-%  |   7  *   * *   *  2         |

-%  |     |     |     |           |

-%  |     |     |     |           |

-%  |   6  *   * *   *  3         |

-%  |        *  4a *              |

-%  |        5 (9) 4              |

-%  |        ^                    |

-%  |        |                    |

-%  |        the original point   |

-%  |____                     ____|

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decaheteroh| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decaheteroh(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `k' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to k, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles. The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $10$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  decahetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  no action

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  4,3-double bond      d    :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e    :  4a,5-double bond     f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,8-double bond

-%           i    :  8,8a-double bond     j    :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k    :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K    :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle      B    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 10)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 10 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 4a or 8b (n=4 or 8)

-%                        e.g. 4a==N (or 9==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             8a==N (or {{10}}==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 9 (4a position) and 10 (8a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to k; see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decaheteroh{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \decaheteroh[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decaheteroh[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\decaheteroh| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringh| several times. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/30}{Add: spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decaheteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@decaheteroh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decaheteroh{\@ifnextchar({\@deca@heteroh(@}{\@deca@heteroh(@)}}

-\def\@deca@heteroh(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@deca@@heteroh(#1)[@}%

-{\@deca@@heteroh(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@deca@@heteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@decaheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@decaheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@decaheteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}{f}%

-\test@vertix@decav{#3}{g}{h}{i}{j}{@}{@}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylhetpositionh{#4}{0}{0}{5}{0}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg

-\ylhetpositionh{#4}{-1}{3}{7}{0}% %substituents on 5 to 7

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{342}\fi

-\else

-{\let\aaa=\hhh

-\ylhetpositionh{#4}{-7}{0}{2}{0}% %substituent on 8

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{342}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{4}%   %9 for 4a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-303}\def\@@yli{171}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-9}{10}% %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-103}\def\@@yli{171}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1200,1200)(-400,-800)

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shiftiii){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `decaheteroh' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shiftiii)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbonda etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{c}{c}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbondc etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{d}% bond between 4 and 5 \@ddd -> \skbondd etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{k}{e}% bond between 7 and 8 \@kkk -> \skbonde etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{j}{f}% bond between 7 and 8 \@jjj -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{i}{a}}%

-  % bond between 8a and 8 \@iii -> \hskbonda etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{c}}%

-  % bond between 4a and 5 \@eee -> \hskbondc etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{f}{d}}%

-  % bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \hskbondd etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{g}{e}}%

-  % bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \hskbonde etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{h}{f}}%

-  % bond between 7 and 8 \@hhh -> \hskbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

- \put(0,0){\hbonda}% bond between 1 and 2%

- \put(0,0){\hbondc}% bond between 3 and 4%

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondb}% bond between 8a and 4a

- \put(0,-342){\hbondf}% bond between 8 and 7

- \put(0,-342){\hbondd}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else \if\member l\relax%

-\else \if\member a\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbonda}% bond between 1 and 2

-\else \if\member b\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-\else \if\member c\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-% \put(342,0){\hbondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-\else \if\member d\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii%

- \put(0,0){\hbondd}% bond between 4 and 4a

-}%

-\else \if\member e\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii \let\ddd=\eee%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondc}% bond between 5 and 4a

-}%

-\else \if\member f\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\eee \let\eee=\fff%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondd}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else \if\member g\relax%

-{\let\eee=\fff \let\fff=\ggg% 

- \put(0,-342){\hbonde}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else \if\member h\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondf}% bond between 8 and 7

-}%

-\else \if\member i\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbonda}% bond between 8 and 8a

-}%

-\else \if\member j\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\hbondf}% bond between 1 and 8a

-}%

-\else \if\member k\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondb}% bond between 8a and 4a

-}%

-\else \if\member K\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\hbonde}% bond between 8a and 4a in the other ring

-}%

-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%                %circle

-\else \if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(203,-342){\circle{240}}%             %circle

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{8a} \def\aay{4a} \def\aaz{10}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aaz\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-360}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-360}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-452}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-452}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@decah

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/11}{The 

-% \cs{iniflag} command is added to 5- and 8-substitution.}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{0}{5}{0}%

-   \if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi

-   \if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi

-   \if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi

-   \if@clip \global\@cliptrue\fi}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-\put(0,-342){\iniflag%2000/11/11 by Shinsaku Fujita

-   \set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{-1}{3}{7}{0}%

-   \@gclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

-   \@fclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%

-   \@eclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ecliptrue \fi}%substituents on 5 to 7

-\put(0,-342){\iniflag%2000/11/11 by Shinsaku Fujita

-  \set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{-7}{0}{2}{0}%

-  \@hclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi}%%substituent on 8

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@fuseh{#3}%

-  \if@iclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi}% fused positions

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringh{#4}{0}{0}{5}{0}}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-{\@clipfalse \if@eclip \@cliptrue \fi%   %substituents on 5 to 7

- \@eclipfalse \if@fclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@gclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,-342){\setsixringh{#4}{-1}{3}{7}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@aclipfalse \if@hclip \@acliptrue \fi%   %substituent on 8

-\put(0,-342){\setsixringh{#4}{-7}{0}{2}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(303,-171){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{4}}   %9 for 4a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(103,-171){\setatombond{#4}{-9}{10}} %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%      %end of \decaheteroh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\ylhetpositionh| is used in the |\decaheteroh| command, 

-% giving the sift values for drawing a structure as a substituent. 

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/16}{Newly added command}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\ylhetpositionh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\ylhetpositionh#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\if@@ylsw\else

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifnum#5<0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax\fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa>#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa<#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

- \or

-  \ifx\aaa\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-  \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{30}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylatrue% subst. on 1

-  \fi

- \or

-  \ifx\bbb\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-103}\gdef\@yli{-171}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-  \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-73}\gdef\@yli{-223}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylbtrue% subst. on 2

-  \fi

- \or

-  \ifx\ccc\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-303}\gdef\@yli{-171}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-  \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-333}\gdef\@yli{-223}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylctrue% subst. on 3

-  \fi

- \or

-  \ifx\ddd\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-406}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-   \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-436}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yldtrue% subst. on 4

-   \fi

- \or

-    \ifx\eee\empty

-     \gdef\@ylii{-303}\gdef\@yli{171}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-    \else

-     \gdef\@ylii{-333}\gdef\@yli{223}\global\@ylswtrue%\@yletrue% subst. on 5

-    \fi

- \or

-   \ifx\fff\empty

-      \gdef\@ylii{-103}\gdef\@yli{171}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-     \else

-      \gdef\@ylii{-73}\gdef\@yli{223}\global\@ylswtrue%\@ylftrue% subst. on 6

-     \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-six fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************************

-% * decahetero derivatives           *

-% *  (horizonatl type, inverse type) *

-% ************************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%           3   2

-%

-%      *4          1           (*4 origin)

-%

-%       (8)4a   8a(10)

-%

-%       5          8

-%

-%           6   7

-%   ____                     ____

-%  |cf.                          |

-%  |        5 (9) 4              |

-%  |        *  4a *              |

-%  |   6  *   * *   *  3         |

-%  |     |     |     |           |

-%  |     |     |     |           |

-%  |   7  *   * *   *  2         |

-%  |        *  8a *              |

-%  |        8 (9) 1              |

-%  |        ^                    |

-%  |        |                    |

-%  |        the original point   |

-%  |____                     ____|

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\decaheterohi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \decaheterohi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `k' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to k, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The options `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles in two rings. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $10$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  decahetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  no action

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  4,3-double bond      d    :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e    :  4a,5-double bond     f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,8-double bond

-%           i    :  8,8a-double bond     j    :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k    :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           K    :  4a,8a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle      B    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 10)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 10 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 4a or 8b (n=4 or 8)

-%                        e.g. 4a==N (or 9==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             8a==N (or {{10}}==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 9 (4a position) and 10 (8a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to k; see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decaheterohi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \decaheterohi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \decaheterohi[eb]{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\decaheterohi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringh| several times. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/1}{Add: spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decaheterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@deca@@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@decaheterohi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decaheterohi{\@ifnextchar({\@deca@heterohi(@}{\@deca@heterohi(@)}}

-\def\@deca@heterohi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@deca@@heterohi(#1)[@}%

-{\@deca@@heterohi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@deca@@heterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@decaheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@decaheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@decaheterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\test@vertix@decavi{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylhetpositionh{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg

-\ylhetpositionh{#4}{12}{3}{7}{-1}% %substituents on 6 to 8

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{342}\fi

-\else

-{\let\aaa=\hhh

-\ylhetpositionh{#4}{-4}{0}{2}{0}% %substituent on 5

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{342}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-9}{4}%   %10 for 8a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-303}\def\@@yli{171}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{10}% %9 for 4a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-103}\def\@@yli{171}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1200,1200)(-400,-800)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shiftiii){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `decaheterohi' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shiftiii)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbondc etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{c}{a}% bond between 3 and 4 \@ccc -> \hskbonda etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{f}% bond between 4 and 4a \@ddd -> \hskbondf etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{k}{e}% bond between 4a and 8a \@kkk -> \hskbonde etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{j}{d}% bond between 8a and 1 \@jjj -> \hskbondd etc

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{a}}%

-  % bond between 4a and 5 \@eee -> \hskbonda etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{i}{c}}%

-  % bond between 8a and 8 \@iii -> \hskbondc etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{h}{d}}%

-  % bond between 7 and 8 \@hhh -> \hskbondd etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{g}{e}}%

-  % bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \hskbonde etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{f}{f}}%

-  % bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \hskbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

- \put(0,0){\hbonda}% bond between 1 and 2

- \put(0,0){\hbondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondb}% bond between 8a and 4a

- \put(0,-342){\hbondf}% bond between 8 and 7

- \put(0,-342){\hbondd}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else \if\member l\relax%

-\else \if\member a\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-\else \if\member b\relax

- \put(0,0){\hbondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-\else \if\member c\relax

- \put(0,0){\hbonda}% bond between 1 and 2

-\else \if\member d\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\hbondf}% bond between 1 and 8a

-}%

-\else \if\member e\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbonda}% bond between 8 and 8a

-}%

-\else \if\member f\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondf}% bond between 8 and 7

-}%

-\else \if\member g\relax%

-{\let\eee=\fff \let\fff=\ggg% 

- \put(0,-342){\hbonde}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else \if\member h\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\eee \let\eee=\fff%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondd}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else \if\member i\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii \let\ddd=\eee%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondc}% bond between 5 and 4a

-}%

-\else \if\member j\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii%

- \put(0,0){\hbondd}% bond between 4 and 4a

-}%

-\else \if\member k\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondb}% bond between 8a and 4a

-}%

-\else \if\member K\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\hbonde}% bond between 8a and 4a

-}%

-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle

-  \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%                %circle

-\else \if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(203,-342){\circle{240}}%             %circle

-\else \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{8a}\def\aay{4a}\def\aaz{10}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aaz\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-360}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-360}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-452}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-452}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@decahi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \changes{v2.00a}{2000/11/11}{The 

-% \cs{iniflag} command is added to 8-substitution.}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-\@tmpclipfalse

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{5}{0}{5}{-1}%

-   \if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi

-   \if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi

-   \if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi

-   \if@clip \global\@cliptrue\fi

-}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-\put(0,-342){\iniflag%2000/11/11 by Shinsaku Fujita

- \set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{12}{3}{7}{-1}%

- \@gclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%      

- \@eclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ecliptrue \fi%

-}%substituents on 6 to 8

-\put(0,-342){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{-4}{0}{2}{0}%

- \@aclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi%

-}%%substituent on 5

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@decafusehi{#3}%

-  \@tmpclipfalse

-  \if@iclip \global\@tmpcliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@tmpclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi

-}% fused positions

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringh{#4}{5}{0}{5}{-1}}% %substituents on 1 to 4

-{\@clipfalse \if@eclip \@cliptrue \fi%    %substituents on 6 to 8

- \@eclipfalse \if@fclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@gclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,-342){\setsixringh{#4}{12}{3}{7}{-1}}%

-}%

-{\@aclipfalse \if@hclip \@acliptrue \fi%    %substituent on 5

-\put(0,-342){\setsixringh{#4}{-4}{0}{2}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(303,-171){\setatombond{#4}{-9}{4}}%   %10 for 8a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi

-  \put(103,-171){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{10}}% %9 for 4a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%      %end of \decaheterohi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@vrtx@decafusehi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\decaheterohi|, where the macro is used to set 

-% a hetero atom or on a vertex of a bridgehead location.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@decafusehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@decafusehi#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa\or\or\or

- \or%%%%4

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%             % left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `4a' or `9'}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `4a' or `9'}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty\relax

-   \else

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `4a' or `9'}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

- \or\or\or

- \or%8

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%             % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `8a' or `10'}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `8a' or `10'}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty\relax

-   \else

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `8a' or `10'}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-\or%9 (= 4a)

-   \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%             % left type

-   \else

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `4a' or `9'}%

-   \fi

-\or%10 (= 8a)

-   \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%             % right type

-   \else

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `8a' or `10'}%

-   \fi

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@decafusehi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusion@decahi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\decaheterohi|, where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusionadd@sixhi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@decahi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/11/15}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@decahi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@decahi{%

-  \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-  \let\@@tmpb=\@tmpb

-  \if\@tmpa a%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa A%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa b%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa B%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa c%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa C%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa d%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `d'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa D%

-      \let\@@tmpa=\@tmpa

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `D'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa e%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{c}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `e'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa E%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{C}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `E'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa f%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{d}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa F%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{D}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa g%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa G%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa h%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa H%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-  \else\if\@tmpa i%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{a}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `i'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa I%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{A}%

-      \put(0,-342){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `I'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa j%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{f}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `j'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa J%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{F}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Unfavorable Fusion for bond `J'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa k%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{e}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `k'}%

-      \fi

-  \else\if\@tmpa K%

-      \edef\@@tmpa{E}%

-      \put(0,0){\set@fusionadd@sixhi}%

-      \if@smallringsw\else

-       \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden Fusion for bond `K'}%

-      \fi

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@decahi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Short-cut commands for fused heterocycles}

-%

-% The macro |\decaheteroh| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a fused heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************************************

-% * heterocycles having two fused six-membered rings *

-% *  (horizontal type)                               *

-% ****************************************************

-%

-%   \quinolineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinolinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoquinolineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoquinolinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinoxalineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinazolineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \quinazolinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \cinnolineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \cinnolinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pteridineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \pteridinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to k, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The optiona `A' and `B' typeset aromatic circles. 

-% The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $10$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  decahetero (right-handed)

-%           l          :  decahetero (left-handed)

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  4,3-double bond      d    :  4,4a-double bond

-%           e    :  4a,5-double bond     f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,8-double bond

-%           i    :  8,8a-double bond     j    :  1,8a-double bond

-%           k    :  4a,8a-double bond

-%           A    :  aromatic circle      B    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 10)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 9 (4a position) and 10 (8a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \quinolineh{2==Cl;3==F}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\quinolineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinolinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\quinolineh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinolineh[@}{\@quinolineh[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@quinolineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinolineh' %

- is based on `decaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\decaheteroh[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%

-\def\quinolinehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinolinehi[@}{\@quinolinehi[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@quinolinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinolinehi' %

- is based on `decaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterohi[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\isoquinolineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoquinolinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\isoquinolineh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@isoquinolineh[@}{\@isoquinolineh[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@isoquinolineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoquinolineh' %

- is based on `decaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\decaheteroh[#1]{2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\isoquinolinehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@isoquinolinehi[@}{\@isoquinolinehi[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@isoquinolinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoquinolinehi' %

- is based on `decaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterohi[#1]{2==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{quinoxalineh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\quinoxalineh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinoxalineh[@}{\@quinoxalineh[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@quinoxalineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinoxalineh' %

- is based on `decaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\decaheteroh[#1]{1==N;4==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\quinazolineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\quinazolinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\quinazolineh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinazolineh[@}{\@quinazolineh[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@quinazolineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinazolineh' %

- is based on `decaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\decaheteroh[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}%

-\def\quinazolinehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@quinazolinehi[@}{\@quinazolinehi[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@quinazolinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `quinazolinehi' %

- is based on `decaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterohi[#1]{1==N;3==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\cinnolineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\cinnolinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\cinnolineh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@cinnolineh[@}{\@cinnolineh[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@cinnolineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cinnolineh' %

- is based on `decaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\decaheteroh[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\cinnolinehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@cinnolinehi[@}{\@cinnolinehi[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@cinnolinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cinnolinehi' %

- is based on `decaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterohi[#1]{1==N;2==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pteridineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\pteridinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pteridineh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@pteridineh[@}{\@pteridineh[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@pteridineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pteridineh' %

- is based on `decaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\decaheteroh[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;8==N}{#2}}%

-\def\pteridinehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@pteridinehi[@}{\@pteridinehi[acfhk]}}%

-\def\@pteridinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `pteridinehi' %

-  is based on `decaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\decaheterohi[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;8==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Six-to-five fused heterocycles}

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-five fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **************************

-% * nonahetero derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)     *

-% **************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%           3   2

-%

-%                  1           (*1 origin)

-%

-%       (8)3a   7a(9)

-%

-%       4          7

-%

-%           5   6

-%   ____                     ____

-%  |cf.                          |

-%  |        4 (8)               |

-%  |        *  3a                |

-%  |   5  *   * -----  3         |

-%  |     |     |     |           |

-%  |     |     |     |           |

-%  |   6  *   * *   *  2         |

-%  |        *  7a *              |

-%  |        7 (9) 1              |

-%  |        ^                    |

-%  |        |                    |

-%  |        the original point   |

-%  |____                     ____|

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\nonaheteroh| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \nonaheteroh(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `j' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to j, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The options `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles in two rings. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $9$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  aromatic six-membered ring

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  3,3a-double bond     d    :  4,3a-double bond

-%           e    :  4,5-double bond      f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,7a-double bond

-%           i    :  1,7a-double bond 

-%           j    :  3a,4a-double bond

-%           J    :  3a,4a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle (six-membered)

-%           B    :  aromatic circle (five-membered)

-%           {n+} :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 9)

-%           {0+} :  plus (or others) at the center 

-%                    of the five-membered cycle

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 9 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 7

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 3a or 7b (n=3 or 7)

-%                        e.g. 3a==N (or 8==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             7a==N (or 9==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 8 (3a position) and 9 (7a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to j; see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \nonaheteroh{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \nonaheteroh[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\nonaheteroh| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheteroh|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringh| several times in 

-% a restricted fashion. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/05}{Add: fused and spiro rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\nonaheteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nona@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nona@@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nonaheteroh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\nonaheteroh{\@ifnextchar({\@nona@heteroh(@}{\@nona@heteroh(@)}}

-\def\@nona@heteroh(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@nona@@heteroh(#1)[@}%

-{\@nona@@heteroh(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@nona@@heteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@nonaheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@nonaheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@nonaheteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\test@vertix@nonav{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%  %substituents on 1 to 3

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg

-\ylpositionh{#4}{11}{3}{7}{-1}% %substituents on 5 to 7

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{342}\fi

-\else

-{\let\aaa=\hhh

-\ylpositionh{#4}{-3}{0}{2}{0}%%substituent on 4

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{342}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{4}%   %9 for 7a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-303}\def\@@yli{171}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-7}{10}% %8 for 3a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-103}\def\@@yli{171}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,1200)(-400,-800)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shiftiii){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `nonahetero' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shiftiii)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{c}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbondc etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc

-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{hskbondvert}%

-      % bond between 3 and 3a \@ccc -> \hskbondhoriz etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{j}{e}% bond between 3a and 7a \@jjj -> \hskbonde etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{i}{d}% bond between 7a and 1 \@iii -> \hskbondd etc

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{a}}%

-  % bond between 3a and 4 \@ddd -> \hskbonda etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{h}{c}}%

-  % bond between 7a and 7 \@hhh -> \hskbondc etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{g}{d}}%

-  % bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \hskbondd etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{f}{e}}%

-  % bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \hskbonde etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{f}}%

-  % bond between 4 and 5 \@eee -> \hskbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondb}% bond between 3a and 7a

- \put(0,-342){\hbondf}% bond between 4 and 5

- \put(0,-342){\hbondd}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else \if\member l\relax%

-\else \if\member a\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbondc}% bond between 3 and 4

-\else \if\member b\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-\else \if\member c\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbondvert}% bond between 3 and 3a

-\else \if\member d\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbonda}% bond between 4 and 3a

-}%

-\else \if\member e\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondf}% bond between 4 and 5

-}%

-\else \if\member f\relax%

-{\let\eee=\fff \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,-342){\hbonde}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else \if\member g\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\eee \let\eee=\fff%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondd}% bond between 6 and 7

-}%

-\else \if\member h\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii \let\ddd=\eee%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondc}% bond between 7 and 7a

-}%

-\else \if\member i\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii%

- \put(0,0){\hbondd}% bond between 1 and 7a

-}%

-\else \if\member j\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondb}% bond between 7a and 3a

-}%

-\else \if\member J\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\hbonde}% bond between 7a and 3a

-}%

-\else \if\member B%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(233,0){\circle{180}}%               %circle (five-membered)

-\else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-  \put(203,-342){\circle{240}}%            %circle (six-membered)

-\else 

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{3a} \def\aay{7a}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-360}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-452}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-452}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-360}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{196}{-30}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@nonah

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-\@tmpclipfalse

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%

-   \if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi

-   \if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi

-   \if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi

-}% %substituents on 1 to 3

-\put(0,-342){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{11}{3}{7}{-1}%

- \@gclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%      

- \@eclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ecliptrue \fi%

-}%substituents on 5 to 7

-\put(0,-342){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{-3}{0}{2}{0}%

- \@aclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi%

-}%%substituent on 4

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@nonafuseh{#3}%

-  \@tmpclipfalse

-  \if@iclip \global\@tmpcliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@tmpclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi

-}% fused positions

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringh{#4}{5}{1}{5}{-1}}%  %substituents on 1 to 3

-{\@clipfalse \if@eclip \@cliptrue \fi%     %substituents on 5 to 7

- \@eclipfalse \if@fclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@gclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,-342){\setsixringh{#4}{11}{3}{7}{-1}}%

-}%

-{\@aclipfalse \if@hclip \@acliptrue \fi%   %substituent on 4

-\put(0,-342){\setsixringh{#4}{-3}{0}{2}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(303,-171){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{4}}%   %9 for 7a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(103,-171){\setatombond{#4}{-7}{10}}% %8 for 3a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%        %end of \nonaheteroh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@vrtx@nonafuseh| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\nonaheteroh|, where the macro is used to set 

-% a hetero atom on a vertex of a bridgehead location.  

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/05}{New command: \cs{set@vrtx@nonafuseh}}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@nonafuseh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@nonafuseh#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa\or\or

- \or%%%%3

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%             % left type

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `3a' or `8'}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `3a' or `8'}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty\relax

-   \else

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `3a' or `8'}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

- \or\or\or

- \or%7

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%             % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb h%

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `7a' or `9'}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb s%

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `7a' or `9'}%

-   \else\ifx\@tmpb\empty\relax

-   \else

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `7a' or `9'}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-\or%8 (= 3a)

-   \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%             % left type

-   \else

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `3a' or `8'}%

-   \fi

-\or%9 (= 7a)

-   \ifx\@tmpb\empty%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%             % right type

-   \else

-      \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden fused position `7a' or `9'}%

-   \fi

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@nonafuseh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The standard skeleton of a six-to-five fused heterocycle is selected 

-% to have the following locant numbers. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************************

-% * nonahetero derivatives           *

-% *  (horizontal type, inverse type) *

-% ************************************

-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-%

-%           2   3

-%

-%        1       

-%

-%       (9)7a   3a(8)

-%

-%       7          4

-%

-%           6   5

-%   ____                     ____

-%  |cf.                          |

-%  |        7 (9) 1              |

-%  |        *  7a *              |

-%  |   6  *   * *   *  2         |

-%  |     |     |     |           |

-%  |     |     |     |           |

-%  |   5  *   * -----  3         |

-%  |        *  3a                |

-%  |        4 (8)                |

-%  |        ^                    |

-%  |        |                    |

-%  |        the original point   |

-%  |____                     ____|

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\nonaheterohi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \nonaheterohi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `j' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to j, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The options `A' and `B' represent aromatic circles in two rings. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $9$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  aromatic six-membered ring

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  3,3a-double bond     d    :  4,3a-double bond

-%           e    :  4,5-double bond      f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,7a-double bond

-%           i    :  1,7a-double bond

-%           j    :  3a,4a-double bond

-%           J    :  3a,4a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle (six-membered)

-%           B    :  aromatic circle (five-membered)

-%           {n+} :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 9)

-%           {0+} :  plus (or others) at the center 

-%                    of the five-membered cycle

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 9 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 7

-%

-%            n         : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-%            na        : Hetero atom at 3a or 7b (n=3 or 7)

-%                        e.g. 3a==N (or 8==N) for N at 4a-position

-%                             7a==N (or 9==N) for N at 8a-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 8 (3a position) and 9 (7a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to j; see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \nonaheterohi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \nonaheterohi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\nonaheterohi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheteroh|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringh| several times in 

-% a restricted fashion. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylpositionh}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/05}{Add: fused and spiro rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\nonaheterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nona@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nona@@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@nonaheterohi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\nonaheterohi{\@ifnextchar({\@nona@heterohi(@}{\@nona@heterohi(@)}}

-\def\@nona@heterohi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@nona@@heterohi(#1)[@}%

-{\@nona@@heterohi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@nona@@heterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@nonaheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@nonaheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@nonaheterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag\iniatom%initialize

-\test@vertix@nonavi{#3}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adjustment for (yl) %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}%   %substituents on 1 to 3

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg

-\ylpositionh{#4}{0}{3}{7}{0}%%substituents on 4 to 6

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{342}\fi

-\else

-{\let\aaa=\hhh

-\ylpositionh{#4}{-6}{0}{2}{0}%%substituent on 7

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{342}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-7}{4}%  %8 for 3a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-303}\def\@@yli{171}\fi

-\else

-{%

-\clipdetection%

-\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-\ylatombondposition{#4}{-8}{10}%%9 for 7a position

-}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-103}\def\@@yli{171}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

- \begin{picture}(1200,1200)(-400,-800)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-\shiftii,-\shiftiii){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `nonaheterohi' origin: %

-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shiftii,\the\shiftiii)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\begingroup

-\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-{\let\fff=\jjj \let\eee=\iii%

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{a}{a}% bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \hskbonda etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{b}{b}% bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \hskbondb etc

-\set@skel@longbond{#1}{c}{hskbondverti}%

-      % bond between 3 and 3a \@ccc -> \hskbondverti etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{j}{e}% bond between 3a and 7a \@jjj -> \hskbonde etc

-\set@skel@bondh{#1}{i}{f}% bond between 7a and 1 \@iii -> \hskbondf etc

-}%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{h}{a}}%

-  % bond between 7a and 7 \@hhh -> \hskbonda etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{d}{c}}%

-  % bond between 3a and 4 \@ddd -> \hskbondc etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{e}{d}}%

-  % bond between 4 and 5 \@eee -> \hskbondd etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{f}{e}}%

-  % bond between 5 and 6 \@fff -> \hskbonde etc

-\put(0,-342){\set@skel@bondh{#1}{g}{f}}%

-  % bond between 6 and 7 \@ggg -> \hskbondf etc

-}%

-\endgroup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff\let\fff=\ggg%

- \let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondb}% bond between 3a and 7a

- \put(0,-342){\hbondf}% bond between 6 and 7

- \put(0,-342){\hbondd}% bond between 4 and 5

-}%

-\else \if\member l\relax%

-\else \if\member a\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbonda}% bond between 1 and 2

-\else \if\member b\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbondb}% bond between 2 and 3

-\else \if\member c\relax%

- \put(0,0){\hbondverti}% bond between 3 and 3a

-\else \if\member d\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii \let\ddd=\eee%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondc}% bond between 4 and 3a

-}%

-\else \if\member e\relax%

-{\let\ddd=\eee\let\eee=\fff%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondd}% bond between 4 and 5

-}%

-\else \if\member f\relax%

-{\let\eee=\fff \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,-342){\hbonde}% bond between 5 and 6

-}%

-\else \if\member g\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\fff=\ggg%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondf}% bond between 7 and 6

-}%

-\else \if\member h\relax%

-{\let\aaa=\hhh \let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbonda}% bond between 7 and 7a

-}%

-\else \if\member i\relax%

-{\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\hbondf}% bond between 1 and 7a

-}%

-\else \if\member j\relax%

-{\let\ccc=\iii\let\bbb=\jjj%

- \put(0,-342){\hbondb}% bond between 7a and 3a

-}%

-\else \if\member J\relax%

-{\let\eee=\iii\let\fff=\jjj%

- \put(0,0){\hbonde}% bond between 7a and 3a

-}%

-\else \if\member B%aromatic circle 

-  \put(173,0){\circle{180}}%               %circle (five-membered)

-\else \if\member A%aromatic circle 

-  \put(203,-342){\circle{240}}%            %circle (six-membered)

-\else

- \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-  \def\aax{7a} \def\aay{3a}%

-      \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 7\relax%

-        \putratom{68}{-360}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-452}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-452}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{272}{-360}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 9\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aax\relax%

-        \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\ifx\@@tmpa\aay\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 8\relax%

-        \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{140}{-30}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% ***********************

-% * setting fused rings *

-% ***********************

-   \expandafter\twoCH@R\member//%

-   \set@fusion@nonahi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-\put(0,0){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{0}{4}{0}%

-   \if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi

-   \if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi

-   \if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi

-}% %substituents on 1 to 3

-\put(0,-342){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{3}{7}{0}%

-   \@gclipfalse \if@fclip \global\@gcliptrue \fi%

-   \@fclipfalse \if@eclip \global\@fcliptrue \fi%

-   \@eclipfalse \if@clip \global\@ecliptrue \fi}%substituents on 4 to 6

-\put(0,-342){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{-6}{0}{2}{0}%

-  \@hclipfalse \if@aclip \global\@hcliptrue \fi}%%substituent on 7

-\put(0,0){\set@vrtx@nonafusehi{#3}%

-  \if@iclip \global\@icliptrue \fi

-  \if@jclip \global\@jcliptrue \fi}% fused positions

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents and exocyclic bonds %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(0,0){\setsixringh{#4}{0}{0}{4}{0}}%   %substituents on 1 to 3

-{\@clipfalse \if@eclip \@cliptrue \fi%     %substituents on 4 to 6

- \@eclipfalse \if@fclip \@ecliptrue \fi%

- \@fclipfalse \if@gclip \@fcliptrue \fi%

-\put(0,-342){\setsixringh{#4}{0}{3}{7}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@aclipfalse \if@hclip \@acliptrue \fi%   %substituent on 7

-\put(0,-342){\setsixringh{#4}{-6}{0}{2}{0}}%

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@iclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

- \put(303,-171){\setatombond{#4}{-7}{4}}%  %8 for 3a position

-}%

-{\@clipfusefalse \if@jclip \@clipfusetrue \fi%

-  \put(103,-171){\setatombond{#4}{-8}{10}}%%9 for 7a position

-}%

-\end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%      %end of \nonaheterohi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The command |\set@vrtx@nonafusehi| is to set an atom (stored as 

-% |\@memberb|) at one (stored as |\@tmpa|) of the fused vertices 

-% of a six-five ring.  

-% These vertices are incapable of accomodating a spiro group. 

-% On the other hand, the other positions can take spiro groups 

-% (stored as |\@memberb|), which are treated by means of 

-% the command |\set@hetatom@sixh|. 

-% The command |\set@vrtx@nonafusehi| is used in such commands 

-% as |\nonaheterohi| for treating thier ATOMLISTs, 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@vrtx@nonafusehi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@vrtx@nonafusehi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@vrtx@nonafusehi#1{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R\@membera//%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or

- \or

- \or%%%%3

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%            % right type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

- \or%4

- \or%5

- \or%6

- \or%7

-   \if\@tmpb a%

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%            % left type

-   \else\relax

-   \fi

-\or%8 (= 3a)

-   \ifx\@tmpb\empty

-     \global\@icliptrue%

-     \putratom{273}{-211}{\@memberb}%            % right type

-   \else

-     \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden spiro ring for the 3a position}%

-   \fi

-\or%9 (= 7a)

-   \ifx\@tmpb\empty

-     \global\@jcliptrue%

-     \putlatom{135}{-211}{\@memberb}%            % left type

-   \else

-     \XyMTeXWarning{Forbidden spiro ring for the 7a position}%

-   \fi

-\fi\fi}%

-}% end of the macro \set@vrtx@nonafusehi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Short-cut commands for fused heterocycles}

-%

-% The macros |\nonaheteroh| and |\nonaheterohi| can be used in the 

-% form of a fixed |ATOMLIST|.  Hence, the resulting commands for 

-% drawing a fused heterocyle with one or more nitrogen atoms 

-% have an argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************************************

-% * heterocycles having fused six- and five-membered rings *

-% *  (horizontal type)                                     *

-% **********************************************************

-%

-%   N-heterocycles:

-%

-%   \indoleh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \indolehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \isoindoleh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \isoindolehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \indolizineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \indolizinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%          (different from the IUPAC numbering)

-%

-%   \purineh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \purinehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%          (different from the IUPAC numbering)

-%

-%   O-heterocycles:

-%

-%   \benzofuraneh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \benzofuranehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \isobenzofuranehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%

-%   \benzoxazoleh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-%   \benzoxazolehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to j, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The optiona `A' typesets an aromatic circle. 

-% The option 

-% `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $9$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 

-%

-%           none or r  :  aromatic six-membered ring

-%           []         :  fully saturated form

-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond

-%           c    :  3,3a-double bond     d    :  4,3a-double bond

-%           e    :  4,5-double bond      f    :  5,6-double bond

-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,7a-double bond

-%           i    :  1,7a-double bond

-%           j    :  3a,4a-double bond

-%           J    :  3a,4a-double bond in the other ring

-%           A    :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 9)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%

-%       for 8 (3a position) and 9 (7a position)

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \indoleh{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \indoleh[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\purineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\purinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\purineh{\@ifnextchar[{\@purineh[@}{\@purineh[ra]}}%

-\def\@purineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `purineh' %

- is based on `nonaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\nonaheteroh[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;7==N}{#2}}%

-\def\purinehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@purinehi[@}{\@purinehi[ra]}}%

-\def\@purinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `purinehi' %

- is based on `nonaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterohi[#1]{1==N;3==N;5==N;7==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\indoleh}

-% \begin{macro}{\indolehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\indoleh{\@ifnextchar[{\@indoleh[@}{\@indoleh[rb]}}%

-\def\@indoleh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indoleh' %

- is based on `nonaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\nonaheteroh[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%

-\def\indolehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@indolehi[@}{\@indolehi[rb]}}%

-\def\@indolehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indolehi' %

- is based on `nonaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterohi[#1]{1==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\indolizineh}

-% \begin{macro}{\indolizinehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\indolizineh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@indolizineh[@}{\@indolizineh[aceg]}}%

-\def\@indolizineh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indolizineh' %

-  is based on `nonaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\nonaheteroh[#1]{7a==N}{#2}}%

-\def\indolizinehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@indolizinehi[@}{\@indolizinehi[aceg]}}%

-\def\@indolizinehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indolizinehi' %

- is based on `nonaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterohi[#1]{7a==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\isoindoleh}

-% \begin{macro}{\isoindolehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\isoindoleh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@isoindoleh[@}{\@isoindoleh[cegi]}}%

-\def\@isoindoleh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoindoleh' %

- is based on `nonaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\nonaheteroh[#1]{2==N}{#2}}%

-\def\isoindolehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@isoindolehi[@}{\@isoindolehi[cegi]}}%

-\def\@isoindolehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isoindolehi' %

- is based on `nonaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterohi[#1]{2==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\benzofuraneh}

-% \begin{macro}{\benzofuranehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\benzofuraneh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@benzofuraneh[@}{\@benzofuraneh[rb]}}%

-\def\@benzofuraneh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `benzofuraneh' %

- is based on `nonaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\nonaheteroh[#1]{1==O}{#2}}%

-\def\benzofuranehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@benzofuranehi[@}{\@benzofuranehi[rb]}}%

-\def\@benzofuranehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `benzofuranehi' %

- is based on `nonaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterohi[#1]{1==O}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\isobenzofuraneh}

-% \begin{macro}{\isobenzofuranehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\isobenzofuraneh{\@ifnextchar[{\@isobenzofuraneh[@}%

- {\@isobenzofuraneh[cegi]}}%

-\def\@isobenzofuraneh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isobenzofuraneh' %

- is based on `nonaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\nonaheteroh[#1]{2==O}{#2}}%

-\def\isobenzofuranehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@isobenzofuranehi[@}%

- {\@isobenzofuranehi[cegi]}}%

-\def\@isobenzofuranehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `isobenzofuranehi' %

- is based on `nonaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterohi[#1]{2==O}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\benzoxazoleh}

-% \begin{macro}{\benzoxazolehi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\benzoxazoleh{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@benzoxazoleh[@}{\@benzoxazoleh[rb]}}%

-\def\@benzoxazoleh[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `benzoxazoleh' %

- is based on `nonaheteroh'.}\fi%

-\nonaheteroh[#1]{1==O;3==N}{#2}}%

-\def\benzoxazolehi{%

- \@ifnextchar[{\@benzoxazolehi[@}{\@benzoxazolehi[rb]}}%

-\def\@benzoxazolehi[#1]#2{%

-\iforigpt \typeout{command `benzoxazolehi' %

- is based on `nonaheterohi'.}\fi%

-\nonaheterohi[#1]{1==O;3==N}{#2}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Building blocks}

-% \subsection{Six-membered ring unit}

-%

-% The old function (v1.01) of |\sixunitv| as a fusing ring unit 

-% is succeeded by |\sixfusev| and |\sixfusevi|. 

-% The command |\sixunitv| has been changed into a subsidiary 

-% command of |\sixheterov| (v2.00). 

-%

-% The macro |\sixunith| is a six-membered fragment that can be 

-% fused to another 

-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************

-% * six-membered unit  *

-% *  (horizontal type) *

-% **********************

-%                                   b

-%                                2      3  

-%                            a    -----    c

-%                               *       *

-%   the original point ===> 1 *           * 4

-%          (0,0)                *       *  d

-%                            f    -----

-%                                6      5 

-%                                   e

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\sixunith| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 

-% and |OMIT| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \sixunith[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{OMIT}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to f, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $6$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  fully saturated

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond

-%           f          :  6,1-double bond

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 6)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one bond to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \sixhunitv{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}{e}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\sixunith| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheteroh|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringh|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\sixunith}

-% \begin{macro}{\@sixunith}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\sixunith{\@ifnextchar[{\@sixunith[@}{\@sixunith[@]}}

-\def\@sixunith[#1]#2#3#4{\sixheteroh[#1]{#2}{#3}[#4]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old difinition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\sixunith}

-% % \begin{macro}{\@sixunith}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\sixunith{\@ifnextchar[{\@sixunith}{\@sixunith[r]}}

-% \def\@sixunith[#1]#2#3#4{%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % treatment of atom list %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \iniatom\iniflag%initialize%

-% \@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-% \expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-% \expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-% \ifcase\@tmpa%

-%  \or \xdef\aaa{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\bbb{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\ccc{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\ddd{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\eee{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\fff{\@memberb}%

-% \fi}%

-%  \begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `sixunith' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % outer skeleton %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % changed OMIT into a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita

-% {\resetbdsw%

-% \@tfor\memBer:=#4\do{%

-% \if\memBer a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer e\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer f\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi%

-% }%

-% \if\@aaa a\relax\hskbonda\fi% bond between 1 and 2

-% \if\@bbb b\relax\hskbondb\fi% bond between 2 and 3

-% \if\@ccc c\relax\hskbondc\fi% bond between 3 and 4

-% \if\@ddd d\relax\hskbondd\fi% bond between 4 and 5

-% \if\@eee e\relax\hskbonde\fi% bond between 5 and 6

-% \if\@fff f\relax\hskbondf\fi% bond between 6 and 1

-% }%

-% %\ifx#4a\relax \else%

-% % \hskbonda% bond between 1 and 2

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4f\relax \else%

-% % \hskbondf% bond between 1 and 6

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4c\relax \else%

-% % \hskbondc% bond between 4 and 3

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4d\relax \else%

-% % \hskbondd% bond between 4 and 5

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4b\relax \else%

-% % \hskbondb% bond between 3 and 2

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4e\relax \else%

-% % \hskbonde% bond between 5 and 6

-% %\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % inner double bond %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r\relax%

-% \else \if\member l\relax%

-% \else \if\member a\relax%

-%  \ifx#4a\relax \else%

-%   \hbonda%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member b\relax%

-%  \ifx#4b\relax \else%

-%    \hbondb%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member c\relax%

-%  \ifx#4c\relax \else%

-%    \hbondc%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member d\relax%

-%  \ifx#4d\relax \else%

-%    \hbondd%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member e\relax%

-%  \ifx#4e\relax \else%

-%    \hbonde%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member f\relax%

-%  \ifx#4f\relax \else%

-%    \hbondf%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(203,0){\circle{240}}%                %circle

-% \else \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%

-%       \if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-%         \putratom{272}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-%         \putratom{68}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax

-%         \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-%         \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-%         \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-%         \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-%       \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting hetero atoms %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \ifx\ddd\empty\else%

-%    \@cliptrue%

-%    \putratom{346}{-36}{\ddd}%               % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\aaa\empty\else%

-%      \@acliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{60}{-36}{\aaa}%              % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\bbb\empty\else%

-%      \@bcliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{135}{141}{\bbb}%             % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\ccc\empty\else%

-%      \@ccliptrue%

-%      \putratom{273}{141}{\ccc}%             % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\fff\empty\else%

-%      \@fcliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{135}{-211}{\fff}%            % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\eee\empty\else%

-%      \@ecliptrue%

-%      \putratom{273}{-211}{\eee}%            % right type

-% \fi%

-% \setsixringh{#3}{0}{0}{7}{0}%

-% \end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \sixunith macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \subsection{Five-membered ring unit}

-% \subsubsection{Horizonatl type}

-%

-% The old function (v1.01) of |\fiveunith| as a fusing ring unit 

-% is succeeded by |\fivefuseh|. 

-% The command |\fiveunith| has been changed into a subsidiary 

-% command of |\fiveheteroh| (v2.00). 

-%

-% The macro |\fiveunith| is a five-membered fragment that can be 

-% fused to another 

-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************

-% * five-membered unit *

-% *  (horizontal type) *

-% **********************

-%

-%     3  _____  2

-%       |       *

-%       |         * 1 <===== the original point

-%       |       *

-%     4  -----  5

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveunith| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 

-% and |OMIT| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fiveunith[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{OMIT}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-%           {0+}       :  plus (or others) at the center

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one bond to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fiveunith{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{a}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fiveunith| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheteroh|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringh| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fiveunith}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fiveunith}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fiveunith{\@ifnextchar[{\@fiveunith[@}{\@fiveunith[r]}}

-\def\@fiveunith[#1]#2#3#4{\fiveheteroh[#1]{#2}{#3}[#4]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old definition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\fiveunith}

-% % \begin{macro}{\@fiveunith}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\fiveunith{\@ifnextchar[{\@fiveunith}{\@fiveunith[r]}}

-% \def\@fiveunith[#1]#2#3#4{%

-% \iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % treatment of atom list %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% %\def\aaa{}\def\bbb{}\def\ccc{}\def\ddd{}\def\eee{}\def\fff{}%

-% \@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-% \expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-% \expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-% \ifcase\@tmpa%

-%  \or \xdef\ddd{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\ccc{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\bbb{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\fff{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\eee{\@memberb}%

-% \fi}%

-%  \begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `fiveunith' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % outer skeleton %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % changed OMIT to a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita

-% {\resetbdsw%

-% \@tfor\memBer:=#4\do{%

-% \if\memBer a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer e\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi%

-% %\if\memBer f\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi%

-% }%

-% \if\@aaa a\relax\hskbondc\fi% bond between 1 and 2

-% \if\@bbb b\relax\hskbondb\fi% bond between 2 and 3

-% \if\@ccc c\relax\hskbondvert\fi% bond between 3 and 4

-% \if\@ddd d\relax\hskbonde\fi% bond between 4 and 5

-% \if\@eee e\relax\hskbondd\fi% bond between 5 and 6

-% %\if\@fff f\relax\hskbondf\fi% bond between 6 and 1

-% }%

-% % old

-% %\ifx#4a\relax\else%

-% % \hskbondc%bond between 1 and 2

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4e\relax\else%

-% % \hskbondd%bond between 1 and 5

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4b\relax\else%

-% %  \hskbondb%bond between 2 to 3

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4d\relax\else%

-% % \hskbonde%bond between 5 and 4

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4c\relax\else%

-% % \hskbondvert%bond between 4 and 3

-% %\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % inner double bond %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%

-% \else \if\member a\relax%

-%  \ifx#4a\relax\else%

-%    \hbondc%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member b\relax%

-%  \ifx#4b\relax\else%

-%   \hbondb%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member c\relax%

-%  \ifx#4c\relax\else%

-%    \hbondvert%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member d\relax%

-%  \ifx#4d\relax\else%

-%   \hbonde%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member e\relax%

-%  \ifx#4e\relax\else%

-%   \hbondd%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(233,0){\circle{180}}%               %circle

-% \else \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%

-%       \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-%         \putratom{272}{-18}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-%         \putratom{233}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-%         \putratom{120}{60}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-%         \putratom{233}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-%         \putratom{120}{-110}{\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-%         \putratom{196}{-30}{\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-%       \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting heteroatoms %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \ifx\ddd\empty\else%

-%    \@cliptrue%

-%    \putratom{346}{-36}{\ddd}%              % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\bbb\empty\else%

-%      \@bcliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{135}{141}{\bbb}%            % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\ccc\empty\else%

-%      \@ccliptrue%

-%      \putratom{273}{141}{\ccc}%            % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\fff\empty\else%

-%      \@fcliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{135}{-211}{\fff}%           % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\eee\empty\else%

-%      \@ecliptrue%

-%      \putratom{273}{-211}{\eee}%           % right type

-% \fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting substituents %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \setsixringh{#3}{5}{1}{5}{-1}%   % for 1 to 3

-% \setsixringh{#3}{10}{4}{7}{-1}%  % for 4 to 5

-% \end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%  %end of \fiveunith macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \subsubsection{Inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The old function (v1.01) of |\fiveunithi| as a fusing ring unit 

-% is succeeded by |\fivefusehi|. 

-% The command |\fiveunithi| has been changed into a subsidiary 

-% command of |\fiveheterohi| (v2.00). 

-%

-% The macro |\fiveunithi| typesets a five-membered fragment that can be 

-% fused to another 

-% ring structure to produce a new ring system. The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ************************************

-% * five-membered unit               *

-% *  (horizontal type, inverse type) *

-% ************************************

-%

-%                       2  -----  3

-%                        *       |

-% the original point 1 *         |

-%                        *       |

-%                           _____|

-%                        5        4

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\fiveunithi| has three arguments |ATOMLIST|, |SUBSLIST| 

-% and |OMIT| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \fiveunithi[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}{OMIT}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $5$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 

-%

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  4,3-double bond

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond

-%           e          :  5,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 5)

-%           {0+}       :  plus (or others) at the center

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one bond to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edge is regarded as a fused position. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one bond omitted (a, b, c, d, e, or f)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \fiveunithi{1==N}{1==H;2==F}{a}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\fiveunithi| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheteroh|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringh| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\fiveunithi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@fiveunithi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\fiveunithi{\@ifnextchar[{\@fiveunithi[@}{\@fiveunithi[r]}}

-\def\@fiveunithi[#1]#2#3#4{\fiveheterohi[#1]{#2}{#3}[#4]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% (Old definition)

-% % \begin{macro}{\fiveunithi}

-% % \begin{macro}{\@fiveunithi}

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% \def\fiveunithi{\@ifnextchar[{\@fiveunithi}{\@fiveunithi[r]}}%

-% \def\@fiveunithi[#1]#2#3#4{%

-% \iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % treatment of atom list %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% %\def\aaa{}\def\bbb{}\def\ccc{}\def\ddd{}\def\eee{}\def\fff{}%

-% \@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-% \expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-% \expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-% \ifcase\@tmpa%

-%  \or \xdef\aaa{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\bbb{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\ccc{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\eee{\@memberb}%

-%  \or \xdef\fff{\@memberb}%

-% \fi}%

-%  \begin{picture}(800,880)(-240,-400)%

-%   \iforigpt \put(-\shifti,-\shiftii){\circle*{50}}%

-%            \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 

-%    \typeout{command `fiveunithi' origin: %

-%     (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (\the\shifti,\the\shiftii)}\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % outer skeleton %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % changed OMIT to a list 1993/11/21 by Shinsaku Fujita

-% {\resetbdsw%

-% \@tfor\memBer:=#4\do{%

-% \if\memBer a\relax\gdef\@aaa{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer b\relax\gdef\@bbb{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer c\relax\gdef\@ccc{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer d\relax\gdef\@ddd{}\fi%

-% \if\memBer e\relax\gdef\@eee{}\fi%

-% %\if\memBer f\relax\gdef\@fff{}\fi%

-% }%

-% \if\@aaa a\relax\hskbonda\fi% bond between 1 and 2

-% \if\@bbb b\relax\hskbondb\fi% bond between 2 and 3

-% \if\@ccc c\relax\hskbondverti\fi% bond between 3 and 4

-% \if\@ddd d\relax\hskbonde\fi% bond between 4 and 5

-% \if\@eee e\relax\hskbondf\fi% bond between 5 and 6

-% %\if\@fff f\relax\hskbondf\fi% bond between 6 and 1

-% }%

-% % old

-% %\ifx#4a\relax\else%

-% % \hskbonda%bond between 1 and 2

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4e\relax\else%

-% % \hskbondf%bond between 1 and 5

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4b\relax\else%

-% %  \hskbondb%bond between 2 to 3

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4d\relax\else%

-% % \hskbonde%bond between 5 and 4

-% %\fi%

-% %\ifx#4c\relax\else%

-% % \hskbondverti%bond between 4 and 3

-% %\fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % inner double bond %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-% \if\member r%

-% \else \if\member a\relax%

-%  \ifx#4a\relax\else%

-%    \hbonda%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member b\relax%

-%  \ifx#4b\relax\else%

-%   \hbondb%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member c\relax%

-%  \ifx#4c\relax\else%

-%    \hbondverti%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member d\relax%

-%  \ifx#4d\relax\else%

-%   \hbonde%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member e\relax%

-%  \ifx#4e\relax\else%

-%   \hbondf%

-%  \fi%

-% \else \if\member A%left aromatic circle 

-%   \put(173,0){\circle{180}}%                %circle

-% \else \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%     %plus or minus charges

-%       \if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-%         \putratom{-38}{282}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-%         \putratom{60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-%         \putratom{60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%        % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-%         \putratom{-60}{120}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-%         \putratom{-60}{233}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \else\if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-%         \putratom{140}{-30}{\@@tmpb}%       % right type

-%       \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting heteroatoms %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \ifx\aaa\empty\else%

-%      \@acliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{60}{-36}{\aaa}%              % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\bbb\empty\else%

-%      \@bcliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{135}{141}{\bbb}%             % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\ccc\empty\else%

-%      \@ccliptrue%

-%      \putratom{273}{141}{\ccc}%             % right type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\fff\empty\else%

-%      \@fcliptrue%

-%      \putlatom{135}{-211}{\fff}%            % left type

-% \fi%

-% \ifx\eee\empty\else%

-%      \@ecliptrue%

-%      \putratom{273}{-211}{\eee}%            % right type

-% \fi%

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% %

-% %    \begin{macrocode}

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % % setting substituents %

-% % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \setsixringh{#3}{0}{0}{4}{0}%  % for 1 to 3

-% \setsixringh{#3}{1}{4}{7}{0}%  % for 4 to 5

-% \end{picture}\iniatom\iniflag}%      %end of \fiveunithi macro

-% %    \end{macrocode}

-% % \end{macro}

-% \end{verbatim}

-% 

-% \section{Three-membered heterocycles}

-% \subsection{Horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\threeheteroh| typesets a three-membered ring.  The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% ****************************

-% * thereehetero derivatives *

-% *  (horizontal type)       *

-% ****************************

-

-%   aaa fff

-%    3

-%    | ` c

-%  b |    1 bbb ccc

-%    |  / a

-%    2/

-%    ddd eee

-%

-% --                                    --

-% | cf. threeehetero                      |

-% | fff 3--------2bbb                     |

-% |     `     /                           |

-% |  ddd  `1/ <===== the original point   |

-% |                                       |

-% --                                    -- 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\threeheteroh| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \threeheteroh(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `c' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $3$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=4$ to $6$) represents a plus charge outside the ring. 

-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  saturated 

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)

-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position

-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position

-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position

-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to c; see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \threeheteroh{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \threeheteroh[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \threeheteroh{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\threeheteroh| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the same unit processes as shown in |\sixheterov|: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item treatment of atom list, 

-% \item placing outer skeletons, 

-% \item placing inner double bonds, 

-% \item setting hetero atoms, and 

-% \item placing substituents by using |\setsixringv| partially. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\threeheteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@three@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@three@@heteroh}

-% \begin{macro}{\@threeheteroh}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\threeheteroh{\@ifnextchar({\@three@heteroh(@}{\@three@heteroh(@)}}

-\def\@three@heteroh(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@three@@heteroh(#1)[@}%

-{\@three@@heteroh(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@three@@heteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@threeheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@threeheteroh(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@threeheteroh(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The procedure of adusting substitution positions is based on 

-% a horizontal six-membered ring, in which the positions 

-% 4 (ddd), 6 (fff), 2 (bbb) are used in place of the positions 

-% 1, 2, and 3 of the three-membered ring. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{d}{f}{b}{@}{@}{@}%tentative use for six-h

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#4}{3}{3}{5}{0}%subst 1

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{235}\def\@@yli{-103}\fi

-\else

-\ylpositionh{#4}{-1}{1}{3}{0}%subst 3

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{103}\def\@@yli{-29}\fi

-\else

-\ylpositionh{#4}{4}{5}{7}{0}%subst 2

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{103}\def\@@yli{-171}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(580,700)(-200,-240)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-240){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `threeheteroh' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,240)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The procedures of setting skeletal and inner bonds are based on 

-% a vertical six-membered ring, where the bonds c, e, and a are 

-% used in place of the bonds a, b, and c.  Hence, 

-% (1) the bond a of the latter should be related to |\bbb| and |\ccc| at 

-% the one terminal and to |\eee| and |\ddd| at the other terminal; 

-% (2) the bond b of the latter should be related to |\eee| and |\ddd| at 

-% the one terminal and to |\aaa| and |\fff| at the other terminal; and 

-% (3) the bond c of the latter should be related to |\bbb| and |\ccc| at 

-% the one terminal and to |\aaa| and |\fff| at the other terminal. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % retreatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{c}{e}{a}{@}{@}{@}%

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{b}{d}{f}{@}{@}{@}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\put(0,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{c}}%

-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondc etc

-\put(171,-103){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{e}}%

-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbonde etc

-\put(0,-200){\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{a}}%

-       % bond between 3 and 1 \@ccc -> \skbonda etc

-}%

-%

-% \put(0,0){\skbondc}% bond between 1 and 2

-% \put(0,-200){\skbonda}% bond between 1 and 3

-% \put(171,-103){\skbonde}%bond between 2 and 3

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax\put(0,0){\bondc}%

-\else\if\member b\relax\put(171,-103){\bonde}%

-\else\if\member c\relax\put(0,-200){\bonda}%

-\else\if\member A\relax% aromatic circle 

-  \put(70,103){\circle{100}}%               %circle

-\else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@threeh

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The proceduce of setting hetero atoms on the vertices of 

-% a three-membered ring is based on the macro |\set@hetaromh@sixh|, 

-% where the positions 4, 6, and 2 of a horizontal six-membered ring 

-% are used in place of the positions 1, 2, and 3 of the three-membered ring. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-%\put(-235,103){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{3}{3}{5}{0}%

-\put(-215,103){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{3}{3}{5}{0}%

-\if@clip \global\@cliptrue\fi}%subst 1 <--six h 4

-\put(-103,29){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{-1}{1}{3}{0}%

-\if@bclip \global\@bcliptrue\fi}%subst 3 <--six h 2

-\put(-103,171){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{4}{5}{7}{0}%

-\if@fclip \global\@fcliptrue\fi}%subst 2 <--six h 6

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(-235,103){\setsixringh{#4}{3}{3}{5}{0}}%subst 1

-\put(-103,29){\setsixringh{#4}{-1}{1}{3}{0}}%subst 3

-\put(-103,171){\setsixringh{#4}{4}{5}{7}{0}}%subst 2

-\end{picture}%

-\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \threeheteroh macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@threeh| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\threeheteroh| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@threeh|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@threeh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@threeh}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@threeh{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putratom{35}{85}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putratom{80}{85}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putratom{15}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%     % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putratom{15}{120}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%    % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putratom{180}{130}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putratom{20}{-60}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % right type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putratom{20}{230}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%    % right type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@threeh

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@threeh| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@threeh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@threeh}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@threeh{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{200}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{200}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@threeh

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse horizontal type}

-%

-% The macro |\threeheterohi| typesets a three-membered ring.  The following 

-% numbering is adopted in this macro. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% *******************************

-% * thereehetero derivatives    *

-% *  (vertical horizontal type) *

-% *******************************

-%

-%          aaa bbb

-%     c    3

-%       /  |

-% eee  1   | b

-% fff   a` |

-%          2 <---original point

-%          ccc ddd

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macro |\threeheterohi| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% Two optional arguments |SKBONDLIST| and |OMIT| are added to 

-% treat stereochemical information or other bond situations. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%   \threeheterohi(SKBONDLIST)[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}[OMIT]

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SKBONDLIST| argument contains pairs of two alphabets in 

-% parentheses, e.g. (\{bA\}\{fB\}).  Each pair contains a lowercase 

-% character selected from bond specifiers `a' to `c' and a uppercase

-% character `A' or `B'. 

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one 

-% character selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 

-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$ to $3$) represents a plus charge on a hetero atom 

-% at the $n$-position. 

-% The option `$n+$' ($n=4$ to $6$) represents a plus charge outside the ring. 

-% The option `$0+$' typesets a plus charge at the center of the ring. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           none       :  saturated 

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond

-%           c          :  3,1-double bond

-%           A          :  aromatic circle 

-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)

-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position

-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position

-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position

-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3

-%

-%           n          : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%

-%           nSd        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSA 

-%           nSu        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           with an alternative direction to nSB 

-%           nFA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nFB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for ring fusion 

-%           nGA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (dotted line) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-%           nGB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (boldface) 

-%                           for the other ring fusion 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The argument |OMIT| represents one or more bonds to be omitted. 

-% The omitted edges may be regarded as both fused and non-fused 

-% positions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     OMIT:  one or more bonds omitted (a to c; see BONDLIST)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \threeheterohi{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \threeheterohi[c]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-%        \threeheterohi{1==N}{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{Adding \cs{ylposition}, \cs{if@ylsw},

-% \cs{yl@shifti}, \cs{@ylii}, \cs{yl@shiftii}, \cs{@ylii}, 

-% \cs{yl@xdiff} and \cs{yl@ydiff}}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{Add: spiro and fused rings}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\threeheterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@three@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@three@@heterohi}

-% \begin{macro}{\@threeheterohi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\threeheterohi{\@ifnextchar({\@three@heterohi(@}{\@three@heterohi(@)}}

-\def\@three@heterohi(#1){\@ifnextchar[{\@three@@heterohi(#1)[@}%

-{\@three@@heterohi(#1)[@]}}

-\def\@three@@heterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4{\@ifnextchar[%

-{\@threeheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@}%

-{\@threeheterohi(#1)[#2]{#3}{#4}[@]}}

-\def\@threeheterohi(#1)[#2]#3#4[#5]{%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The procedure of adusting substitution positions is based on 

-% a horizontal six-membered ring, in which the positions 

-% 1 (aaa), 5 (eee), 3 (ccc) are used in place of the positions 

-% 1, 2, and 3 of the three-membered ring. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % treatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{a}{e}{c}{@}{@}{@}%tentative use for six-h

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % adustment of subs positions %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\ylpositionh{#4}{0}{0}{2}{0}%subst 1

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{171}\def\@@yli{-103}\fi

-\else

-\ylpositionh{#4}{0}{2}{4}{0}%subst 3

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{303}\def\@@yli{-29}\fi

-\else

-\ylpositionh{#4}{3}{4}{6}{0}%subst 2

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{303}\def\@@yli{-171}\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(580,700)(-400,-240)%

-  \iforigpt \put(-400,-240){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `threeheterohi' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (400,240)}\fi%

-\fi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The procedures of setting skeletal and inner bonds are based on 

-% a vertical six-membered ring, where the bonds d, b, and f are 

-% used in place of the bonds a, b, and c.  

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % retreatment of atom list %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{e}{c}{a}{@}{@}{@}%

-\test@vertix@sixv{#3}{f}{d}{b}{@}{@}{@}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-{\resetbdsw%

-\@bond@@omit{#5}%

-\put(0,0){\set@skel@bond{#1}{a}{d}}%

-       % bond between 1 and 2 \@aaa -> \skbondd etc

-\put(-171,-103){\set@skel@bond{#1}{b}{b}}%

-       % bond between 2 and 3 \@bbb -> \skbondb etc

-\put(0,-200){\set@skel@bond{#1}{c}{f}}%

-       % bond between 3 and 1 \@ccc -> \skbondf etc

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@tfor\member:=#2\do{%

-\if\member r\relax%

-\else\if\member a\relax\put(0,0){\bondd}%

-\else\if\member b\relax\put(-171,-103){\bondb}%

-\else\if\member c\relax\put(0,-200){\bondf}%

-\else\if\member A\relax% aromatic circle 

-  \put(70,103){\circle{100}}%               %circle

-\else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond attachment %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-   \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusionadd@threehi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% The proceduce of setting hetero atoms on the vertices of 

-% a three-membered ring is based on the macro |\set@hetaromh@sixh|, 

-% where the positions 1, 5, and 3 of a horizontal six-membered ring 

-% are used in place of the positions 1, 2, and 3 of the three-membered ring. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\iniflag

-\put(-171,103){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{0}{2}{0}%

-\if@aclip \global\@acliptrue\fi}%subst 1 <--six h 1

-\put(-303,29){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{0}{2}{4}{0}%

-\if@cclip \global\@ccliptrue\fi}%subst 3 <--six h 3

-\put(-303,171){\set@hetatom@sixh{#3}{3}{4}{6}{0}%

-\if@eclip \global\@ecliptrue\fi}%subst 2 <--six h 5

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\put(-171,103){\setsixringh{#4}{0}{0}{2}{0}}%subst 1

-\put(-303,29){\setsixringh{#4}{0}{2}{4}{0}}%subst 3

-\put(-303,171){\setsixringh{#4}{3}{4}{6}{0}}%subst 2

-\end{picture}%

-\iniatom\iniflag}%     %end of \threeheterohi macro

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@fusionadd@threehi| is an inner command contained 

-% in the definition of |\threeheterohi| etc., where   

-% the macro is used for setting an additive 

-% or a fused ring at each bond (designated by |\@@tmpa|).  The 

-% fused ring is typeset by the inner command |\set@fusion@threehi|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusionadd@threeh}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusionadd@threehi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusionadd@threehi{%

-      \if\@@tmpa 0\relax%

-        \putlatom{-35}{85}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 1\relax%

-        \putlatom{-80}{85}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 2\relax%

-        \putlatom{-15}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%     % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 3\relax%

-        \putlatom{-15}{120}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%    % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 4\relax%

-        \putlatom{-180}{130}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 5\relax%

-        \putlatom{-20}{-60}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%      % left type

-      \else\if\@@tmpa 6\relax%

-        \putlatom{-20}{230}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%    % left type

-      \else

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-        \set@fusion@threehi

-      \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@threehi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@threehi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/5}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@threehi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@threehi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{-200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{200}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{0}{200}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{200}{\@@tmpb}%      % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{-171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@threehi

-%</hetaromh>

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \Finale

-%

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index c3e9cb59d1b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/hetaromh.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{hetaromh.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996,1998,2000 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996 

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-Version 2.00a Released on November 11, 2000

-

-Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{hetaromh.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{hetaromh.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{hetaromh.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{hetaromh.dtx}{hetaromh}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index b64fb464d38..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `locant.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% locant.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Released on August 16, 1996
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: locant.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{locant.dtx}[1996/08/16 v1.01 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{locant.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Setting locant numbers by {\sffamily locant.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Ashigara Research Laboratories,
-Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\
-Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{locant.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `locant.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b9170f7d94..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-%% File: locant.dtx
-%
-%  Copyright 1993,1996 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.
-%  -------------------------------------
-%
-% This file is a successor to:
-%
-% locant.sty
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}
-% \typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}
-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%
-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 
-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.
-%
-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 
-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 
-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 
-% are based on LaTeX commands. 
-%
-% For the review of XyMTeX, see
-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text
-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    
-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 
-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:
-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 
-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  
-%
-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 
-%     directory name; or
-%  (2) if you do make changes, 
-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 
-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 
-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.
-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%
-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:
-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 
-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 
-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%\def\j@urnalname{locant}
-%\def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}
-%\def\versi@nno{ver1.00}
-%\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \fi
-%
-% \CheckSum{88}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \iffalse
-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/06/26}{first edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{locant.dtx}[1996/08/16 v1.01 XyMTeX{} package file]
-% \iffalse
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{locant.dtx}
-%
-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\title{Setting locant numbers by {\sffamily locant.sty} 
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 
-Ashigara Research Laboratories, 
-Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 
-Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan}
-\date{\filedate}
-%
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{locant.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \section{Introduction}\label{locant:intro}
-%
-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}
-%
-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
-% \hline
-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline
-% locant & locant.sty \\
-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\
-% \hline
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \subsection{Version Information}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*locant>
-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.01}
-\typeout{       -- Released August 16, 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\j@urnalname{locant}
-\def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}
-\def\versi@nno{ver1.01}
-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%
-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Macros for designating locant numbers}
-% \subsection{Bond indicators for vertical formulas}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dbloocant}
-% \begin{macro}{\dblocant}
-% The macro |\dbloocant| is used to designate six edges (inner double bonds) 
-% of a six-membered ring.  Any character can be asigned to the respective 
-% bond.  
-% The macro |\dblocant| provides a fixed set of aliphabetical charactors 
-% on the six edges. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bdloocant#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)
-\putratom{90}{360}{#1}%
-\putratom{200}{180}{#2}%
-\putratom{90}{-20}{#3}%
-\putlatom{-90}{360}{#6}%
-\putlatom{-200}{180}{#5}%
-\putlatom{-90}{-20}{#4}%
-\end{picture}}%
-\def\bdlocant{\bdloocant{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}{f}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sxloocant}
-% \begin{macro}{\sxlocant}
-% The macro |\sxloocant| is used to designate six vertices  
-% of a six-membered ring.  Any character can be asigned to the respective 
-% bond.  
-% The macro |\sxlocant| provides a fixed set of arabic numerals 
-% on the six edges. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sxloocant#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\begin{picture}(800,880)(-\shiftii,-\shifti)%
-\putratom{-10}{340}{\scriptsize #1}%
-\putlatom{150}{260}{\scriptsize #2}%
-\putlatom{150}{110}{\scriptsize #3}%
-\putratom{-10}{40}{\scriptsize #4}%
-\putratom{-150}{110}{\scriptsize #5}%
-\putratom{-150}{260}{\scriptsize #6}%
-\end{picture}}%
-\def\sxlocant{\sxloocant{1}{2}{3}{4}{5}{6}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Bond indicators for vertical formulas}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\dbloocanth}
-% \begin{macro}{\dblocanth}
-% The macro |\dbloocanth| is used to designate six edges (inner double bonds) 
-% of a horizontal six-membered ring.  
-% Any character can be asigned to the respective bond.  
-% The macro |\dblocanth| provides a fixed set of aliphabetical charactors 
-% on the six edges. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\bdloocnth#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\begin{picture}(880,800)(-\shifti,-\shiftii)%
-\putlatom{10}{80}{#1}%
-\putratom{180}{210}{#2}%
-\putratom{380}{80}{#3}%
-\putratom{380}{-120}{#4}%
-\putratom{180}{-260}{#5}%
-\putlatom{10}{-120}{#6}%
-\end{picture}}%
-\def\bdlocnth{\bdloocnth{a}{b}{c}{d}{e}{f}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\sxloocanth}
-% \begin{macro}{\sxlocanth}
-% The macro |\sxloocanth| is used to designate six vertices  
-% of a horizontal six-membered ring.  
-% Any character can be asigned to the respective bond.  
-% The macro |\sxlocanth| provides a fixed set of arabic numerals 
-% on the six edges. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\sxloocnth#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\begin{picture}(880,800)(-\shifti,-\shiftii)%
-\putratom{40}{-20}{\scriptsize #1}%
-\putratom{110}{100}{\scriptsize #2}%
-\putlatom{290}{100}{\scriptsize #3}%
-\putlatom{380}{-20}{\scriptsize #4}%
-\putratom{110}{-140}{\scriptsize #6}%
-\putlatom{290}{-140}{\scriptsize #5}%
-\end{picture}}%
-\def\sxlocnth{\sxloocnth{1}{2}{3}{4}{5}{6}}
-%</locant>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \Finale
-%
-\endinput
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 789de1ea609..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/locant.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{locant.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Released on August 16, 1996 

-

-Copyright (C) 1996 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{locant.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{locant.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{locant.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{locant.dtx}{locant}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a3c5f5fa1d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `lowcycle.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% lowcycle.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: lowcycle.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{lowcycle.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{lowcycle.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Lower carbocyclic compounds by {\sffamily lowcycle.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{lowcycle.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `lowcycle.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 11d142a18d1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,854 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-%% File: lowcycle.dtx
-%
-%  Copyright 1993,1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.
-%  -------------------------------------
-%
-% This file is a successor to:
-%
-% lowcycle.sty
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 1.00}
-% \typeout{       -- Released December 1, 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita}
-% Copyright (C) 1993 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%
-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 
-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.
-%
-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 
-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 
-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 
-% are based on LaTeX commands. 
-%
-% For the review of XyMTeX, see
-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text
-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    
-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 
-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:
-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 
-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  
-%
-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 
-%     directory name; or
-%  (2) if you do make changes, 
-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 
-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 
-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.
-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%
-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:
-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 
-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 
-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.
-%
-% New address:
-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 
-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 
-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{lowcycle}
-% \def\versi@ndate{December 01, 1993}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{lowcycle}
-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.01}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{lowcycle}
-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \fi
-%
-% \CheckSum{175}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \iffalse
-% \changes{v1.01}{1996/06/26}{first edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{lowcycle.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-% \iffalse
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{lowcycle.dtx}
-%
-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\title{Lower carbocyclic compounds by {\sffamily lowcycle.sty} 
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-% % (old address)
-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 
-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 
-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-%
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{lowcycle.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \section{Introduction}\label{lowcycle:intro}
-%
-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}
-%
-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
-% \hline
-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline
-% lowcycle & lowcycle.sty \\
-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\
-% \hline
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \subsection{Version Information}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*lowcycle>
-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}
-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\j@urnalname{lowcycle}
-\def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}
-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00}
-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%
-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{List of commands for lowcycle.sty}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **********************************
-% * lowcycle.sty: list of commands * 
-% **********************************
-%
-%     \cyclopentanev                      \@cyclopentanev
-%     \cyclopentanevi                     \@cyclopentanevi
-%     \cyclopentaneh                      \@cyclopentaneh
-%     \cyclopentanehi                     \@cyclopentanehi
-%
-%     \cyclobutane                        \@cyclobutane
-%
-%     \cyclopropane                       \@cyclopropane
-%     \cyclopropanei                      \@cyclopropanei
-%     \cyclopropaneh                      \@cyclopropaneh
-%     \cyclopropanehi                     \@cyclopropanehi
-%
-%     \indanev                            \@indanev
-%     \indanevi                           \@indanevi
-%     \indaneh                            \@indaneh
-%     \indanehi                           \@indanehi
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \section{Input of basic macros}
-%
-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 
-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 
-% files ({\sf lowcycle.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 
-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 
-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} etc. for the present case) in place of the 
-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *************************
-% * input of basic macros *
-% *************************
-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}
-\@ifundefined{threehetero}{\input hetarom.sty\relax}{}
-\@ifundefined{sixheteroh}{\input hetaromh.sty\relax}{}
-\unitlength=0.1pt
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Cyclopentane derivatives}
-% \subsection{Vertical type}
-%
-% The macros |\cyclopentanev| and |\cyclopentanevi| have an 
-% argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% The macro |\cyclopentanev| draws a five-membered ring with a 
-% flat top bond, while the macro |\cyclopentanevi| draws an 
-% inverse ring with a flat bottom bond. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ******************************
-% *  cyclopentane derivatives  *
-% *  (vertical type & inverse) *
-% ******************************
-%
-%   \cyclopentanev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-%   \cyclopentanevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 
-% characters selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. The 
-% option `$n+$' ($n=1$--$5$) is used for designating a plus charge on 
-% the $n$-carbon. 
-% The option `$0+$'is used for designating a plus charge at the center 
-% of the five-membered ring. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 
-%
-%           none       :  mother nucleus (fully saturated form)
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,1-double bond
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-carbon atom (n = 1 to 5)
-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \cyclopentanev{1==H;2==F}
-%        \cyclopentanev[]{1==H;2==F}
-%        \cyclopentanev[H]{1==H;2==F}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopentanev}
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopentanevi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclopentanev{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclopentanev[@}{\@cyclopentanev[]}}
-\def\@cyclopentanev[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclopentanev' %
-                  is based on `fiveheterov'.}\fi%
-\fiveheterov[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclopentanevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclopentanevi[@}{\@cyclopentanevi[]}}
-\def\@cyclopentanevi[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclopentanevi' %
-                   is based on `fiveheterovi'.}\fi%
-\fiveheterovi[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Horizontal type}
-%
-% The macros |\cyclopentaneh| and |\cyclopentanehi| have an 
-% argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% The macro |\cyclopentaneh| draws a five-membered ring with a 
-% vertical left bond, while the macro |\cyclopentanehi| draws an 
-% inverse ring with a vertical right bond. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ********************************
-% *  cyclopentane derivatives    *
-% *  (horizontal type & inverse) *
-% ********************************
-%
-%   \cyclopentaneh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-%   \cyclopentanehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 
-% characters selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. The 
-% option `$n+$' ($n=1$--$5$) is used for designating a plus charge on 
-% the $n$-carbon. 
-% The option `$0+$'is used for designating a plus charge at the center 
-% of the five-membered ring. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%  
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 
-%
-%           none       :  mother nucleus (fully saturated form)
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           d          :  4,5-double bond
-%           e          :  5,1-double bond
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-carbon atom (n = 1 to 5)
-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 5 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \cyclopentaneh{1==H;2==F}
-%        \cyclopentanehi[]{1==H;2==F}
-%        \cyclopentanehi[H]{1==H;2==F}
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopentaneh}
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopentanehi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclopentaneh{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclopentaneh[@}{\@cyclopentaneh[]}}
-\def\@cyclopentaneh[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclophentaneh' %
-                   is based on `fiveheteroh'.}\fi%
-\fiveheteroh[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclopentanehi{%
-  \@ifnextchar[{\@cyclopentanehi[@}{\@cyclopentanehi[]}}
-\def\@cyclopentanehi[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclopentanehi' %
-                   is based on `fiveheterohi'.}\fi%
-\fiveheterohi[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Indan derivatives}
-% \subsection{Vertical type}
-%
-% The macros |\indanev| and |\indanevi| have an 
-% argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% The macro |\indanev| draws a five-membered ring with a 
-% flat top bond, while the macro |\indanevi| draws an 
-% inverse ring with a flat bottom bond. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ***********************************************************
-% * indane derivatives (fused six- and five-membered rings) *
-% *  (vertical type & inverse)                              *
-% ***********************************************************
-%
-%   \indanev[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-%   \indanevi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 
-% characters selected from a to j, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `A' typesets a six-membered ring with an aromatic circle. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$--$7$) is used for designating a plus charge on 
-% the $n$-carbon. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 
-%
-%           none or r  :  aromatic six-membered ring
-%           H or []    :  fully saturated form
-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond
-%           c    :  3,3a-double bond     d    :  4,3a-double bond
-%           e    :  4,5-double bond      f    :  5,6-double bond
-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,7a-double bond
-%           i    :  1,7a-double bond     j    :  3a,4a-double bond
-%           A    :  aromatic circle
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 7)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 7 substitution positions)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 8
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 8 (3a position) and 9 (7a position)
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \indanev{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \indanev[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-%        \indanev[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\indanev}
-% \begin{macro}{\indanevi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\indanev{\@ifnextchar[{\@indanev[@}{\@indanev[rb]}}
-\def\@indanev[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indanev' %
-               is based on `nonaheterov'.}\fi%
-\nonaheterov[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\indanevi{\@ifnextchar[{\@indanevi[@}{\@indanevi[rb]}}
-\def\@indanevi[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indanevi' %
-              is based on `nonaheterovi'.}\fi%
-\nonaheterovi[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Horizontal type}
-%
-% The macros |\indaneh| and |\indanehi| have an 
-% argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% The macro |\indaneh| draws a five-membered ring with a 
-% vertical left bond, while the macro |\indanehi| draws an 
-% inverse ring with a vertical right bond. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ***********************************************************
-% * indane derivatives (fused six- and five-membered rings) *
-% *  (horizontal type & inverse)                            *
-% ***********************************************************
-%
-%   \indaneh[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-%   \indanehi[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 
-% characters selected from a to j, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `A' typesets a six-membered ring with an aromatic circle. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$--$7$) is used for designating a plus charge on 
-% the $n$-carbon. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     BONDLIST:  list of bonds 
-%
-%           none or r  :  aromatic six-membered ring
-%           H or []    :  fully saturated form
-%           a    :  1,2-double bond      b    :  2,3-double bond
-%           c    :  3,3a-double bond     d    :  4,3a-double bond
-%           e    :  4,5-double bond      f    :  5,6-double bond
-%           g    :  6,7-double bond      h    :  7,7a-double bond
-%           i    :  1,7a-double bond     j    :  3a,4a-double bond
-%           A    :  aromatic circle
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 7)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 8
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%
-%       for 8 (3a position) and 9 (7a position)
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \indaneh{1==Cl;2==F}
-%        \indaneh[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-%        \indaneh[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe;5==Cl;6==Cl}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\indaneh}
-% \begin{macro}{\indanehi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\indaneh{\@ifnextchar[{\@indaneh[@}{\@indaneh[rb]}}
-\def\@indaneh[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indaneh' %
-        is based on `nonaheteroh'.}\fi%
-\nonaheteroh[#1]{}{#2}}
-\def\indanehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@indanehi[@}{\@indanehi[rb]}}
-\def\@indanehi[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `indanehi' %
-        is based on `nonaheterohi'.}\fi%
-\nonaheterohi[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \section{Cyclobutane derivatives}
-%
-% The macros |\cyclobutane| has an 
-% argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% This macro is based on the \verb/\fourhetero/ command for drawing 
-% four-membered heterocycles. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ***************************
-% * cyclobutane derivatives *
-% ***************************
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%          c
-%     4  _____  3
-%    d  |     |  b
-%       |     |
-%     1  -----  2<===== the original point
-%          a
-%
-%   \cyclobutane[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 
-% characters selected from a to e, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$--$4$) is used for designating a plus charge on 
-% the $n$-carbon. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%  
-%     BONDLIST: list of inner double bonds 
-%
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  4,3-double bond
-%           e          :  4,1-double bond
-%
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-nitrogen atom (n = 1 to 4)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 5 substitution positions)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \cyclobutane{1==H;2==F}
-%        \cyclobutane[c]{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}
-%        \cyclobutane[eb]{1D==O;4SA==MeO;4SB==OMe}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclobutane}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclobutane{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclobutane[@}{\@cyclobutane[]}}
-\def\@cyclobutane[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclobutane' %
-      is based on `fourhetero'.}\fi%
-\fourhetero[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Cyclopropane derivatives}
-%
-% The macros |\cyclopropane| has an 
-% argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% This macro is based on the \verb/\threehetero/ command for drawing 
-% three-membered heterocycles. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ****************************
-% * cyclopropane derivatives *
-% *  (vertical type)         *
-% ****************************
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%         b
-%     3--------2
-%    c `     / a
-%        `1/ <===== the original point
-%
-%
-%   \cyclopropane[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 
-% characters selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `A' is used for designating an aromatic character with a 
-% circle. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$--$3$) is used for designating a plus charge on 
-% the $n$-carbon, while 
-% the case $n=4$--$6$) indicates a plus charge outside the ring. 
-% The option `0+' draws a plus symbol at the center of the ring. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%  
-%     BONDLIST = 
-%
-%           none       :  saturated 
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  3,1-double bond
-%           A          :  aromatic circle 
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)
-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position
-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position
-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position
-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 3 substitution positions)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \cyclopropane{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopropane}
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopropanev}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclopropane{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclopropane[@}{\@cyclopropane[]}}
-\def\@cyclopropane[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclopropane' %
-      is based on `threehetero'.}\fi%
-\threehetero[#1]{}{#2}}
-\let\cyclopropanev=\cyclopropane
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The macros |\cyclopropanei| has an 
-% argument |SUBSLIST| as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  
-% This macro is based on the \verb/\threehetero/ command for drawing 
-% three-membered heterocycles. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ****************************
-% * cyclopropane derivatives *
-% *  (inverse vertical type) *
-% ****************************
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%        /1` <===== the original point
-%    c /    ` a
-%     3--------2
-%         b
-%
-%   \cyclopropanei[BONDLIST]{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one or more 
-% characters selected from a to c, each of which indicates the presence of 
-% an inner (endcyclic) double bond on the corresponding position. 
-% The option `A' is used for designating an aromatic character with a 
-% circle. 
-% The option `$n+$' ($n=1$--$3$) is used for designating a plus charge on 
-% the $n$-carbon, while 
-% the case $n=4$--$6$) indicates a plus charge outside the ring. 
-% The option `0+' draws a plus symbol at the center of the ring. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%  
-%     BONDLIST = 
-%
-%           none       :  saturated 
-%           a          :  1,2-double bond
-%           b          :  2,3-double bond
-%           c          :  3,1-double bond
-%           A          :  aromatic circle 
-%           {n+}       :  plus at the n-hetero atom (n = 1 to 3)
-%                      :  n=4 -- outer plus at 1 position
-%                      :  n=5 -- outer plus at 2 position
-%                      :  n=6 -- outer plus at 3 position
-%           {0+}       :  plus at the center of a cyclopropane ring
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 
-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 
-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 
-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents (max 3 substitution positions)
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 3 
-%
-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom
-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)
-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)
-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% Several examples are shown as follows.
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%
-%       e.g. 
-%        
-%        \cyclopropanei{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%   \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/20}{Newly added command}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopropanei}
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopropenevi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclopropanei{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclopropanei[@}{\@cyclopropanei[]}}
-\def\@cyclopropanei[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclopropanei' %
-      is based on `threeheteroi'.}\fi%
-\threeheteroi[#1]{}{#2}}
-\let\cyclopropanevi=\cyclopropanei
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopropaneh}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclopropaneh{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclopropaneh[@}{\@cyclopropaneh[]}}
-\def\@cyclopropaneh[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclopropaneh' %
-      is based on `threeheteroh'.}\fi%
-\threeheteroh[#1]{}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\cyclopropanehi}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\cyclopropanehi{\@ifnextchar[{\@cyclopropanehi[@}{\@cyclopropanehi[]}}
-\def\@cyclopropanehi[#1]#2{%
-\iforigpt \typeout{command `cyclopropanehi' %
-      is based on `threeheterohi'.}\fi%
-\threeheterohi[#1]{}{#2}}
-%</lowcycle>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \Finale
-%
-\endinput
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index eb4ac5abb4c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/lowcycle.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{lowcycle.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996 

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-

-Copyright (C) 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{lowcycle.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{lowcycle.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{lowcycle.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{lowcycle.dtx}{lowcycle}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 036f42c10d7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `methylen.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% methylen.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: methylen.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{methylen.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{methylen.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Methylene Chains by {\sffamily methylen.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{methylen.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `methylen.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c10c684766..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5689 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment

-%% File: methylen.dtx

-%

-%  Copyright 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-%

-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.

-%  -------------------------------------

-%

-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 

-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.

-%

-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 

-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 

-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 

-% are based on LaTeX commands. 

-%

-% For the review of XyMTeX, see

-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text

-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    

-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 

-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:

-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 

-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  

-%

-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-%     directory name; or

-%  (2) if you do make changes, 

-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.

-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-%

-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:

-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 

-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 

-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% \def\j@urnalname{methylen}

-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}

-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}

-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-%

-% \fi

-%

-% \CheckSum{7043}

-%% \CharacterTable

-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z

-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z

-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9

-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#

-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&

-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)

-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,

-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/

-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<

-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?

-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\

-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_

-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|

-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}

-%

-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}

-%

-% \StopEventually{}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \iffalse

-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{first edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-%

-% \iffalse

-%<*driver>

-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}

-% \fi

-\ProvidesFile{methylen.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]

-% \iffalse

-\documentclass{ltxdoc}

-\GetFileInfo{methylen.dtx}

-%

-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%

-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}

-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%

-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}

-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\title{Methylene Chains by {\sffamily methylen.sty} 

-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}

-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 

-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\

-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\

-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan

-}

-\date{\filedate}

-%

-\begin{document}

-   \maketitle

-   \DocInput{methylen.dtx}

-\end{document}

-%</driver>

-% \fi

-%

-% \section{Introduction}\label{methylen:intro}

-%

-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}

-%

-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}

-% \begin{center}

-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}

-% \hline

-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline

-% methylen & methylen.sty \\

-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\

-% \hline

-% \end{tabular}

-% \end{center}

-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}

-%

-% \subsection{Version Information}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-%<*methylen>

-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}

-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\def\j@urnalname{methylen}

-\def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}

-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00}

-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%

-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{List of commands for methylen.sty}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% **********************************

-% * methylen.sty: list of commands * 

-% **********************************

-%

-%  <Switches for drawing substituents and bonds>

-%

-%    \if@adoublebond     \if@bdoublebond

-%    \if@Adoublebond     \if@adoublebond}

-%    \reset@double

-%    \if@linterchainsw   \if@rinterchainsw}

-%    \reset@interchainsw

-%

-%  <Command for drawing substituents and bonds>

-%

-%   \@methsubsta      \@methsubstd   \@methsubstdL

-%   \SKbondA          \SKbondB

-%   \bondA            \bondAA

-%   \bondB            \bondBB

-%

-%  <Basic commands for typesetting aliphatic chains>

-%

-%    \@@trimethylene 

-%    \@@dimethylene 

-%

-%  <Commands for adjusting substitution sites>

-%

-%    \yltrimethyleneposition

-%    \yldimethyleneposition

-%

-%   <Commands for drawing aliphatic chains>

-%   

-%    \trimethylene 

-%    \dimethylene 

-%    \tetramethylene 

-%    \pentamethylene 

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \section{Input of basic macros}

-%

-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 

-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 

-% files ({\sf polymers.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 

-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 

-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} etc. for the present case) in place of the 

-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-% *************************

-% * input of basic macros *

-% *************************

-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}

-\@ifundefined{Westbond}{\input aliphat.sty\relax}{}

-\@ifundefined{bzdrv}{\input carom.sty\relax}{}

-\@ifundefined{hbonde}{\input hetaromh.sty\relax}{}

-\unitlength=0.1pt

-%    \end{macrocode}

-%

-% \section{Setting Substituents}

-% 

-% Substitutions on each methylene of a polymethylene chain 

-% is typeset by macros |\@methsubsta| etc. 

-% The macro |\@methsubsta| is used to place substituents on an 

-% upper-side methylene. A new bond modifier ``W'' is added to 

-% typeset a terminal substituent. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@methsubsta}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@wrongbdWa \@wrongbdWafalse

-\newif\if@wrongbdWd \@wrongbdWdfalse

-\newif\if@wrongbdWaL \@wrongbdWaLfalse

-\newif\if@wrongbdWdL \@wrongbdWdLfalse

-\def\@methsubsta{%

-\if@aclip% %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-18,436){\line(-3,5){60}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(18,436){\line(3,5){60}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(18,436)(72,526)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(-18,436){\line(-3,5){60}}%    % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(18,436){\line(3,5){60}}%      % single bond at 1

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(-12,436){\line(0,1){110}}%    % double bond at 1

-           \put(12,436){\line(0,1){110}}%     % double bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,436)(0,546)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb W%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-      \if@wrongbdWa

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Wrong Bond-Modifier (W)}%

-      \fi

-           \putratom{150}{276}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(40,382){\line(5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% % no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(72,526)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 1

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(-12,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % double bond at 1

-           \put(12,406){\line(0,1){140}}%     % double bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(0,546)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb W%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-      \if@wrongbdWa

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Wrong Bond-Modifier (W)}%

-      \fi

-           \putratom{130}{276}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){120}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\@methsubstd| is used to place substituents on a 

-% down-side methylene. A new bond modifier ``W'' is added to 

-% typeset a terminal substituent. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@methsubstd}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@methsubstd{%

-\if@clip %clipping

-    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-            \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-18,-30){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(18,-30){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(18,-30)(72,-120)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-18,-30){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(18,-30){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 4

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(-12,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%   % double bond at 4

-           \put(12,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % double bond at 4

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 4

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,-30)(0,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb W%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putlratom{150}{54}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(40,24){\line(5,3){100}}%    % single bond at 4

-      \if@wrongbdWd

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Wrong Bond-Modifier (W)}%

-      \fi

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \else% no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-            \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(72,-120)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 4

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(-12,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % double bond at 4

-           \put(12,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % double bond at 4

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 4

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(0,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb W%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=-10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putlratom{150}{54}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(0,0){\line(5,3){140}}%    % single bond at 4

-      \if@wrongbdWd

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Wrong Bond-Modifier (W)}%

-      \fi

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\@methsubstdL| is used to place substituents on a 

-% left-teminal down-side methylene. A new bond modifier ``W'' is 

-% added to typeset a terminal substituent. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@methsubstdL}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@methsubstdL{%

-\if@clip %clipping

-    \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-            \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-18,-30){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(18,-30){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(18,-30)(72,-120)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-18,-30){\line(-3,-5){60}}%   % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=100\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(18,-30){\line(3,-5){60}}%     % single bond at 4

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(-12,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%   % double bond at 4

-           \put(12,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % double bond at 4

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%    % single bond at 4

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,-30)(0,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb W%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putlatom{-150}{54}{\@memberb}%  % lefttype

-           \put(-40,24){\line(-5,3){100}}%    % single bond at 4

-      \if@wrongbdWdL

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Wrong Bond-Modifier (W)}%

-      \fi

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(0,-30){\line(0,-1){110}}%     % single bond at 4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \else% no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-            \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 4

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(72,-120)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{-230}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(0,0){\line(-3,-5){72}}%       % single bond at 4

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=110\relax

-           \putratom{41}{-230}{\@memberb}%    % right type

-           \put(0,0){\line(3,-5){72}}%        % single bond at 4

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(-12,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%     % double bond at 4

-           \put(12,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % double bond at 4

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 4

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%      % single bond at 4

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,0)(0,-140)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb W%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=30\relax

-           \putlatom{-150}{54}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-           \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){140}}%    % single bond at 4

-      \if@wrongbdWdL

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Wrong Bond-Modifier (W)}%

-      \fi

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=90\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{-230}{\@memberb}%  % left or right type

-           \put(0,0){\line(0,-1){140}}%       % single bond at 4

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\@methsubstaL| is used to place substituents on a 

-% left-teminal upper-side methylene. A new bond modifier ``W'' is 

-% added to typeset a terminal substituent. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@methsubstaL}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@methsubstaL{%

-\if@aclip% %clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(-18,436){\line(-3,5){60}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(18,436){\line(3,5){60}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(18,436)(72,526)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-36\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(-18,436){\line(-3,5){60}}%    % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=37\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-27\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(18,436){\line(3,5){60}}%      % single bond at 1

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(-12,436){\line(0,1){110}}%    % double bond at 1

-           \put(12,436){\line(0,1){110}}%     % double bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,436)(0,546)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb W%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=46\relax

-           \putlatom{-150}{276}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(-40,382){\line(-5,-3){100}}%      % single bond at 1

-      \if@wrongbdWaL

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Wrong Bond-Modifier (W)}%

-      \fi

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(0,436){\line(0,1){110}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-\else% % no clipping

-   \if\@tmpb S%single bond

-    \ifx\@tmpc\empty%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-    \else\if\@tmpc B%(B) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-    \else\if\@tmpc A%(A) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-       \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-           \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(72,526)}}%

-    \else\if\@tmpc b%(b) beta

-      \yl@xdiff=-30\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putlatom{-42}{563}{\@memberb}%    % left type

-           \put(0,406){\line(-3,5){72}}%      % single bond at 1

-    \else\if\@tmpc a%(a) alpha

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-37\relax

-           \putratom{41}{563}{\@memberb}%     % right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(3,5){72}}%       % single bond at 1

-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

-   \else\if\@tmpb D%double bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(-12,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % double bond at 1

-           \put(12,406){\line(0,1){140}}%     % double bond at 1

-   \else\if\@tmpb B%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           {%

-           \thicklines%

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-           }%

-   \else\if\@tmpb A%alpha single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \@ifundefined{dottedline}{%

-             \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%    % single bond at 1

-           }{{\thicklines%

-              \dottedline{20}(0,406)(0,546)}}%

-   \else\if\@tmpb W%beta single bond

-      \yl@xdiff=10\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=58\relax

-           \putlatom{-130}{276}{\@memberb}%   % left type

-           \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){120}}%      % single bond at 1

-      \if@wrongbdWaL

-        \XyMTeXWarning{Wrong Bond-Modifier (W)}%

-      \fi

-   \else%

-      \yl@xdiff=31\relax

-      \yl@ydiff=-17\relax

-           \putlratom{-31}{563}{\@memberb}%   % left or right type

-           \put(0,406){\line(0,1){140}}%      % single bond at 1

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi%

- \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Setting Bonds}

-% \subsection{Outer Skeletal Bonds}

-%

-% The macros |\SKbondB| and |\SKbondA| are used to typeset 

-% outer skeletal bonds of a methylene chain (|\..methylene|)

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\SKbondB}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\SKbondB{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){171}}%        %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(0,406){\line(5,-3){136}}%        %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(35,385){\line(5,-3){136}}%       %bond 1-2

-    \else%

-     \put(35,385){\line(5,-3){100}}%       %bond 1-2

-    \fi%

-   \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\SKbondA}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\SKbondA{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \ifx\aaa\empty%

-     \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){171}}%       %bond 1-6

-    \else%

-     \put(0,406){\line(-5,-3){136}}%       %bond 1-6

-    \fi%

-   \else%

-    \ifx\aaa\empty%

-     \put(-35,385){\line(-5,-3){136}}%     %bond 1-6

-    \else%

-     \put(-35,385){\line(-5,-3){100}}%     %bond 1-6

-    \fi%

-   \fi}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macros |\SKbondBi| and |\SKbondAi| are used to typeset 

-% outer skeletal bonds of a methylene chain (inverse type |\..methylenei|).

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\SKbondBi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\SKbondBi{%

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(5,3){171}}%           %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(5,3){136}}%           %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\ccc\empty%

-     \put(35,21){\line(5,3){138}}%         %bond 4-3

-    \else%

-     \put(35,21){\line(5,3){100}}%         %bond 4-3

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\SKbondAi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\SKbondAi{%

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-    \ifx\aaa\empty%

-     \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){171}}%          %bond 4-5

-    \else%

-     \put(0,0){\line(-5,3){136}}%          %bond 4-5

-    \fi%

-  \else%

-    \ifx\aaa\empty%

-     \put(-35,21){\line(-5,3){138}}%       %bond 4-5

-    \else%

-     \put(-35,21){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %bond 4-5

-    \fi%

-  \fi\end{picture}}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inner Double Bonds}

-% 

-% The macros |\bondB| is used to place a line of 

-% a double bond in the (5,-3) direction at the lower side 

-% of an outer skeletal bond. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondB}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\bondB{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){126}}%         %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(6,364){\line(5,-3){100}}%         %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(35,340){\line(5,-3){100}}%        %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(35,352){\line(5,-3){100}}%        %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

- }%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macros |\bondBB| is used to place a line of 

-% a double bond in the (5,-3) direction at the upper side 

-% of an outer skeletal bond. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondBB}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\bondBB{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(42,420){\line(5,-3){126}}%         %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(42,420){\line(5,-3){100}}%         %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(52,412){\line(5,-3){110}}%        %double bond 1-2

-   \else%

-    \put(52,412){\line(5,-3){100}}%        %double bond 1-2

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

- }%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macros |\bondA| is used to place a line of 

-% a double bond in the (-5,-3) direction at the lower 

-% side of an outer skeletal bond. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondA}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\bondA{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \else%

-    \put(-6,364){\line(-5,-3){100}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \put(-35,340){\line(-5,-3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-   \else%

-    \put(-35,352){\line(-5,-3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%                                     % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macros |\bondAA| is used to place a line of 

-% a double bond in the (-5,-3) direction at the upper side 

-% of an outer skeletal bond. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondAA}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\bondAA{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \put(-42,420){\line(-5,-3){126}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \else%

-    \put(-42,420){\line(-5,-3){100}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \put(-52,412){\line(-5,-3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-   \else%

-    \put(-52,412){\line(-5,-3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%                                     % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The bond-setting commands with sufix ``i'' are used in the definitions 

-% of commands such as |\...methylenei|. 

-%

-% The macros |\bondBi| is used to place a line of 

-% a double bond in the (5,3) direction at the upper side 

-% of an outer skeletal bond. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondBi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

- \def\bondBi{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}           %double bond 4-3

-   \else% 

-    \put(6,42){\line(5,3){100}}           %double bond 4-3

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-    \put(35,66){\line(5,3){100}}%          %double bond 4-3

-   \else% 

-    \put(35,60){\line(5,3){100}}%          %double bond 4-3

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macros |\bondBBi| is used to place a line of 

-% a double bond in the (5,3) direction at the lower 

-% side of an outer skeletal bond. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondBBi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

- \def\bondBBi{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-%    \put(6,42){\line(5,3){126}}           %double bond 4-3

-    \put(42,-14){\line(5,3){126}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \else% 

-%    \put(6,42){\line(5,3){100}}           %double bond 4-3

-%    \put(42,-14){\line(5,3){100}}%        %double bond 1-6

-    \put(30,-14){\line(5,3){100}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\ccc\empty%

-%    \put(35,66){\line(5,3){100}}%          %double bond 4-3

-%    \put(52,6){\line(5,3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-    \put(52,0){\line(5,3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-   \else% 

-%    \put(35,60){\line(5,3){100}}%          %double bond 4-3

-    \put(52,0){\line(5,3){100}}%        %double bond 4-5

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

-}%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macros |\bondAi| is used to place a line of 

-% a double bond in the (-5,3) direction at the upper 

-% side of an outer skeletal bond. 

-

-% \begin{macro}{\bondAi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

- \def\bondAi{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%         %double bond 4-5

-   \else% 

-    \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){100}}%         %double bond 4-5

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\aaa\empty%

-    \put(-35,66){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %double bond 4-5

-   \else% 

-    \put(-35,60){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %double bond 4-5

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

- }%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macros |\bondAAi| is used to place a line of 

-% a double bond in the (-5,3) direction at the lower

-% side of an outer skeletal bond. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\bondAAi}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

- \def\bondAAi{%

-  \ifx\bbb\empty%

-   \ifx\aaa\empty%

-%    \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){126}}%         %double bond 4-5

-    \put(-42,-14){\line(-5,3){126}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \else% 

-%    \put(-6,42){\line(-5,3){100}}%         %double bond 4-5

-    \put(-42,-14){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %double bond 1-6

-   \fi%

-  \else%

-   \ifx\aaa\empty%

-%    \put(-35,66){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %double bond 4-5

-    \put(-52,6){\line(-5,3){100}}%       %double bond 1-6

-   \else% 

-%    \put(-35,60){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %double bond 4-5

-    \put(-52,0){\line(-5,3){100}}%        %double bond 4-5

-   \fi%                                    % line <1OO not available

-  \fi%

- }%

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Switches}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@adoublebond}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@bdoublebond}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@Adoublebond}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@adoublebond}

-% \begin{macro}{\reset@double}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@adoublebond \@adoublebondfalse

-\newif\if@bdoublebond \@bdoublebondfalse

-\newif\if@Adoublebond \@Adoublebondfalse

-\newif\if@Bdoublebond \@Bdoublebondfalse

-\def\reset@double{%

-\@adoublebondfalse\@bdoublebondfalse

-\@Adoublebondfalse\@Bdoublebondfalse}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@linterchainsw}

-% \begin{macro}{\if@rinterchainsw}

-% \begin{macro}{\reset@interchainsw}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@linterchainsw \@linterchainswfalse

-\newif\if@rinterchainsw \@rinterchainswfalse

-\def\reset@interchainsw{\@linterchainswfalse\@rinterchainswfalse}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Trimethylene}

-% \subsection{Normal direction}

-%

-% A trimethylene (or propane) and its hetera analogs can be typeset 

-% by the command |\trimethylene|, which is mainly based on 

-% two inner commands: |\yltrimethyleneposition| for adjusting a 

-% substitution site and |\@@trimethylene| for 

-% placing hetero atoms, double bonds, and substituents.

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@@trimethylene}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \@@trimethylene{ATOMLIST}{BONDLIST}{TERMswitch}{Adjust}

-%

-%    <TERMswitch>

-%      0:  all positions 

-%      1:  positions bbb and ccc 

-%      2:  positions aaa and bbb 

-%

-%       bbb

-%        2

-%     a /  `  b

-%     1      3

-%    aaa     ccc

-%

-%    <Adjust>

-%      a positive or negative integer to adjust locant numbers

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@@trimethylene#1#2#3#4{%

-\leavevmode

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vrtx@trimethy{#1}{#4}%

-%\test@vertix@sixv{#1}{a}{b}{c}{@}{@}{@}%

-\begin{picture}(450,480)(0,0)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-  \put(171,-303){\SKbondB}% bond between 1 and 2

-  \put(171,-303){\SKbondA}% bond between 1 and 6

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@adoublebond\relax\put(171,-303){\bondA}\fi

-\if@bdoublebond\relax\put(171,-303){\bondB}\fi

-\if@Adoublebond\relax\put(171,-303){\bondAA}\fi

-\if@Bdoublebond\relax\put(171,-303){\bondBB}\fi

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\test@termcnt=#3\relax

-%\set@hetatom@methyl{#1}{0}{0}{4}{0}%

-\set@hetatom@methyl{#1}{#4}{0}{4}{0}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-   {\if@aclip \@cliptrue \else \@clipfalse\fi

-   \put(0,0){\@methsubstdL}}%

-  \or\relax

-  \or

-   {\if@aclip \@cliptrue \else \@clipfalse\fi

-   \put(0,0){\@methsubstdL}}%

- \fi

-\or

-{\if@bclip \@acliptrue \else \@aclipfalse\fi

-  \put(171,-303){\@methsubsta}}

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-  {\if@cclip \@cliptrue\else \@clipfalse\fi

-  \put(342,0){\@methsubstd}}%

- \or

-  {\if@cclip \@cliptrue\else \@clipfalse\fi

-  \put(342,0){\@methsubstd}}%

- \or\relax

- \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi

-}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \@@trimethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vrtx@trimethy}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{test@vrtx@trimethy}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vrtx@trimethy#1#2{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax \xdef\aaa{}\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\aaa{@}\else\xdef\aaa{@}\fi\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax \xdef\bbb{}\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\bbb{@}\else\xdef\bbb{@}\fi\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax \xdef\ccc{}\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\ccc{@}\else\xdef\ccc{@}\fi\fi

-\fi\fi}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\yltrimethyleneposition| is used to adjust 

-% substitution sites for the command |\@@trimethylene|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\yltrimethyleneposition}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \yltrimethylene{ATOMLIST}{BONDLIST}{TERMswitch}{Adjust}

-%

-%    <TERMswitch>

-%      0:  all positions 

-%      1:  positions bbb and ccc 

-%      2:  positions aaa and bbb 

-%

-%       bbb

-%        2

-%     a /  `  b

-%     1      3

-%    aaa     ccc

-%

-%    <Adjust>

-%      a positive or negative integer to adjust locant numbers

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}%

-\def\yltrimethyleneposition#1#2#3#4{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

- \or \def\aaa{@}%\def\aaa{\@memberb}%

- \or \def\bbb{@}%\def\bbb{\@memberb}%

- \or \def\ccc{@}%\def\ccc{\@memberb}%

-\fi\fi}%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-   \ifx\aaa\empty

-    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-   \else

-    \if@linterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \else% terminal position

-     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

-   \fi

-  \or\relax

-  \or

-   \ifx\aaa\empty

-    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-   \else

-    \if@linterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \else% terminal position

-     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

-   \fi

- \fi

-\or

-   \ifx\bbb\empty

-    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-   \else

-    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-   \fi

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-   \ifx\ccc\empty

-    \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-   \else

-    \if@rinterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \else

-     \gdef\@ylii{-382}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \fi

-   \fi

- \or

-   \ifx\ccc\empty

-    \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-   \else

-    \if@rinterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \else

-     \gdef\@ylii{-382}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \fi

-   \fi

- \or\relax

- \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi}}% end of \yltrimethyleneposition

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The counter |\test@termcnt|, which is equal to 

-% the argument \#3 of command |\@@trimethylene|, 

-% is used for testing a terminal point. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@termcnt}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{test@termcnt}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newcount\test@termcnt

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\set@hetatom@methyl| is used to set a hetero atom 

-% at each vertex in the command |\@@trimethylene|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@hetatom@methyl}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/20}{New command: \cs{set@hetatom@methyl}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@hetatom@methyl#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-%\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R\@membera//%

-\ifnum#5 < 0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax \fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

-\or%position 1 <--- position 6 of set@hetatom@sixv

- \ifnum\test@termcnt=1\else%not terminal point (left)

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax%

-     \@acliptrue%

-     \putlatom{0}{30}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax%

-     \@aclipfalse%

-%     \putlatom{-4}{0}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-     \putlatom{0}{0}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@acliptrue%

-     \putlatom{36}{-23}{\@memberb}% % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-  \fi

-\or%position 2 <--- position 1 of set@hetatom@sixv

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax%

-     \@bcliptrue%

-     \putratom{171}{53}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax%

-     \@bclipfalse%

-     \putratom{171}{103}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@bcliptrue%

-%     \putratom{140}{53}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-     \putratom{140}{65}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 3 <--- position 2 of set@hetatom@sixv

- \ifnum\test@termcnt=2\else%not terminal point (right)

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@ccliptrue%

-%     \putratom{320}{30}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-     \putratom{330}{30}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@cclipfalse%

-     \putratom{346}{0}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@ccliptrue%

-     \putratom{306}{-23}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-  \fi

-\fi% end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}% end of the macro \set@hetatom@methyl

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\trimethylene| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\trimethylene}

-% \begin{macro}{\@trimethylene}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       bbb

-%        2

-%     a /  ` b  (or uppercase letters)

-%      /    `

-%     1      3

-%    aaa    ccc

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \trimethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character a, A, b, or B

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at a lower-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at a upper-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 3)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \trimethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \trimethylene[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\trimethylene| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item adjusting substitution site by 

-%       |\yltrimethyleneposition|

-% \item treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents by |\@@trimethylene|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\trimethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@trimethylene[@}{\@trimethylene[]}}

-\def\@trimethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\reset@interchainsw%

-\yltrimethyleneposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(450,480)(-50,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-50,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `trimethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (50,180)}\fi%

-\fi

-\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@trimeth

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-   \put(0,0){\@@trimethylene{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \trimethylene \@trimethylene 

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@trimeth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@trimeth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@trimeth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@trimeth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@trimeth

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse direction}

-%

-% A trimethylene (or propane) and its hetera analogs can be typeset 

-% by the command |\trimethylenei|, which is mainly based on 

-% two inner commands: |\yltrimethyleneiposition| for adjusting a 

-% substitution site and |\@@trimethylenei| for 

-% placing hetero atoms, double bonds, and substituents.

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@@trimethylenei}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \@@trimethylenei{ATOMLIST}{BONDLIST}{TERMswitch}{Adjust}

-%

-%    <TERMswitch>

-%      0:  all positions 

-%      1:  positions bbb and ccc 

-%      2:  positions aaa and bbb 

-%

-%    aaa      ccc

-%     1       3

-%     a `    / b

-%        `  / 

-%        2

-%       bbb

-%

-%    <Adjust>

-%      a positive or negative integer to adjust locant numbers

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@@trimethylenei#1#2#3#4{%

-\leavevmode

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vrtx@trimethy{#1}{#4}%

-%\test@vertix@sixv{#1}{a}{b}{c}{@}{@}{@}%

-\begin{picture}(450,480)(0,0)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-  \put(171,0){\SKbondAi}% bond between 1 and 2

-  \put(171,0){\SKbondBi}% bond between 2 and 3

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@adoublebond\relax\put(171,0){\bondAi}\fi

-\if@bdoublebond\relax\put(171,0){\bondBi}\fi

-\if@Adoublebond\relax\put(171,0){\bondAAi}\fi

-\if@Bdoublebond\relax\put(171,0){\bondBBi}\fi

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\test@termcnt=#3\relax

-%\set@hetatom@methyli{#1}{0}{0}{4}{0}%

-\set@hetatom@methyli{#1}{#4}{0}{4}{0}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-   \put(0,-303){\@methsubstaL}%

-  \or\relax

-  \or

-   \put(0,-303){\@methsubstaL}%

- \fi

-\or

-{\if@bclip \@cliptrue \else \@clipfalse\fi

-  \put(171,0){\@methsubstd}}%

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-  {\if@cclip \@acliptrue\else \@aclipfalse\fi

-  \put(342,-303){\@methsubsta}}%

- \or

-  {\if@cclip \@acliptrue\else \@aclipfalse\fi

-  \put(342,-303){\@methsubsta}}%

- \or\relax

- \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi

-}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \@@trimethylenei

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\yltrimethyleneiposition| is used to adjust 

-% substitution sites. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\yltrimethyleneiposition}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \yltrimethylenei{ATOMLIST}{BONDLIST}{TERMswitch}{Adjust}

-%

-%    <TERMswitch>

-%      0:  all positions 

-%      1:  positions bbb and ccc 

-%      2:  positions aaa and bbb 

-%

-%    aaa      ccc

-%     1       3

-%     a `    / b

-%        `  / 

-%        2

-%       bbb

-%

-%    <Adjust>

-%      a positive or negative integer to adjust locant numbers

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}%

-\def\yltrimethyleneiposition#1#2#3#4{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-%\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\expandafter\twoCH@R\@membera//%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

- \or \def\aaa{@}%\def\aaa{\@memberb}%

- \or \def\bbb{@}%\def\bbb{\@memberb}%

- \or \def\ccc{@}%\def\ccc{\@memberb}%

-\fi%

-\fi}%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-\or%%%%%%position 1

- \ifcase#3

-   \ifx\aaa\empty

-%%    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-   \else

-    \if@linterchainsw%interchain position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \else% terminal position

-%%     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

-   \fi

-  \or\relax

-  \or

-   \ifx\aaa\empty

-%%    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-   \else

-    \if@linterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-%     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \else% terminal position

-%%     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

-   \fi

- \fi

-\or%%%%%%%%position 2

-   \ifx\bbb\empty

-%%    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-   \else

-%%    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{50}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-   \fi

-\or%%%%%%%%position 3

- \ifcase#3

-   \ifx\ccc\empty

-%%    \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-   \else

-    \if@rinterchainsw%interchain position

-%%     \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-     \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \else

-%%     \gdef\@ylii{-382}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-     \gdef\@ylii{-382}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \fi

-   \fi

- \or

-   \ifx\ccc\empty

-%    \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-   \else

-    \if@rinterchainsw%interchain position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-     \gdef\@ylii{-342}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \else

-%     \gdef\@ylii{-382}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-     \gdef\@ylii{-382}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 3

-    \fi

-   \fi

- \or\relax

- \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi}}% end of \yltrimethyleneiposition

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\set@hetatom@methyli| is used to set a hetero atom 

-% at each vertex in the command |\@@trimethylenei|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@hetatom@methyli}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/20}{New command: \cs{set@hetatom@methyli}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@hetatom@methyli#1#2#3#4#5{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifnum#5 < 0\relax%

-\@tmpaa=-\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax%

-\else\@tmpaa=\@tmpa\relax \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax \fi

-\ifnum\@tmpaa >#3\relax%

-\ifnum\@tmpaa <#4\relax%

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

-\or%position 1 <-- \set@hetatom@sixv position 5

- \ifnum\test@termcnt=1\else%not terminal point (left)

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@acliptrue%

-     \putlatom{0}{70}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@aclipfalse%

-     \putlatom{0}{103}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@acliptrue%

-     \putlatom{36}{65}{\@memberb}%  % left type

-   \fi\fi\fi

- \fi

-\or%position 2 <-- \set@hetatom@sixv position 4

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@bcliptrue%

-     \putratom{171}{50}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@bclipfalse%

-     \putratom{171}{0}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@bcliptrue%

-%     \putratom{140}{-10}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-     \putratom{140}{-23}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-\or%position 3 <-- \set@hetatom@sixv position 3

- \ifnum\test@termcnt=2\else%not terminal point (right)

-  \if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \@ccliptrue%

-     \putratom{342}{70}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb s\relax

-     \@cclipfalse%

-     \putratom{342}{103}{\@memberb}%  % right type

-   \else\if\@tmpb a\relax%omit fused position

-   \else

-     \@ccliptrue%

-     \putratom{306}{65}{\@memberb}%   % right type

-   \fi\fi\fi

-  \fi

-\fi% end of ifcase

-\fi\fi\fi}}% end of the macro \set@hetatom@methyli

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\trimethylenei| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\trimethylenei}

-% \begin{macro}{\@trimethylenei}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%    aaa      ccc

-%     1       3

-%     a `    / b (or uppercase letters)

-%        `  / 

-%        2

-%       bbb

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \trimethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character a, A, b, or B

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at a upper-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while a uppercase letter typesets a double bond at a lower-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 3 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 3 

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 3)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \trimethylenei{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \trimethylenei[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\trimethylene| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item adjusting substitution site by 

-%       |\yltrimethyleneiposition|

-% \item treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents by |\@@trimethylenei|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\trimethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@trimethylenei[@}{\@trimethylenei[]}}

-\def\@trimethylenei[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\reset@interchainsw%

-\yltrimethyleneiposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(450,480)(-50,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-50,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `trimethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (50,180)}\fi%

-\fi

-\reset@double%

-%\@adoublebondfalse

-%\@bdoublebondfalse

-%\@Adoublebondfalse

-%\@Bdoublebondfalse

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@trimethi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-   \put(0,0){\@@trimethylenei{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \trimethylenei

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@trimethi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@trimethi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@trimethi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@trimethi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@trimethi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Dimethylene}

-% \subsection{Normal direction}

-%

-% A dimethylene (or ethane) and its hetera analogs can be typeset 

-% by the command |\dimethylene|, which is mainly based on 

-% two inner commands: |\yldimethyleneposition| for adjusting a 

-% substitution site and |\@@dimethylene| for 

-% placing hetero atoms, double bonds, and substituents.

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@@dimethylene}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \@@dimethylene{ATOMLIST}{BONDLIST}{TERMswitch}{Adjust}

-%

-%    <TERMswitch>

-%      0:  all positions 

-%      1:  position bbb 

-%      2:  position aaa

-%

-%       bbb

-%        2

-%     a /

-%     1

-%    aaa

-%

-%    <Adjust>

-%      a positive or negative integer to adjust locant numbers

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@@dimethylene#1#2#3#4{%

-\leavevmode

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vrtx@dimethy{#1}{#4}%

-%\test@vertix@sixv{#1}{a}{b}{@}{@}{@}{@}%

-\begin{picture}(250,480)(0,0)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-  \put(171,-303){\SKbondA}% bond between 1 and 2

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@adoublebond

- \put(171,-303){\bondA}%upper side double bond

-\else\if@Adoublebond

- \put(171,-303){\bondAA}%lower side double bond

-\fi\fi%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\test@termcnt=#3\relax

-%\set@hetatom@methyl{#1}{0}{0}{3}{0}%

-\set@hetatom@methyl{#1}{#4}{0}{3}{0}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-   {\if@aclip \@cliptrue \else \@clipfalse\fi

-   \put(0,0){\@methsubstdL}}%

-  \or\relax

-  \or

-   {\if@aclip \@cliptrue \else \@clipfalse\fi

-   \put(0,0){\@methsubstdL}}%

- \fi

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-  {\if@bclip \@acliptrue \else \@aclipfalse\fi

-   \put(171,-303){\@methsubsta}}

- \or

-  {\if@bclip \@acliptrue \else \@aclipfalse\fi

-   \put(171,-303){\@methsubsta}}

- \or\relax

- \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi%

-}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \@@dimethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\test@vrtx@dimethy}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{test@vrtx@dimethy}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\test@vrtx@dimethy#1#2{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#2\relax

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax \xdef\aaa{}\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\aaa{@}\else\xdef\aaa{@}\fi\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax \xdef\bbb{}\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\bbb{@}\else\xdef\bbb{@}\fi\fi

-\fi\fi}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\yldimethyleneposition| is used to adjust 

-% substitution sites. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\yldimethyleneposition}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \yldimethylene{ATOMLIST}{BONDLIST}{TERMswitch}{Adjust}

-%

-%    <TERMswitch>

-%      0:  all positions 

-%      1:  position bbb

-%      2:  position aaa

-%

-%       bbb

-%        2

-%     a /

-%     1 

-%    aaa

-%

-%    <Adjust>

-%      a positive or negative integer to adjust locant numbers

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}%

-\def\yldimethyleneposition#1#2#3#4{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

- \or \def\aaa{\@memberb}%

- \or \def\bbb{\@memberb}%

-\fi\fi}%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-   \ifx\aaa\empty

-%    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-   \else

-    \if@linterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \else%terminal position

-     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

-   \fi

-  \or\relax

-  \or

-   \ifx\aaa\empty

-    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-   \else

-    \if@linterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \else%terminal position

-     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

-   \fi

- \fi

-\or

- \ifcase#3 

-   \ifx\bbb\empty

-    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-   \else

-    \if@rinterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \else%terminal position

-     \gdef\@ylii{-211}\gdef\@yli{-93}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \fi

-   \fi

-  \or

-   \ifx\bbb\empty

-    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-   \else

-    \if@rinterchainsw%interchain position

-     \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \else%terminal position

-     \gdef\@ylii{-211}\gdef\@yli{-93}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \fi

-   \fi

-  \or \relax

-  \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi}}% end of \yldimethyleneposition

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\dimethylene| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dimethylene}

-% \begin{macro}{\@dimethylene}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       bbb

-%        2

-%     a /      (or uppercase letters)

-%      /

-%     1

-%    aaa 

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \dimethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character a or A, 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at a lower-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at a upper-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc. ) 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 2 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 and 2

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 and 2

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 2)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \dimethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \dimethylene[a]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\dimethylene| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item adjusting substitution site by 

-%       |\yldimethyleneposition|

-% \item treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents by |\@@dimethylene|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\dimethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@dimethylene[@}{\@dimethylene[]}}

-\def\@dimethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\reset@interchainsw%

-\yldimethyleneposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(250,480)(-50,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-50,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `dimethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (50,180)}\fi%

-\fi

-\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@dimeth

-\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-   \put(0,0){\@@dimethylene{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \dimethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@dimeth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@dimeth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@dimeth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@dimeth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

- \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

- \fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@dimeth

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse direction}

-%

-% A dimethylene (or ethane) and its hetera analogs (of inverse direction) 

-% can be typeset by the command |\dimethylenei|, which is mainly based on 

-% two inner commands: |\yldimethyleneiposition| for adjusting a 

-% substitution site and |\@@dimethylenei| for 

-% placing hetero atoms, double bonds, and substituents.

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@@dimethylenei}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \@@dimethylenei{ATOMLIST}{BONDLIST}{TERMswitch}{Adjust}

-%

-%    <TERMswitch>

-%      0:  all positions 

-%      1:  position bbb  

-%      2:  positions aaa

-%

-%    aaa

-%     1

-%     a `

-%        `

-%          2

-%         bbb

-%

-%    <Adjust>

-%      a positive or negative integer to adjust locant numbers

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@@dimethylenei#1#2#3#4{%

-\leavevmode

-\iniatom\iniflag%initialize

-\test@vrtx@dimethy{#1}{#4}%

-%\test@vertix@sixv{#1}{a}{b}{@}{@}{@}{@}%

-\begin{picture}(250,480)(0,0)

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % outer skeleton %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-  \put(171,0){\SKbondAi}% bond between 1 and 2

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner double bond %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@adoublebond

- \put(171,0){\bondAi}%upper side double bond

-\else\if@Adoublebond

- \put(171,0){\bondAAi}%lower side double bond

-\fi\fi%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting hetero atoms %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\test@termcnt=#3\relax

-%\set@hetatom@methyli{#1}{0}{0}{3}{0}%

-\set@hetatom@methyli{#1}{#4}{0}{3}{0}%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % setting substituents %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\else

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-   \put(0,-303){\@methsubstaL}%

-  \or\relax

-  \or

-   \put(0,-303){\@methsubstaL}%

- \fi

-\or

- \ifcase#3

-  {\if@bclip \@cliptrue \else \@clipfalse\fi

-   \put(171,0){\@methsubstd}}

- \or

-  {\if@bclip \@cliptrue \else \@clipfalse\fi

-   \put(171,0){\@methsubstd}}

- \or\relax

- \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi\fi%

-}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \@@dimethylenei

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The |\yldimethyleneiposition| is used to adjust 

-% substitution sites. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\yldimethyleneiposition}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \yldimethylenei{ATOMLIST}{BONDLIST}{TERMswitch}{Adjust}

-%

-%    <TERMswitch>

-%      0:  all positions 

-%      1:  position bbb

-%      2:  position aaa

-%

-%    aaa

-%     1

-%     a `

-%        `

-%          2

-%         bbb

-%

-%    <Adjust>

-%      a positive or negative integer to adjust locant numbers

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}%

-\def\yldimethyleneiposition#1#2#3#4{%

-\@forsemicol\member:=#1\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%

- \or \def\aaa{\@memberb}%

- \or \def\bbb{\@memberb}%

-\fi\fi}%

-\@@ylswfalse%%%\@reset@ylsw

-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%

-\@tmpaa=\@tmpa \advance\@tmpaa by#4\relax

-\ifx\@memberb\@yl\relax\@@ylswtrue\else\@@ylswfalse\fi

-\if@@ylsw

-\ifcase\@tmpaa%0 omit

-\or%%%%%%%%position 1

- \ifcase#3

-   \ifx\aaa\empty

-%    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-   \else

-    \if@linterchainsw%interchain position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \else%terminal position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

-   \fi

-  \or\relax

-  \or

-   \ifx\aaa\empty

-%    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-   \else

-    \if@linterchainsw%interchain position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{40}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-     \gdef\@ylii{0}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \else%terminal position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-24}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-     \gdef\@ylii{40}\gdef\@yli{-79}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 1

-    \fi

-   \fi

- \fi

-\or%%%%%%%%position 2

- \ifcase#3 

-   \ifx\bbb\empty

-%    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-   \else

-    \if@rinterchainsw%interchain position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-     \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{33}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \else%terminal position

- %    \gdef\@ylii{-211}\gdef\@yli{-93}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-     \gdef\@ylii{-211}\gdef\@yli{-10}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \fi

-   \fi

-  \or

-   \ifx\bbb\empty

-%    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-103}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{0}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-   \else

-    \if@rinterchainsw%interchain position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{-133}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-     \gdef\@ylii{-171}\gdef\@yli{33}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \else%terminal position

-%     \gdef\@ylii{-211}\gdef\@yli{-93}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-     \gdef\@ylii{-211}\gdef\@yli{-10}\global\@ylswtrue% subst. on 2

-    \fi

-   \fi

-  \or \relax

-  \fi

-\fi%end of ifcase

-\fi}}% end of \yldimethyleneiposition

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\dimethylenei| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\dimethylenei}

-% \begin{macro}{\@dimethylenei}

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%    aaa

-%     1

-%     a `   (or uppercase letter)

-%        `

-%          2

-%         bbb

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \dimethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character a or A, 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at a upper-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at a lower-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc. ) 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 2 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 and 2

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 and 2

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 2)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \dimethylenei{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \dimethylenei[a]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\dimethylenei| uses a picture environment and 

-% consists of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item adjusting substitution site by 

-%       |\yldimethyleneposition|

-% \item treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents by |\@@dimethylene|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\dimethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@dimethylenei[@}{\@dimethylenei[]}}

-\def\@dimethylenei[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-\reset@interchainsw%

-\yldimethyleneiposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}%

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(250,480)(-50,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-50,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `dimethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (50,180)}\fi%

-\fi

-\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@dimethi

-\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-   \put(0,0){\@@dimethylenei{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \dimethylenei

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@dimethi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@dimethi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@dimethi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@dimethi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-   \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@dimethi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Tetramethylenes}

-% \subsection{Normal direction}

-%

-% The macro |\tetramethylene| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\tetramethylene}

-% \begin{macro}{\@tetramethylene}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       bbb     ddd

-%        2       4

-%     a /  ` b  / c (or uppercase letters)

-%      /    `  /

-%     1      3

-%    aaa    ccc

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \tetramethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to c (or A to C), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at a lower-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at a upper-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 4 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 4)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \tetramethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \tetramethylene[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\tetramethylene| uses a picture environment and 

-% is based on |\@@trimethylene| and |\@@dimethylene|, each of which

-% is consist of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item adjusting substitution site by 

-%       |\yltrimethyleneposition| or 

-%       |\yldimethyleneposition|

-% \item treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents by |\@@trimethylene|or |\@@dimethylene|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\tetramethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@tetramethylene[@}{\@tetramethylene[]}}

-\def\@tetramethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\yltrimethyleneposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\yldimethyleneposition{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(900,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `tetramethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@tetrameth

-\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trimethylene{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(342,0){\@@dimethylene{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \tetramethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@tetrameth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@tetrameth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@tetrameth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@tetrameth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{513}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-   \fi\fi

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@tetrameth

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse direction}

-%

-% The macro |\tetramethylenei| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\tetramethylenei}

-% \begin{macro}{\@tetramethylenei}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%  aaa      ccc

-%    1       3

-%   a `   b /  ` c  (or uppercase letters)

-%       `  /    `

-%        2        4

-%       bbb       ddd

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \tetramethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to c (or A to C), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at a lower-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at a upper-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 4 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 4)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \tetramethylenei{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \tetramethylenei[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\tetramethylenei| uses a picture environment and 

-% is based on |\@@trimethylenei| and |\@@dimethylenei|, each of which

-% is consist of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item adjusting substitution site by 

-%       |\yltrimethylenieposition| or 

-%       |\yldimethyleneiposition|

-% \item treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents by |\@@trimethylenei| or |\@@dimethylenei|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\tetramethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@tetramethylenei[@}{\@tetramethylenei[]}}

-\def\@tetramethylenei[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\yltrimethyleneiposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\yldimethyleneiposition{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(900,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `tetramethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@tetramethi

-\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trimethylenei{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-\put(342,0){\@@dimethylenei{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}

-\end{picture}}%end of \tetramethylenei

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@tetramethi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@tetramethi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@tetramethi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@tetramethi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{513}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-   \fi\fi

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@tetramethi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Cisoid types}

-%

-% The macros |\tetramethylenecup| and |\tetramethylenecap| are 

-% used to draw tetramethylenes of cisoid types. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  Cup:

-%    aaa           ddd

-%     1           4

-%      `         /

-%     a `       / c (or uppercase letters)

-%        2------3   

-%       bbb  b  ccc

-%

-%  Cap:

-%       bbb  b  ccc

-%        2------3   

-%     a /       ` c (or uppercase letters)

-%      /         `

-%     1           4

-%    aaa           ddd

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros have two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \tetramethylenecup[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \tetramethylenecap[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to c (or A to C), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at a lower-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at a upper-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 4 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 4

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 4)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \tetramethylenecup{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \tetramethylenecap[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\tetramethylenecup}

-% \begin{macro}{\@tetramethylenecup}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\tetramethylenecup{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@tetramethylenecup[@}{\@tetramethylenecup[]}}

-\def\@tetramethylenecup[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\yldimethyleneiposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\yldimethyleneposition{#2}{#3}{0}{-2}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-371}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff

-\else

-\begin{picture}(900,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `tetramethylenecup' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-%bond a and atoms 1 and 2

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member B\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@tetracup% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@dimethylenei{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-%bond b

-{\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or \relax%

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\fff{@}\xdef\bbb{@}\else

-     \xdef\fff{@}\xdef\bbb{@}\fi\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\eee{@}\xdef\ccc{@}\else

-     \xdef\eee{@}\xdef\ccc{@}\fi\fi

-\fi\fi}%

-\put(68,171){\hskbonde}%

-\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

- \if\member b\relax 

- \@bdoublebondtrue

- \put(68,171){\hbonde}%

- \else\if\member B\relax 

- \@bdoublebondtrue

- \put(68,-171){\hbondb}%

- \fi\fi}}%

-%bond c and atoms 3 and 4

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

- \@wrongbdWafalse

- \@wrongbdWdLtrue

-\put(371,0){\@@dimethylene{#2}{#3}{0}{-2}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \tetramethylenecup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@tetracup| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@tetracup}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@tetracup}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@tetracup{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{371}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{371}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{542}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-   \fi\fi

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@tetracup

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\tetramethylenecap}

-% \begin{macro}{\@tetramethylenecap}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\tetramethylenecap{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@tetramethylenecap[@}{\@tetramethylenecap[]}}

-\def\@tetramethylenecap[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\yldimethyleneposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\yldimethyleneiposition{#2}{#3}{0}{-2}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-371}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(900,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `tetramethylenecap' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (50,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member B\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@tetracap% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\put(0,0){\@@dimethylene{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%

-\ifx\member\empty\else

-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%

-\expandafter\twoch@r\@membera{}%

-\ifcase\@tmpa%

- \or \relax%

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\fff{@}\xdef\bbb{@}\else

-     \xdef\fff{@}\xdef\bbb{@}\fi\fi

- \or \if\@tmpb s\relax\else\if\@tmpb h\relax

-     \xdef\eee{@}\xdef\ccc{@}\else

-     \xdef\eee{@}\xdef\ccc{@}\fi\fi

-\fi\fi}%

-\put(68,-68){\hskbondb}%

-\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

- \if\member b\relax 

- \@bdoublebondtrue

- \put(68,-68){\hbondb}%

- \else\if\member B\relax 

- \@bdoublebondtrue

- \put(68,274){\hbonde}%

- \fi\fi}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

- \@wrongbdWaLtrue

-\put(371,0){\@@dimethylenei{#2}{#3}{0}{-2}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \tetramethylenecap

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@tetracap| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@tetracap}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@tetracap}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@tetracap{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{371}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{200}{0}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{371}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{542}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-   \fi\fi

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@tetracap

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Pentamethylene}

-% \subsection{Normal direction}

-%

-% The macro |\pentamethylene| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pentamethylene}

-% \begin{macro}{\@pentamethylene}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%       bbb     ddd

-%        2       4

-%     a /  ` b  / c` d (or uppercase letters)

-%      /    `  /    `

-%     1      3        5

-%    aaa    ccc

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \pentamethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to d (or A to D), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at a lower-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at a upper-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond 

-%           D          :  4,5-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 5)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pentamethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \pentamethylene[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\pentamethylene| uses a picture environment and 

-% is based on two |\@@trimethylene| commands, each of which

-% is consist of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item adjusting substitution site by 

-%       |\yltrimethyleneposition| 

-% \item treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents by |\@@trimethylene|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pentamethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@pentamethylene[@}{\@pentamethylene[]}}

-\def\@pentamethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\yltrimethyleneposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\yltrimethyleneposition{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1100,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `pentamethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member d\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member D\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@pentameth% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trimethylene{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-\put(342,0){\@@trimethylene{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \pentamethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@pentameth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@pentameth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@pentameth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@pentameth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{0}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{513}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{513}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{684}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@pentameth

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \subsection{Inverse direction}

-%

-% The macro |\pentamethylenei| has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\pentamethylenei}

-% \begin{macro}{\@pentamethylenei}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%             (aaa)

-%  aaa      ccc      eee (ccc)

-%    1       3        5

-%   a `   b /  ` c   / d

-%       `  /    `   /

-%        2        4

-%       bbb       ddd (bbb)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \pentamethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to d (or A to D), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at the upper-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at the lower-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond 

-%           D          :  4,5-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 5 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 5

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 5)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \pentamethylenei{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \pentamethylenei[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The definition of |\pentamethylenei| uses a picture environment and 

-% is based on two |\@@trimethylenei| commands, each of which

-% is consist of the following unit processes: 

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item adjusting substitution site by 

-%       |\yltrimethyleneiposition| 

-% \item treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents by |\@@trimethylenei|. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\pentamethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\@pentamethylenei[@}{\@pentamethylenei[]}}

-\def\@pentamethylenei[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\yltrimethyleneiposition{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\yltrimethyleneiposition{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1100,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `pentamethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member d\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member D\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@pentamethi% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trimethylenei{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(342,0){\@@trimethylenei{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}

-\end{picture}}% end of \pentamethylenei

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@pentamethi| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@pentamethi}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@pentamethi}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@pentamethi{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if\@@tmpa a\relax%

-        \putlratom{0}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{a}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa A\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{A}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa b\relax%

-        \putlratom{171}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{b}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa B\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{103}{\@@tmpb}%    % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{B}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa c\relax%

-        \putlratom{342}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{c}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa C\relax%

-        \putlratom{513}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{C}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa d\relax%

-        \putlratom{513}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{d}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa D\relax%

-        \putlratom{684}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{D}%

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-   \fi\fi\fi\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@pentamethi

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Switches for Selecting Normal and Inverse Directions}

-%

-% The switch |\@normorinvsw| is used to select normal or 

-% inverse direction in the definition of commands for drawing 

-% hexametylenes and higher homologs. The value of this switch is 

-% false for normal direction and true for inverse direction. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\if@normorinvsw}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\newif\if@normorinvsw \@normorinvswfalse

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@normaldirection| assigns active commands to 

-% temporary commands in the definition of a command for drawing 

-% hexametylenes or higher homologs of normal direction. 

-% \begin{macro}{\set@normaldirection}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@normaldirection{%

-\@normorinvswfalse

-\let\@yltrinormorinv=\yltrimethyleneposition

-\let\@yldinormorinv=\yldimethyleneposition

-\let\@@trinormorinv=\@@trimethylene

-\let\@@dinormorinv=\@@dimethylene}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The macro |\set@inversedirection| assigns active commands to 

-% temporary commands in the definition of a command for drawing 

-% hexametylenes or higher homologs of inverse direction. 

-% \begin{macro}{\set@inversedirection}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@inversedirection{%

-\@normorinvswtrue

-\let\@yltrinormorinv=\yltrimethyleneiposition

-\let\@yldinormorinv=\yldimethyleneiposition

-\let\@@trinormorinv=\@@trimethylenei

-\let\@@dinormorinv=\@@dimethylenei}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Hexamethylenes of normal and inverse direction}

-%

-% Hexamethylene and hetera derivatives are typeset with the commands

-% |\hexamethylene| and |\hexamethylenei|. The former macro 

-% is to draw hexamethylenes of normal direction, while the latter 

-% is to draw ones of inverse directions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  Normal direction:

-%

-%              (bbb)     ((bbb))

-%       bbb     ddd      fff

-%        2       4        6

-%     a /  ` b  / c` d   / e

-%      /    `  /    `   /

-%     1      3        5

-%    aaa    ccc      eee

-%           (aaa)    (ccc)

-%                    ((aaa))

-%

-%  Inverse direction:

-%

-%             (aaa)

-%  aaa      ccc      eee (ccc) ((aaa))

-%    1       3        5

-%   a `   b /  ` c   / d ` e

-%       `  /    `   /     `

-%        2        4         6

-%       bbb       ddd (bbb) fff((bbb))

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros  have  two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \hexamethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \hexamethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to e (or A to E), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at the upper-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at the lower-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond 

-%           D          :  4,5-double bond in an opposite side

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond 

-%           E          :  5,6-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 6 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 6

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 6)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \hexamethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \hexamethylenei[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros |\hexamethylene| and |\hexamethylenei| are 

-% based on a common inner macro |\@hexamethylene|, 

-% the definition of which uses a picture environment. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hexamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\hexamethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@normaldirection\@hexamethylene[@}{%

-\set@normaldirection\@hexamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\hexamethylenei}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\hexamethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@inversedirection\@hexamethylene[@}{%

-\set@inversedirection\@hexamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% Inner temporary commands such as |\@@trinormorinv| and 

-% |\@@dinormorinv| in the common |\@hexamethylene| macro 

-% are replaced by active commands such as |\@@trimethylene| and 

-% |\@@dimethylene|. They carry out the following unit processes.  

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item Adjusting substitution site:  

-%    |\yltrimethyleneposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneposition| for normal direction; 

-%    |\yltrimethyleneiposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneiposition| for inverse direction. 

-% \item Treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents:  

-%        |\@@trimethylene| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylene| for normal direction; 

-%        |\@@trimethylenei| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylenei| for normal direction. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@hexamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@hexamethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yldinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-684}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1100,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `hexamethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member d\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member D\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member e\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member E\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@hexameth% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(342,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member e\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member E\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi}%

-\if@normorinvsw% inverse

- \@wrongbdWatrue

- \@wrongbdWdfalse

-\else% normal

- \@wrongbdWafalse

- \@wrongbdWdtrue

-\fi

-\put(684,0){\@@dinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \@hexamethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@hexameth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@hexameth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@hexameth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@hexameth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@normorinvsw

-  \if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{684}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@pentamethi

-  \fi\fi

-\else

-  \if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{684}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@pentameth

-  \fi\fi

-\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@hexameth

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Heptamethylenes of normal and inverse direction}

-%

-% Heptamethylene and hetera derivatives are typeset with the commands

-% |\heptamethylene| and |\heptamethylenei|. The former macro 

-% is to draw heptamethylenes of normal direction, while the latter 

-% is to draw ones of inverse directions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  Normal direction:

-%

-%              (bbb)     ((bbb))

-%       bbb     ddd      fff

-%        2       4        6

-%     a /  ` b  / c` d   / e ` f

-%      /    `  /    `   /     `

-%     1      3        5        7

-%    aaa    ccc      eee       gggg

-%           (aaa)    (ccc)     ((ccc))

-%                    ((aaa))

-%

-%  Inverse direction:

-%

-%             (aaa)       ((aaa)) ((ccc))

-%  aaa      ccc      eee (ccc)    ggg

-%    1       3        5           7

-%   a `   b /  ` c   / d ` e     /f

-%       `  /    `   /     `    /

-%        2        4         6

-%       bbb       ddd (bbb) fff((bbb))

-%             (aaa)

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros have two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \heptamethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \heptamethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to f (or A to F), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at the upper-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at the lower-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond 

-%           D          :  4,5-double bond in an opposite side

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond 

-%           E          :  5,6-double bond in an opposite side

-%           f          :  6,7-double bond 

-%           F          :  6,7-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 7 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 7

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 7

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 7)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \heptamethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \heptamethylenei[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros |\heptamethylene| and |\heptamethylenei| are 

-% based on a common inner macro |\@heptamethylene|, 

-% the definition of which uses a picture environment. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\heptamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\heptamethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@normaldirection\@heptamethylene[@}{%

-\set@normaldirection\@heptamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\heptamethylenei}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\heptamethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@inversedirection\@heptamethylene[@}{%

-\set@inversedirection\@heptamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% Inner temporary commands such as |\@@trinormorinv| and 

-% |\@@dinormorinv| in the common |\@heptamethylene| macro 

-% are replaced by active commands such as |\@@trimethylene| and 

-% |\@@dimethylene|. They carry out the following unit processes.  

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item Adjusting substitution site:  

-%    |\yltrimethyleneposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneposition| for normal direction; 

-%    |\yltrimethyleneiposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneiposition| for inverse direction. 

-% \item Treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents:  

-%        |\@@trimethylene| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylene| for normal direction; 

-%        |\@@trimethylenei| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylenei| for normal direction. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@heptamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@heptamethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-684}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1450,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `heptamethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member d\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member D\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member e\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member E\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member f\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member F\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@heptameth% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(342,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member e\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member E\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member f\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member F\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\if@normorinvsw% inverse

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\else%normal

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-\fi

-\put(684,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \@heptamethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@heptameth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@heptameth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@heptameth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@heptameth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@normorinvsw

-  \if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{684}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa f\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa F\relax%

-        \putlratom{1027}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{F}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@pentamethi

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi

-\else

-  \if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{684}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa f\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa F\relax%

-        \putlratom{1027}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{F}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@pentameth

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@heptameth

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Octamethylenes of normal and inverse directions}

-%

-% Octamethylene and hetera derivatives are typeset with the commands 

-% |\octamethylene| and |\octamethylenei|. The former macro 

-% is to draw octamethylenes of normal direction, while the latter 

-% is to draw ones of inverse directions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  Normal direction:

-%

-%              (bbb)     ((bbb))  (((bbb)))

-%       bbb     ddd      fff      hhh

-%        2       4        6       8

-%     a /  ` b  / c` d   / e ` f /g

-%      /    `  /    `   /     ` /

-%     1      3        5        7

-%    aaa    ccc      eee       gggg

-%           (aaa)    (ccc)     ((ccc))

-%                    ((aaa))   (((aaa)))

-%

-%  Inverse direction:

-%                                 (((aaa)))

-%             (aaa)       ((aaa)) ((ccc))

-%  aaa      ccc      eee (ccc)    ggg

-%    1       3        5           7

-%   a `   b /  ` c   / d ` e     /f `  g

-%       `  /    `   /     `    /      `

-%        2        4         6          8

-%       bbb       ddd     fff          hhh

-%                 (bbb)   ((bbb))       (((bbb)))

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros has two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \octamethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \octamethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to g (or A to G), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at the upper-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at the lower-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond 

-%           D          :  4,5-double bond in an opposite side

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond 

-%           E          :  5,6-double bond in an opposite side

-%           f          :  6,7-double bond 

-%           F          :  6,7-double bond in an opposite side

-%           g          :  7,8-double bond 

-%           G          :  7,8-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 8 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 8

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 8)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \octamethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \octamethylenei[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros |\octamethylene| and |\octamethylenei| are 

-% based on a common inner macro |\@octamethylene|, 

-% the definition of which uses a picture environment. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\octamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\octamethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@normaldirection\@octamethylene[@}{%

-\set@normaldirection\@octamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\octamethylenei}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\octamethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@inversedirection\@octamethylene[@}{%

-\set@inversedirection\@octamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% Inner temporary commands such as |\@@trinormorinv| and 

-% |\@@dinormorinv| in the common |\@octamethylene| macro 

-% are replaced by active commands such as |\@@trimethylene| and 

-% |\@@dimethylene|. They carry out the following unit processes.  

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item Adjusting substitution site:  

-%    |\yltrimethyleneposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneposition| for normal direction; 

-%    |\yltrimethyleneiposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneiposition| for inverse direction. 

-% \item Treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents:  

-%        |\@@trimethylene| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylene| for normal direction; 

-%        |\@@trimethylenei| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylenei| for normal direction. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@octamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@octamethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-684}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yldinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-6}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-1026}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1620,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `octamethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member d\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member D\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member e\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member E\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member f\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member F\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member g\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member G\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@octameth% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(342,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member e\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member E\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member f\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member F\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(684,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member g\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member G\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi}%

-\if@normorinvsw% inverse

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-\else% normal

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\fi

-\put(1026,0){\@@dinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-6}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \@octamethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@octameth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@octameth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@octameth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@octameth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@normorinvsw

-  \if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{684}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa f\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa F\relax%

-        \putlratom{1027}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{F}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa g\relax%

-        \putlratom{1027}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{g}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa G\relax%

-        \putlratom{1198}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{G}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@pentamethi

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\else

-  \if\@@tmpa e\relax%

-        \putlratom{684}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{e}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa E\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{E}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa f\relax%

-        \putlratom{855}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{f}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa F\relax%

-        \putlratom{1027}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{F}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa g\relax%

-        \putlratom{1027}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{g}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa G\relax%

-        \putlratom{1198}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{G}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@pentameth

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@octameth

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Nonamethylenes of normal and inverse direction}

-%

-% Nonamethylene and hetera derivatives are typeset with the commands 

-% |\nonamethylene| and |\nonamethylenei|. The former macro 

-% is to draw nonamethylenes of normal direction, while the latter 

-% is to draw ones of inverse directions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  Normal direction:

-%

-%              (bbb)     ((bbb))  (((bbb)))

-%       bbb     ddd      fff      hhh

-%        2       4        6       8 

-%     a /  ` b  / c` d   / e ` f /g` h

-%      /    `  /    `   /     ` /    `

-%     1      3        5        7       9

-%    aaa    ccc      eee       gggg    (((ccc)))

-%           (aaa)    (ccc)     ((ccc))

-%                    ((aaa))   (((aaa)))

-%

-%  Inverse direction:

-%                                 (((aaa)))

-%             (aaa)       ((aaa)) ((ccc))

-%  aaa      ccc      eee (ccc)    ggg     (((ccc)))

-%    1       3        5           7        9

-%   a `   b /  ` c   / d ` e     /f `  g  / h

-%       `  /    `   /     `    /      `  /

-%        2        4         6          8

-%       bbb       ddd     fff          hhh

-%                 (bbb)   ((bbb))       (((bbb)))

-%             (aaa)       ((aaa)) ((ccc))

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros have two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \nonamethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \nonamethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to h (or A to H), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at the upper-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at the lower-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond 

-%           D          :  4,5-double bond in an opposite side

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond 

-%           E          :  5,6-double bond in an opposite side

-%           f          :  6,7-double bond 

-%           F          :  6,7-double bond in an opposite side

-%           g          :  7,8-double bond 

-%           G          :  7,8-double bond in an opposite side

-%           h          :  8,9-double bond 

-%           H          :  8,9-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 9 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 9

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 9

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 9)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \nonamethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \nonamethylenei[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros |\nonamethylene| and |\nonamethylenei| are 

-% based on a common inner macro |\@nonamethylene|, 

-% the definition of which uses a picture environment. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\nonamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\nonamethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@normaldirection\@nonamethylene[@}{%

-\set@normaldirection\@nonamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-

-% \begin{macro}{\nonamethylenei}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\nonamethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@inversedirection\@nonamethylene[@}{%

-\set@inversedirection\@nonamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% Inner temporary commands such as |\@@trinormorinv| and 

-% |\@@dinormorinv| in the common |\@nonamethylene| macro 

-% are replaced by active commands such as |\@@trimethylene| and 

-% |\@@dimethylene|. They carry out the following unit processes.  

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item Adjusting substitution site:  

-%    |\yltrimethyleneposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneposition| for normal direction; 

-%    |\yltrimethyleneiposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneiposition| for inverse direction. 

-% \item Treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents:  

-%        |\@@trimethylene| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylene| for normal direction; 

-%        |\@@trimethylenei| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylenei| for normal direction. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@nonamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@nonamethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-684}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-6}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-1026}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1790,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `nonamethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member d\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member D\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member e\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member E\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member f\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member F\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member g\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member G\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member h\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member H\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@nonameth% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(342,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member e\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member E\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member f\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member F\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(684,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member g\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member G\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member h\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member H\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\if@normorinvsw% inverse

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\else% normal

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-\fi

-\put(1026,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-6}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end of \@nonamethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@nonameth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@nonameth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@nonameth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@nonameth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@normorinvsw

- \if\@@tmpa h\relax%

-        \putlratom{1198}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{h}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa H\relax%

-        \putlratom{1369}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{H}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@octameth

-  \fi\fi

-\else

- \if\@@tmpa h\relax%

-        \putlratom{1198}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{h}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa H\relax%

-        \putlratom{1369}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{H}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@octameth

-  \fi\fi

-\fi

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@nonameth

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \section{Decamethylenes of normal and inverse directions}

-%

-% Decamethylene and hetera derivatives are typeset with the commands 

-% |\decamethylene| and |\decamethylenei|. The former macro 

-% is to draw decamethylenes of normal direction, while the latter 

-% is to draw ones of inverse directions. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%  Normal direction:

-%

-%              (bbb)     ((bbb))  (((bbb)))

-%       bbb     ddd      fff      hhh     <bbb>

-%        2       4        6       8      10

-%     a /  ` b  / c` d   / e ` f /g ` h   / i

-%      /    `  /    `   /     ` /    `   /

-%     1      3        5        7       9

-%    aaa    ccc      eee       gggg    (((ccc)))

-%           (aaa)    (ccc)     ((ccc))   <aaa>

-%                    ((aaa))   (((aaa)))

-%

-%  Inverse direction:

-%                                 (((aaa)))

-%             (aaa)       ((aaa)) ((ccc))  <aaa>

-%  aaa      ccc      eee (ccc)    ggg     (((ccc)))

-%    1       3        5           7        9

-%   a `   b /  ` c   / d ` e     /f `  g  / h ` i

-%       `  /    `   /     `    /      `  /     `

-%        2        4         6          8         10

-%       bbb       ddd     fff          hhh       <bbb>

-%                 (bbb)   ((bbb))       (((bbb)))

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros have two arguments |ATOMLIST| and |SUBSLIST| 

-% as well as an optional argument |BONDLIST|.  

-% \begin{verbatim}

-% \decamethylene[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \decamethylenei[BONDLIST]{ATOMLIST}{SUBSLIST}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |BONDLIST| argument contains one character selected from 

-% a to i (or A to I), 

-% each of which indicates the presence of an inner (endcyclic) double 

-% bond on the corresponding position.  A lowercase letter is used 

-% to typeset a double bond at the upper-side of an outer skeletal bond, 

-% while an uppercase letter typesets a double bond at the lower-side of 

-% an outer skeletal bond.  

-% (Note that the option `A' represents an aromatic circle in 

-% commands |\sixheterov| etc.)  

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%     BONDLIST = 

-%

-%           [] or none :  no double bond

-%           a          :  1,2-double bond

-%           A          :  1,2-double bond in an opposite side

-%           b          :  2,3-double bond 

-%           B          :  2,3-double bond in an opposite side

-%           c          :  3,4-double bond 

-%           C          :  3,4-double bond in an opposite side

-%           d          :  4,5-double bond 

-%           D          :  4,5-double bond in an opposite side

-%           e          :  5,6-double bond 

-%           E          :  5,6-double bond in an opposite side

-%           f          :  6,7-double bond 

-%           F          :  6,7-double bond in an opposite side

-%           g          :  7,8-double bond 

-%           G          :  7,8-double bond in an opposite side

-%           h          :  8,9-double bond 

-%           H          :  8,9-double bond in an opposite side

-%           i          :  9,10-double bond 

-%           I          :  9,10-double bond in an opposite side

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |ATOMLIST| argument contains one or more heteroatom descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each heteroatom 

-% descriptor consists of a locant number and a heteroatom, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-%

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     ATOMLIST: list of heteroatoms (max 10 atoms)

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 10

-%

-%           n==?    : Hetero atom, e.g. N, O, etc. at n-position, 

-%                        e.g. 1==N for N at 1-position

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The |SUBSLIST| argument contains one or more substitution descriptors 

-% which are separated from each other by a semicolon.  Each substitution 

-% descriptor has a locant number with a bond modifier and a substituent, 

-% where these are separated with a double equality symbol. 

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%

-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents

-%

-%       for n = 1 to 10

-%

-%           nD         :  exocyclic double bond at n-atom

-%           n or nS    :  exocyclic single bond at n-atom

-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom

-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom

-%           nSA        :  alpha single bond at n-atom (boldface)

-%           nSB        :  beta single bond at n-atom (dotted line)

-%           nSa        :  alpha (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nSb        :  beta (not specified) single bond at n-atom

-%           nW         :  terminal single bond (n=1 or 10)

-%

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% Several examples are shown as follows.

-% \begin{verbatim}

-%       e.g. 

-%        

-%        \decamethylene{1==N}{1==Cl;2==F}

-%        \decamethylenei[b]{1==N}{1==Cl;4==F;2==CH$_{3}$}

-% \end{verbatim}

-%

-% The macros |\decamethylene| and |\decamethylenei| are 

-% based on a common inner macro |\@decamethylene|, 

-% the definition of which uses a picture environment. 

-% \begin{macro}{\decamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decamethylene{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@normaldirection\@decamethylene[@}{%

-\set@normaldirection\@decamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\decamethylenei}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\decamethylenei{%

-\@ifnextchar[{\set@inversedirection\@decamethylene[@}{%

-\set@inversedirection\@decamethylene[]}}

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% Inner temporary commands such as |\@@trinormorinv| and 

-% |\@@dinormorinv| in the common |\@decamethylene| macro 

-% are replaced by active commands such as |\@@trimethylene| and 

-% |\@@dimethylene|. They carry out the following unit processes.  

-% \begin{enumerate}

-% \item Adjusting substitution site:  

-%    |\yltrimethyleneposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneposition| for normal direction; 

-%    |\yltrimethyleneiposition| 

-%       or |\yldimethyleneiposition| for inverse direction. 

-% \item Treating atom list, 

-%       placing outer skeletons, inner double bonds, 

-%       setting hetero atoms, and 

-%       placing substituents:  

-%        |\@@trimethylene| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylene| for normal direction; 

-%        |\@@trimethylenei| 

-%           or |\@@dimethylenei| for normal direction. 

-% \end{enumerate}

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\@decamethylene}

-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\@decamethylene[#1]#2#3{%

-\iniflag\iniatom%

-\@reset@ylsw%

-{\@linterchainswfalse%

-\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}%

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{0}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-342}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-684}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswtrue%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yltrinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-6}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-1026}\def\@@yli{0}\fi

-\else

-{\@rinterchainswfalse%

-\@linterchainswtrue%

-\@yldinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-8}}%

-\fi

-\if@ylsw \ifx\@@ylii\empty

-\def\@@ylii{-1368}\def\@@yli{0}\fi\fi

-\if@ylsw

- \yl@shiftii=\@ylii

- \yl@shifti=\@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\@@ylii

- \advance\yl@shifti\@@yli

- \advance\yl@shiftii\yl@xdiff

- \advance\yl@shifti\yl@ydiff

- \begin{picture}(0,0)(-\yl@shiftii,-\yl@shifti)

- \reset@yl@xydiff%1999/1/6 by S. Fujita

-\else

-\begin{picture}(1960,480)(-200,-180)

-  \iforigpt \put(-200,-180){\circle*{50}}%

-           \put(0,0){\circle{50}}% 

-   \typeout{command `decamethylene' origin: %

-    (0,0) ---> (200,180)}\fi%

-\fi%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member a\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member b\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member A\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member B\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member c\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member C\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member d\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member D\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member e\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member E\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member f\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member F\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member g\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member G\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member h\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member H\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member i\relax%dummy

-\else\if\member I\relax%dummy

-\else

-  \expandafter\twoCH@@R\member//%

-    \set@fusion@decameth% for all bonds

-\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(0,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{0}{0}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member c\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member d\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member C\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member D\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(342,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-2}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member e\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member E\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member f\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member F\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(684,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-4}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member g\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member G\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member h\relax 

-\@bdoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member H\relax 

-\@Bdoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi\fi\fi}%

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\put(1026,0){\@@trinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-6}}}%

-{\reset@double%

-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%

-\if\member i\relax 

-\@adoublebondtrue

-\else\if\member I\relax 

-\@Adoublebondtrue

-\fi\fi}%

-\if@normorinvsw% inverse

-\@wrongbdWatrue

-\@wrongbdWdfalse

-\else% normal

-\@wrongbdWafalse

-\@wrongbdWdtrue

-\fi

-\put(1368,0){\@@dinormorinv{#2}{#3}{1}{-8}}}%

-\end{picture}}% end \@decamethylene

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% The inner command |\set@fusion@decameth| is used for typesetting 

-% a fused ring at each bond represented by |\@@tmpa|.  Warnings 

-% concerning mismatched ring-fusions are based on the command 

-% |\FuseWarning|. 

-%

-% \begin{macro}{\set@fusion@decameth}

-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/21}{New command: \cs{set@fusion@decameth}}
-%    \begin{macrocode}

-\def\set@fusion@decameth{%

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-% % inner bond fusion %

-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

-\if@normorinvsw

- \if\@@tmpa h\relax%

-        \putlratom{1198}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{h}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa H\relax%

-        \putlratom{1369}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{H}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa i\relax%

-        \putlratom{1369}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{i}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa I\relax%

-        \putlratom{1540}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{I}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@octameth

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi

-\else

- \if\@@tmpa h\relax%

-        \putlratom{1198}{103}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{h}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa H\relax%

-        \putlratom{1369}{0}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{H}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa i\relax%

-        \putlratom{1369}{0}{\@@tmpb}%     % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{-171}{-103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{i}%

-      \else\if\@@tmpa I\relax%

-        \putlratom{1540}{103}{\@@tmpb}%       % bond fused

-        \FuseWarning{171}{103}%

-          {\fuseAx}{\fuseAy}{\fuseBx}{\fuseBy}{I}%

-      \else

-        \set@fusion@octameth

-  \fi\fi\fi\fi

-\fi%

-}% end of the macro \set@fusion@decameth

-%</methylen>

-%    \end{macrocode}

-% \end{macro}

-%

-% \Finale

-%

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 660232fd285..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/methylen.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{methylen.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-

-Copyright (C) 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{methylen.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{methylen.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{methylen.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{methylen.dtx}{methylen}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.drv b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.drv
deleted file mode 100644
index 90b85d949e9..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.drv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `polymers.drv',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% polymers.dtx  (with options: `driver')
-%% 
-%% This is a generated file.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%% 
-%% This file is part of the XyMTeX system.
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996
-%% Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)
-%% Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998
-%% 
-%% Copyright (C) 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.
-%% This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas
-%% This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which
-%% is an input directory for TeX.
-%% 
-%% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%% 
-%%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and
-%%      directory name
-%%  (2) if you do make changes,
-%%      (a) you name it something other than the names included in the
-%%          ``xymtex'' directory and
-%%      (b) you acknowledge the original name.
-%%  This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%% 
-%% =======================================
-%% 
-%% This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09)
-%% and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to
-%% Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further
-%% copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard
-%% distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)
-%% 
-%% File: polymers.dtx
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesFile{polymers.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{polymers.dtx}
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-\title{Polymers by {\sffamily polymers.sty}
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{polymers.dtx}
-\end{document}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `polymers.drv'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 843f326e9a7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,717 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-%% File: polymers.dtx
-%
-%  Copyright 1996, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita
-%
-%  This file is part of XyMTeX system.
-%  -------------------------------------
-%
-% This file is a part of the macro package ``XyMTeX'' which has been 
-% designed for typesetting chemical structural formulas.
-%
-% This file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which is 
-% an input directory for TeX. It is a LaTeX optional style file and 
-% should be used only within LaTeX, because several macros of the file 
-% are based on LaTeX commands. 
-%
-% For the review of XyMTeX, see
-%  (1)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``Typesetting structural formulas with the text
-%    formatter TeX/LaTeX'', Computers and Chemistry, in press.    
-% The following book deals with an application of TeX/LaTeX to 
-% preparation of manuscripts of chemical fields:
-%  (2)  Shinsaku Fujita, ``LaTeX for Chemists and Biochemists'' 
-%    Tokyo Kagaku Dozin, Tokyo (1993) [in Japanese].  
-%
-% Copying of this file is authorized only if either
-%  (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 
-%     directory name; or
-%  (2) if you do make changes, 
-%     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 
-%         ``xymtex'' directory and 
-%     (b) you are requested to leave this notice intact.
-% This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.
-%
-% Please report any bugs, comments, suggestions, etc. to:
-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 
-%   Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., 
-%   Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa-ken, 250-01, Japan.
-%
-% New address:
-%   Shinsaku Fujita, 
-%   Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, 
-%   Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-%   Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{polymers}
-% \def\versi@ndate{August 16, 1996}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.00}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% \def\j@urnalname{polymers}
-% \def\versi@ndate{October 31, 1998}
-% \def\versi@nno{ver1.02}
-% \def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-% \fi
-%
-% \CheckSum{503}
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
-%
-% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \iffalse
-% \changes{v1.00}{1996/07/07}{first edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \changes{v1.02}{1998/10/31}{revised edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \changes{v2.00}{1998/12/25}{enhanced edition for LaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-%
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{pLaTeX2e}
-% \fi
-\ProvidesFile{polymers.dtx}[1998/12/25 v2.00 XyMTeX{} package file]
-% \iffalse
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\GetFileInfo{polymers.dtx}
-%
-% %%XyMTeX Logo: Definition 2%%%
-\def\UPSILON{\char'7}
-\def\XyM{X\kern-.30em\smash{%
-\raise.50ex\hbox{\UPSILON}}\kern-.30em{M}}
-\def\XyMTeX{\XyM\kern-.1em\TeX}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\title{Polymers by {\sffamily polymers.sty} 
-(\fileversion) of \XyMTeX{}}
-\author{Shinsaku Fujita \\ 
-Department of Chemistry and Materials Technology, \\
-Kyoto Institute of Technology, \\
-Matsugasaki, Sakyoku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
-% % (old address)
-% % Ashigara Research Laboratories, 
-% % Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., \\ 
-% % Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan
-}
-\date{\filedate}
-%
-\begin{document}
-   \maketitle
-   \DocInput{polymers.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \section{Introduction}\label{polymers:intro}
-%
-% \subsection{Options for {\sffamily docstrip}}
-%
-% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
-% \hline
-% \emph{option} & \emph{function}\\ \hline
-% polymers & polymers.sty \\
-% driver & driver for this dtx file \\
-% \hline
-% \end{tabular}
-% \end{center}
-% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-% \subsection{Version Information}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*polymers>
-\typeout{XyMTeX for Drawing Chemical Structural Formulas. Version 2.00}
-\typeout{       -- Released December 25, 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita}
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\def\j@urnalname{polymers}
-\def\versi@ndate{December 25, 1998}
-\def\versi@nno{ver2.00}
-\def\copyrighth@lder{SF} % Shinsaku Fujita
-% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\typeout{XyMTeX Macro File `\j@urnalname' (\versi@nno) <\versi@ndate>%
-\space[\copyrighth@lder]}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{List of commands for polymers.sty}
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% **********************************
-% * polymers.sty: list of commands * 
-% **********************************
-%
-%  <Delimeters for polymer units>
-%
-%    \leftPMdelim      \rightPMdelim 
-%    \leftpmdelim      \rightpmdelim
-%
-%   \leftPolymer       \leftpolymer
-%   \rightPolymer      \rightpolymer
-%
-%   \leftsqrPolymer    \leftSqrpolymer
-%   \lsqrdelimiter     \leftsqrpolymer
-%
-%   \rightsqrPolymer   \rightSqrpolymer
-%   \rsqrdelimiter     \rightsqrpolymer
-%
-%   \@sqrpolymer
-%   \sqrpolymer        \Sqrpolymer
-%   \mpolymer
-%
-%  <Bonds for polymers>
-%
-%   \WestPbond         \EastPbond
-%   \sbond
-%
-%  <Polymers>
-%
-%   \polyethylene      \@polyethylene
-%   \polystyrene       \@polystyrene
-%
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \section{Input of basic macros}
-%
-% To assure the compatibility to \LaTeX{}2.09 (the native mode), 
-% the commands added by \LaTeXe{} have not been used in the resulting sty 
-% files ({\sf polymers.sty} for the present case).  Hence, the combination 
-% of |\input| and |\@ifundefined| is used to crossload sty 
-% files ({\sf chemstr.sty} etc. for the present case) in place of the 
-% |\RequirePackage| command of \LaTeXe{}. 
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *************************
-% * input of basic macros *
-% *************************
-\@ifundefined{setsixringv}{\input chemstr.sty\relax}{}
-\@ifundefined{Westbond}{\input aliphat.sty\relax}{}
-\@ifundefined{bzdrv}{\input carom.sty\relax}{}
-\unitlength=0.1pt
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ****************************************************
-% * For separating an augument list to each argument *
-% ****************************************************
-%
-\def\@forsemicol#1:=#2\do#3{%
-%% \edef\@fortmp{#2}\ifx\@fortmp\@empty%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\@fortmp\expandafter{#2}%
-  \ifx\@fortmp\@empty%
-    \else%
-    \expandafter\@forl@@p#2;\@nil;\@nil\@@#1{#3}\fi}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \section{Delimeters for polymer units}
-%
-% \subsection{Right and left delimeters}
-%
-% A polymer structure has a unit surrounded by 
-% parentheses or other delimeters. For drawing a 
-% parenthesis as the part of a substituent, 
-% the following commands are prepared. 
-% 
-% \subsubsection{Parentheses}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\leftPMdelim}
-% \begin{macro}{\leftpmdelim}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ********************************
-% * Delimeters for polymer units *
-% ********************************
-\def\leftPMdelim#1{$\mathstrut #1$}
-\def\leftpmdelim{\leftPMdelim{\biggm(}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rightPMdelim}
-% \begin{macro}{\rightpmdelim}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rightPMdelim#1#2{%
- $\mathstrut #1_{\mkern-5mu #2}$}
-\def\rightpmdelim#1{\rightPMdelim{\biggm)}{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\leftpolymer| typesets the left parenthesis of 
-% a polymer unit. 
-% The command |\leftPolymer| is the inner commend of |\leftpolymer|, 
-% where a delimeter can be selected as an argument. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\leftPolymer}
-% \begin{macro}{\leftpolymer}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\leftPolymer#1#2{%
-\begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)
-\putlatom{0}{0}{#2}
-\putlatom{120}{0}{$#1$}
-\end{picture}}
-\def\leftpolymer#1{\leftPolymer{\biggm(}{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\rightpolymer| typesets the left parenthesis of 
-% a polymer unit along with a repeating number as a subscript. 
-% The command |\rightPolymer| is the inner commend of |\rightpolymer|, 
-% where a delimeter can be selected as an argument. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\Rightpolymer}
-% \begin{macro}{\rightpolymer}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rightPolymer#1#2#3{%
-\begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)
-\putratom{0}{0}{#2}
-\putratom{-150}{0}{%
-% $\mathstrut#1_{\mkern-3mu \mbox{\scriptsize\rm #3}}$}
- $\mathstrut#1_{\mkern-2mu #3}$}
-\end{picture}}
-\def\rightpolymer#1#2{\rightPolymer{\biggm)}{#1}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Brackets}
-%
-% The command |\leftSqrpolymer| typesets the left bracket of 
-% a polymer unit. 
-% The command |\leftsqrPolymer| is the inner commend of |\leftSqrpolymer|, 
-% where a delimeter can be selected as an argument. 
-% The bracket selected by the command |\leftSqrpolymer| is 
-% a \TeX{} big mathematical symbol, 
-% the line of which is 
-% boldfaced. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\leftsqrPolymer}
-% \begin{macro}{\leftSqrpolymer}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\leftsqrPolymer#1#2{%
-\begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)
-\putlatom{0}{0}{#2}
-\putlatom{120}{0}{$#1$}
-\end{picture}}
-\def\leftSqrpolymer#1{\leftsqrPolymer{\Biggm[}{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\rightSqrpolymer| typesets the right bracket of 
-% a polymer unit. 
-% The command |\rightsqrPolymer| is the inner commend of |\rightSqrpolymer|, 
-% where a delimeter can be selected as an argument. 
-% The bracket selected by the command |\rightSqrpolymer| is 
-% a \TeX{} big mathematical symbol, 
-% the line of which is boldfaced. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rightsqrPolymer}
-% \begin{macro}{\rightSqrpolymer}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rightsqrPolymer#1#2#3{%
-\begin{picture}(0,0)(0,0)
-\putratom{0}{0}{#2}
-\putratom{-150}{0}{%
-% $\mathstrut #1_{\mbox{\scriptsize\rm #3}}$}
- $\mathstrut #1_{#3}$}
-\end{picture}}
-\def\rightSqrpolymer#1#2{\rightsqrPolymer{\Biggm]}{#1}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% For drawing polymer brackets of thin line width, 
-% we prepare the command |\lsqrdelimiter|.  The height of 
-% the bracket can be designated by the argument of this 
-% command.  The command 
-% is used to define the command |\leftsqrpolymer|. 
-% This command typesets a left bracket of thin line width. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\lsqrdelimiter}
-% \begin{macro}{\leftsqrpolymer}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\lsqrdelimiter#1{%
-\hbox{\vrule \@width\fboxrule
-$\vcenter to#1{%
-\hrule \@height\fboxrule \@width\fboxsep
-\vfill
-\hrule \@height\fboxrule \@width\fboxsep}$}}
-\def\leftsqrpolymer#1{%
- \leftsqrPolymer{\lsqrdelimiter{300\unitlength}}{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\rsqrdelimiter| is 
-% used to define the command |\rightsqrpolymer|, which 
-% typesets a right bracket of thin line width. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\rsqrdelimiter}
-% \begin{macro}{\rightsqrpolymer}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\rsqrdelimiter#1{%
-\hbox{$\vcenter to#1{%
-\hrule \@height\fboxrule \@width\fboxsep \vfill
-\hrule \@height\fboxrule \@width\fboxsep}$\kern-\fboxrule
-\vrule \@width\fboxrule\kern2pt}}
-\def\rightsqrpolymer#1#2{%
-\rightsqrPolymer{\rsqrdelimiter{300\unitlength}}{#1}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Pairs of delimeters}
-%
-% The command |\sqrpolymer| typesets a pair of thin-line brackets that 
-% surrounds a polymer unit after measuring the height of 
-% the unit. On the other hand, 
-% the command |\Sqrpolymer| typesets a pair of thick-line brackets. 
-% Both of the commands are based on the inner macro |\@sqrpolymer|, 
-% in which a line width is designated by means of an argument. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@sqrpolymer}
-% \begin{macro}{\sqrpolymer}
-% \begin{macro}{\Sqrpolymer}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\@sqrpolymer#1#2#3{%
-\begingroup \fboxrule=#1
- \leavevmode\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#2}\@tempdima\fboxrule
-    \advance\@tempdima \fboxsep \advance\@tempdima \dp\@tempboxa
- \@tempdimb=\wd\@tempboxa
- \advance\@tempdimb by \fboxsep
- \advance\@tempdimb by \fboxsep
- \advance\@tempdimb by \fboxrule
- \advance\@tempdimb by \fboxrule
-   \hbox{\lower \@tempdima\hbox
-  {\vbox{
-  \hbox to\@tempdimb{%
-  \vrule \@height \fboxrule \@width\fboxsep\hfill
-  \vrule \@height \fboxrule \@width\fboxsep}
-  \nointerlineskip
-          \hbox{\vrule \@width \fboxrule \hskip\fboxsep
-          \vbox{\vskip\fboxsep \copy\@tempboxa\vskip\fboxsep}\hskip 
-                 \fboxsep\vrule \@width \fboxrule}
-  \nointerlineskip
-  \hbox to\@tempdimb{%
-  \vrule \@height \fboxrule \@width\fboxsep\hfill
-  \vrule \@height \fboxrule \@width\fboxsep}}}}%
-\kern2pt\lower\@tempdima\hbox{\scriptsize$#3$}\endgroup}
-\long\def\sqrpolymer#1#2{\@sqrpolymer{0.4pt}{#1}{#2}}
-\long\def\Sqrpolymer#1#2{\@sqrpolymer{1pt}{#1}{#2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% The command |\mpolymer| typesets a pair of parentheses that 
-% surrounds a polymer unit after measuring the height of 
-% the unit. 
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\mpolymer}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\mpolymer#1#2{%
- \leavevmode\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1}\@tempdima\fboxrule
-  \advance\@tempdima \fboxsep \advance\@tempdima \dp\@tempboxa
-  \hbox{\lower \@tempdima\hbox{\vbox{\hbox{\hskip\fboxsep%
-  $\left(\vcenter{\vskip\fboxsep \copy\@tempboxa\vskip\fboxsep}%
-  \right)_{#2}$}}}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \section{Commands for drawing polymers}
-%
-% \subsection{Bonds for polymers}
-% 
-% The original commands 
-% |\Westbond| and |\Eastbond| are changed into 
-% |\WestPbond| and |\EastPbond|, where each bond is lengthened 
-% for making a space for drawing delimiters.  
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\WestPbond}
-% \begin{macro}{\EastPbond}
-% \begin{macro}{\sbond}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% **********************
-% * Bonds for polymers *
-% **********************
-\def\WestPbond{%
-\begin{picture}(100,100)(0,0)
-\put(-100,0){\Westbond}
-\put(-60,0){\line(-1,0){90}}
-\end{picture}}
-\def\EastPbond{%
-\begin{picture}(100,100)(0,0)
-\put(100,0){\Eastbond}
-\put(60,0){\line(1,0){90}}
-\end{picture}}
-\def\sbond{%
-\begin{picture}(160,0)(0,0)
-\put(0,33){\line(1,0){160}}
-\end{picture}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Polyethylene unit}
-%
-% The command |\polyethylene| is used to draw polyethylene derivatives, 
-% in which each substituent is designated by the |SUBSLIST|. 
-% The following numbering is used in this macro. 
-%
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ********************
-% * polyethylene unit*
-% ********************
-%
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-%
-%            |   1      6   |
-%            |              |
-%            |   |      |   |
-%        2 ---- (1) -- (2) ---- 5
-%            |   |  (0) |   |
-%            |              |
-%            |   3      4   |0
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The command |\polyethylene| has arguments, 
-% |CALIST| and |SUBSLIST|, as well as an optional argument |AUXLIST|. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \polyethylene[AUXLIST]{CALIST}{SUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The optional argument |AUXLIST| is used for 
-% typesetting auxiliary symbols on central atoms. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%       {n+}  :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |CALIST| is used for indicating center atoms. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     CALIST:  central atom list
-%
-%       for 1  :  cetral atom (e.g. 1==C)
-%           2  :  cetral atom (e.g. 2==C)
-%           0  :  cetral bond (e.g. 0D==)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |SUBSLIST| is used for indicating  substituents. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\if@centbondsw}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@centatswi}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@centatswii}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\if@centbondsw \@centbondswfalse
-\newif\if@centatswi \@centatswifalse
-\newif\if@centatswii \@centatswiifalse
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\polyethylene}
-% \begin{macro}{\@polyethylene}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\polyethylene{\@ifnextchar[{\@polyethylene}{\@polyethylene[]}}
-\def\@polyethylene[#1]#2#3{%
- \begin{picture}(1100,600)(-400,-300)%
-  \iforigpt \put(-400,-300){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `polyethylene' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (400,300)}\fi%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ************
-% * aux list *
-% ************
-\def\@@@temp{#1}
-\ifx\@@@temp\empty\else
-\@tfor\member:=#1\do{%
-   \expandafter\twoch@@r\member{}{}%
-   \ifcase\@@tmpa
-    \or \relax \putratom{47}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%
-    \or \relax \putratom{347}{50}{\scriptsize\@@tmpb}%
-\fi}\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% *****************
-% * central atoms *
-% *****************
-\@forsemicol\member:=#2\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-   \expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-   \ifcase\@tmpa \global\@centbondswtrue \put(20,0){\Eastbond}%
-   \or \global\@centatswitrue \putlratom{-40}{-33}{\@memberb}%
-   \or \global\@centatswiitrue \putlratom{260}{-33}{\@memberb}%
-\fi\fi}%
-\if@centatswi \else \putlratom{-40}{-33}{C}\fi
-\if@centatswii \else \putlratom{260}{-33}{C}\fi
-\if@centbondsw \else \put(70,0){\line(1,0){160}}\fi
-\global\@centbondswfalse
-\global\@centatswifalse
-\global\@centatswiifalse
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% ****************
-% * Substituents *
-% ****************
-\gdef\numrepeated{x}
-\@forsemicol\member:=#3\do{%
-\ifx\member\empty\else
-\expandafter\@m@mb@r\member;\relax%
-\expandafter\threech@r\@membera{}{}%
-\ifcase\@tmpa \gdef\numrepeated{\@memberb}%
-\or\put(0,0){\Northbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\WestPbond}%
-\or\put(0,0){\Southbond}%
-\or\put(300,0){\Southbond}%
-\or\put(300,0){\EastPbond}%
-\or\put(300,0){\Northbond}%
-\fi\fi}%end of ifcase
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% **************
-% * Delimeters *
-% **************
-\put(-200,-33){\leftpmdelim}
-\put(400,-33){\rightpmdelim{\numrepeated}}
-\end{picture}}%end of macro polyethylene
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Polyestyrene unit}
-%
-% The command |\polyestrene| is used to draw polystyrene derivatives, 
-% in which substituents on both the polymer chain and the phenyl group 
-% are designated by the |SUBSLIST| and |PHSUBSLIST|, respectively. 
-% The following numbering is adopted in this macro. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% ********************
-% * polystyrene unit *
-% ********************
-%
-%            |   1      6   |
-%            |              |
-%            |   |      |   |
-%        2 ---- (1) -- (2) ---- 5
-%            |   |  (0) |   |
-%            |          |   |
-%            |   3      |   |0
-%                      / `
-%                   6 |    | 2
-%                     |    |
-%                   5 `   / 3
-%                       `
-%                        4
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The command |\polyethylene| has arguments, 
-% |CALIST|, |SUBSLIST| and |PHSUBSLIST|, 
-% as well as an optional argument |AUXLIST|. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%   \polystyrene[AUXLIST]{CALIST}{SUBSLIST}{PHSUBSLIST}
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The optional argument |AUXLIST| is used for 
-% typesetting auxiliary symbols on central atoms. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     AUXLIST = 
-%
-%       {n+}  :  + charge (or another one chararacter) on the center
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |CALIST| is used for indicating center atoms. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     CALIST:  central atom list
-%
-%       for 1  :  cetral atom (e.g. 1==C)
-%           2  :  cetral atom (e.g. 2==C)
-%           0  :  cetral bond (e.g. 0D==)
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |SUBSLIST| is used for indicating  substituents on 
-% the polymer chain. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     SUBSLIST: list of substituents
-%
-%       for n = 1 to 4 
-%
-%           nT         :  triple bond at n-atom 
-%           nD         :  double bond at n-atom 
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-%           nA         :  alpha single bond at n-atom
-%           nB         :  beta single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% The argument |PHSUBSLIST| is used for indicating  substituents on 
-% the phenyl group. 
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%     PHSUBSLIST: list of phenyl substituents
-%
-%       for n = 2 to 6
-%
-%           n or nS    :  single bond at n-atom
-% \end{verbatim}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\polyethylene}
-% \begin{macro}{\@polyethylene}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\polystyrene{\@ifnextchar[{\@polystyrene}{\@polystyrene[]}}
-\def\@polystyrene[#1]#2#3#4{%
-\begin{picture}(1100,1200)(0,-640)%
-  \iforigpt \put(0,-640){\circle*{50}}%
-           \put(-\noshift,-\noshift){\circle{50}}% 
-   \typeout{command `polystyrene' origin: %
-    (\the\noshift,\the\noshift) ---> (0,640)}\fi%
-\begingroup \origptfalse
-\put(0,0){\polyethylene[#1]{#2}{#3}}%
-\put(700,0){\line(0,1){240}}%
-\put(300,-646){\bzdrv{#4}}%
-\endgroup
-\end{picture}}%end of macro polystyrene
-%</polymers>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \Finale
-%
-\endinput
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 66e71995c27..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/polymers.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-\def\batchfile{polymers.ins}

-\input docstrip.tex

-\preamble

-

-This is a generated file.

-

-Copyright 1996,1998 by Shinsaku Fujita

-

-This file is part of the XyMTeX system.

-=======================================

-

-Version 1.01 Released on August 16, 1996 

-Version 1.02 Released on October 31, 1996 (private version)

-Version 2.00 Released on December 25, 1998

-

-Copyright (C) 1998 by Shinsaku Fujita, all rights reserved.

-This style file is created for drawing chemical structural formulas 

-This style file is to be contained in the ``xymtex'' directory which 

-is an input directory for TeX. 

-

-Copying of this file is authorized only if either

-

- (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name and 

-     directory name 

- (2) if you do make changes, 

-     (a) you name it something other than the names included in the 

-         ``xymtex'' directory and 

-     (b) you acknowledge the original name. 

- This restriction ensures that all standard styles are identical.

-

-=======================================

-

-This file contains several codes modified from latex.tex (LaTeX2.09) 

-and from latex.ltx (a LaTeX2e), the reused parts of which are subject to 

-Copyright 1994 the LaTeX3 project and the individual authors (For further 

-copyright information see the file legal.txt of the LaTeX2e standard 

-distribution, and any other copyright indicated in this file.)

-

-\endpreamble

-

-\keepsilent

-

-\generateFile{polymers.drv}{t}{%

-  \from{polymers.dtx}{driver}}

-

-\generateFile{polymers.sty}{t}{%

-  \from{polymers.dtx}{polymers}}

-

-\endinput

-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/xymtex2.jpn b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/xymtex2.jpn
deleted file mode 100644
index 341acf60360..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/xymtex/xymtex2.jpn
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-xymtex2.jpn
-XyMTeXのオンラインドキュメント (日本語版)
-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1998 by Shinsak Fujita. All rights reserved. 
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-(旧)xymtex1.jpnを改名
-XyMTeXのオンラインドキュメント (日本語版)
-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996 by Shinsak Fujita. All rights reserved. 
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-`XyMTeX' は化学構造式を描くためのマクロパッケージです。
-
-(1) 設定
-
-    このマクロパッケージは、LHAで圧縮されています。この解凍は、次のように
-　行います。
-　　まず、圧縮されたxymtex2.lzhが、ディレクトリーb:にあるとします。解凍先を
-　ディレクトリーa:\texとします。ディレクトリーa:\texに入ったのち、コマンド
-　ラインに次のように入力します。
-
-     a:\tex>lha x b:\xymtex2
-  
-　この結果、解凍が行われて、ディリクトリー\xymtexが自動的に発生します。
-　発生したディレクトリーは、階層を略さずに書けば、a:\tex\xymtexとなります。
-　このディレクトリーの中に、XyMTeXの各種スタイルファイルやドキュメント類
-　が次のように展開されています。
-
-  a---\tex---\xymtex --- hetaromh.sty, hetarom.sty, ccycle.sty, 
-    |      |          |   chemstr.sty, carom.sty, lowcycl.sty, aliphat.sty, 
-                      |   hcycle.sty, locant.sty, polymers.sty, chemist.sty
-                      |   methylen.sty, fusering.sty
-                      |
-                      |   (dtx files)
-                      |
-                      |--\drvdvi---drv files, dvi files
-                      |
-                      |--\doc200--- xymtx200.tex, xymtx200.dvi,
-                      |    xymyl.tex, xymadd.tex 
-                      |    (other files for the document preparation)
-                      |
-                      |---xymtex1.doc (英語版オンラインドキュメント)
-                      |
-                      |---xymtex1.jpn (このドキュメント)
-                      |
-                      |---readme1.doc (覚え書き)
-                      |
-                      |---readme1.jpn (覚え書き)
-
-　　同時にアップロードしたxymtx200.dviは、本システムに含まれるコマンドの
-　使用例と仕様を示したものです。プリンタードライバーやプレビューアーにかけて
-　ご覧下さい。約100ページです。
-　　また、ディレクトリー\doc200に含まれるxymtx200.texは、xymtx200.dviを発生する
-  ためのtexファイルです。両者を比較すると、構造式を書くときのヒントが得
-  られるでしょう。
-
-(2) サーチパスの設定。
-
-　　XyMTeXを使うには、次のようにサーチパスを設定します。この設定は、
-　上記の解凍操作によって発生したことを前提にしています。他のディレクトリー
-　階層にした場合は、それに応じてサーチパスを設定して下さい．多分
-  ディレクトリー\tex\texmf\web2cに\texmf.cnfが含まれているので，
-  これにパスを追加してください．
-  For example, you add 
-
-   platex2e_inputs = .;$TEXMF/tex/platex2e//;$TEXMF/tex/latex2e//;
-    $TEXMF/tex//;a:/tex/inputs//;
-    a:/tex/chem//;a:/tex/xymtex//;a:/tex/opsty//
-                  ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ <---- 追加
-(3) 原稿への記入事項
-
-　　XyMTeXの命令を使うには、その命令の含まれているスタイルファイルを
-　オプション指定する必要があります。たとえば、hetarom.styとhetaromh.styを
-　使うときには、
-
-    \documentclass{article}
-    \usepackage{epic,hetarom,hetaromh}
-    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-　と、原稿の先頭に記入します。いちいち指定するのが面倒ならば，
-
-    \documentclass{article}
-    \usepackage{xymtex}
-
-  と指定すると，XyMTeX関係のstyファイルがすべて読み込まれます．
-
-(4) LaTeXeまたはpLaTeX2eの起動
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%(END) 
-
\ No newline at end of file